Issuer CIK | 0001790320 |
Issuer CCC | XXXXXXXX |
DOS File Number | |
Offering File Number | |
Is this a LIVE or TEST Filing? | ☒ LIVE ☐ TEST |
Would you like a Return Copy? | ☒ |
Notify via Filing Website only? | ☐ |
Since Last Filing? | ☐ |
Name | |
Phone | |
E-Mail Address |
Exact name of issuer as specified in the issuer's charter | Mystic Holdings, Inc. |
Jurisdiction of Incorporation / Organization |
NEVADA
|
Year of Incorporation | 2016 |
CIK | 0001790320 |
Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code | PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS |
I.R.S. Employer Identification Number | 81-3431472 |
Total number of full-time employees | 70 |
Total number of part-time employees | 10 |
Address 1 | 4145 Wagon Trail Avenue |
Address 2 | |
City | Las Vegas |
State/Country |
NEVADA
|
Mailing Zip/ Postal Code | 89118 |
Phone | 646-286-9070 |
Name | Spencer G. Feldman, Esq. |
Address 1 | |
Address 2 | |
City | |
State/Country | |
Mailing Zip/ Postal Code | |
Phone |
Industry Group (select one) | ☐ Banking ☐ Insurance ☒ Other |
Cash and Cash Equivalents |
$
1001468.00 |
Investment Securities |
$
0.00 |
Total Investments |
$
|
Accounts and Notes Receivable |
$
290706.00 |
Loans |
$
|
Property, Plant and Equipment (PP&E): |
$
3536875.00 |
Property and Equipment |
$
|
Total Assets |
$
5582055.00 |
Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities |
$
6215217.00 |
Policy Liabilities and Accruals |
$
|
Deposits |
$
|
Long Term Debt |
$
250000.00 |
Total Liabilities |
$
6465217.00 |
Total Stockholders' Equity |
$
-883162.00 |
Total Liabilities and Equity |
$
5582055.00 |
Total Revenues |
$
2072485.00 |
Total Interest Income |
$
|
Costs and Expenses Applicable to Revenues |
$
1732993.00 |
Total Interest Expenses |
$
|
Depreciation and Amortization |
$
159444.00 |
Net Income |
$
-895545.00 |
Earnings Per Share - Basic |
$
-0.01 |
Earnings Per Share - Diluted |
$
-0.01 |
Name of Auditor (if any) | Ellsworth & Stout, LLC |
Name of Class (if any) Common Equity | Common Stock |
Common Equity Units Outstanding | 70000000 |
Common Equity CUSIP (if any): | 000000000 |
Common Equity Units Name of Trading Center or Quotation Medium (if any) | None |
Preferred Equity Name of Class (if any) | None |
Preferred Equity Units Outstanding | 0 |
Preferred Equity CUSIP (if any) | 000000000 |
Preferred Equity Name of Trading Center or Quotation Medium (if any) | None |
Debt Securities Name of Class (if any) | Convertible Debentures |
Debt Securities Units Outstanding | 0 |
Debt Securities CUSIP (if any): | 000000000 |
Debt Securities Name of Trading Center or Quotation Medium (if any) | None |
Check this box to certify that all of the following statements are true for the issuer(s)
☒
Check this box to certify that, as of the time of this filing, each person described in Rule 262 of Regulation A is either not disqualified under that rule or is disqualified but has received a waiver of such disqualification.
☒
Check this box if "bad actor" disclosure under Rule 262(d) is provided in Part II of the offering statement.
☐
Check the appropriate box to indicate whether you are conducting a Tier 1 or Tier 2 offering | ☐ Tier1 ☒ Tier2 |
Check the appropriate box to indicate whether the financial statements have been audited | ☐ Unaudited ☒ Audited |
Types of Securities Offered in this Offering Statement (select all that apply) |
☒Equity (common or preferred stock) |
Does the issuer intend to offer the securities on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 251(d)(3)? | ☒ Yes ☐ No |
Does the issuer intend this offering to last more than one year? | ☐ Yes ☒ No |
Does the issuer intend to price this offering after qualification pursuant to Rule 253(b)? | ☐ Yes ☒ No |
Will the issuer be conducting a best efforts offering? | ☒ Yes ☐ No |
Has the issuer used solicitation of interest communications in connection with the proposed offering? | ☒ Yes ☐ No |
Does the proposed offering involve the resale of securities by affiliates of the issuer? | ☐ Yes ☒ No |
Number of securities offered | 50000000 |
Number of securities of that class outstanding | 70000000 |
Price per security |
$
1.0000 |
The portion of the aggregate offering price attributable to securities being offered on behalf of the issuer |
$
50000000.00 |
The portion of the aggregate offering price attributable to securities being offered on behalf of selling securityholders |
$
0.00 |
The portion of the aggregate offering price attributable to all the securities of the issuer sold pursuant to a qualified offering statement within the 12 months before the qualification of this offering statement |
$
0.00 |
The estimated portion of aggregate sales attributable to securities that may be sold pursuant to any other qualified offering statement concurrently with securities being sold under this offering statement |
$
0.00 |
Total (the sum of the aggregate offering price and aggregate sales in the four preceding paragraphs) |
$
50000000.00 |
Underwriters - Name of Service Provider | Underwriters - Fees |
$
| |
Sales Commissions - Name of Service Provider | Sales Commissions - Fee |
$
| |
Finders' Fees - Name of Service Provider | Finders' Fees - Fees |
$
| |
Audit - Name of Service Provider | Ellsworth & Stout, LLC | Audit - Fees |
$
36000.00 |
Legal - Name of Service Provider | Olshan Frome Wolosky LLP | Legal - Fees |
$
100000.00 |
Promoters - Name of Service Provider | Promoters - Fees |
$
| |
Blue Sky Compliance - Name of Service Provider | Blue Sky Compliance - Fees |
$
|
CRD Number of any broker or dealer listed: | |
Estimated net proceeds to the issuer |
$
49775000.00 |
Clarification of responses (if necessary) | Additional anticipated fees of $89,000 include marketing and advertising of the offering, media expenses, promotional expenses, EDGAR document conversion and filing, website posting and transfer and registrar. |
Selected States and Jurisdictions |
ALABAMA
ALASKA
ARIZONA
ARKANSAS
CALIFORNIA
COLORADO
CONNECTICUT
DELAWARE
FLORIDA
GEORGIA
HAWAII
IDAHO
ILLINOIS
INDIANA
IOWA
KANSAS
KENTUCKY
LOUISIANA
MAINE
MARYLAND
MASSACHUSETTS
MICHIGAN
MINNESOTA
MISSISSIPPI
MISSOURI
MONTANA
NEBRASKA
NEVADA
NEW HAMPSHIRE
NEW JERSEY
NEW MEXICO
NEW YORK
NORTH CAROLINA
NORTH DAKOTA
OHIO
OKLAHOMA
OREGON
PENNSYLVANIA
RHODE ISLAND
SOUTH CAROLINA
SOUTH DAKOTA
TENNESSEE
TEXAS
UTAH
VERMONT
VIRGINIA
WASHINGTON
WEST VIRGINIA
WISCONSIN
WYOMING
DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
PUERTO RICO
ALBERTA, CANADA
BRITISH COLUMBIA, CANADA
MANITOBA, CANADA
NEW BRUNSWICK, CANADA
NEWFOUNDLAND, CANADA
NOVA SCOTIA, CANADA
ONTARIO, CANADA
PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND, CANADA
QUEBEC, CANADA
SASKATCHEWAN, CANADA
YUKON, CANADA
CANADA (FEDERAL LEVEL)
|
None | ☐ |
Same as the jurisdictions in which the issuer intends to offer the securities | ☒ |
Selected States and Jurisdictions |
ALABAMA
ALASKA
ARIZONA
ARKANSAS
CALIFORNIA
COLORADO
CONNECTICUT
DELAWARE
FLORIDA
GEORGIA
HAWAII
IDAHO
ILLINOIS
INDIANA
IOWA
KANSAS
KENTUCKY
LOUISIANA
MAINE
MARYLAND
MASSACHUSETTS
MICHIGAN
MINNESOTA
MISSISSIPPI
MISSOURI
MONTANA
NEBRASKA
NEVADA
NEW HAMPSHIRE
NEW JERSEY
NEW MEXICO
NEW YORK
NORTH CAROLINA
NORTH DAKOTA
OHIO
OKLAHOMA
OREGON
PENNSYLVANIA
RHODE ISLAND
SOUTH CAROLINA
SOUTH DAKOTA
TENNESSEE
TEXAS
UTAH
VERMONT
VIRGINIA
WASHINGTON
WEST VIRGINIA
WISCONSIN
WYOMING
DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
PUERTO RICO
ALBERTA, CANADA
BRITISH COLUMBIA, CANADA
MANITOBA, CANADA
NEW BRUNSWICK, CANADA
NEWFOUNDLAND, CANADA
NOVA SCOTIA, CANADA
ONTARIO, CANADA
PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND, CANADA
QUEBEC, CANADA
SASKATCHEWAN, CANADA
YUKON, CANADA
CANADA (FEDERAL LEVEL)
|
None ☐
As to any unregistered securities issued by the issuer of any of its predecessors or affiliated issuers within one year before the filing of this Form 1-A, state:
(a)Name of such issuer | Mystic Holdings, Inc. |
(b)(1) Title of securities issued | Convertible Debentures |
(2) Total Amount of such securities issued | 15000000 |
(3) Amount of such securities sold by or for the account of any person who at the time was a director, officer, promoter or principal securityholder of the issuer of such securities, or was an underwriter of any securities of such issuer. | 0 |
(c)(1) Aggregate consideration for which the securities were issued and basis for computing the amount thereof. | $6200000 in cash proceeds |
(2) Aggregate consideration for which the securities listed in (b)(3) of this item (if any) were issued and the basis for computing the amount thereof (if different from the basis described in (c)(1)). |
(e) Indicate the section of the Securities Act or Commission rule or regulation relied upon for exemption from the registration requirements of such Act and state briefly the facts relied upon for such exemption | Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act |
An offering statement pursuant to Regulation A relating to these securities has been filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. Information contained in this Preliminary Offering Circular is subject to completion or amendment. These securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted before the offering statement filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission is qualified. This Preliminary Offering Circular shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor may there be any sales of these securities in any state in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful before registration or qualification under the laws of any such state. We may elect to satisfy our obligation to deliver a Final Offering Circular by sending you a notice within two business days after the completion of our sale to you that contains the URL where the Final Offering Circular or the offering statement in which such Final Offering Circular was filed may be obtained.
PART II — INFORMATION REQUIRED IN OFFERING CIRCULAR
Preliminary Offering Circular (Subject to Completion) | Dated October 4, 2019 |
50,000,000 Shares
Mystic Holdings, Inc.
Common Stock
This is an initial public offering of shares of our common stock. We are offering on a best efforts basis up to 50,000,000 shares of our common stock, with a minimum offering amount of 5,000,000 shares of our common stock. The initial public offering price is $1.00 per share.
We expect to commence the offer and sale of our common stock as of the date on which the offering statement of which this offering circular is a part is qualified by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. This offering is being conducted pursuant to Regulation A (Regulation A+) of Section 3(6) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for Tier 2 offerings, where the offered securities will not be listed on a registered national securities exchange upon qualification.
Following the closing of this offering, we intend to complete a tax-free share-for-share exchange transaction pursuant to which Qualcan (Canada) Holdings Inc., a newly-formed British Columbia corporation (“Qualcan Canada”), will acquire all of the outstanding shares of our company, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of various closing conditions including Nevada regulatory approval to transfer our cannabis licenses. Upon the closing of the share exchange, our company will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Qualcan Canada and the former stockholders of our company, including investors in this offering, will become the majority shareholders of Qualcan Canada, holding collectively approximately 90% of its outstanding shares. Qualcan Canada, which will retain its corporate name, will continue our existing cannabis operations as its only line of business and our existing management will assume their same positions with Qualcan Canada. Following the closing of the share exchange, Qualcan Canada will pursue an initial public offering of its common shares in Canada and seek to list the shares for trading on the Canadian Securities Exchange. For a detailed description of the share exchange transaction and the differences between the laws of the State of Nevada and the laws of the Province of British Columbia that will impact our stockholders, see “The Share Exchange Transaction,” beginning on page 8 of this offering circular.
Investing in our common stock may be considered speculative and involves a high degree of risk, including the risk of losing your entire investment. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15 to read about the risks you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.
Price to Public | Placement Agent Sales Commissions (1) | Proceeds to Issuer, Before Expenses (2) | ||||||||||
Per share | $ | 1.00 | Not applicable | $ | 1.00 | |||||||
Total minimum offering (2) | 5,000,000 | Not applicable | 5,000,000 | |||||||||
Total maximum offering (2) | $ | 50,000,000 | Not applicable | $ | 50,000,000 |
(1) | This offering is being conducted on a “best efforts” basis by our officers and directors and not through a placement agent or other registered broker-dealer who is paid sales commissions. |
(2) | We estimate the total expenses of this offering, including fees and expenses for marketing and advertising of the offering, media expenses, promotional expenses, fees for administrative, accounting, audit and legal services, fees for EDGAR document conversion and filing, website posting fees and transfer agent and registrar fees, will be $175,000 if the minimum number of shares is sold in this offering and $225,000 if the maximum number of shares is sold in this offering. Because this is a best efforts offering, the actual public offering amount and proceeds to us are not presently determinable and may be substantially less than the total maximum offering set forth above. See “Plan of Distribution” beginning on page 29 of this offering circular for more information on this offering. |
We intend to sell our shares directly to investors and not through a placement agent or other registered broker-dealer who is paid sales commissions. We do not intend to close this offering unless we sell at least a minimum number of 5,000,000 shares of common stock, at the price per share set forth in the table above. This offering will terminate on ______, 2019 (90 days after the date of this offering circular), unless we sell the maximum number of shares of common stock set forth above before that date or we decide to terminate this offering prior to that date. The gross proceeds of this offering will be deposited at a bank or other financial institution in Las Vegas, Nevada, in an escrow account established by us, until we have sold a minimum of 5,000,000 shares of common stock. Once we satisfy the minimum stock sale condition, the funds will be released to us. In the event we do not sell a minimum of 5,000,000 shares of common stock and raise minimum gross proceeds of $5,000,000 by _______, 2019, all funds received will be promptly returned to investors without interest or offset. See “Offering Circular Summary – The Offering” on page 7.
Generally, no sale may be made to you in this offering if the aggregate purchase price you pay is more than 10% of the greater of your annual income or your net worth. Different rules apply to accredited investors and non-natural persons. Before making any representation that your investment does not exceed applicable thresholds, we encourage you to review Rule 251(d)(2)(i)(C) of Regulation A. For general information on investing, we encourage you to refer to www.investor.gov.
This offering circular contains all of the representations by us concerning this offering, and no person shall make different or broader statements than those contained herein. Investors are cautioned not to rely upon any information not expressly set forth in this offering circular.
The securities underlying this offering circular may not be sold until qualified by the SEC. This offering circular is not an offer to sell, nor soliciting an offer to buy, any of our securities in any state or other jurisdiction in which such sale is prohibited. This offering circular follows the disclosure format prescribed by Part I of Form S-1 pursuant to the general instructions of Part II(a)(1)(ii) of Form 1-A.
THE SEC DOES NOT PASS UPON THE MERITS OF OR GIVE ITS APPROVAL TO ANY SECURITIES OFFERED OR THE TERMS OF THE OFFERING, NOR DOES IT PASS UPON THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY OFFERING CIRCULAR OR OTHER SOLICITATION MATERIALS. THESE SECURITIES ARE OFFERED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION WITH THE SEC; HOWEVER, THE SEC HAS NOT MADE AN INDEPENDENT DETERMINATION THAT THE SECURITIES OFFERED ARE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.
The date of this offering circular is ______, 2019
Table of Contents
We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, the securities only in jurisdictions where such offers and sales are permitted. You should rely only on the information contained in this offering circular. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with any information other than the information contained in this offering circular. The information contained in this offering circular is accurate only as of its date, regardless of the time of its delivery or of any sale or delivery of our securities. Neither the delivery of this offering circular nor any sale or delivery of our securities shall, under any circumstances, imply that there has been no change in our affairs since the date of this offering circular. This offering circular will be updated and made available for delivery to the extent required by U.S. federal securities laws.
Unless otherwise indicated, data contained in this offering circular concerning the cannabis market and the other markets relevant to our operations are based on information from various public sources. Although we believe that these data are generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise, and our estimates and expectations based on these data involve a number of assumptions and limitations. As a result, you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such data, estimates or expectations.
In this offering circular, unless otherwise noted or unless the context otherwise requires, references to “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company” and “Mystic” refer to the activities of and the assets and liabilities of the business and operations of Mystic Holdings, Inc., a newly-formed holding company, together with its wholly-owned operating subsidiaries.
ii |
This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this offering circular. This summary is not complete and does not contain all the information that you should consider before deciding whether to invest in our securities. You should carefully read the entire offering circular, including the risks associated with an investment in our company discussed in the “Risk Factors” section of this offering circular, before making an investment decision. Some of the statements in this offering circular are forward-looking statements. See the section entitled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
As used in this offering circular, the terms “we,” “us,” “our” and “the Company” refer to Mystic Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries and, to the extent the context requires, to Qualcan (Canada) Holding Inc. after giving retroactive effect to this offering and the share exchange transaction.
Our Company
Mystic Holdings, Inc. is a holding company which, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, is engaged in the cannabis industry in the State of Nevada. Since obtaining Nevada wholesale licenses for the cultivation and production of medical cannabis in 2014 and recreational cannabis in 2016, Qualcan, LLC, our wholly-owned operating subsidiary (“Qualcan”), has constructed and has recently begun operating a highly efficient, state-of-the-art 24,000 square foot cannabis cultivation and production facility with the capacity to produce as much as 600 pounds of sellable cannabis per month utilizing the latest concepts in agronomic farming practices and sustainable technologies. Qualcan’s facility adheres to best practices in quality control standards and regulatory compliance that are believed to be as good as or better than those used throughout the cannabis industry. Qualcan currently wholesales its products, which include cannabis flowers, edibles and concentrates, under the trademark “Qualcan” to state-licensed dispensaries utilizing METRC, a state-mandated tracking system. We have recently entered into asset purchase agreements to add a future retail dispensary component to our growing operations in Las Vegas and Reno, Nevada.
Looking ahead, we have prepared a strategic plan to extend our Nevada footprint by becoming a vertically-integrated company providing medical and recreational cannabis cultivation and production, and retail dispensary operations for high quality marijuana and marijuana consumer products. We also intend to expand our wholesale operations to capture expected retail demand for our cultivation and production activities, including from our own retail locations that we plan to build (and license) or acquire. A key element of our strategic plan is to make acquisitions of or investments in complementary businesses, products and technologies in the cannabis industry utilizing the proceeds of this offering.
Our Operations and Strategic Plan
The sale and use of cannabis for medical purposes has been legal in the State of Nevada since 2014 and for recreational purposes since 2016 (though federal law in the United States continues to prohibit the use of cannabis). Qualcan has dedicated the years since legalization to honing its growing techniques and production selection, sourcing top-tier cannabis industry management and establishing a highly sophisticated and experienced board of directors. The time invested in building this organization has created a strong foundation for pursuing an aggressive growth and expansion strategy via acquisitions and using our proven growth, sales and marketing formulas. We believe these formulas are responsible for rapidly building Qualcan into one of the top brands in Las Vegas. As noted above, Qualcan has recently acquired four dispensary licenses – two medical and two recreational, establishing itself as a vertically integrated cannabis organization, resulting in enhanced economies of scale and competitive positioning. Qualcan currently operates a highly efficient, state-of-the-art 24,000 square foot cultivation and production facility with the capacity to produce as much as 600 pounds of sellable cannabis per month. These facilities were established utilizing the latest concepts in agronomic and sustainable technologies ensuring that patients and consumers are provided with a clean and effective product, and guaranteeing that lab results exceed established Nevada regulatory department guidelines. Qualcan adheres to best practices in quality control standards with regulatory compliance being managed by industry experts possessing intimate knowledge and experience of the intricacies to what is often referred to as the most stringently regulated cannabis program in the nation.
1 |
Having presently established its capacity in mass producing medically precise wholesale cannabis products, our infrastructure has been created for facilitating multiple large-scale retail operations. Qualcan will remain relevant in terms of industry best practice and market trends with our primary focus being maximization of retail market share using the cost benefits provided by using our internal brands to support the retail supply chain. In addition to exploiting the benefits of vertical integration, Qualcan will continue producing the brands that consumers have remained loyal to and ensure these products are offered in dispensaries all around Nevada. The company operates with an adaptive mentality and considers its ability to rapidly adjust daily operations and the utilization of effective forecasting a competitive advantage. By ensuring rapid acclimation to market conditions, Qualcan also utilizes “time to market” as a competitive tool and cost control mechanism. The constant assessment of market conditions and trends has allowed us to anticipate and execute new products with minimal turnaround. This process is valued as an essential competitive advantage in an industry known to be fast paced and constantly evolving.
Our strategic plan contemplates achieving operational autonomy and target growth expectations via aggressive growth and market saturation. Nevada is generally known to be one of the most desired cannabis markets in the United States, where Qualcan aims to become among the best known brands. This will require proportional scaling of our cultivation and production facilities to accommodate increases in demand from the rapid expansion of our retail channel market share. Qualcan will protect its position within the marketplace using acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies and products, ensuring diversification of Qualcan and its owned brands, while further cultivating a sense of self sustenance. Qualcan will hold itself accountable to a set of established business principles that encourage specific operational development. The four most important principles are:
● controlling costs via supply chain optimization, frequent assessment of manufacturing process effectiveness and the application of our unique perspective on retail facility management and inventory optimization,
● continued acquisition of retail licenses necessary to increase market share and establish a visible presence of branding,
● facilitation of access to quality cannabis products to as many patients and consumers as possible, and
● careful analysis of all industry variables by our team of industry experts to mathematically dictate our highest return on investment as it pertains to any significant business decision.
Our Cannabis Products and Brands
Qualcan is positioning itself to become a known provider of reliable cannabis and cannabis products manufactured in accordance with exacting precision and high-quality standards. Products and branding are carefully determined through a process of market analysis, ensuring that every detail is catered to what consumers are buying. Marketing and branding experts have crafted a campaign for each product with appeal to the broadest consumer demographic. Each channel of business has been designed to be fully scalable as Qualcan expands and challenges new markets. A summary of Qualcan brands can be found in the next section and includes products in active production.
Qualcan Cultivation
Our Qualcan Cultivation brand offers a variety of unique genetics chosen through a process of “pheno-hunting,” in which the cultivation expert determines the ideal traits in genetics to be grown. Our master grower will dictate which strains are the most accommodating to consumer expectations, which in the Nevada market primarily concern strains’ tetrahydrocannabinol (“THC”) percentage, terpene profile/concentration and aesthetics. The grow process is considered a core competitive advantage for Qualcan and all standard operating procedures related to cultivation are kept strictly confidential. Cosmic Cannabis is our newest brand scheduled to hit shelves with the launch of our retail channel. This brand will utilize our highest quality strains to provide consumers with a “top-shelf” experience in terms of product quality and aesthetic. We expect to achieve higher than usual margins with this product because it will launch during a time in which we expect wholesale prices to be on the rise due to an increase in demand. In addition to developing and branding our own strains such as the Cosmic line, we have been engaged from time to time to provide branding consulting services for third party cannabis products by outside parties, such as the rock band 311.
2 |
In addition to the standard cannabis flower, we offer pre-rolls and small bud batches (known as popcorn). Qualcan also services the lower end of the market and protects the prestige of our primary brand by white labeling lower testing flower and the smaller buds that are more difficult to sell. Every month the cultivation team produces approximately 600 pounds of cannabis. With every harvest, a certain amount of trim, waste, stems and other useable waste is created. This product can be used to either create a supplemental stream of revenue by wholesaling for production, or it can be used as input material for oil at our own production facility, lowering our costs.
Expansion efforts for the cultivation facility will be dictated by demand created from the addition of our retail dispensary locations. However, based on the growth trends of our external wholesale channel, expansion efforts are expected to take place following the initial phase of retail expansion.
Qualcan Production
Our Qualcan Production brands offer a diverse line of edibles and concentrates, with research and product development underway for new products that will appeal to the average consumer. Qualcan’s edibles offerings include gummies, brownie bites, cookies, carmels, peanut brittle and chocolate chip bars. In terms of concentrates, Qualcan is known for providing vape pens bearing exceptional functionality offered in various popular strains with a unique blend of terpene and flavor profiles. Qualcan concentrates and oils can be purchased in either a disposable format or as a cartridge conveniently compatible with most standard vape pen batteries. With the standard Qualcan brand currently serving the middle market, our new brand “Lush” is scheduled to hit shelves with the launch of our retail channel and will offer consumers high-end cannabis vape products. Lush is anticipated to become a line of various strains, flavors and hardware types, all designed to provide a smooth and luxurious experience.
Edibles Success in Nevada
To date, the success of our production facility can be largely attributed to the quality of our edible line. The Las Vegas market lacks a significant offering of homogeneously dosed edibles, which has created supply issues for consumers that commonly micro-dose and medicate with edible products. When micro-dosing or using cannabis edibles for medicinal purposes, it is extremely important that the product has been precisely dosed with an even distribution of THC and cannabidiol (referred to as “CBD”) throughout. We believe that Qualcan is best known for its medically precise homogenization of each edible. In addition to dosing consistency, we are also known for using unique recipes developed by our team of master chefs which are designed to tastefully mask any residual bitterness or cannabis aftertaste. Qualcan has acquired experience from the local restaurant industry (another industry known for its high quality in Las Vegas), and built a team of chefs and cannabis experts capable of producing high quality edibles.
Our Proposed Expansion of a Retail Channel and Planned Dispensaries
We have recently entered into agreements to acquire two dispensaries in Las Vegas and Reno, Nevada, together with medical and recreational licenses. Upon our appraisal of these facilities, it was determined that further optimization would provide substantial return on investment. These licenses will serve as the vehicle necessary for bringing the Qualcan brand to market and will function as the foundation on which our future operations will be based.
Asset Acquisitions of Two Dispensaries
In May 2019, through Picksy LLC, our wholly-owned subsidiary, we entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with Medifarm LLC to acquire 100% of the assets of Medifarm’s cannabis dispensary located at 1130 East Desert Inn Road, Las Vegas, Nevada, including its recreational and medical retail dispensary licenses issued by the State of Nevada. The purchase price to be paid for such assets is $10.0 million. The payments will consist of $7.2 million in cash payments and $2.8 million in the form of a 12-month promissory note bearing 5% interest and secured by the acquired assets. The East Desert Inn dispensary is located off the Las Vegas Strip near the Las Vegas Convention Center and Decatur Boulevard. The 5,220 square foot facility was initially opened by Medifarm in October 2016 to sell premium medical cannabis, flowers, shatters, waxes and oils, among other high-quality cannabis products, from a range of reputable providers of superior grade medical cannabis. With the legalization of recreational cannabis in Nevada, the dispensary expanded into both medical and recreational retail adult sales. Based on information provided by Medifarm to us, for the year ended December 31, 2018, its revenues and net loss from product sales were approximately $3.17 million and $556,300, respectively, from the Las Vegas dispensary.
3 |
In August 2019, through Picksy Reno, LLC, another wholly-owned subsidiary of our company, we entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with Medifarm I LLC to acquire 100% of the assets of Medifarm I’s cannabis dispensary located at 1085 S. Virginia Street, Reno, Nevada, including its recreational and medical retail dispensary licenses issued by the State of Nevada. The purchase price to be paid for such assets is $13.5 million. The payments will consist of $9.3 million in cash and $4.2 million in a 12-month promissory note bearing 5% interest. The Reno dispensary has been operational since January 2017 and provides cannabis products to the local medical and recreational adult-use markets. Based on information provided by Medifarm I to us, for the year ended December 31, 2018, its revenues and net income from product sales were approximately $7.9 million and $321,500, respectively, from the Reno dispensary.
The closing of each transaction is subject to various closing conditions including receipt of all necessary state, county and city licensing transfer approvals. As we already hold medical and recreational licenses for cultivation and production, we do not anticipate any significant delays in obtaining such approvals. We anticipate using a significant portion of the net proceeds from this offering to satisfy the purchase obligations set forth in the respective Asset Purchase Agreements. These acquisitions would further our long-term business plan of creating a vertically-integrated company capable of cultivation, production and retail sales of cannabis products.
Planned Convention Center Drive Dispensary
We are in the planning stages of building beginning in 2021 and opening in 2022 our flagship retail “mega-dispensary” across the street from the Las Vegas Convention Center. It is estimated that 42 million visitors pass through the Convention Center each year. This planned 70,000 square feet retail project would encompass a two-story dispensary and a multi-level, state-of-the-art parking structure. The facility would include an advanced logistics system that fully utilizes the multi-level floor plan for process isolation and is intended to accommodate the safety of both consumers and dispensary staff. The layout of this facility is designed to promote the control of costs through the minimization of human capital necessary to effectively run each department and use the created bonus headroom to provide consumers with a unique shopping experience and entertainment. This facility would utilize the multi-level design to completely isolate the inventory/cash vault from the day-to-day dispensary operations. This is to ensure that the consumer-facing experience is optimized so that product display, customer interaction, pop-up events and education are the focus. The amount of available surplus square footage also would create an opportunity for hosting a consumption lounge should this become a possibility in the future. This retail space is being designed to provide us the ability to facilitate events, classes and entertainment, giving customers an additional reason to return to the store. While the details for this facility and location were submitted for state approval as part of our 2018 retail license application, the location is still conditioned on state and local licensing approvals.
Our Leadership Team
We are led by executive officers who together have been involved in the legal regulated industry since the passage of medical cannabis legislation in the State of Nevada in 2013. Lorenzo Barracco, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, co-founded our company in June 2014. Mr. Barracco has a history of developing projects in quickly-evolving markets including restaurant chains. Michael Cristalli, our co-founder and Director, has substantial knowledge and years of working experience with Nevada’s cannabis laws and regulations and has been instrumental in our obtaining licenses for medical and recreational cannabis. Heather Cranny, our Chief Financial Officer, has been with the company since its formation and has significant experience in the cannabis industry, and Joanna DeFilippis, our Chief Operating Officer, has in-depth knowledge of our product selection methodologies.
Our officers are assisted with guidance from the company’s Board of Directors. Daniel V. Perla and Alexander Scharf each brings a deep background in early-stage and growth companies, operational, marketing and financial experience, and Sigmund (Sig) Aronson Rogich provides expertise to us in the areas of media and advertising, and government relations.
Following the share exchange, Qualcan Canada’s Board of Directors is expected to be comprised of four of our current directors and one director nominated by Qualcan Canada’s pre-share exchange shareholders.
4 |
The Nevada Cannabis Industry
The Nevada cannabis industry is known for its comprehensive and exacting system of regulatory compliance and high standards of excellence for the governance of cannabis license holders. Currently, the acting regulatory authority is held by the Nevada Department of Taxation, or DoT. The DoT establishes and maintains strict enforcement of cannabis related activities through the issuance of various regulations, known as the Adopted Regulation of the Department of Taxation, LCB File No. R092-17. These regulations provide an industry specific elaboration of the local NRS and NAC codes regarding the operation of a licensed cannabis organization. These regulations ensure that license holders operate their facilities with the highest degree of moral and ethical integrity, safety and effectiveness. The DoT is known for being highly active in their roles through the execution of frequent on-site inspections and their efforts in being available to industry workers as a resource of information and guidance. The Nevada cannabis industry may be heavily regulated; however, these high expectations have set an example for other new and developing markets in terms of best practices and product quality.
High expectations for product integrity and quality and a complicated regulatory environment can create significant barriers to entry for new companies in the market. The Nevada cannabis industry requires seasoned compliance professionals who are accustomed to fast-paced regulatory changes. This creates potential risk for companies with inadequate attention to compliance administration and can easily become the catalyst to failure. Qualcan considers compliance a priority and has committed to the careful management of all related duties. The ability of our compliance team can be considered a competitive advantage by the positive effects it has on operations, organizational image and perception, and the quality of our cannabis and cannabis products.
Selected Risks Associated with Our Business
Despite our growth and expansion strategies and the competitive advantages we describe above, our business and prospects may be limited by a number of risks and uncertainties that we currently face, including:
● |
We have a history of annual net losses which may continue and which may negatively impact our ability to achieve our business objectives, and we received a going concern qualification in our 2018 audit. We had net losses of $1,771,524 and $1,618,083 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and $895,545 for the six months ended June 30, 2019, and we will have a net loss for the year ending December 31, 2019. There can be no assurance we will have significant levels of total revenue or net income in future periods.
|
|
● | We operate in an intensely competitive market for the cultivation, production and sale of medical and recreational cannabis against a number of already established and better-known production companies and retail store chains. | |
● | As part of our strategic plan following this offering, we intend to acquire or invest in other cannabis-related businesses; however, there is no assurance that we will be able to identify appropriate acquisition targets, successfully acquire identified targets or successfully integrate the businesses of acquired companies to realize their full benefits. | |
● | Our business depends on the availability to us of Lorenzo Barracco, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, who has substantial knowledge regarding the cannabis industry and business contacts that would be extremely difficult to replace, and our business would be materially and adversely affected if his services were to become unavailable to us. |
5 |
Corporate Information
Our principal executive offices are located at 4145 Wagon Trail Avenue, Las Vegas, Nevada 89118, and our telephone number is (646) 286-9070. We maintain a corporate website at http://www.qualcan.com.
Qualcan Canada’s principal executive offices are located at 1055 West Georgia Street, 1500 Royal Centre, P.O. Box 11, Vancouver BC V6E 4N7, Canada, and its telephone number is (604) 687-7130.
We do not incorporate the information on or accessible through our website into this offering circular, and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our website a part of this offering circular.
We own various U.S. federal trademark applications and unregistered trademarks, including the trademark “Qualcan.” All other trademarks or trade names referred to in this offering circular are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this offering circular are referred to without the symbol ™, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent possible under applicable law, their rights thereto.
Channels for Disclosure of Information
Investors and others should note that we use social media to communicate with all of our viewers and the public about our company, our services, new product developments and other matters. Any information that we consider to be material to an evaluation of our company will be included in filings on the SEC website, http://www.sec.gov, and may also be disseminated using our investor relations website, which can be found at http://www.qualcan.com, and press releases. However, we encourage investors, the media and others interested in our company to also review our social media channels. We do not incorporate the information on or accessible through our website into this offering circular, and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our website a part of this offering circular.
6 |
Common stock offered by us | 5,000,000 shares (minimum) to 50,000,000 shares (maximum). | |
Common stock outstanding prior to this offering | 70,000,000 shares. | |
Best efforts offering | We are selling the shares of our common stock offered in this offering circular on a “best efforts” basis and are not required to sell any specific number or dollar amount of the shares being offered, but we will use our best efforts to sell such shares. We do not intend to close this offering unless we sell a minimum of 5,000,000 shares of common stock. | |
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering | 75,000,000 shares (if the minimum number of shares is sold) and 120,000,000 shares (if the maximum number of shares is sold). | |
Use of proceeds after expenses |
Based on an initial public offering price of $1.00 per share, we estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering, assuming we sell a minimum of 5,000,000 shares, will be $4,825,000 and, assuming we sell all 50,000,000 shares, will be $49,775,000, after payment of our estimated offering expenses. However, this is a best efforts offering, and there is no assurance that we will sell any shares or receive any proceeds.
We intend to utilize a substantial portion of the net proceeds of this offering to finance the acquisition of two retail dispensaries in Las Vegas and Reno, Nevada. We intend to use the remaining net proceeds of this offering to finance the costs of acquiring or investing in other cannabis-related businesses, products and technologies and for working capital and general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” for more information. |
|
Escrow | The gross proceeds of this offering will be deposited at a bank or other financial institution in Las Vegas, Nevada, in an escrow account established by us. The funds will be held in escrow until we receive a minimum of $5,000,000, at which time the funds will be released to us. Any funds received in excess of $5,000,000 and up to $50,000,000 will immediately be available to us. If we do not receive the minimum amount of $5,000,000 by _______, 2019 (90 days after the date of this offering circular), all funds will be returned to purchasers in this offering on the next business day after the offering’s termination, without charge, deduction or interest. Prior to ______, 2019, in no event will funds be returned to investors. You will only be entitled to receive a refund of your subscription if we do not raise a minimum of $5,000,000 by ______, 2019. | |
Ownership after this offering |
Lorenzo Barracco, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Daniel V. Perla and Alexander Scharf, directors of our company, will collectively beneficially own 92.8% if the minimum number of shares is sold, and 58.0% if the maximum number of shares is sold, of our outstanding shares of common stock after the completion of this offering.
Additionally, following this offering and upon the closing of the share exchange, Qualcan Canada will issue its common shares in exchange for those held by our existing stockholders, including investors in this offering, representing approximately 90% of Qualcan Canada’s outstanding shares. |
|
Risk factors | Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should read the “Risk Factors” section of this offering circular beginning on page 15 for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. |
(1) | The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering excludes (a) 15,000,000 shares issuable upon the conversion of our 8% convertible debentures in the aggregate principal amount approximately $6,200,000 which were sold in our 2019 Private Placements, and (b) 13,000,000 shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options. |
7 |
THE SHARE EXCHANGE TRANSACTION
Proposed Share Exchange, Private Financings and Public Offering
On September 4, 2019, we entered into a Share Exchange Agreement pursuant to which Qualcan (Canada) Holdings Inc., a British Columbia corporation (“Qualcan Canada”), agreed to acquire all of the outstanding shares of common stock of our company, by way of a share exchange or reverse takeover (the “Share Exchange”), and seek a listing for Qualcan Canada’s common shares on the Canadian Securities Exchange (“CSE”) through an initial public offering of such shares. Qualcan Canada is a newly-formed British Columbia, Canada entity organized by Skanderbeg Capital Advisors Inc., a merchant bank and advisory firm. At the time of the Share Exchange, Qualcan Canada will have nominal assets and liabilities. Immediately following the Share Exchange, Mystic’s former stockholders would control a majority of the outstanding common shares of Qualcan Canada, receiving approximately 90% of its outstanding shares, with Mystic’s former U.S. stockholders holding class A common shares and Mystic’s former non-U.S. stockholders holding common shares. The rights of holders of the Class A common shares and holders of the common shares are essentially identical, but are separated into two classes of shares designed to maintain the “foreign private issuer” status of Qualcan Canada under U.S. federal securities laws.
Prior to the completion of the Share Exchange, pursuant to the terms of an earlier letter of intent, we and Qualcan Canada agreed to conduct a number of financing transactions. In June 2019, Qualcan Canada raised approximately $500,000 in a private placement of 14,000,000 common shares at a price of C$0.036 per share (the “Qualcan Canada Financing”). The net proceeds of the Qualcan Canada Financing were then used to fund a non-interest bearing bridge loan in the same amount to our company to fund our interim working capital and transaction expenses.
Following the Qualcan Canada Financing, in July 2019, we completed an initial private placement (the “First 2019 Private Placement”) of approximately $1,700,000 in aggregate principal amount of 8% convertible debentures. The principal amount under the debentures is convertible into shares of our common stock at any time at the option of the holder, provided, that, if on or or before the maturity date (12 months after the date of issuance), the Canadian Public Offering (as defined below) is consummated, 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the debentures will be automatically converted into common stock of the public successor company. The conversion price of the debentures is C$0.30 ($0.23) per share, which would result in the issuance upon conversion of 7,500,000 shares of our common stock. The debentures bear interest at an annual cumulative rate of 8.0%, due and payable in cash on the maturity date. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the debentures (together with the holders of the debentures issued in the Second 2019 Private Placement (as defined below)) will receive, in preference to any distribution of any of our assets to the holders of any of our other debt securities or credit facilities, an amount equal to the unpaid and unconverted principal amount of their debentures and any accrued and unpaid interest on the debentures. The debentures are unsecured, general obligations of our company. The debentures are not redeemable by us or subject to voluntary prepayment prior to maturity. The conversion of the debentures is contingent upon receipt of approval for the conversion of the Nevada Department of Taxation and such other Nevada governmental authorities that regulate the cannabis industry in Nevada and its cities, counties and townships.
In July 2019, following the closing of the First 2019 Private Placement, we also commenced a subsequent private placement (the “Second 2019 Private Placement” and, together with the First 2019 Private Placement, the “2019 Private Placements”) of up to $22,500,000 in aggregate principal amount of 8% convertible debentures with substantially identical terms as the debentures sold in the First 2019 Private Placement, except that the conversion price of the debentures offered in the Second 2019 Private Placement is set at C$0.80 ($0.60) per share, which would result in the issuance upon conversion of 37,500,000 shares of our common stock, rather than C$0.30 ($0.23) per share in the First 2019 Private Placement. We sold approximately $4,500,000 in aggregate principal amount of 8% convertible debentures in the Second 2019 Private Placement, which would result in issuance upon conversion of 7,500,000 shares of common stock. Skanderbeg Capital Advisors acted as the placement agent in the First 2019 Private Placement, but did not receive any cash or equity-based commissions in that financing, and acted as the placement agent in the Second 2019 Private Placement, and received cash and equity-based commissions on the gross proceeds raised in such financing.
8 |
Following the completion of this offering and the consummation of the Share Exchange, Qualcan Canada has agreed to conduct an initial public offering of its securities on terms to be agreed upon by the parties to the Share Exchange Agreement and apply for a listing to trade its securities on the CSE (the “Canadian Public Offering”). A lead agent for the Canadian Public Offering has not yet been selected. Additionally, if Qualcan Canada has not achieved public trading status within 12 months after the issuance date of the debentures, investors in the First 2019 Private Placement and Second 2019 Private Placement will be entitled to receive a warrant to purchase a number of shares of Mystic common stock equal to 25% of the number of shares into which the purchased debentures are convertible at an exercise price of C$0.30 ($0.23) per share and C$0.80 ($0.60) per share, respectively, for two years. If Qualcan Canada achieves public trading status within 12 months after such issuance date, investors will not be entitled to receive any warrants.
Upon the closing of the Share Exchange, the former Mystic shareholders will have the right to nominate four members of the Qualcan Canada board of directors and the shareholders of Qualcan Canada immediately prior thereto will have the right to nominate one member of the Qualcan Canada board of directors, subject in each case to the applicable independence requirements imposed by the rules of the CSE and Canadian securities laws. Pursuant to the terms of the subscription agreement for this offering, investors in this offering will have agreed in advance to vote in favor of the adoption, approval, execution and delivery by Mystic of such agreements, contracts and documents (including, but not limited to, any amendment to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, if required) and the taking of any other actions requiring stockholder approval as may be required or deemed appropriate by Mystic to consummate the Share Exchange.
For more information regarding the Share Exchange, you are urged to read in its entirety the Share Exchange Agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to this offering statement.
Conditions Precedent to the Share Exchange
Under the terms of the Share Exchange Agreement, the consummation of the Share Exchange is conditioned on the occurrence of certain events and non-occurrence of other events, some of which are dependent on the actions of third parties or are otherwise outside of our control. In particular, the Share Exchange is subject to:
● | the completion of this offering; | |
● | approval of the transfer of our cannabis licenses by the Nevada Department of Taxation; | |
● | there being no action taken by any governmental authority (including the State of Nevada) that prohibits or restrains the Share Exchange or materially and adversely affects the economics of the Share Exchange; and | |
● | there being no new legislation enacted or introduced which could adversely affect or frustrate the intention of the Share Exchange. |
If we fail to obtain the requisite governmental approvals or any of the other conditions precedent to the Share Exchange fails to occur, the Share Exchange may not be consummated and, consequently, the Canadian Public Offering will not take place.
Material Differences of the Rights of Our Stockholders after the Share Exchange
The Share Exchange, if consummated, would result in the exchange of shares of common stock held by our stockholders, including investors in this offering, for common shares of Qualcan Canada. The former Mystic stockholders would become the holders of common shares in the capital of a British Columbia corporation organized under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) (the “BCA”). The Nevada Revised Statutes (the “NRS”) differ in many respects from the BCA. Below is a summary description of the principal differences that could affect the rights of our stockholders.
9 |
Subject Matter | Nevada | British Columbia | ||
Shareholder Meeting Quorum |
Under the NRS, a corporation’s articles of incorporation and bylaws may specify the number of shares necessary to constitute a quorum at any meeting of shareholders.
If not specified by articles of incorporation or bylaws, a quorum is established by a majority of the voting power (which includes the voting power present in person or by proxy). In the case of a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series, a majority of the voting power of the class or series (present in person or by proxy) constitutes a quorum for the transaction of business.
The bylaws of Mystic provide that, except in the case of certain extraordinary transactions, the presence in person or by proxy of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the shares entitled to vote at the meetings of stockholders constitutes a quorum. The quorum requirement for a sale of substantially all of Mystic’s assets or a merger or consolidation of Mystic is 75% of the corporation’s outstanding shares. |
Under the BCA, unless the articles otherwise provide, a quorum of shareholders is established for a meeting if two shareholders, in person or by proxy, are present at the meeting.
Overriding the BCA default, Qualcan Canada’s articles provide that one or more shareholders, in person or by proxy, who in the aggregate hold at least 5% of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting, will satisfy the quorum requirement.
Thus, under the BCA the number of shares required to form a quorum is substantially less than 50% of the outstanding share capital (which is the default under the NRS). This may make it significantly easier to pass certain resolutions (e.g. amendments to articles of incorporation) than under the NRS. |
||
Shareholder Voting Requirements |
Other than the election of directors and approval of certain extraordinary transactions, approval of matters before a stockholder meeting requires an affirmative vote of the majority of shares present, in person or by proxy, at the meeting.
Directors must be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present, in person or by proxy at the meeting.
An act by the stockholders of each class or series is approved if a majority of the voting power of a quorum of the class or series votes for the actions. |
Except where the BCA or the articles require approval by a special resolution or unanimous resolution, a simple majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on a resolution is required to approve any resolution properly brought before the shareholders.
Under the BCA, certain matters, such as amendments to the articles or actions that prejudice or interfere with rights attached to shares, require approval by a special resolution, an unanimous resolution, or a special separate resolution. The articles of Qualcan Canada require a two-thirds vote for a special resolution. |
||
Amendments to the Articles |
In order to amend the articles of incorporation of a corporation, the board of directors must adopt a resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and call a meeting of the stockholders to vote on the amendment or direct that the proposed amendment be considered at the next annual meeting of the stockholders entitled to vote on the amendment. Stockholders holding at least a majority of the voting power, or such greater proportion of the voting power as may be required in the case of a vote by classes, or as may be required by the provisions of the articles of incorporation, must vote in favour of the amendment.
If any proposed amendment would adversely alter or change any preference or any other right given to any class of outstanding shares, then the amendment must be approved by the vote, in addition to the affirmative vote otherwise required, of the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of each class adversely affected by the amendment. |
Generally, in order to amend its articles, the shareholders of a BC company must pass a special resolution approving the amendment.
In addition, no amendment to the articles can prejudice the rights attached to a particular class of shares unless the consent of the holders of the shares of the particular class is obtained. This consent requires a special separate resolution which, if passed at a meeting, requires the majority of the votes specified in the articles for a special separate resolution of that class or series. Qualcan Canada’s articles do not specify the vote required for a separate special resolution, so a two-thirds vote is required. The special separate resolution is in addition to the resolution authorizing the alterations.
While two-thirds approval is required to pass a special resolution to amend the articles of Qualcan Canada, the number of shares required may be significantly less than 50% of the outstanding share capital, as is the requirement in Nevada, due to the fact that the quorum requirement is only one or more shareholders holding at least 5% of shares entitled to vote. Accordingly, it will be substantially easier for Qualcan Canada to amend its articles as a British Columbia corporation as compared to a Nevada corporation. |
10 |
Voting Rights with Respect to Extraordinary Transactions | The bylaws of Mystic provide that (1) the sale, transfer and other disposition of substantially all of the corporation’s properties and (2) a merger or consolidation of the corporation shall require the approval by an affirmative vote of not less than 75% of the corporation’s outstanding shares. |
Under the BCA, approvals of amalgamations (except amalgamations between a corporation and wholly owned subsidiaries), arrangements with shareholders, creditors or other persons, consolidations, and sales, leases or other dispositions of substantially all of property of the company requires approval by the shareholders by a special resolution at a duly called meeting.
Again, while two-thirds approval is required to pass a special resolution, the number of shares required may be significantly less than the requirement for Mystic under its current articles, due to the fact that Qualcan Canada’s quorum requirement is only one or more shareholders holding in the aggregate 5% of the shares entitled to vote, in person or by proxy. Accordingly, extraordinary corporate transactions may be easier for Qualcan Canada to facilitate under the BCA as compared to under the NRS. |
||
Special Meetings | The bylaws of Mystic provide that special meetings of the stockholders or of any class or series thereof entitled to vote may be called by the entire board of directors, any two directors, the President, and at the request in writing by stockholders of record owning at least 25% of the outstanding voting shares of common stock of Mystic. |
The BCA provides that a board of directors or the holders of 5% of the shares of a corporation with a right to vote can call or requisition a general meeting.
|
||
Stockholders’ Consent Without a Meeting | The bylaws of Mystic provide that any actions required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting if, before or after taking the actions, a written consent is signed by the stockholders holding at least a majority of the voting power, except that if a different proportion of voting power is required for such an action at a meeting, then that proportion of written consent is required. |
Under the BCA, any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders by an ordinary resolution may be taken by a written resolution signed by a special majority, being two-thirds, of the shareholders entitled to vote on such resolution. Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders by any other resolution, being a special, exceptional or unanimous resolution, may be taken by a unanimous written resolution.
In addition, the articles of Qualcan Canada provide that, if all the shareholders who are entitled to vote at an annual general meeting consent in writing by a unanimous resolution to all of the business that is required to be transacted at that annual general meeting, the annual general meeting is deemed to have been held on the date of the unanimous resolution. |
||
Number of Directors |
The NRS requires that a corporation have a minimum of one director. A corporation must have at least one director, and may provide in its articles of incorporation or in its bylaws for a fixed number of directors or a variable number of directors, and for the manner in which the number of directors may be increased or decreased.
The bylaws of Mystic provide that the number of directors must be a minimum of one and shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the board of directors. |
BCA companies must have at least one director, and “public companies” must have at least three directors.
Following the Share Exchange, Qualcan Canada’s Board of Directors is expected to be comprised of four of our current directors and one director nominated by Qualcan Canada’s pre-Share Exchange shareholders. |
11 |
Director Election and Removal |
The bylaws of Mystic provide that directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by the shares entitled to vote in the election at a meeting at which a quorum is present. All vacancies, including those caused by an increase in the number of directors, may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum.
Any director may be removed by the stockholders by a vote of not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares entitled to vote. |
Directors are elected at every annual general meeting, or by unanimous resolution of the shareholders entitled to vote at the annual general meeting. To be a valid election or appointment, certain procedures must be followed, including that a director must consent or acquiesce at the meeting at which the director is elected or appointed. If the company fails to hold an annual general meeting or the shareholders fail to elect directors at the annual general meeting or by unanimous resolution, then the current directors continue to hold office until their successors are elected or appointed. In addition, directors may fill vacancies on the board and appoint additional directors as long as the appointment does not exceed 1/3 of the number of current directors.
Directors may be removed by the shareholders by special resolution. Again, under the BCA, the number of shares required may be significantly less than the requirement in Nevada (which is two-thirds of all shares outstanding), due to the fact that Qualcan Canada’s quorum requirement is only one or more shareholders who in the aggregate hold 5% of the shares entitled to vote. |
||
Derivative Actions |
Under the NRS, a stockholder may bring a derivative action against officers and directors of a corporation for breach of their fiduciary duties to a corporation and its stockholders or for other fraudulent misconduct, so long as the stockholder was a stockholder of the corporation at the time of the transaction in question, or the stockholder obtained the stock thereafter solely by operation of law, and remained so through the duration of the suit; the plaintiff makes a demand on the directors of the corporation to assert the corporate claim unless the demand would be futile; and the plaintiff is an adequate representative of the other stockholders. |
The BCA entitles a shareholder, including a beneficial owner of a share of a corporation, or a director of a corporation and any person whom the court considers an appropriate person to make application, with the approval of the Supreme Court of British Columbia, and in the name of the corporation, to commence legal proceedings to (a) enforce a right, duty or obligation owed to the corporation that could be enforced by the corporation itself or (b) to obtain damages for any breach of a right, duty or obligation whether the right, duty or obligation arises under the BCA or otherwise. Derivative actions, therefore, may be brought by shareholders on behalf of a corporation against the corporation’s directors for damages or to enforce rights or duties owed by the director to the corporation. | ||
Personal Liability of Directors | The NRS eliminates the liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of the director’s fiduciary duty of care, unless it is proven that such breach involved intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of law. |
Under the BCA, there is no statutory limitation with respect to the monetary liability which may be imposed on directors.
|
||
Indemnification of Officers and Directors |
The NRS provides that a corporation must indemnify a director or officer of all expenses, including attorneys’ fees, if such person has been successful on the merits or in the defense of the action, suit or proceeding.
A corporation may elect to indemnify a director or officer against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, if the person (i) is not found to be liable in breaching their fiduciary duties to the corporation, or (ii) acted in good faith and in a manner not reasonably believed to be opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, for a criminal proceeding, no reasonable cause to believe conduct was unlawful. Discretionary indemnification may be made by a corporation if determined that it is proper to indemnify the director or officer. |
The BCA provides that a company must indemnify a director or officer or former director or officer (“eligible party”) of all costs, charges, and expenses, including legal and other fees, if the director or officer is successful or substantially successful in the outcome of the proceeding.
A company may elect to indemnify an eligible party against all costs, charges and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by the individual in respect of a proceeding to which such person was a party by reason of being or having been an eligible party, if the person: (i) acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the company; and (ii) in the case of a criminal or administrative proceeding enforced by a monetary penalty, the individual had reasonable grounds for believing that the individuals conduct was lawful.
In addition, a company must not indemnify an eligible party in the case of a proceeding brought by the company, such as a derivative action. Payment of advance expenses is allowed as long as the company obtains a written undertaking from the eligible party that it will repay the amounts advanced if the payment is prohibited under corporate law. |
12 |
Anti-Takeover Provisions in Articles / Bylaws |
Several provisions of the Mystic bylaws could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control of our company even if that change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders.
For example, Mystic’s bylaws (i) provide for supermajority voting in some circumstances (i.e., the affirmative vote of 75% of the outstanding shares), including mergers and consolidations and (ii) provide that the power to determine the number of directors and to fill vacancies be vested solely in the board, so that the incumbent board, not a raider, would control vacant board positions. |
Under the BCA, approval of extraordinary transactions (including mergers and consolidations), requires approval by the shareholders by a special resolution at a duly called meeting, which could prevent or delay a potential acquisition of Qualcan Canada. While a special resolution requires a two-thirds vote to pass, because the quorum requirement is only one or more shareholders holding 5% of the shares entitled to vote, the number of shares required to pass a special resolution approving an extraordinary transaction is substantially less than the amount for Mystic.
|
||
Anti-Takeover Provisions in Law |
The NRS provides that a corporation that has at least 200 shareholders, with at least 100 shareholders of record having a Nevada address recorded in the stock ledger, and that does business directly or through an affiliated corporation in Nevada is subject to the anti-takeover provisions.
Under the anti-takeover provisions, a person that owns a minimum of 20% of the voting shares of the corporation (an “acquiring person”) is prohibited from exercising their voting rights of those shares unless approved by the shareholders of the corporation. If the voting rights of such shares are restored, shareholders voting against such restoration may demand payment for the “fair value” of their shares (which is generally equal to the highest price paid in the transaction subjecting the stockholder to the statute).
The NRS also restricts a “business combination” with “interested stockholders,” unless certain conditions are met, with respect to corporations which have at least 200 shareholders of record. A “combination” includes (a) any merger with an interested stockholder, or any other corporation which is or after the merger would be, an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder, (b) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition of assets, to an interested stockholder, having (i) an aggregate market value equal to 5% or more of the aggregate market value of the corporation’s assets; (ii) an aggregate market value equal to 5% or more of the aggregate market value of all outstanding shares of the corporation; or (iii) representing 10% or more of the earning power or net income of the corporation, (c) any issuance or transfer of shares of the corporation or its subsidiaries, to the interested stockholder, having an aggregate market value equal to 5% or more of the aggregate market. |
There is no provision under the BCA similar to Nevada’s anti-takeover provisions. |
13 |
Appraisal Rights; Dissenters’ Rights |
Under the anti-takeover provisions of the NRS, unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation or the bylaws of the issuing corporation in effect on the tenth day following an acquisition of a controlling interest by an acquiring person, if control shares are accorded full voting rights and the acquiring person has acquired control shares with a majority or more of all the voting power, any stockholder, other than the acquiring person, whose shares are not voted in favor of authorizing voting rights for the control shares may dissent in and obtain payment of the fair value of his shares.
Also, NRS does not provide for dissenters’ rights in the case of a sale of assets. |
Under the BCA, a shareholder entitled to dissent to certain proposed corporation actions can require the company to purchase his or her shares for their “fair value”. The actions giving rise to a right of dissent are as follows: (i) an alteration in the articles of a company by altering the restrictions on the business carried on or to be carried on by the company, or on its powers; (ii) a proposed amalgamation; (iii) approval of an arrangement (where permitted); (iv) a proposed disposition of all or substantially all of its undertaking; (iv) a proposed continuance outside of British Columbia; or (v) in respect of any resolution or court order or arrangement permitting dissent.
Thus, if the Share Exchange is consummated, Qualcan Canada’s shareholders will be provided with greater rights of dissent and appraisal than they currently possess under the NRS. However, under NRS, shareholders currently have rights of dissent and appraisal in the circumstances of the acquisition of a controlling interest by an investor, which they would lose under the BCA. |
||
Oppression Remedies |
There are no equivalent statutory remedies under the NRS; however, stockholders may be entitled to remedies for a violation of a director’s fiduciary duties under Nevada common law. |
Under the BCA, a shareholder of a corporation has the right to apply to a court on the grounds that the corporation is acting or proposes to act in a way that is prejudicial to the shareholder. After the application is filed, the court may make any order as it sees fit, including an order to prohibit any act proposed by the corporation. |
14 |
An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, together with the other information contained in this offering circular, before purchasing our common stock. Any of the following factors could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects, and could result in a partial or complete loss of your investment. Some statements in this offering circular, including statements in the following risk factors, constitute forward-looking statements. Please refer to the section entitled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
Risks Related to Our Business and Expansion Plan
We have a history of annual net losses which may continue and which may negatively impact our ability to achieve our business objectives, and we received a going concern qualification in our 2018 audit.
For the year ended December 31, 2018, we had revenues of $3,779,214 and a net loss of $1,771,524. At December 31, 2018, we had a stockholders’ deficit of $197,617, a decrease of $1,771,524 from December 31, 2017. Our stockholders’ deficit was $883,162 as of June 30, 2019. For the six months ended June 30, 2019, we had revenues of $2,072,485. We had a net loss of $895,545 for the six months ended June 30, 2019. Our independent auditors, in their report dated September 30, 2019, expressed doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. There can be no assurance that our future operations will result in net income. Our failure to increase our revenues or improve our gross profit margins will harm our business. We may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis in the future. If our revenues grow more slowly than we anticipate, our gross profit margins fail to improve or our operating expenses exceed our expectations, our operating results will suffer. The prices we charge for our cannabis products may decrease, which would reduce our revenues and harm our business. If we are unable to sell our cannabis products at acceptable prices relative to our costs, if federal cannabis laws and regulations become enforced to negatively impact the sale of some or all of such products, or if we fail to develop and introduce on a timely basis new cannabis products from which we can derive additional revenues, our financial results will suffer.
Our company is in a very new and highly regulated industry. Significant and unforeseen changes in policy may have material impacts on our business.
Continued development in the cannabis industry is dependent upon continued state legislative authorization of cannabis, as well as legislation and regulatory policy at the federal level. The federal Controlled Substances Act (“CSA”) currently makes cannabis use and possession illegal on a national level. While there may be ample public support for legislative authorization, numerous factors impact the legislative process. Any one of these factors could slow or halt use and handling of cannabis in the United States or in other countries, which would negatively impact our cultivation and production activities and our ability to distribute and sell our products.
Many U.S. state laws are in conflict with the CSA. It is unclear whether regulatory authorities in the United States would object to the registration or public offering of securities in the United States by our company, to the status of our company as a reporting company, or even to investors investing in our company as we engage in legal cannabis production and supply pursuant to the laws and authorization of the jurisdiction where the activity takes place. In addition, the status of cannabis under the CSA may have an adverse effect on federal agency approval of medical use of cannabis products. Any such objection or interference could delay indefinitely or increase substantially the costs to access the equity capital markets and harvest and distribute cannabis products.
Our cannabis strategy makes it difficult to find, retain and attract management.
The environment we work in is heavily regulated and while we have experience in regulated industries, it is also heavily scrutinized. This regulatory scrutiny takes a toll on management and makes it very difficult to attract and retain talent. Management spends a great deal of time and money explaining and justifying actions, strategy and business plans to regulators. A myriad of complex factors including regulations regarding money laundering, inter-state commerce and conflicting federal and state laws, among others, affect every decision. Navigating this complex set of regulatory hurdles and staying focused on generating shareholder value is an arduous task and there can be no assurance that we will be successful in steering clear of all the potential issues, any of which could adversely impact our stock price.
15 |
Our cannabis strategy makes it difficult to raise money.
We are considered a “cannabis company” with all the nuances that accompany that label, including being scrutinized by commercial banks, investment banking firms and by the largest clearing services company. Due to the nature of some of these institutions like clearing houses, it makes it very difficult for cannabis companies to raise money, deposit share certificates or even have investment banking relationships. While we believe that we will be able to raise the capital that we need to continue our operations, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in these efforts or will be able to raise enough capital for planned expansion.
The success of our business depends on obtaining and maintaining various state and local licenses for our cannabis business.
Currently, we hold and are in the process of obtaining cannabis licenses in Nevada that allow us to cultivate, manufacture, process, distribute wholesale, sell, and deliver cannabis products to medical and recreational cannabis users and resellers. Regulatory compliance and the process of obtaining regulatory approvals can be costly and time-consuming, and no assurance can be given that we will receive the requisite licenses from state and local governments to operate our cannabis business. Recently, the Nevada Department of Taxation denied our application for five licenses to own and operate recreational marijuana retail stores in Nevada. We have filed an action in a Nevada court to reverse this decision and believe our arguments have merit, but no assurance can be given that we will obtain a favorable outcome in this action and, accordingly, the denial of licenses to operate our cannabis business can result in material harm to our company and its proposed growth and expansion strategy. For more information, see “Business – Legal Proceedings.”
We are currently engaged in, and expect in the future to engage in, strategic transactions that could impact our liquidity, increase our expenses and present significant distractions to our management, and which ultimately may not be successful.
We have recently entered into agreements to purchase two cannabis dispensaries in Las Vegas and Reno, Nevada, together with their recreational and medical retail dispensary licenses issued by the State of Nevada, as described in the section “Our Business – Our Proposed Expansion of a Retail Channel and Dispensaries.” While these acquisitions, if and when the various closing conditions are satisfied, may provide a substantial return on investment and serve as an important platform for growing our Qualcan brand, there can be no assurance that these proposed acquisitions will be completed or, if completed, will prove to be beneficial to our company.
In the future, we may consider additional strategic transactions, such as acquisitions of companies, asset purchases and out-licensing or in-licensing of products or technologies, particularly those arrangements that seek to leverage other organizations’ internal platforms or competencies for the benefit of our products or potential products. Additional potential transactions that we may consider include a variety of different business arrangements, including spin-offs, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, restructurings, divestitures, business combinations and investments. Any such transaction may require us to incur non-recurring or other charges, may increase our near and long-term expenditures and may pose significant integration challenges or disrupt our management or business, which could adversely affect our operations and financial results.
Our proposed Nevada acquisitions and future strategic transactions may entail numerous operational and financial risks, including:
● | exposure to unknown or unanticipated liabilities, including foreign laws we are unfamiliar with; | |
● | disruption of our business and diversion of our management’s time and attention in order to develop acquired products or technologies; | |
● | incurrence of substantial debt or dilutive issuances of equity securities to pay for acquisitions, which we may not be able to obtain on favorable terms, if at all; | |
● | higher than expected acquisition and integration costs; | |
● | write-downs of assets or goodwill or impairment charges; |
16 |
● | increased amortization expenses; | |
● | difficulty and cost in combining the operations and personnel of any acquired businesses with our operations and personnel; | |
● | entering into a long-term relationship with a partner that proves to be unreliable or counterproductive; | |
● | impairment of relationships with key suppliers or customers of any acquired businesses due to changes in management and ownership; and | |
● | inability to retain key employees of any acquired businesses. |
Accordingly, although there can be no assurance that we will undertake or successfully complete any transactions of the nature described above, any transactions that we do complete could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects if we are unable to execute on the planned objectives or capitalize on the relationship in the manner that was originally contemplated.
We expect to acquire companies and we are subject to evolving and often expensive corporate governance regulations and requirements. Our failure to adequately adhere to these requirements, and comply with them with regard to acquired companies, some of which may be non-reporting entities, or the failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures could seriously harm our business.
We are subject to various regulations, and compliance with these evolving regulations is costly and requires a significant diversion of management time and attention, particularly with regard to our disclosure on controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting. As we make acquisitions in both the United States and Canada, our internal controls and procedures may not be able to prevent errors or fraud in the future. We cannot guarantee that we can establish internal controls over financial reporting immediately on companies that we acquire. Thus, faulty judgments, simple errors or mistakes, or the failure of our personnel to enforce controls over acquired companies or to adhere to established controls and procedures, may make it difficult for us to ensure that the objectives of our control systems are met. A failure of our controls and procedures to detect other than inconsequential errors or fraud could seriously harm our company.
We have a limited senior management team size that may hamper our ability to effectively manage a fast-growing company and manage acquisitions and that may harm our business.
Since we operate in the United States and Canada, we use consultants, including lawyers and accountants, to help us comply with regulatory requirements on a timely basis. As we expand, we expect to increase the size of our senior management. However, we cannot guarantee that in the interim period our senior management can adequately manage the requirements of a fast-growing company and the integration of acquisitions, and any failure to do so could harm our business.
Our expansion is dependent on laws pertaining to the legal cannabis industry.
We expect to acquire companies and hire management in specific niches of the cannabis industry. Entry into any of these areas requires special knowledge of the industry and products. By entering the legal cannabis sector, even indirectly or remotely, we could be subject to increased scrutiny by regulators because, among other things, marijuana is a Schedule-1 controlled substance and is illegal under federal law. Our failure to adequately manage the risk associated with these businesses and adequately manage the requirements of the regulators can adversely affect our business and potentially our status ultimately as a public company. Further, any adverse pronouncements from regulators about businesses related to the legal cannabis sector could adversely affect our stock price.
Our products may be unable to achieve expected market acceptance and, consequently, limit our ability to generate revenue from new products.
Even when product development is successful and regulatory approval has been obtained, our ability to generate sufficient revenue depends on the acceptance of our products by customers. We cannot assure you that our products will achieve the expected level of market acceptance and revenue. The market acceptance of any product depends on a number of factors such as the price of the product, the effect of the product, the taste of the product, reputation of the distributor or retailer, competition, and marketing and distribution support.
17 |
The success and acceptance of a product in one state may not be replicated in other states or may be negatively affected by our activities in another state. Any factors preventing or limiting the market acceptance of our products could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Business interruptions could delay us in the process of developing our product candidates and could disrupt our product sales.
Loss of our manufacturing facilities, our growing plants, stored inventory or laboratory facilities through fire, theft or other causes, or loss of our botanical raw material due to pathogenic infection or other causes, could have an adverse effect on our ability to meet demand for cannabis products or to continue product development activities and to conduct our business. Failure to supply our partners with commercial product may lead to adverse consequences.
Counterfeit versions of our products could harm our business.
Counterfeiting activities and the presence of counterfeit products in market and over the internet continue to be a challenge for maintaining a safe product supply. Counterfeit products are frequently unsafe or ineffective, and can be life-threatening. To distributors and users, counterfeit products may be visually indistinguishable from the authentic version. Reports of adverse reactions to counterfeit drugs along with increased levels of counterfeiting could be mistakenly attributed to the authentic product, affect consumer confidence in the authentic product and harm the business of companies such as ours. If our products were to be the subject of counterfeits, we could incur reputational and financial harm.
We face intense competition, including from generic products. If our competitors market or develop alternative products that are approved more quickly or marketed more effectively than our products or are demonstrated to be safer or more effective than our products, our commercial opportunities will be reduced or eliminated.
The cannabis products industry is characterized by advancing technology, competition and a strong emphasis on developing proprietary products. We face competition from a number of sources, some of which may target the same indications as our products, such as pharmaceutical companies, including generic drug companies, biotechnology companies, drug delivery companies and academic and research institutions, many of which have greater financial resources, marketing capabilities, including well-established sales forces, manufacturing capabilities, research and development capabilities, experience in obtaining regulatory approvals for product candidates and other resources than us.
We may not be able to differentiate any products that we may market from those of our competitors, successfully develop or introduce new products that are less costly or offer better performance than those of our competitors, or offer purchasers of our products payment and other commercial terms as favorable as those offered by our competitors. In addition, there are a number of established products already commercially available and under development by other companies that treat the indications that our product candidates are intended to treat.
Currency fluctuations may reduce our assets and profitability.
We have assets located in Canada that are valued in Canadian dollars. Fluctuation of the U.S. dollar relative to the foreign currency may adversely affect our assets and profit.
Our business relies heavily on our management team and any unexpected loss of key officers may adversely affect our operations.
The continued success of our business is largely dependent on the continued services of our key employees. The loss of the services of certain key personnel, without adequate replacement, could have an adverse effect on our performance. Our senior management, as well as the senior management of our subsidiaries, plays a significant role in developing and executing the overall business plan, maintaining client relationships, proprietary processes and technology. While no one is irreplaceable, the loss of the services of any would be disruptive to our business.
18 |
Our quarterly revenue, operating results and profitability will vary.
Factors that may contribute to the variability of quarterly revenue, operating results or profitability include:
● | fluctuations in revenue due to seasonality of the market place, which results in uneven revenue and operating results over the year; | |
● | addition and departure of key personnel; and | |
● | strategic decisions made by us and our competitors, such as acquisitions, divestitures, spin-offs, joint ventures, strategic investments and changes in business strategy. |
We may be unable to protect our intellectual property rights and/or intellectual property rights licensed to us, and may be subject to intellectual property litigation and infringement claims by third parties.
We intend to protect our intellectual property through limited trademarks, service marks and copyrights and our formulas, recipes and other trade secrets and know-how through confidentiality or license agreements with third parties, employees and consultants, and by controlling access to and distribution of our proprietary information. However, this method may not afford complete protection, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the United States and unauthorized parties may copy or otherwise obtain and use our products, processes or technology. Additionally, there can be no assurance that others will not independently develop similar know-how and trade secrets. We are also dependent upon the owners of intellectual property rights licensed to us under various wholesale license agreements to protect and defend those rights against third party claims. If third parties take actions that affect our rights, the value of our intellectual property, similar proprietary rights or reputation or the licensors who have granted us certain rights under wholesale license agreements, or we are unable to protect the intellectual property from infringement or misappropriation, other companies may be able to offer competitive products at lower prices, and we may not be able to effectively compete against these companies. We also face the risk of claims that we have infringed third parties’ intellectual property rights. Any claims of intellectual property infringement, even those without merit, may require us to:
● | defend against infringement claims which are expensive and time consuming; | |
● | cease making, licensing or using products that incorporate the challenged intellectual property; | |
● | re-design, re-engineer or re-brand our products or packaging; or | |
● | enter into royalty or licensing agreements in order to obtain the right to use a third party’s intellectual property. |
In the event of claims by third parties for infringement of intellectual property rights we license from third parties under wholesale license agreements, we could be liable for costs of defending allegations of infringement and there are no assurances the licensors will either adequately defend the licensed intellectual property rights or that they would prevail in the related litigation. In that event, we would incur additional costs and may deprived from generating royalties from these agreements.
We are dependent on numerous third parties in our supply chain for the commercialization of products, and if we fail to maintain our supply and manufacturing relationships with these third parties or fail to develop new relationships with other third parties, we may be unable to continue to commercialize these products or to develop other product candidates.
We rely on a number of third parties for the commercial supply of certain of our products. Our ability to commercially supply our products depends, in part, on our ability to successfully obtain the materials for our products and outsource most, if not all of the aspects of their manufacturing, at competitive costs, in accordance with regulatory requirements and in sufficient quantities for commercialization and testing. If we fail to develop and maintain supply relationships with these third parties, we may be unable to continue to commercialize our products.
19 |
General economic factors may adversely affect our financial performance.
General economic conditions may adversely affect our financial performance. In the United States, changes in interest rates, changes in fuel and other energy costs, weakness in the housing market, inflation or deflation or expectations of either inflation or deflation, higher levels of unemployment, decreases in discretionary consumer spending or consumer demand, unavailability or limitations of consumer credit, higher consumer debt levels or efforts by consumers to reduce debt levels, higher tax rates and other changes in tax laws, overall economic slowdown, changes in consumer desires affecting demand for the products we sell and other economic factors could adversely affect consumer demand for the products we sell, change the mix of products we sell to a mix with a lower average gross margin and result in slower inventory turnover. Higher interest rates, transportation costs, inflation, higher costs of labor, insurance and healthcare, foreign exchange rates fluctuations, higher tax rates and other changes in tax laws, changes in other laws and regulations and other economic factors in the United States or internationally can increase our cost of sales and operating, selling, general and administrative expenses, decrease sales, and otherwise adversely affect our operations and operating results. These factors affect not only our operations, but also the operations of suppliers from whom we purchase goods and services, a condition that can result in an increase in the cost to us of the goods we sell to customers.
If we do not begin to generate significant revenues, we will need to raise additional capital to meet our business requirements. Any such capital raising may be costly or difficult to obtain and could dilute current stockholders’ ownership interests. If we are unable to secure additional financing we will not be able to continue as a going concern.
We need additional capital, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all. The raising of additional capital will dilute current stockholders’ ownership interests. We may need to raise additional funds through public or private debt or equity financings to meet various objectives including, but not limited to:
● | maintaining enough working capital to run our business; | |
● | pursuing growth opportunities, including more rapid expansion; | |
● | acquiring complementary businesses; | |
● | making capital improvements to improve our infrastructure; | |
● | responding to competitive pressures; | |
● | complying with regulatory requirements such as licensing and registration; and | |
● | maintaining compliance with applicable laws. |
Any additional capital raised through the sale of equity or equity backed securities may dilute current stockholders’ ownership percentages and could also result in a decrease in the fair market value of our equity securities because our assets would be owned by a larger pool of outstanding equity. The terms of those securities issued by us in future capital transactions may be more favorable to new investors, and may include preferences, superior voting rights and the issuance of warrants or other derivative securities, which may have a further dilutive effect that is different from or in addition to that reflected in the capitalization described in this offering circular.
Further, any additional debt or equity financing that we may need may not be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. If we are unable to obtain required additional capital, we may have to curtail our growth plans or cut back on existing business and, further, we may not be able to continue operating if we do not generate sufficient revenues from operations needed to stay in business.
We may incur substantial costs in pursuing future capital financing, including investment banking fees, legal fees, accounting fees, securities law compliance fees, printing and distribution expenses and other costs. We may also be required to recognize non-cash expenses in connection with certain securities we issue, such as convertible debentures and warrants, which may adversely impact our financial condition.
20 |
Even if we consummate this offering, if we do not begin to generate meaningful revenues, we will need to seek additional financing which we may be unable to obtain on favorable terms when required, or at all, and we may therefore be unable to continue funding our operations.
We currently anticipate that the net proceeds of this offering, if we sell the full amount and together with our available funds, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated needs for working capital and capital expenditures in the short term. However, this offering is on a “best efforts” basis and we may not sell the full $50,000,000 of shares. We may need to raise additional funds prior to our proposed Canadian public offering or at a later date. We cannot be certain that additional financing will be available to us on favorable terms when required, or at all, and we may therefore be unable to continue funding our operations.
Changes in accounting standards and subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by management related to complex accounting matters could significantly affect our financial results.
Generally accepted accounting principles and related accounting pronouncements, implementation guidelines and interpretations with regard to a wide range of matters that are relevant to our business, including but not limited to, revenue recognition, estimating valuation allowances and accrued liabilities (specifically, the allowances for returns, credit card chargebacks, doubtful accounts and obsolete and damaged inventory), internal use software and website development (acquired and developed internally), accounting for income taxes, valuation of long-lived and intangible assets and goodwill, stock-based compensation, and loss contingencies are highly complex and involve many subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by our management. Changes in these rules or their interpretation or changes in underlying assumptions, estimates or judgments by our management could significantly change our reported or expected financial performance.
Changes in accounting principles or guidance, or in their interpretations, could result in unfavorable accounting charges or effects, including changes to our previously filed consolidated financial statements, which could cause our stock price to decline.
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These principles are subject to interpretation by the SEC and various bodies formed to interpret and create appropriate accounting principles and guidance. A change in these principles or guidance, or in their interpretations, may have a significant negative effect on our reported results and retroactively affect previously reported results, which, in turn, could cause our stock price to decline.
Risks Related to the Share Exchange Transaction
By participating in this offering, investors will appoint a proxy to vote on their behalf in favor of the Share Exchange.
We have agreed to enter into a share exchange with Qualcan Canada after this offering as described in the section “The Share Exchange Transaction” above. The Share Exchange, if consummated, will result in the exchange by the holders of our common stock, including investors in this offering, for common shares of Qualcan Canada. Immediately following the Share Exchange, Mystic’s former stockholders would control a majority of the outstanding common shares of Qualcan Canada, with Mystic’s former U.S. stockholders holding class A common shares and Mystic’s former non-U.S. stockholders holding common shares.
We have conditioned our acceptance of subscriptions to this offering upon investors’ acceptance of the Share Exchange. As part of the subscription to purchase our common stock in this offering, investors will appoint a proxy to vote on their behalf in favor of the Share Exchange. Investors in this offering will not be able to consider and vote at a later time on the Share Exchange transaction. For more information regarding the Share Exchange, you are urged to read in its entirety the Share Exchange Agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to this offering statement.
21 |
The Share Exchange will impact the rights and obligations of Mystic stockholders.
The Share Exchange, if consummated, would result in the exchange of the shares of Mystic stock held by our shareholders (both prior to and pursuant to this offering) for common shares of Qualcan Canada. Thus, the former Mystic stockholders would become the holders of common shares in the capital of a British Columbia corporation. Because of differences between the laws of the State of Nevada and the laws of the Province of British Columbia, the Share Exchange will impact the rights of former Mystic stockholders. For an explanation of the changes in stockholder rights which will result from the Share Exchange, see “Material Differences of the Rights of Our Stockholders after the Share Exchange” beginning on page 9 of this offering circular.
The Share Exchange will result in an immediate 10% decrease of your proportionate interest in the outstanding shares of Qualcan Canada.
Immediately following the Share Exchange, the existing holders of Qualcan Canada’s common shares will hold approximately 10% of the outstanding shares of Qualcan Canada, and the former Mystic stockholders will hold the remaining approximately 90% of the outstanding shares. As a result, the percentage ownership interest of former Mystic stockholders in Qualcan Canada will be 90% of their former ownership interest in Mystic, which amounts to an immediate 10% decrease of their percentage ownership interest.
The Share Exchange may have material tax consequences for holders of Mystic stock.
We believe the plan to transact a reverse takeover share exchange between Mystic and Qualcan Canada satisfies the conditions of the Interna1 Revenue Code §7874 anti-inversion rules and following the Share Exchange, Qualcan Canada should qualify as an inverted corporation and be treated as a U.S. domestic corporation for U.S. tax purposes. Furthermore, we believe that the transaction falls outside the potential scope of Internal Revenue Code $367(a), and accordingly, to the extent that the Share Exchange qualifies as a tax-deferred reorganization under Internal Revenue Code $368(a)(1)(B) or a tax-deferred $351 transfer, our shareholders will not recognize any gain as a result of the Share Exchange. However, the applicable tax laws are complicated, and no assurance can be given that this will be the case. In addition, there may be additional future adverse tax consequences to our shareholders from the Share Exchange.
The Share Exchange may not occur.
There is a risk that conditions precedent to the consummation of the Share Exchange, some of which are entirely out of our control, may not occur. In particular, the Share Exchange is subject to the approval of Nevada governmental authorities to transfer the cannabis licenses and we cannot predict when, or even if, such approval will be granted. If the parties to the Share Exchange Agreement fail to obtain the requisite governmental approvals or any of the other conditions precedent to the Share Exchange fails to occur, the Share Exchange may not be consummated.
For more information regarding the Share Exchange, you are urged to read in its entirety the Share Exchange Agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to this offering statement.
The proposed Canadian initial public offering referred to in this offering circular may not occur and the shares of our common stock issued in this offering may never be registered.
This offering circular refers to a Canadian initial public offering of our common stock. If the Share Exchange is not consummated, the Canadian initial public offering will not be completed. Even if the Share Exchange is consummated, we cannot predict exactly when, or even if, the Canadian initial public offering will take place. If such public offering does not take place, or if we do not register the shares of our common stock, such shares may never be registered and you will hold illiquid securities.
Even if the proposed Canadian initial public offering is completed, the Qualcan Canada common shares may have limited transferability and liquidity.
We intend to seek a public listing of the Qualcan Canada common shares on the CSE. However, even if the Qualcan Canada common shares are listed and quoted, no assurance can be given as to (i) the likelihood that an active market for the common shares will develop, (ii) the liquidity of any such market, (iii) the ability of shareholders to sell the common shares or (iv) the prices that shareholders may obtain for any of the shares. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales of the common shares, or the availability of the common shares for future sale, will have on the market price prevailing from time to time.
In addition, the CSE is generally considered to be a less efficient market than United States national securities exchanges. Consequently, the liquidity of the common shares could be impaired, not only in the number of common shares which could be bought and sold, but also through delays in the timing of transactions, difficulties in obtaining price quotations, reduction in security analysts’ and the news media’s coverage of us, if any, and lower prices for the common shares than might otherwise be attained. This circumstance could have an adverse effect on the ability of an investor to sell any Qualcan Canada common shares as well as on the selling price for such shares. As a result, shareholders may have a difficult time reselling their shares. Investors must be prepared to hold such common shares for an indefinite period of time.
22 |
We may be subject to additional regulatory burden resulting from any public listing on the CSE.
To date we have not been subject to the continuous and timely disclosure requirements of Canadian securities laws or other rules, regulations and policies of the CSE. Compliance with reporting and other requirements applicable to public companies listed on the CSE will create additional costs for us and will require the time and attention of management. We cannot predict the amount of the additional costs that we might incur, the timing of such costs or the impact that management’s attention to these matters will have on our business.
Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock
The shares of our common stock will have limited transferability and liquidity.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We do not intend to list our shares of common stock on a U.S. registered national securities exchange upon qualification. We do not now, and will not upon consummation of the transactions described in this offering circular, satisfy the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market or other U.S. registered national securities exchanges. There is no guarantee that the shares of our common stock will be publicly listed or quoted or that a market will develop for them.
The concentration of our common stock ownership by our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and our other directors and executive officers will limit your ability to influence corporate matters.
Following this offering, Lorenzo Barracco, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Daniel V. Perla and Alexander Scharf, directors of our company, will collectively beneficially own and will be able to vote in the aggregate 58.0% of our outstanding shares of common stock (if the maximum number of shares is sold in this offering).
As such, Messrs. Barracco, Perla and Scharf, if they work together, will continue to have the ability to exert significant influence over all corporate activities, including the election or removal of directors and the outcome of tender offers, mergers, proxy contests or other purchases of common stock that could give our stockholders the opportunity to realize a premium over the then-prevailing market price for their shares of common stock. This concentrated control will limit your ability to influence corporate matters and, as a result, we may take actions that our stockholders do not view as beneficial. In addition, such concentrated control could discourage others from initiating changes of control. In such cases, the perception of our prospects in the market may be adversely affected and the market price of our common stock may decline.
This offering is being conducted on a “best efforts” basis. As a result, we may not be able to raise enough funds to fully implement our business plan and our investors may lose their entire investment.
The offering is on a “best efforts” basis. If we are not able to raise sufficient funds in excess of the minimum offering amount, we may not be able to fund our operations as planned, and our growth opportunities may be materially adversely affected. This could increase the likelihood that investors may lose their entire investment.
We will have broad discretion over how we use the proceeds of this offering, and we may use them for corporate purposes that do not immediately enhance our profitability or market share.
Our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds of this offering, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether we are using the proceeds appropriately. We may use the net proceeds from this offering for corporate purposes that do not immediately enhance our profitability or increase our market value.
23 |
You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the value of the shares of common stock you purchase.
The initial public offering price is substantially higher than the net tangible book value of each outstanding share of our common stock. Purchasers of common stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution on a book value basis. The dilution per share in the net tangible book value per share of common stock will be $___ per share based on an assumed $1.00 initial public offering price. If stock options and warrants to purchase shares of common stock are exercised in the future, there would be further dilution. See “Dilution.”
Upon the initial closing of this offering, we will not elect to become a public reporting company under the Exchange Act, but instead we will be required to publicly report on an ongoing basis under the reporting rules set forth in Regulation A for Tier 2 issuers. We will be subject to ongoing public reporting requirements that are less rigorous than Exchange Act rules and our stockholders could receive less information than they might expect to receive from more mature public companies.
Upon the initial closing of this offering, we will not elect to become a public reporting company under the Exchange Act and will not be required to publicly report on an ongoing basis as an “emerging growth company” (as defined in the JOBS Act) under the reporting rules set forth under the Exchange Act.
Because we have elected not to become a public reporting company under the Exchange Act, we will be required to publicly report on an ongoing basis under the reporting rules set forth in Regulation A for Tier 2 issuers. The ongoing reporting requirements under Regulation A are more relaxed than for emerging growth companies under the Exchange Act. The differences include, but are not limited to, being required to file only annual and semiannual reports, rather than annual and quarterly reports. Annual reports are due within 120 calendar days after the end of the issuer’s fiscal year, and semiannual reports are due within 90 calendar days after the end of the first six months of the issuer’s fiscal year. If we elect not to become a public reporting company our common stock will not be permitted to trade on a national securities exchange such as Nasdaq.
We will be subject to ongoing public reporting requirements that are less rigorous than Exchange Act rules for companies that are “emerging growth companies,” and our stockholders could receive less information than they might expect to receive from more mature public companies.
If securities industry analysts do not publish research reports on us, or publish unfavorable reports on us, then the market price and market trading volume of our common stock could be negatively affected.
Any trading market for our common stock will be influenced in part by any research reports that securities industry analysts publish about us. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities industry analysts. If no securities industry analysts commence coverage of us, the market price and market trading volume of our common stock could be negatively affected. In the event we are covered by analysts, and one or more of such analysts downgrade our securities, or otherwise reports on us unfavorably, or discontinues coverage or us, the market price and market trading volume of our common stock could be negatively affected.
Because we do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock, you must rely on stock appreciation for any return on your investment.
We presently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, you must rely on stock appreciation and a liquid trading market for any return on your investment. If an active and liquid trading market does not develop, you may be unable to sell your shares of common stock at or above the initial public offering price or at the time you would like to sell.
The protection provided by the federal securities laws relating to forward-looking statements does not apply to us. The lack of this protection could harm us in the event of an adverse outcome in a legal proceeding relating to forward-looking statements made by us.
Although federal securities laws provide a safe harbor for forward-looking statements made by a public company that files reports under the federal securities laws, this safe harbor is not available to certain issuers, including issuers that do not have their equity traded on a registered national securities exchange. Our common stock currently does not trade on any registered national securities exchange. As a result, we will not have the benefit of this safe harbor protection in the event of any legal action based upon a claim that the material provided by us contained a material misstatement of fact or was misleading in any material respect because of our failure to include any statements necessary to make the statements not misleading. The lack of this protection in a contested proceeding could harm our financial condition.
24 |
Provisions in our charter documents and under Nevada corporate law could discourage a takeover that stockholders may consider favorable.
Nevada corporate law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us. Specifically, provisions of the Nevada Revised Statutes may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by our board of directors, including discouraging attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by our stockholders.
The purchase price for the common stock is arbitrary and there is no placement agent.
In the absence of a market for the shares of common stock, the initial public offering price of our shares was arbitrarily determined by us and was not determined by reference to any traditional criteria of value, such as book value, earnings or assets. The offering price does not necessarily represent the current value of our common stock and should not be regarded as an indication of any future price for our common stock. We intend to sell the shares directly to investors and not through a placement agent or other registered broker-dealer who is paid sales commissions. As such, purchases of the shares will not have the benefit of an independent party negotiating the offering price.
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Some of the statements under “Offering Circular Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Our Business” and elsewhere in this offering circular constitute forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements relate to expectations, beliefs, projections, future plans and strategies, anticipated events or trends and similar matters that are not historical facts. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “should,” “will” and “would” or the negatives of these terms or other comparable terminology.
You should not place undue reliance on forward looking statements. The cautionary statements set forth in this offering circular, including in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere, identify important factors which you should consider in evaluating our forward-looking statements. These factors include, among other things:
● | our dependence upon external sources for the financing of our operations; | |
● | our ability to effectively execute our growth and expansion strategies; | |
● | changes in the cannabis industry; | |
● | our limited operating history; | |
● | the valuation of assets reflected on our financial statements; | |
● | our reliance on continued access to financing; | |
● | our reliance on information provided and obtained by third parties; | |
● | U.S. federal and state regulatory matters, as well as Canadian provincial regulatory matters; | |
● | additional expenses, not reflected in our operating history, related to being a public reporting company; and | |
● | Competition in the cannabis market. |
Although the forward-looking statements in this offering circular are based on our beliefs, assumptions and expectations, taking into account all information currently available to us, we cannot guarantee future transactions, results, performance, achievements or outcomes. No assurance can be made to any investor by anyone that the expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements will be attained, or that deviations from them will not be material and adverse. We undertake no obligation, other than as maybe be required by law, to re-issue this offering circular or otherwise make public statements updating our forward-looking statements.
25 |
If we sell shares for aggregate gross proceeds of $50,000,000, our net proceeds (after our estimated offering expenses of $225,000) will be $49,775,000. We intend to use these net proceeds to finance the costs of acquiring or investing in cannabis-related businesses, products and technologies and for working capital and general corporate purposes.
The precise amounts that we will devote to each of the foregoing items, and the timing of expenditures, will vary depending on numerous factors.
The following table sets forth a breakdown of our estimated use of our net proceeds as we currently expect to use them, assuming the sale of, respectively, 100%, 75%, 50% and 25% of the shares (based on the maximum offering amount of $50,000,000), and the minimum offering amount of $5,000,000.
Assumed Percentage of Shares Sold | 100% | 75% | 50% | 25% |
Minimum Offering Amount |
|||||||||||||||
Price to public | $ | 50,000,000 | $ | 37,500,000 | $ | 25,000,000 | $ | 12,500,000 | $ | 5,000,000 | ||||||||||
Offering expenses | $ | 225,000 | $ | 212,500 | $ | 200,000 | $ | 187,500 | $ | 175,000 | ||||||||||
Net proceeds | $ | 49,775,000 | $ | 37,287,500 | $ | 24,800,000 | $ | 12,312,500 | $ | 4,825,000 | ||||||||||
Acquisition of Nevada dispensaries | $ | 16,500,000 | $ | 16,500,000 | $ | 16,500,000 | $ | 10,000,000 | $ | 4,000,000 | ||||||||||
Potential additional acquisitions and investments | $ | 21,000,000 | $ | 12,000,000 | $ | 3,300,000 | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||||||
Working capital and general corporate purposes | $ | 12,275,000 | $ | 8,787,500 | $ | 5,000,000 | $ | 2,312,500 | $ | 825,000 | ||||||||||
Total use of proceeds | $ | 49,775,000 | $ | 37,287,500 | $ | 24,800,000 | $ | 12,312,500 | $ | 4,825,000 |
We intend to utilize a substantial portion of the net proceeds of this offering to finance the acquisition of two retail dispensaries in Las Vegas and Reno, Nevada.
In May 2019, through Picksy LLC, our wholly-owned subsidiary, we entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with Medifarm LLC to acquire 100% of the assets of Medifarm’s cannabis dispensary located at 1130 East Desert Inn Road, Las Vegas, Nevada, including its recreational and medical retail dispensary licenses issued by the State of Nevada. The purchase price to be paid for such assets is $10.0 million. The payments will consist of $7.2 million in cash payments and $2.8 million in the form of a 12-month promissory note bearing 5% interest and secured by the acquired assets.
In August 2019, through Picksy Reno, LLC, another wholly-owned subsidiary of our company, we entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with Medifarm I LLC to acquire 100% of the assets of Medifarm I’s cannabis dispensary located at 1085 S. Virginia Street, Reno, Nevada, including its recreational and medical retail dispensary licenses issued by the State of Nevada. The purchase price to be paid for such assets is $13.5 million. The payments will consist of $9.3 million in cash and $4.2 million in a 12-month promissory note bearing 5% interest.
The closing of each transaction is subject to various closing conditions including receipt of all necessary state, county and city licensing transfer approvals. As we already hold medical and recreational licenses for cultivation and production, we do not anticipate any significant delays in obtaining such approvals.
If and to the extent available, additional net proceeds may be used for other acquisitions of, or investments in, cannabis-related businesses, products and technologies. We currently have no commitments or agreements with respect to any such acquisitions or investments, other than the two pending transactions described above. See “Business – Our Proposed Expansion of a Retail Channel and Dispensaries.”
Net proceeds will also be used for working capital and general corporate purposes, which include amounts required to pay officers’ salaries, consulting fees, professional fees, ongoing public reporting costs, computer equipment costs, data streaming transmission costs, office-related expenses and other corporate expenses.
The expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve and change. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures may vary significantly depending on numerous factors. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering.
Pending use of the proceeds of this offering, we will invest the net proceeds of this offering in short-term, investment grade, interest-bearing instruments. We currently anticipate that the net proceeds of this offering, assuming the minimum and maximum offering amounts are raised, together with our available funds, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated needs for working capital and capital expenditures through at least nine and 24 months following the closing of this offering, respectively.
In the event we do not sell all of the shares, we may seek additional financing from other sources, including the Canadian Public Offering, in order to support the intended use of proceeds indicated above. If we secure additional equity funding, investors in this offering would be diluted with respect to their percentage ownership in our company. In all events, there can be no assurance that additional financing would be available to us when desired or needed and, if available, on terms acceptable to us.
26 |
The following table sets forth our short-term debt and capitalization as of June 30, 2019:
● | on an actual basis; | |
● | on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale in this offering of the maximum number of shares, at the price to the public of $1.00 per share, resulting in net proceeds to us of $49,775,000 (after deducting our estimated offering expenses of $225,000); and | |
● | on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect the consummation of the proposed Share Exchange transaction following this offering. |
Actual |
As Adjusted for
this Offering Assuming Maximum Amount |
Pro Forma as
Adjusted for this Offering and the Share Exchange |
||||||||||
(unaudited) | (unaudited) | (unaudited) | ||||||||||
Short-term debt | $ | 6,215,217 | ||||||||||
Long-term debt, net of current portion | $ | 250,000 | ||||||||||
Stockholders’ (deficit) equity: | ||||||||||||
Common stock | 7,226 | |||||||||||
Additional paid-in capital | 4,690,599 | |||||||||||
Treasury stock | (2,375 | ) | ||||||||||
Accumulated deficit | $ | (5,578,612 | ) | |||||||||
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity | $ | (883,162 | ) | |||||||||
Total capitalization | $ | 5,582,055 |
You should read this table together with our financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 and our unaudited financial statements as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2018, and the related notes thereto, included elsewhere in this offering circular. Our use of proceeds from this offering is discussed under “Use of Proceeds.”
The table above excludes (a) 15,000,000 shares issuable upon the conversion of our 8% convertible debentures in the aggregate principal amount of approximately $6,200,000, which were sold in our 2019 Private Placements, and (b) 13,000,000 shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options. To the extent our 8% convertible debentures are converted or stock options or other equity awards made under our plan result in the issuance of additional shares of our common stock, there will be further dilution to our investors in this offering.
Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of the shares of common stock sold in this offering exceeds the pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock after the offering. Net tangible book value per share is determined at any date by subtracting our total liabilities from the total book value of our tangible assets and dividing the difference by the number of shares of common stock deemed to be outstanding at that date.
The pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock as of June 30, 2019 was approximately $_____, or $___ per share.
27 |
After giving the effect to the sale of 50,000,000 shares of our common stock in this offering at the price to the public of $1.00 per share, and after deducting our estimated offering expenses, the pro forma net tangible book value would be approximately $_____, or $___ per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $___ per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $___ per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in the offering. The following table illustrates this substantial and immediate per share dilution to new investors.
The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:
Assumed initial public offering price per share of common stock | $ | $ | 1.00 | |||||
Pro forma net tangible book value per share before giving effect to the offering | $ | |||||||
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to the sale of common stock in the offering (1) | ||||||||
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to the offering | ||||||||
Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors (2) | $ |
(1) | After deducting estimated expenses payable by us in this offering. |
(2) | Dilution is determined by subtracting pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to the offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by a new investor. |
The following table sets forth, assuming the sale of 50,000,000 shares of our common stock offered for sale in this offering, as of October __, 2019, the total number of shares previously issued and sold to existing investors, the total consideration paid for the foregoing and the average price per share. As the table shows, new investors purchasing shares of common stock may in certain circumstances pay an average price per share substantially higher than the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders.
Number of | Purchased | Total | Consideration | |||||||||||||
Shares | Percent | Amount | Percent | |||||||||||||
Existing stockholders | 70,000,000 | 58.3 | % | |||||||||||||
New investors | 50,000,000 | 41.5 | % | $ | 50,000,000 | |||||||||||
Total | 120,000,00 | 100.0 | % |
The table above does not reflect the impact of the Share Exchange transaction, pursuant to which, following this offering and upon the closing of the Share Exchange, Qualcan Canada will issue its common shares in exchange for those held by our existing stockholders, including investors in this offering, representing approximately 90% of Qualcan Canada’s outstanding shares.
28 |
Plan of Distribution
We are offering on a best efforts basis up to 50,000,000 shares of our common stock, with a minimum offering amount of 5,000,000 shares of our common stock. The initial public offering price is $1.00 per share.
As a “best efforts” offering, there can be no assurance that the offering contemplated hereby will ultimately be consummated, or even if consummated that we will obtain more than the minimum offering amount. The gross proceeds of this offering will be deposited at a bank or other financial institution in Las Vegas, Nevada in an escrow account established by us, until we have sold a minimum of 5,000,000 shares of common stock. Once we satisfy the minimum stock sale condition, the funds will be released to us.
We intend to sell our shares directly to investors and not through a placement agent or other registered broker-dealer who is paid sales commissions.
Generally speaking, Rule 3a4-1 provides an exemption from the broker-dealer registration requirements of the Exchange Act for persons associated with an issuer that participate in an offering of the issuer’s securities. None of our officers or directors are subject to any statutory disqualification, as that term is defined in Section 3(a)(39) of the Exchange Act. None of our officers or directors will be compensated in connection with his participation in the offering by the payment of commissions or other remuneration based either directly or indirectly on transactions in our securities. None of our officers or directors are, or have been within the past 12 months, a broker or dealer, and none of them are, or have been within the past 12 months, an associated person of a broker or dealer. At the end of the offering, our officers or directors will continue to primarily perform substantial duties for us or on our behalf otherwise than in connection with transactions in securities. Our officers or directors will not participate in selling an offering of securities for any issuer more than once every 12 months other than in reliance on Exchange Act Rule 3a4-1(a)(4)(i) or (iii) except that for securities issued pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, the 12 months shall begin with the last sale of any security included within one Rule 415 registration.
Stock Listing
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We do not intend to list our shares of common stock on a U.S. registered national securities exchange upon qualification, or to otherwise apply for the shares to be eligible for quotation on an alternative trading system or over the counter market after the final closing of this offering. However, even if we later determine that the public trading markets are appropriate given the structure of our company and our growth and expansion strategies, and the shares of our common stock are listed or quoted, no assurance can be given as to (i) the likelihood that an active market for the common stock will develop, (ii) the liquidity of any such market, (iii) the ability of shareholders to sell the shares of common stock or (iv) the prices that shareholders may obtain for any of the shares.
We do not now, and will not upon consummation of the transactions described in this offering circular, satisfy the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market or other U.S. registered national securities exchanges. There is no guarantee that the shares of our common stock will be publicly listed or quoted or that a market will develop for them.
Pricing of the Offering
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The principal factors considered in determining the initial public offering price include:
● | the information set forth in this offering circular; | |
● | our history and prospects and the history of and prospects for the cannabis industry in which we compete; | |
● | our past and present financial performance; |
29 |
● | our prospects for future earnings and the present state of our development; | |
● | the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering; | |
● | the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and | |
● | other factors deemed relevant by us. |
Investment Limitations
Generally, no sale may be made to you in this offering if the aggregate purchase price you pay is more than 10% of the greater of your annual income or net worth (please see under “How to Calculate Net Worth”). Different rules apply to accredited investors and non-natural persons. Before making any representation that your investment does not exceed applicable thresholds, we encourage you to review Rule 251(d)(2)(i)(C) of Regulation A. For general information on investing, we encourage you to refer to www.investor.gov.
Because this is a Tier 2 Regulation A offering, most investors in the case of trading on an over-the-counter market must comply with the 10% limitation on investment in the offering. The only investors in this offering exempt from this limitation is an “accredited investor” as defined under Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act (an “Accredited Investor”). If you meet one of the following tests you should qualify as an Accredited Investor:
(i) You are a natural person who has had individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years, or joint income with your spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of these years, and have a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year;
(ii) You are a natural person and your individual net worth, or joint net worth with your spouse, exceeds $1,000,000 at the time you purchase shares (please see below under “How to calculate your net worth”);
(iii) You are an executive officer or general partner of the issuer or a manager or executive officer of the general partner of the issuer;
(iv) You are an organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation, a Massachusetts or similar business trust or a partnership, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the shares, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000;
(v) You are a bank or a savings and loan association or other institution as defined in the Securities Act, a broker or dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Exchange Act, an insurance company as defined by the Securities Act, an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Investment Company Act”), or a business development company as defined in that act, any Small Business Investment Company licensed by the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 or a private business development company as defined in the Investment Advisers Act of 1940;
(vi) You are an entity (including an Individual Retirement Account trust) in which each equity owner is an accredited investor;
(vii) You are a trust with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, your purchase of Shares is directed by a person who either alone or with his purchaser representative(s) (as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act) has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that he is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment, and you were not formed for the specific purpose of investing in the Shares; or
30 |
(viii) You are a plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has assets in excess of $5,000,000.
Offering Period and Expiration Date
This offering will start on or after the date that this offering is qualified by the SEC and will terminate on _____ 2019.
Procedures for Subscribing
To purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, investors must complete and sign a subscription agreement. Investors will be required to pay for their shares of common stock by wire, ACH, or certified check for the full purchase price of the shares.
Subscriptions will be effective only upon our acceptance of the subscriptions, and we reserve the right to reject any subscriptions in whole or in part. In compliance with Rule 15c2-4 under the Exchange Act, we will instruct investors to deliver all monies in the form of checks, ACH or wire transfers to the escrow agent. Upon the escrow agent’s receipt of such monies, they shall be credited to the escrow account. Pursuant to an escrow agreement between us and a bank or other financial institution, as escrow agent, the funds received in payment for the shares of common stock purchased in this offering will be wired to a non-interest bearing escrow account at such other bank or other financial institution and held until the escrow agent determines that the amount in the escrow account is equal to at least the minimum amount required to close this offering. Upon confirmation of receipt of the requested minimum subscription amount, the escrow agent will release the funds in accordance with the written instructions provided by us, indicating the date on which the shares of common stock purchased in this offering are to be delivered to the investors and the date the net proceeds are to be delivered to us. Unless investors instruct us otherwise, we will deliver the shares of common stock being issued to the investors electronically.
If you decide to subscribe for shares of our common stock in this offering, you should:
1. | Electronically receive, review, execute and deliver to us a subscription agreement (the form of which is attached to the offering statement as Exhibit 4.1); and | |
2. | Deliver funds directly to the bank or other financial institution account via wire transfer or ACH (pursuant to the wire transfer instructions set forth in our subscription agreement) or via certified check mailed to such bank or other financial institution. |
Any potential investor will have ample time to review the subscription agreement, along with their counsel, prior to making any final investment decision. We shall only deliver such subscription agreement upon request after a potential investor has had ample opportunity to review this offering circular.
Right to Reject Subscriptions. After we receive your complete, executed subscription agreement and the funds required under the subscription agreement have been transferred to our escrow account, we have the right to review and accept or reject your subscription in whole or in part, for any reason or for no reason. We will return all monies from rejected subscriptions immediately to you, without interest or deduction.
Acceptance of Subscriptions. Upon our acceptance of a subscription agreement, we will countersign the subscription agreement and issue the shares subscribed at closing. Once you submit the subscription agreement, you may not revoke or change your subscription or request your subscription funds. All accepted subscription agreements are irrevocable.
Under Rule 251 of Regulation A+, if our common stock will not trade on a national securities exchange, non-accredited, non-natural investors are subject to the investment limitation and may only invest funds which do not exceed 10% of the greater of the purchaser’s revenue or net assets (as of the purchaser’s most recent fiscal year end). If our common stock will not trade on a national securities exchange, a non-accredited, natural person may only invest funds which do not exceed 10% of the greater of the purchaser’s annual income or net worth (please see below on how to calculate your net worth).
How to Calculate Net Worth. For the purposes of calculating your net worth, it is defined as the difference between total assets and total liabilities. This calculation must exclude the value of your primary residence and may exclude any indebtedness secured by your primary residence (up to an amount equal to the value of your primary residence). In the case of fiduciary accounts, net worth and/or income suitability requirements may be satisfied by the beneficiary of the account or by the fiduciary, if the fiduciary directly or indirectly provides funds for the purchase of the shares.
In order to purchase shares of our common stock and prior to the acceptance of any funds from an investor, an investor will be required to represent, to our satisfaction, that the investor is either an accredited investor or is in compliance with the 10% of net worth or annual income limitation on investment in this offering.
31 |
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of our operations together with our financial statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this offering circular. This discussion contains forward-looking statements reflecting our current expectations, whose actual outcomes involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results and the timing of events may differ materially from those stated in or implied by these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those discussed in the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Statement regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and elsewhere in this offering circular.
Overview
We are a holding company which, through our wholly-owned subsidiaries, is engaged in the cannabis industry in the State of Nevada. Since obtaining Nevada wholesale cannabis licenses for the cultivation and production of medical cannabis in 2014 and recreational cannabis in 2016, Qualcan, LLC, our wholly-owned operating subsidiary (“Qualcan”), has constructed and has recently begun operating a highly efficient, state-of-the-art 24,000 square foot cannabis cultivation and production facility with the capacity to produce as much as 600 pounds of sellable cannabis per month utilizing the latest concepts in agronomic farming practices and sustainable technologies. Qualcan’s facility adheres to best practices in quality control standards and regulatory compliance that are believed to be as good as or better than those used throughout the cannabis industry. Qualcan currently wholesales its products, which include cannabis flowers, edibles and concentrates, under the trademark “Qualcan” to state-licensed dispensaries utilizing METRC, a state-mandated tracking system. We have recently entered into asset purchase agreements to add a future retail component to our growing operations in Las Vegas and Reno, Nevada.
Looking ahead, we have prepared a strategic plan to extend our Nevada footprint by becoming a vertically-integrated company providing medical and recreational cannabis cultivation and production, and retail dispensary operations for high quality marijuana and marijuana consumer products. We also intend to expand our wholesale operations to capture expected retail demand for our cultivation and production activities, including from our own retail locations that we plan to build (and license) or acquire. A key element of our strategic plan is to make acquisitions of or investments in complementary businesses, products and technologies in the cannabis industry utilizing the proceeds of this offering.
Revenue Model
Currently, we sell our cannabis and cannabis-related products, which include flowers, edibles and concentrates, to state licensed dispensaries, and recognize revenues at the time of delivery.
Matters that May or Are Currently Affecting Our Business
The primary challenges and trends that could affect or are affecting our financial results include:
● | Our ability to identify, contract with, install equipment and operate a large number of growing fields; | |
● | Our need to hire additional employees in order to operate a number of retail location we intend to open; | |
● | Our ability to obtain additional financing for the projected costs associated with the acquisition, management and distribution of new cannabis-related products, and the personnel involved, if and when needed; | |
● | Our ability to attract competent, skilled technical and sales personnel for our operations at acceptable prices to manage our overhead; and | |
● | Our ability to control our operating expenses as we expand our organization and product offerings. |
32 |
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
We believe that, of the significant accounting policies discussed in Note 1 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the following accounting policies require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
Cash and Cash Equivalents. For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, the company considers all highly liquid investments available for current use with original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Accounts Receivable. Accounts receivable are recorded at the amount the company expects to collect on outstanding balances. Management closely monitors outstanding balances and determines whether certain accounts should be written off during the year. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and June 30, 2019, no allowance for doubtful accounts was deemed necessary.
Inventory. The company’s raw, semi-finished, and finished inventory is valued at the lower of cost (first in, first out) or market value.
Property and Equipment. Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. The company has a capitalization policy of $2,500. Expenditures for routine maintenance and repairs on property and equipment are charged to expense.
Income Taxes. Provisions for income taxes are based on taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred taxes on temporary differences between the amount of taxable income and pretax financial income and between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are included in the consolidated financial statements at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. The deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future tax consequences of those differences, which will either be taxable or deductible when the assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. Deferred taxes are also recognized for operating losses that are available to offset future income. A valuation allowance is recorded for deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that such deferred tax assets will not be realized. Due to the business being considered illegal by the federal government, the company has opted to take a conservative approach with respect to deferred tax assets related primarily to its net operating losses and has set a valuation allowance equal to those losses. Therefore, no deferred tax assets or tax benefit are presented in these consolidated financial statements. If it is probable that an uncertain tax position will result in a material liability and the amount of the liability can be estimated, then the estimated liability is accrued. If the Company were to incur any income tax liability in the future, interest on any income tax liability would be reported as interest expense, and penalties on any income tax would be reported as income taxes. As of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019, there were no uncertain tax positions. The company is no longer subject to potential income tax examinations by tax authorities in in accordance with the federal statute of limitations.
Advertising. The company expenses all advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, and for the period ended June 30, 2019, were $87,811, $29,178 and $3,688 respectively.
Results of Operations
Six Months Ended June 30, 2019 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2018
Revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2019 was $2,072,485, with $339,492 in gross profit, and 16.4% gross margin. Average quarterly revenue was $1,036,242 over the two first quarters of 2019, compared to average quarterly revenue of $944,803 over the four quarters of 2018, an increase of $92,159, or 9.7%.
33 |
These numbers reflect our recent efforts to ramp up administrative operations in anticipation of opening our two proposed dispensary outlets. In addition to focusing on various preparations for adding the retail channel to our management structure, we have also been allocating a percentage of our production capacity to a holding vault to be utilized in stocking our new dispensary outlets once live. This has had an effect on sales as we’ve managed to increase our quarterly pace nominally, with revenue holding constant for the most part. This improvement was a direct result of an increase in the popularity of our flower and edible brands, having been fueled by a growth in our client base from less than 15 dispensaries in the first quarter of 2018, to as many as 29 in the first quarter of 2019. This revenue growth was made possible through increases in flower yield per plant, which trickles down as a cost benefit to the production level by providing our extraction team with additional in-house source material.
In addition to the focus on improving wholesale market presence, we were also able to marginally increase our gross margin from 14.7% in 2018 to 16% in 2019, increase our revenues by 56.49% from the first six months of 2018 to the first six months of 2019, with only a nominal increase to our direct costs of 27%. These metrics imply an improvement to overall efficiency of production, thus rendering a 269.13% increase to gross profit and 132.8% increase to gross margin from the first six months of 2018 to the first six months of 2019. Moving forward, we will continue to employ several mechanisms designed to sustain our aggressive trend in the increase of overall efficiency and improved margins, including (1) a more effective cultivation program (increasing our yield per plant/square foot), (2) automation of some aspects of the production chain and supply chain optimization, (3) economies of scale and (4) the acquisition of our dispensary outlets which will implicitly increase wholesale revenues while also reducing our cost of labor.
Operating expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2019 were $1,258,835, and include depreciation expense of equipment and the offset of a $91,000 loan and settlement with Desert Air Wellness, which together equate to $250,944, or 20% of operating expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2019 (a one time expense). Given the expenses observed within the first six months of 2019, we anticipate closing out 2019 marginally higher than 2018. An increase in expenses overall in 2019 is anticipated due to the costs associated with hiring for retail admin/operations, holding inventory in exchange for the forfeiture of sales, and increasing administrative functions in preparation for the opening of our dispensary outlets.
Year Ended December 31, 2018 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2017
2017 was an atypical year for the cannabis industry in Nevada, in that on July 1 recreational marijuana became legal in Nevada while during the first two quarters only medical marijuana was legal. Medical marijuana wholesale prices saw an all-time low for the first two quarters of 2017 with every company being aware of the potential price increase and spike that would go into effect as soon as recreational market would kick in. Recreational marijuana in Nevada was an extremely appealing opportunity with Las Vegas being a tourism based economy seeing over 40 million visitors annually. Qualcan management put into place a corporate initiative to utilize the stagnancy of the medical market as an opportunity to hold off on releasing our products until we were adequately prepared in terms of product quality, training, equipment, and manufacturing process. Our goal was to enter the market July 1 with the launch of recreational cannabis in Nevada, and our balance sheet is indicative of these efforts.
Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $821,300, with $200,675 in gross profit and a 24% gross margin. Revenue increased $2,957,914, or 360%, from the year ended December 31, 2017 to the year ended December 31, 2018, closing out 2018 with $3,779,214 in revenue and $555,624 in gross profit. This $295,7914 increase in revenue from 2017 to 2018 is indicative of efforts in the first and second quarters of 2017 to focus on optimization and hold off the launch of our brands until recreational marijuana became legal, such that 93% of revenue for 2017 was generated in the third and fourth quarters upon the implementation of recreational, resulting in less revenue for the year overall.
Operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 were $2,328,602, compared to $1,797,674 for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $530,928, or 29.5% year over year. The optimization of company operations, product quality, branding, and manufacture process was our primary focus in 2017. As a result of these initiatives, operating expenses/indirect costs came out to 219% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to 62% for the year ended December 31, 2018.
34 |
Many of the costs that experienced an increase from 2017 to 2018 were allocated toward essential items such as marketing/advertising, utilities, lab testing, and taxes/licenses, all of which scale variably with production volume. Approximately 31% of the operating costs for 2018 were in categories expected to scale alongside production capacity, such as marketing/advertising (which increased from $29,178 in 2017 to $87,811 in 2018), or utilities (electricity usage will increase per square foot of canopy space) (which grew from $124,496 in 2017 to $240,838 in 2018). These increases in overall revenue and production capacity were made possible by our “Stage 2” expansion of our cultivation and production facility. This expansion equated to nearly a doubling of usable square footage within these facilities, and provided the necessary foundation for achieving the growth we have experienced so far. Realization of Stage 2 helps justify the high percentage of operating cost versus revenue, and we were able to realize a substantial return on this investment in 2018 and 2019.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
As of December 31, 2018, we had cash and cash equivalents of $16,912, compared to $623,200 as of December 31, 2017, a decrease of $606,288, or 97.3%. As of June 30, 2019, we had cash and cash equivalents of $1,001,468. Management anticipates that going forward, we will be able to generate sufficient cash flows from our operating activities to meet our short-term capital requirements and thereafter to raise capital in the proposed Canadian Public Offering to support general working capital needs, certain capital expenditures or potential acquisitions.
Net cash used in operating activities was $192,175 for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to $800,459 for the year ended December 31, 2017, a decrease of $608,284, or 76.0%. Net cash used in operating activities was $424,549 for the six months ended June 30, 2019.
Net cash used in investing activities was $414,113 for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to $704,546 for the year ended December 31, 2017, a decrease of $290,433, or 41.0%. Net cash used in investing activities was $0 for the six months ended June 30, 2019. In 2017 and 2018, this primarily consisted of purchases of property and equipment.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $0 for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to $2,089,910 for the year ended December 31, 2017, a decrease of $2,089,910, or 100.0%. Net cash provided by financing activities was $1,409,105 for the six months ended June 30, 2019. In 2017, this primarily consisted of capital contributions, as well as proceeds from debt borrowings. In 2019, this primarily consisted of proceeds from debt borrowings.
Recent Securities Offerings
In July 2019, we completed an initial private placement (the “First 2019 Private Placement”) of approximately $1,700,000 in aggregate principal amount of 8% convertible debentures. The principal amount under the debentures is convertible into shares of our common stock at any time at the option of the holder, provided, that, if on or or before the maturity date (12 months after the date of issuance), the Canadian Public Offering is consummated, 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the debentures will be automatically converted into common stock of the public successor company. The conversion price of the debentures is C$0.30 ($0.23) per share, which would result in the issuance upon conversion of 7,500,000 shares of our common stock. The debentures bear interest at an annual cumulative rate of 8.0%, due and payable in cash on the maturity date. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the debentures (together with the holders of the debentures issued in the Second 2019 Private Placement (as defined below)) will receive, in preference to any distribution of any of our assets to the holders of any of our other debt securities or credit facilities, an amount equal to the unpaid and unconverted principal amount of their debentures and any accrued and unpaid interest on the debentures. The debentures are unsecured, general obligations of our company. The debentures are not redeemable by us or subject to voluntary prepayment prior to maturity. The conversion of the debentures is contingent upon receipt of approval for the conversion of the Nevada Department of Taxation and such other Nevada governmental authorities that regulate the cannabis industry in Nevada and its cities, counties and townships.
35 |
In July 2019, following the closing of the First 2019 Private Placement, we also commenced a subsequent private placement (the “Second 2019 Private Placement” and, together with the First 2019 Private Placement, the “2019 Private Placements”) of up to $22,500,000 in aggregate principal amount of 8% convertible debentures with substantially identical terms as the debentures sold in the First 2019 Private Placement, except that the conversion price of the debentures offered in the Second 2019 Private Placement is set at C$0.80 ($0.60) per share, which would result in the issuance upon conversion of 37,500,000 shares of our common stock, rather than C$0.30 ($0.23) per share in the First 2019 Private Placement. We sold approximately $4,500,000 in aggregate principal amount of 8% convertible debentures in the Second 2019 Private Placement, which would result in issuance upon conversion of 7,500,000 shares of common stock. Skanderbeg Capital Advisors acted as the placement agent in the First 2019 Private Placement, but did not receive any cash or equity-based commissions in that financing, and acted as the placement agent in the Second 2019 Private Placement, and received cash and equity-based commissions on the gross proceeds raised in such financing.
Long-term Debt
As of June 30, 2019, our long-term debt consisted of the following:
June 30, 2019 |
||||
Note payable to a business (1) | $ | 300,000 | ||
Note payable to a business (2) | 600,000 | |||
Note payable to an individual (3) | 100,000 | |||
Notes payable to various individuals (4) | 641,758 | |||
Note payable to a business (5) | 517,347 | |||
Note payable to a business (6) | 250,000 | |||
Total long-term debt | 2,409,105 | |||
Less: current maturities | (2,159,105 | ) | ||
$ | 250,000 |
(1) | This note is in dispute, as terms of contract were not followed by lender, and is being presented as due on demand and bearing no interest until a future settlement is reached. | |
(2) | This note is in dispute, as terms of contract were not followed by lender, and is being presented as due on demand and bearing no interest until a future settlement is reached. | |
(3) | This note is due on demand and bears no interest, with an option to convert the debt into 27 shares of common stock. | |
(4) | These notes are convertible to stock if the company goes public within 12 months of their issuance, in May 2020. If the company does not go public within 12 months of their issuance, the notes become payable in full, with 8% interest, in May 2020. | |
(5) | This note is due on demand and bears no interest, and will be abated in full should there be a successful merger between the company and this business. | |
(6) | This note bears interest at a rate of 12% per annum, and is due in one installment, in May 2021. |
Our long-term debt at June 30, 2019 matures as follows:
2020 | 2,159,105 | |||
2021 | 250,000 | |||
$ | 2,409,105 |
Pending Acquisitions
In May 2019, through Picksy LLC, our wholly-owned subsidiary, we entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with Medifarm LLC to acquire 100% of the assets of Medifarm’s cannabis dispensary located at 1130 East Desert Inn Road, Las Vegas, Nevada, including its recreational and medical retail dispensary licenses issued by the State of Nevada. The purchase price to be paid for such assets is $10.0 million. The payments will consist of $7.2 million in cash payments and $2.8 million in the form of a 12-month promissory note bearing 5% interest and secured by the acquired assets.
In August 2019, through Picksy Reno, LLC, another wholly-owned subsidiary of our company, we entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with Medifarm I LLC to acquire 100% of the assets of Medifarm I’s cannabis dispensary located at 1085 S. Virginia Street, Reno, Nevada, including its recreational and medical retail dispensary licenses issued by the State of Nevada. The purchase price to be paid for such assets is $13.5 million. The payments will consist of $9.3 million in cash and $4.2 million in a 12-month promissory note bearing 5% interest.
36 |
The closing of each transaction is subject to various closing conditions including receipt of all necessary state, county and city licensing transfer approvals. As we already hold medical and recreational licenses for cultivation and production, we do not anticipate any significant delays in obtaining such approvals.
Commitments and Contingencies
In October 2017, we entered into a consultation agreement with Western Desert Holdings, LLC, a former stockholder. Under the terms of this agreement, we incurred consulting expenses of $180,000 and $210,000 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Future consulting expenses to be incurred in accordance with this agreement are $270,000, $360,000 and $60,000 for the years ending December 31, 2019, 2020 and 2021, respectively.
Note Receivable
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, we were carrying an outstanding loan balance made to Desert Aire Wellness, LLC in the amount of $91,500. In June 2019, we reached an agreement with Desert Aire Wellness in which the loan balance will be extinguished and replaced with a purchase and supply agreement. Under the terms of this agreement, Desert Aire Wellness will purchase $1,600,000 in goods from us provided we make available a monthly maximum of $65,000 in goods. Desert Aire Wellness will purchase a minimum of $35,000 in goods per month and a maximum of $65,000 in goods per month, but must purchase $1,600,000 within 36 months from June 2019. If the Desert Aire Wellness does not purchase the full $1,600,000 worth of goods, cash must be paid to us for the difference.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, revenues, results of operations, liquidity or capital expenditures.
Seasonality
Our revenues and results of operations have fluctuated in the past, and will likely continue to fluctuate, on a quarterly basis. Such fluctuations are the result of a seasonal pattern that reflects variations in customer theater attendance. Our audience attendance is generally greatest during the summer months and slowest in the winter.
Impact of Inflation
We believe that inflation has not had a material impact on our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. We cannot assure you that future inflation will not have an adverse impact on our operating results and financial condition.
Controls and Procedures
In connection with the audits of our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, our independent public accounting firm identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses relate to the absence of internal accounting personnel with the ability to properly account for complex transactions and a lack of separation of duties between accounting and other functions.
We hired a consulting firm to advise us on technical issues related to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles as related to the maintenance of our accounting books and records and the preparation of our financial statements. Although we are aware of the risks associated with not having dedicated accounting personnel, we are also at an early stage in the development of our business. We anticipate expanding our accounting functions with dedicated staff and improving our internal accounting procedures and separation of duties when we can absorb the costs of such expansion and improvement with additional capital resources. In the meantime, management will continue to observe and assess our internal accounting function and make necessary improvements whenever they may be required.
37 |
Ongoing Reporting Requirements
Regulation A+ provides that a filer can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will not be subject to the same adoption period for new or revised accounting standards as public companies.
We have elected not to become a public reporting company under the Exchange Act. We will be required to publicly report on an ongoing basis under the reporting rules set forth in Regulation A+ for Tier 2 issuers. The ongoing reporting requirements under Regulation A+ are more relaxed than for “emerging growth companies” under the Exchange Act. The differences include, but are not limited to, being required to file only annual and semi-annual reports, rather than annual and quarterly reports. Annual reports are due within 120 calendar days after the end of the issuer’s fiscal year, and semi-annual reports are due within 90 calendar days after the end of the first six months of the issuer’s fiscal year.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
We conduct our operations in the United States dollar. We are not exposed to foreign exchange rate fluctuations.
We currently have no material exposure to interest rate risk. In the future, we intend to invest our excess cash primarily in money market funds, debt instruments of the United States government and its agencies and in high quality corporate bonds and commercial paper. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we do not believe that there will be material exposure to interest rate risk arising from our investments.
38 |
Overview of our Business
We are a holding company which, through our wholly-owned subsidiaries, is engaged in the cannabis industry in the State of Nevada. Since obtaining Nevada wholesale cannabis licenses for the cultivation and production of medical cannabis in 2014 and recreational cannabis in 2016, Qualcan, LLC, our wholly-owned operating subsidiary (“Qualcan”), has constructed and has recently begun operating a highly efficient, state-of-the-art 24,000 square foot cannabis cultivation and production facility with the capacity to produce as much as 600 pounds of sellable cannabis per month utilizing the latest concepts in agronomic technology and sustainable technologies. Qualcan’s facility adheres to best practices in quality control standards and regulatory compliance that are believed to be as good as or better than those used throughout the cannabis industry. Qualcan currently wholesales its products, which include cannabis flowers, edibles and concentrates, under the trademark “Qualcan” to state-licensed dispensaries utilizing METRC, a state-mandated tracking system. We have recently entered into asset purchase agreements to add a future retail component to our growing operations in Las Vegas and Reno, Nevada.
Looking ahead, we have prepared a strategic plan to extend our Nevada footprint by becoming a vertically-integrated company providing medical and recreational cannabis cultivation and production, and retail dispensary operations for high quality marijuana and marijuana consumer products. We also intend to expand our wholesale operations to capture expected retail demand for our cultivation and production activities, including from our own retail locations that we plan to build (and license) or acquire. A key element of our strategic plan is to make acquisitions of or investments in complementary businesses, products and technologies in the cannabis industry utilizing the proceeds of this offering.
Our Operations and Strategic Plan
The sale and use of cannabis for medical purposes has been legal in the State of Nevada since 2014 and for recreational purposes since 2016 (though federal law in the United States continues to prohibit the use of cannabis). Qualcan has dedicated the years since legalization to honing its growing techniques and product selection, sourcing top-tier cannabis industry management and establishing a highly sophisticated and experienced board of directors. The time invested in building this organization has created a strong foundation for pursuing an aggressive growth and expansion strategy via acquisitions and using our proven growth, sales and marketing formulas. We believe these formulas are responsible for rapidly building Qualcan into one of the top brands in Las Vegas. As noted above, Qualcan has recently acquired four dispensary licenses – two medical and two recreational, establishing itself as a vertically integrated cannabis organization, resulting in enhanced economies of scale and competitive positioning. Qualcan currently operates a highly efficient, state-of-the-art 24,000 square foot cultivation and production facility with the capacity to produce as much as 600 pounds of sellable cannabis per month. These facilities were established utilizing the latest concepts in agronomic and sustainable technologies ensuring that patients and consumers are provided with a clean and effective product, and guaranteeing that lab results exceed established Nevada regulatory department guidelines. Qualcan adheres to best practices in quality control standards with regulatory compliance being managed by industry experts possessing intimate knowledge and experience of the intricacies to what is often referred to as the most stringently regulated cannabis program in the nation.
Having presently established its capacity in mass producing medically precise wholesale cannabis products, our infrastructure has been created for facilitating multiple large-scale retail operations. Qualcan will remain relevant in terms of industry best practice and market trends with our primary focus being maximization of retail market share using the cost benefits provided by using our internal brands to support the retail supply chain. In addition to exploiting the benefits of vertical integration, Qualcan will continue producing the brands that consumers have remained loyal to and ensure these products are offered in dispensaries all around Nevada. The company operates with an adaptive mentality and considers its ability to rapidly adjust daily operations and the utilization of effective forecasting a competitive advantage. By ensuring rapid acclimation to market conditions, Qualcan also utilizes “time to market” as a competitive tool and cost control mechanism. The constant assessment of market conditions and trends has allowed us to anticipate and execute new products with minimal turnaround. This process is valued as an essential competitive advantage in an industry known to be fast paced and constantly evolving.
39 |
Our strategic plan contemplates achieving operational autonomy and target growth expectations via aggressive growth and market saturation. Nevada is home to the most desired cannabis market in the United States, where Qualcan aims to become among the most well-known brands. This will require proportional scaling of our cultivation and production facilities to accommodate increases in demand from the rapid expansion of our retail channel market share. Qualcan will protect its position within the marketplace using acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies and products, ensuring diversification of Qualcan and its owned brands, while further cultivating a sense of self sustenance. Qualcan will hold itself accountable to a set of established business principles that encourage specific operational development. The four most important principles are:
● controlling costs via supply chain optimization, frequent assessment of manufacturing process effectiveness and the application of our unique perspective on retail facility management and inventory optimization,
● continued acquisition of retail licenses necessary to increase market share and establish a visible presence of branding,
● facilitation of access to quality cannabis products to as many patients and consumers as possible, and
● careful analysis of all industry variables by our team of industry experts to mathematically dictate our highest return on investment as it pertains to any significant business decision.
Our Cannabis Products and Brands
Qualcan is positioning itself to become a known provider of reliable cannabis and cannabis products manufactured in accordance with exacting precision and high-quality standards. Products and branding are carefully determined through a process of market analysis, ensuring that every detail is catered to what consumers are buying. Marketing and branding experts have crafted a campaign for each product with appeal to the broadest consumer demographic. Each channel of business has been designed to be fully scalable as Qualcan expands and challenges new markets. A summary of Qualcan brands can be found in the next section and includes products in active production.
Qualcan Cultivation
Our Qualcan Cultivation brand offers a variety of unique genetics chosen through a process of “pheno-hunting,” in which the cultivation expert determines the ideal traits in genetics to be grown. Our master grower will dictate which strains are the most accommodating to consumer expectations, which in the Nevada market primarily concern strains’ tetrahydrocannabinol (“THC”) percentage, terpene profile/concentration and aesthetics. The grow process is considered a core competitive advantage for Qualcan and all standard operating procedures related to cultivation are kept strictly confidential. Cosmic Cannabis is our newest brand scheduled to hit shelves with the launch of our retail channel. This brand will utilize our highest quality strains to provide consumers with a “top-shelf” experience in terms of product quality and aesthetic. We expect to achieve higher than usual margins with this product because it will launch during a time in which we expect wholesale prices to be on the rise due to an increase in demand. In addition to developing and branding our own strains such as the Cosmic line, we have been engaged from time to time to provide branding consulting services for third party cannabis products by outside parties, such as the rock band 311.
In addition to the standard cannabis flower, we offer pre-rolls and small bud batches (known as popcorn). Qualcan also services the lower end of the market and protects the prestige of our primary brand by white labeling lower testing flower and the smaller buds that would be more difficult to sell. Every month the cultivation team produces approximately 600 pounds of cannabis. With every harvest, a certain amount of trim, waste, stems and other useable waste is created. This product can be used to either create a supplemental stream of revenue by wholesaling for production, or it can be used as input material for oil at our own production facility, lowering our costs. Expansion efforts for the cultivation facility will be dictated by demand created from the addition of our retail dispensary locations. However, based on the growth trends of our external wholesale channel, expansion efforts are expected to take place following the initial phase of retail expansion.
40 |
Qualcan Production
Our Qualcan Production brands offer a diverse line of edibles and concentrates, with research and product development underway for new products that will appeal to the average consumer. Qualcan’s edibles offerings are considered a favorite within the industry and include gummies, brownie bites, cookies, carmels, peanut brittle and chocolate chip bars. In terms of concentrates, Qualcan is known for providing vape pens bearing exceptional functionality offered in various popular strains with a unique blend of terpene and flavor profiles. Qualcan concentrates and oils can be purchased in either a disposable format or as a cartridge conveniently compatible with most standard vape pen batteries. With the standard Qualcan brand currently serving the middle market, our new brand “Lush” is scheduled to hit shelves with the launch of our retail channel and will offer consumers high-end cannabis vape products. Lush is anticipated to become a line of various strains, flavors and hardware types, all designed to provide a smooth and luxurious experience.
Edibles Success in Nevada
To date, the success of our production facility can be largely attributed to the quality of our edible line. The Las Vegas market lacks a significant offering of homogeneously dosed edibles, which has created supply issues for consumers that commonly micro-dose and medicate with edible products. When micro-dosing or using cannabis edibles for medicinal purposes, it is extremely important that the product has been precisely dosed with an even distribution of THC and CBD throughout. We believe that Qualcan is best known for its medically precise homogenization of each edible. In addition to dosing consistency, we are also known for using unique recipes developed by our team of master chefs which are designed to tastefully mask any residual bitterness or cannabis aftertaste. Qualcan has acquired experience from the local restaurant industry (another industry known for its high quality in Las Vegas), and built a team of chefs and cannabis experts capable of producing the high quality edibles.
Our Proposed Expansion of a Retail Channel and Dispensaries
We have recently entered into agreements to acquire two dispensaries in Las Vegas and Reno, Nevada, together with medical and recreational licenses. Upon our appraisal of these facilities, it was determined that further optimization would provide substantial return on investment. These licenses will serve as the vehicle necessary for bringing the Qualcan brand to market and will function as the foundation on which our future operations will be based.
Asset Acquisitions of Two Dispensaries
In May 2019, through Picksy LLC, our wholly-owned subsidiary, we entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with Medifarm LLC to acquire 100% of the assets of Medifarm’s cannabis dispensary located at 1130 East Desert Inn Road, Las Vegas, Nevada, including its recreational and medical retail dispensary licenses issued by the State of Nevada. The purchase price to be paid for such assets is $10.0 million. The payments will consist of $7.2 million in cash payments and $2.8 million in the form of a 12-month promissory note bearing 5% interest and secured by the acquired assets. The East Desert Inn dispensary is located off the Las Vegas Strip near the Las Vegas Convention Center and Decatur Boulevard. The 5,220 square foot facility was initially opened by Medifarm in October 2016 to sell premium medical cannabis, flowers, shatters, waxes and oils, among other high-quality cannabis products, from a range of reputable providers of superior grade medical cannabis. With the legalization of recreational cannabis in Nevada, the dispensary expanded into both medical and recreational retail adult sales. Based on information provided by Medifarm to us, for the year ended December 31, 2018, its revenues and net loss from product sales were approximately $3.17 million and $556,300, respectively, from the Las Vegas dispensary.
In August 2019, through Picksy Reno, LLC, another wholly-owned subsidiary of our company, we entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with Medifarm I LLC to acquire 100% of the assets of Medifarm I’s cannabis dispensary located at 1085 S. Virginia Street, Reno, Nevada, including its recreational and medical retail dispensary licenses issued by the State of Nevada. The purchase price to be paid for such assets is $13.5 million. The payments will consist of $9.3 million in cash and $4.2 million in a 12-month promissory note bearing 5% interest. The Reno dispensary has been operational since January 2017 and provides cannabis products to the local medical and recreational adult-use markets. Based on information provided by Medifarm I to us, for the year ended December 31, 2018, its revenues and net income from product sales were approximately $7.90 million and $321,500, respectively, from the Reno dispensary.
41 |
The closing of each transaction is subject to various closing conditions including receipt of all necessary state, county and city licensing transfer approvals. As we already hold medical and recreational licenses for cultivation and production, we do not anticipate any significant delays in obtaining such approvals. We anticipate using a significant portion of the net proceeds from this offering to satisfy the purchase obligations set forth in the respective Asset Purchase Agreements. These acquisitions would further our long-term business plan of creating a vertically-integrated company capable of cultivation, production and retail sales of cannabis products.
Planned Convention Center Drive Dispensary
We are in the planning stages of building beginning in 2021 and opening in 2022 our flagship retail “mega-dispensary” across the street from the Las Vegas Convention Center. It is estimated that 42 million visitors pass through the Convention Center each year. This planned 70,000 square feet retail project would encompass a two-story dispensary and a multi-level, state-of-the-art parking structure. The facility would include an advanced logistics system that fully utilizes the multi-level floor plan for process isolation and is intended to accommodate the safety of both consumers and dispensary staff. The layout of this facility is designed to promote the control of costs through the minimization of human capital necessary to effectively run each department and use the created bonus headroom to provide consumers with a unique shopping experience and entertainment. This facility would utilize the multi-level design to completely isolate the inventory/cash vault from the day-to-day dispensary operations. This is to ensure that the consumer-facing experience is optimized so that product display, customer interaction, pop-up events and education are the focus. The amount of available surplus square footage also would create an opportunity for hosting a consumption lounge should this become a possibility in the future. This large retail space is designed to provide us the ability to facilitate events, classes and entertainment, giving customers an additional reason to return to the store. While the details for this facility and location were submitted for state approval as part of our 2018 retail license application, the location is still conditioned on state and local licensing approvals.
The Nevada Cannabis Industry
The Nevada cannabis industry is known for its comprehensive and exacting system of regulatory compliance and high standards of excellence for the governance of cannabis license holders. Currently, the acting regulatory authority is held by the Nevada Department of Taxation, or DoT. The DoT establishes and maintains strict enforcement of legal cannabis-related activities through the issuance of various regulations, known as the Adopted Regulation of the Department of Taxation, LCB File No. R092-17. These regulations provide an industry specific elaboration of the local NRS and NAC codes regarding the operation of a licensed cannabis organization. These regulations ensure that license holders operate their facilities with the highest degree of moral and ethical integrity, safety and effectiveness. The DoT is known for being highly active in their roles through the execution of frequent on-site inspections and their efforts in being available to industry workers as a resource of information and guidance. The Nevada cannabis industry may be heavily regulated; however, these high expectations have set an example for other new and developing markets in terms of best practices and product quality.
High expectations for product integrity and quality and a complicated regulatory environment can create significant barriers to entry for new companies to the market. The Nevada cannabis industry requires seasoned compliance professionals who are accustomed to fast-paced regulatory changes. This creates potential risk for companies with inadequate attention to compliance administration and can easily become the catalyst to failure. Qualcan considers compliance a priority and has committed to the careful management of all related duties. The ability of our compliance team can be considered a competitive advantage by the positive effects it has on operations, organizational image and perception, and the quality of our cannabis and cannabis products.
Pricing of cannabis and cannabis products with the current market conditions has seen a consistent downtrend during the last three determinations of wholesale FMV by the DoT, having gone from $2,799 per pound to $2,303 per pound, down to $2,300 per pound within the last year. Analysts have determined that the initial trend downward and minimal change since then is likely correlated with the moratorium placed on the issuance of new licensing following the December 2018 awards, and a slowing of growth in the wholesale sector. It is expected that wholesale prices will see a healthy uptrend with the resolution and issuance of new retail dispensary licenses as available inventory decreases substantially.
42 |
Competition
A challenge to consider, as the number of active retail licenses nears 70, is the density of competition and the effect it can have on the success of a new dispensary operation. The Nevada market is known as home to many organizations that control multiple retail dispensary licenses which can be an obstacle when considering their increased purchasing power, lower retail prices to consumers, vast brand recognition and, in some cases, favorable treatment by governing entities.
Protection of Proprietary Information
We regard our various processes, techniques and other intellectual property associated with the cultivation and production of cannabis and cannabis-related products as proprietary and rely primarily on a combination of trademark and trade secret laws of general applicability, employee confidentiality and invention assignment agreements, and other intellectual property protection methods to safeguard these business assets. We also rely upon our efforts to design and produce new cannabis products, and upon improvements to existing cannabis products, to maintain a competitive position in the market.
We have not applied for patents or copyrights on any of our intellectual property. We have submitted trademark applications for the names and logos of our company and subsidiaries, and for the names of certain of our products. These trademark applications are currently pending approval.
Applicable Government Regulation
Government authorities in the United States, at the federal, state and local level, and in other countries, extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, approval, labeling, packaging, storage, record-keeping, promotion, advertising, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, marketing and export and import of products such as those we plan to develop. In the United States, the cultivation, manufacturing, distribution, sale and use of cannabis is subject to regulation at the state and local level, while the current policy and regulations of the federal government and its agencies, including the Drug Enforcement Administration (the “DEA”) and the Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”), make cannabis illegal under federal law.
In Nevada, the Adopted Regulation of the Department of Taxation provides the general framework for the regulation of commercial medical and recreational cannabis. Nevada’s state cannabis licensing authority is the Department of Taxation. Currently, we hold and are in the process of obtaining additional cannabis licenses in Nevada that allow us to cultivate, manufacture, process, distribute wholesale, sell, and deliver cannabis products to medical and recreational cannabis users. See “Our Operations and Strategic Plan” for a description of licenses we have obtained or are in the process of obtaining.
Our Nevada licenses must be renewed every year. Each year, licensees are required to submit a renewal application per state cannabis regulatory guidelines. Provided renewal applications are submitted in a timely manner, we can expect the renewals to be granted in the ordinary course of business.
Following is an overview of laws and regulations in the United States which pertain to our company and planned operations.
Regulation of Cannabis in the United States
Unlike Canada, which has federal legislation uniformly governing the cultivation, distribution, sale and possession of medical cannabis under the Access to Cannabis for Medical Purposes Regulations (Canada) and the regulation of recreational cannabis under the Cannabis Act (Canada), investors are cautioned that in the United States, cannabis is largely regulated at the state level and remains illegal under United States federal law. To date, a total of 33 states, and the District of Columbia, have legalized cannabis in some form. The recreational use of cannabis has been legalized in the District of Columbia and 10 states, including Alaska, California, Colorado, Maine, Massachusetts, Michigan, Nevada, Oregon, Vermont and Washington.
43 |
Notwithstanding the permissive regulatory environment of cannabis at the state level, cannabis continues to be categorized as a Schedule I controlled substance under the CSA in the United States and, as such, remains illegal under United States federal law. Accordingly, the Company’s business activities, while believed to be compliant with applicable state and local laws, are currently illegal under United States federal law. Unless and until the United States Congress amends the CSA with respect to cannabis, there is a risk that federal authorities may enforce current federal law. The risk of strict enforcement of the CSA in light of congressional activity, judicial holdings, and stated federal policy remains uncertain. Since federal law criminalizing the use of cannabis may preempt state laws legalizing its use, strict enforcement of federal law regarding cannabis would harm our business, prospects, results of operation, and financial condition. There is no guarantee that the Trump administration or future administrations will maintain the low-priority enforcement of federal laws in the cannabis industry that was adopted by the Obama administration. Any change in the federal government’s policy on enforcement of the CSA implementing stricter enforcement could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and cause significant financial damage to our business and our stockholders.
Violations of any United States federal laws and regulations could result in significant fines, penalties, administrative sanctions, convictions or settlements, arising from either civil or criminal proceedings brought by either the United States federal government or private citizens, including, but not limited to, property or product seizures, disgorgement of profits, cessation of business activities or divestiture. Such fines, penalties, administrative sanctions, convictions or settlements could have a material adverse effect on us, including, but not limited to, our reputation, our ability to conduct business, our ability to obtain and/or maintain cannabis licenses, whether directly or indirectly, in the United States, the listing of our securities on various stock exchanges, our financial position, operating results, profitability or liquidity, and the eventual market price of our shares.
State and local cannabis laws and regulations in the United States are complex, broad in scope, and subject to evolving interpretations and changes. Compliance with such laws and regulations could require us to incur substantial costs or alter certain aspects of our business. A compliance program is essential to manage regulatory risk. All operating policies and procedures implemented in the operation will be compliance-based and derived from the state regulatory structure governing ancillary cannabis businesses and their relationships to state-licensed or permitted cannabis operators, if any. Notwithstanding our efforts, regulatory compliance and the process of obtaining regulatory approvals can be costly and time-consuming, and no assurance can be given that we will receive the requisite licenses to operate our planned businesses.
Violations of applicable state and local cannabis laws and regulations, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt certain aspects of our business plan and result in a material adverse effect on certain aspects of our planned operations. Additional regulations may be enacted in the future that will be directly applicable to certain aspects of our cultivation, production and dispensary businesses, and our ability to sell cannabis. We cannot predict the nature of any future laws, regulations, interpretations or applications, especially in the United States, nor can it be determined what effect additional governmental regulations or administrative policies and procedures, if and when promulgated, could have on our business.
We will be required to obtain and maintain certain licenses and approvals in the jurisdictions where our operations are based and where our products are sold. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain or maintain the necessary licenses or approvals to operate our planned medical and recreational cannabis businesses. Failure to comply with or to obtain the necessary licenses and approvals, or any material delay in obtaining these items, is likely to delay and/or inhibit our ability to conduct our business.
While our management believes that legalization trends are favorable and create a compelling business opportunity for early movers, there is no assurance that those trends will continue and be realized, that existing limited markets will continue to be available, or that any new markets for cannabis will emerge. Our business plan is based on the premise that cannabis legalization will continue to expand, that consumer demand for cannabis will continue to exceed supply for the foreseeable future, and that consumer demand for cannabis for medical and recreational use will grow as legalization expands. If cannabis legalization is scaled back or reversed at the state level, or if the United States federal government increases regulation and prosecution of cannabis-related activities, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
44 |
FDA Approval Process for Pharmaceutical Drugs in the United States
Because cannabis is federally illegal to produce and sell in the United States, and because it currently has no federally recognized medical uses, the FDA has historically deferred enforcement related to cannabis to the DEA; however, the FDA has enforced the FDCA (as defined below) with regard to hemp-derived products, especially CBD, sold outside of state-regulated cannabis businesses. If cannabis were to be rescheduled to a federally controlled, yet legal, substance, the FDA would likely play a more active regulatory role with respect to cannabis and cannabis products. In the event that cannabis or any other cannabis products that we develop becomes subject to FDA regulation, our future products may become subject to FDA approval processes for drugs marketed in the United States.
In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act of 1938 (the “FDCA”) and implementing regulations. Drugs are also subject to other federal, state and local statutes and regulations. Biological products are subject to regulation by the FDA under the FDCA, the Public Health Service Act (the “PHSA”), and related regulations, and other federal, state and local statutes and regulations. Biological products include, among other things, viruses, therapeutic serums, vaccines and most protein products. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable United States requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval, may subject an applicant to administrative or judicial sanctions. FDA sanctions could include refusal to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, a clinical hold, warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement or civil or criminal penalties. Any agency or judicial enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The process required by the FDA before a drug or biological product may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:
● | Completion of preclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies according to Good Laboratory Practices or other applicable regulations; | |
● | Submission to the FDA of an Investigational New Drug Application (and “IND”), which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin; | |
● | Performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials according to the FDA’s current good clinical practices (“GCPs”) to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug or biologic for its intended use; | |
● | Submission to the FDA of a New Drug Application (an “NDA”) for a new drug product, or a Biologics License Application (a “BLA”) for a new biological product; | |
● | Satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities where the drug or biologic is to be produced to assess compliance with the FDA’s current good manufacturing practice standards, or cGMP, to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug’s or biologic’s identity, strength, quality and purity; | |
● | Potential FDA audit of the nonclinical and clinical investigation sites that generated the data in support of the NDA or BLA; and | |
● | FDA review and approval of the NDA or BLA. |
The lengthy process of seeking required approvals and the continuing need for compliance with applicable statutes and regulations require the expenditure of substantial resources. There can be no certainty that approvals will be granted. If a product receives regulatory approval, the approval may be limited to specific diseases and dosages or the indications for use may otherwise be limited, which could restrict the commercial value of the product. Further, the FDA may require that certain contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling.
45 |
Any drug or biological products that receive FDA approval are subject to continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, record-keeping requirements, reporting of adverse experiences with the product, providing the FDA with updated safety and efficacy information on an annual basis or as required more frequently for specific events, product sampling and distribution requirements, complying with certain electronic records and signature requirements and complying with FDA promotion and advertising requirements, which include, among others, standards for direct-to-consumer advertising, prohibitions against promoting drugs and biologics for uses or in patient populations that are not described in the drug’s or biologic’s approved labeling (known as “off-label use”), rules for conducting industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities, and promotional activities involving the internet. Failure to comply with FDA requirements can have negative consequences, including the immediate discontinuation of noncomplying materials, adverse publicity, enforcement letters from the FDA, mandated corrective advertising or communications with doctors, and civil or criminal penalties. The FDA also may require post-marketing testing, known as Phase 4 testing, risk minimization action plans and surveillance to monitor the effects of an approved product or place conditions on an approval that could otherwise restrict the distribution or use of the product.
Environmental, Health and Safety Laws
We are subject to environmental, health and safety laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which we operate. Such regulations govern, among other things, emissions of pollutants into the air, wastewater discharges, waste disposal, the investigation and remediation of soil and groundwater contamination, and the health and safety of our employees. We may be required to obtain environmental permits from governmental authorities for certain of its current or proposed operations. If we violate or fail to comply with these laws, regulations or permits, we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by regulators. As with other companies engaged in similar activities or that own or operate real property, we face inherent risks of environmental liability at our current and historical production sites. Certain environmental laws impose strict and, in certain circumstances, joint and several liability on current or previous owners or operators of real property for the cost of the investigation, removal or remediation of hazardous substances as well as liability for related damages to natural resources. The costs of complying with current and future environmental and health and safety laws, and any liabilities arising from past or future releases of, or exposure to, regulated materials, may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Employees
As of October 2, 2019, we employed approximately 80 individuals, of which 70 were full-time employees. As of that date, none of our employees were governed by collective bargaining agreements or were members of a union. We consider our relations with our employees to be very good.
All employees of a cannabis business in Nevada must apply for and receive a registered agent card. The agent card is issued by the State of Nevada, and a background check must be completed as part of the application process.
Advisory Board
We intend to establish an Advisory Board comprised of investment professionals, scientific researchers and former politicians with experience in the cannabis industry. The Advisory Board is expected to meet periodically with our Board of Directors and management to discuss matters relating to trends in the cannabis market, efficacy surrounding medical applications of cannabis and our strategic direction. Members of the Advisory board will be reimbursed by us for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in serving on the Advisory Board. We do not expect any Advisory Board members will have a conflict of interest between their obligation to us and their obligations to other companies or organizations.
Facilities
We manage our business operations from our principal executive offices, which are housed at the same location as our 24,000 square foot cultivation and production facility, at 4145 Wagon Trail Avenue, Las Vegas, Nevada 89118. The lease for our cultivation and production facility/office extends through 2029, under which we currently pay $28,000 per month. We lease our executive office and cultivation and production facility from Green Wagon, LLC, a subsidiary of Green Wagon Holdings, LLC, an entity owned by Lorenzo Baracco, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Daniel V. Perla, a director, and Alexander Scharf, a director.
We expect total rent expense to be approximately $336,000 under our cultivation and production facility/office lease for 2019.
46 |
We believe our present office space and production facility are adequate for our current operations. We have recently entered into agreements to purchase two cannabis dispensaries in Las Vegas and Reno, Nevada, together with their recreational and medical retail dispensary licenses issued by the State of Nevada, as described in the section “Our Business – Our Proposed Expansion of a Retail Channel and Dispensaries.” If and when those acquisitions are completed, we plan to assume the leases for the two dispensaries.
Legal Proceedings
On or about September 5, 2019, our subsidiary Qualcan, LLC filed an action against the Nevada Department of Taxation (“DOT”) in the Eighth Judicial District Court, Clark County, Nevada concerning the DOT’s denial of our application for five licenses to own and operate recreational marijuana retail stores in Clark County (Henderson), Clark County (Las Vegas), Clark County (North Las Vegas), Clark County (unincorporated), and Washoe County (Reno). We are seeking a judgment to, among other things, (i) find that the DOT improperly denied our applications, (ii) compel the DOT to revoke the conditional licenses previously issued in those jurisdictions to several other companies with whom we compete, and (iii) direct the DOT to issue Qualcan, LLC five conditional licenses for the operation of recreational marijuana establishments in those jurisdictions. We believe that our arguments in this action have merit and we intend to prosecute this action vigorously.
Other than as set forth above, we are not a party to any pending legal proceeding nor is our property the subject of a pending legal proceeding that is not in the ordinary course of business or otherwise material to the financial condition of our business.
47 |
Set forth below is information regarding our executive officers, directors and key employees as of the date of this offering circular.
Name | Age | Position | ||
Lorenzo Barracco |
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer |
|||
Heather Cranny | President, Treasurer, Secretary and Director Nominee | |||
Joanna DeFilippis | Chief Operating Officer and Director Nominee | |||
Michael Cristalli | Director | |||
Daniel V. Perla | Director | |||
Sigmund (Sig) Aronson Rogich | Director | |||
Alexander Scharf | Director | |||
Ori Tal | Director Nominee |
Following the closing of the Share Exchange, our existing management will assume their same positions with Qualcan Canada. Qualcan’s Board of Directors is expected to be comprised of four of our current directors and one director nominated by Qualcan Canada’s pre-Share Exchange shareholders.
The principal occupations for the past five years of each of our executive officers, directors and key employees are as follows:
Executive Officers and Directors
Lorenzo Barracco, our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, co-founded our company in June 2014. Mr. Barracco is a businessman, real estate developer and entrepreneur with a strong legal and financial background. Mr. Barracco secured a position on Wall Street as special counsel Lawrence Auriana, co-founder of the Kaufman fund and one of the most respected fund managers in the United States, in 2001. He served as a full-time personal consultant for Mr. Auriana from October 2001 to December 2006, and then moved to Las Vegas and Macau in January 2007 to develop his concept for Dal Toro Ristorante, Car Gallery & Event Center, inside the Palazzo Hotel and Casino and Le Grand Club in the Galaxy Star World Casino Macau. Since 2005, Mr. Barracco has been the majority holder of Barracco Realty/Barbizon 30L LLC, a real estate company with assets in New York, Miami and Las Vegas, and owner of Stella Marina, a company that charters luxury yachts in the Bahamas. Mr. Barracco earned an L.L.M. degree from Northwestern University and is a member of the New York Bar.
As the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and one of our largest stockholders (through an entity controlled by him), Mr. Barracco leads the Board and guides our company. Mr. Barracco’s history of developing projects in quickly-evolving markets is of significant value to our company’s growing operations. His service as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer creates a critical link between management and the Board.
Heather Cranny, our President, Treasurer and Secretary, joined our company in 2014. Ms. Cranny will resign as President, Treasurer and Secretary and be named Chief Financial Officer and become a member of our Board of Directors upon the completion of this offering. In 2007, Ms. Cranny joined Dal Toro Ristorante, Car Gallery & Event Center, inside the Palazzo Hotel and Casino, as Director of Finance, where she soon became the Chief Financial Officer, overseeing multiple properties within the restaurant group, throughout the United States and the Caribbean. Ms. Cranny is currently the Chief Financial Officer for Dal Toro Holdings, LLC, a real estate company with properties in New York, Miami and Las Vegas. In 2014, Ms. Cranny’s expertise was instrumental in the application and approval process for both the cultivation and production licenses Qualcan holds today. Ms. Cranny received a B.A. in business from the University of Nevada Las Vegas.
Ms. Cranny has been with the company since its formation and has significant experience in the cannabis industry, making her well qualified to become a member of the Board upon completion of this offering.
48 |
Michael Cristalli, a member of our Board of Directors, co-founded our company in June 2014. Mr. Cristalli will be named President of our company upon completion of this offering. Mr. Cristalli, who is a founding partner of the Las Vegas law firm Gentile Cristalli Miller Armeni Savarese in March 2015, is an accomplished trial attorney and has successfully litigated some of the most high-profile cases in the State of Nevada. He has represented clients nationwide and internationally and is regarded as one of the premier litigators in Nevada. His practice currently focuses on cannabis law which includes a constitutional challenge to Nevada’s 2018 retail marijuana application process and conditional licensing. From 2007 to 2009, Mr. Cristalli created and starred in a documentary called The Defenders, which highlighted his practice. The documentary was developed into a CBS network drama also titled The Defenders. From 2009 to 2011, Mr. Cristalli served as an executive consultant on the show and consulted extensively on scripts in collaboration with the writers. Mr. Cristalli has been a legal analyst for MSNBC, has been interviewed on Larry King Live, Greta Van Susteren and Good Morning America, as well as Fox and Friends in the Morning. His cases have been featured on Dateline NBC, CBS 48 Hours, Lifetime and Snapped. Mr. Cristalli currently serves as honorary consul to the Republic of Italy for the State of Nevada. Mr. Cristalli obtained a B.S. degree from the University of Rochester and a J.D. from Syracuse University College of Law.
Mr. Cristalli is well qualified to serve as a director of our company due to his substantial knowledge and years of working experience with Nevada’s cannabis laws and regulations and he has been instrumental in our obtaining licenses for medical and recreational cannabis.
Joanna DeFilippis, our Chief Operating Officer, joined our company in July 2019. Ms. DeFilippis has agreed to become a member of our Board of Directors upon the completion of this offering. In 2004, Ms. DeFilippis was part of the opening Food and Beverage team at Wynn Las Vegas, which led her in 2006 to becoming the General Manager at Dal Toro Ristorante, Car Gallery & Event Center, inside the Palazzo Hotel and Casino. From 2014 to 2019, Ms. DeFilippis was the Director of Restaurant Operations at the House of Blues Restaurant and Bar inside Mandalay Bay Hotel and Casino. Ms. DeFilippis earned a B.A. in hospitality management from University of Nevada Las Vegas.
Ms. DeFilippis has in-depth knowledge of our product selection methodologies, making her well qualified to become a member of the Board upon completion of this offering.
Daniel V. Perla became a member of our Board of Directors in July 2017. Mr. Perla is a certified public accountant and, since 1990, has owned and operated his own accounting practice. Since 1982, Mr. Perla has been a real estate executive. His company, Northern Pamdam, LLC, has built several buildings in New York, New York, including a 100-family dwelling on East 23rd Street, two buildings in SoHo, a new building on East 75th Street, renovated and expanded two buildings on East 34th Street and a medical building on East 71st Street whose prime tenant is Cornell Medical School. In 2006, Mr. Perla expanded Northern Pamdam’s operations into Las Vegas. Mr. Perla also held one of the first mortgage banking licenses in New York State and continues to be a principal business loan and mortgage lender in New York and Las Vegas, through his company, Daniel Perla Associates, L.P. Mr. Perla served in U.S. Naval Air Reserve where he earned the rank of Airline Captain. Mr. Perla earned a B.S. degree in accounting from Brooklyn College and a M.A. degree in finance from Pace University.
Mr. Perla demonstrates extensive knowledge of financial, accounting and operational issues highly relevant to our company’s business. He also brings transactional expertise in real estate development and acquisitions.
Sigmund (Sig) Aronson Rogich became a member of our Board of Directors in July 2017. He is the former U.S. Ambassador to his native country of Iceland (from 1992 to 1993) and is currently the President of The Rogich Communications Group, a business facilitator, public relations and crisis management firm (which he founded in 1995). Mr. Rogich is widely known for his efforts as the senior media consultant to Republican candidates for office, including Presidents Ronald Reagan and George H.W. Bush, and senior campaign consultant for several former Nevada governors. For the past 40 years, Mr. Rogich has served as an advisor to presidents and leaders in numerous levels of government and industry in Nevada and throughout the United States. As a life-long advocate of public education, Mr. Rogich’s company, R&R Partners, the largest advertising agency in Nevada that he founded in 1973, worked pro bono for successful passage of every school bond initiative to help build new schools and facilities in Clark County, Nevada. He has served as a Regent for the Nevada System of Higher Education and was named an Emeritus Trustee for the University of Nevada at Reno. Mr. Rogich also assisted in the early stages of establishing the William S. Boyd School of Law at the University of Nevada at Reno, the School of Medicine at the University of Nevada at Reno and the Nathan Adelson Hospice. In 2011, he was honored with the Education Hero Award from the Public Education Foundation, an organization that optimizes community and global resources to support and augment public education in Clark County.
49 |
Mr. Rogich has in-depth knowledge in the areas of media and advertising, and government relations in particular, making his input invaluable to the Board’s discussions of the company’s branding and public perception.
Alexander Scharf became a member of our Board of Directors in November 2017. Mr. Scharf is an investor and real estate professional. Since 1997, Mr. Scharf has owned a chain of Esplanade Senior Residences in New York, New York and in upstate New York. Mr. Scharf has invested, built and managed over 3,000 residential units that have sold or converted into condominium ownership, and one of his most noteworthy endeavors was the gut renovation of the landmark Staten Island Hotel into Staten Island’s finest Independent Senior Living Residence. He has built a strong network of partners and investors and launched a fund to invest in NNN (net-net-net leased properties nationwide) and is the owner and operator of many properties throughout the United States, two affordable extended stay hotels in New York, New York, and the Westminster, a luxury triple-A rated four diamond hotel in Livingston, New Jersey. Mr. Scharf earned a B.A. degree in Business from Baruch College, City University of New York.
Mr. Scharf’s extensive experience in leading and managing an expanding multi-location and highly regulated operation makes him well qualified as a member of the Board.
Ori Tal has agreed to become a member of our Board of Directors upon the completion of this offering. As founder and President of ESO Equity Group LLC, a real estate ownership and financing business he started in 2006, Mr. Tal oversees the operational aspects of the business as well as identifying potential projects and investment opportunities. With a portfolio that includes 1,600 apartments, several hundred thousand square feet of office and retail space, and other commercial properties including land and marinas, Mr. Tal has significant experience in all aspects of real estate. Mr. Tal served as an officer in the Israeli Defense Forces. He earned dual degrees in business and economics from the University of Haifa, Israel.
Mr. Tal’s entrepreneurial business activities, including capital-raising, make him well qualified to become a member of the Board upon completion of this offering.
Board of Directors and Corporate Governance
Our board of directors is currently set at five directors. Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be expanded to eight directors. All directors will hold office until the next annual meeting of our stockholders following their election, and until their successors have been elected and qualified. Executive officers serve at the discretion of our board of directors. There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers, directors or key employees.
When considering whether directors have the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills to enable the board of directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, the board of directors focuses primarily on the information discussed in each of the directors’ individual biographies as set forth above. With regard to Lorenzo Barracco, Michael Cristalli, Heather Cranny and Joanna DeFilippis, the board considered his or her leadership of our company and in-depth knowledge of the cannabis industry.
The board of directors periodically reviews relationships that directors have with our company to determine whether the directors are independent. Directors are considered “independent” as long as they do not accept any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee (other than director fees) from us, are not an affiliated person of our company or our subsidiaries (e.g., an officer or a greater than 10% stockholder) and are independent within the meaning of applicable United States laws, regulations and the Nasdaq Capital Market listing rules. In this latter regard, the board of directors uses the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules (specifically, Section 5605(a)(2) of such rules) as a benchmark for determining which, if any, of our directors are independent, solely in order to comply with applicable SEC disclosure rules.
50 |
The board of directors has determined that, as of this date, only Mr. Rogich is independent within the meaning of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rule cited above. In the cases of Lorenzo Barracco, Daniel V. Perla and Alexander Scharf, his position as an executive officer of our company and/or level of beneficial ownership of our outstanding common stock, preclude him from being considered independent within the meaning of the Nasdaq Listing Rule. Upon completion of this offering, Ori Tal will also be considered an independent director.
Board Committees
Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors intends to establish an audit committee, compensation committee, and nomination and corporate governance committee.
Our audit committee, compensation committee, and nomination and corporate governance committee would each comply with the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules. At least one member of the audit committee will be an “audit committee financial expert,” as that term is defined in Item 407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K, and each member will be “independent” as that term is defined in Rule 5605(a) of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules.
Code of Ethics
We have adopted a written code of ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees in accordance with the rules of the Nasdaq Capital Market and the SEC. Prior to the closing of this offering, we will post a copy of our code of ethics, and intend to post amendments to this code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our corporate website.
Conflicts of Interest
We comply with applicable state law with respect to transactions (including business opportunities) involving potential conflicts. Applicable state corporate law requires that all transactions involving our company and any director or executive officer (or other entities with which they are affiliated) are subject to full disclosure and approval of the majority of the disinterested independent members of our board of directors, approval of the majority of our stockholders or the determination that the contract or transaction is intrinsically fair to us. More particularly, our policy is to have any related party transactions (i.e., transactions involving a director, an officer or an affiliate of our company) be approved solely by a majority of the disinterested independent directors serving on the board of directors. Upon the closing of this offering, we will have five independent directors serving on the board of directors, and intend to maintain a board of directors consisting of a majority of independent directors.
Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers
Nevada Revised Statutes provides for, under certain circumstances, the indemnification of our officers, directors, employees and agents against liabilities that they may incur in such capacities. Below is a summary of the circumstances in which such indemnification is provided.
In general, the statute provides that any director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation may be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred in a proceeding (including any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative proceeding) to which the individual was a party by reason of such status. Such indemnity may be provided if the indemnified person’s actions resulting in the liabilities: (i) were taken in good faith; (ii) were reasonably believed to have been in or not opposed to our best interests; and (iii) with respect to any criminal action, such person had no reasonable cause to believe the actions were unlawful. Unless ordered by a court, indemnification generally may be awarded only after a determination of independent members of the board of directors or a committee thereof, by independent legal counsel or by vote of the stockholders that the applicable standard of conduct was met by the individual to be indemnified.
The statutory provisions further provide that to the extent a director, officer, employee or agent is wholly successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any proceeding to which he or she was a party, he or she is entitled to receive indemnification against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the proceeding.
51 |
Indemnification in connection with a proceeding by us or in our right in which the director, officer, employee or agent is successful is permitted only with respect to expenses, including attorneys’ fees actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense. In such actions, the person to be indemnified must have acted in good faith, in a manner believed to have been in our best interests and must not have been adjudged liable to us, unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability, in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expense which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper. Indemnification is otherwise prohibited in connection with a proceeding brought on our behalf in which a director is adjudged liable to us, or in connection with any proceeding charging improper personal benefit to the director in which the director is adjudged liable for receipt of an improper personal benefit.
Nevada corporate law authorizes us to reimburse or pay reasonable expenses incurred by a director, officer, employee or agent in connection with a proceeding in advance of a final disposition of the matter. Such advances of expenses are permitted if the person furnishes to us a written agreement to repay such advances if it is determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by us.
The statutory section cited above further specifies that any provisions for indemnification of or advances for expenses does not exclude other rights under our articles of incorporation, bylaws, resolutions of our stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. These indemnification provisions continue for a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation and inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such persons.
The statutory provision cited above also grants us the power to purchase and maintain insurance policies that protect any director, officer, employee or agent against any liability asserted against or incurred by him or her in such capacity arising out of his or her status as such. Such policies may provide for indemnification whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to provide for it.
At present, we do not maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in order to limit the exposure to liability for indemnification of directors and officers, including liabilities under the Securities Act; however, we are in the process of obtaining such insurance.
52 |
Summary Compensation Table
The following table sets forth the cash and non-cash compensation awarded to or earned by: (i) each individual who served as the principal executive officer and principal financial officer of our company during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017; and (ii) each other individual that served as an executive officer of our company at the conclusion of the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 and who received more than $100,000 in the form of salary and bonus during such year. For purposes of this document, these individuals are the “named executive officers” of the company.
Name and Position | Years | Salary | Total | |||||||||
Lorenzo Barracco, | 2018 | $ | - | - | ||||||||
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer | 2017 | $ | - | - | ||||||||
Heather Cranny, | 2018 | $ | 75,000 | $ | 75,000 | |||||||
President, Treasurer, and Secretary | 2017 | $ | 75,000 | $ | 75,000 | |||||||
Joanna DeFilippis, | 2018 | $ | - | - | ||||||||
Chief Operating Officer | 2017 | $ | - | - |
Employment and Consulting Agreements
Currently, we have no employment or consulting agreements with any of our executive officers or key employees and consultants. It is expected that certain senior executive officers, including Lorenzo Barracco, will enter into employment agreements with our company upon the closing of the Share Exchange transaction.
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End
As of December 31, 2018, we had no outstanding stock options or similar awards for our named executive officers.
Incentive Compensation Plan
Our board of directors and stockholders reserved 20,000,000 shares of our common stock for issuance as incentive compensation. As of October 2, 2019, we have granted stock options to purchase 13,000,000 shares of common stock to our executives and other employees.
In connection with the Share Exchange, it is contemplated that Qualcan Canada will adopt a stock option plan pursuant to which common shares equal to 10% of the aggregate number of outstanding common shares will be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of stock options. Of such stock options, 4,000,000 options will be granted at an exercise price of C$0.30 ($0.23) per share and the remaining options will be granted at an exercise price of C$0.80 ($0.60) per share. Subject to applicable CSE rules, upon completion of the Canadian Public Offering, 20% of each such options will be granted and directed by Skanderbeg Capital Advisors and the remaining options will be granted pursuant to appropriate consent of the Qualcan Canada Board of Directors. Existing Mystic stock options will be replaced in the Share Exchange with substantially identical stock options to purchase common shares of Qualcan Canada.
Director Compensation
No cash or non-cash compensation was awarded to or earned by any individual who served as a member of our board of directors during the year ended December 31, 2018.
We do not currently compensate our directors. Following the closing of this offering, we intend to compensate each non-management director through annual stock option grants and by paying a cash fee for each board of directors and committee meeting attended. Our board of directors will review director compensation annually and adjust it according to then current market conditions and good business practices.
53 |
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Other than described below, there have been no transactions during the last two years, or proposed transactions, to which we were or will be a party, in which any director, executive officer, beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock or any member of the immediate family (including spouse, parents, children, siblings and in-laws) of any of these persons, had or is to have a direct or indirect material interest.
Affiliates Loans to the Company
As of June 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, we had the following balances due to related parties:
June 30, 2019 | December 31, 2018 | |||||||
Convenient Labor, LLC | $ | 12,140 | 430,449 | |||||
Dal Toro Holdings II, LLC | 201,176 | 188,788 | ||||||
Employees4Hire, LLC | 703,903 | 199,916 | ||||||
Green Wagon Holdings, LLC | 67,394 | 13,802 | ||||||
Ketores Holdings, LLC | 1,620,000 | 1,500,000 | ||||||
Panorama Crest, LLC | 149,450 | 149,450 | ||||||
Related individual | 415,050 | 415,050 | ||||||
Total | $ | 3,169,113 | $ | 2,896,735 |
Convenient Labor, LLC and Employees4Hire, LLC are used to lease employees to the company. Convernient Labor, LLC is controlled by Lorenzo Baracco and Employees4Hire, LLC is controlled by Heather Cranny, our Chief Financial Officer. The balances due to these related entities are due on demand and bear a nominal rate of interest.
Dal Toro Holdings II, LLC, a company controlled by Lorenzo Barracco, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, loaned funds to us in 2017 and 2018. The balances due to this related entity are due on demand and bear a nominal rate of interest.
Green Wagon Holdings, LLC is an entity that shares common ownership with our company, and its two subsidiaries lease building space to us, as described under “Our Business – Facilities.” The balances due to this entity are due on demand and bear a nominal rate of interest.
Ketores Holdings, LLC, a company controlled by Alexander Scharf, a director, loaned funds to us in 2017. The balances due to this related entity are due on demand and bear a nominal rate of interest.
Panorama Crest, LLC, a company controlled by Daniel V. Perla, a director, loaned funds to us in 2017 and 2018. The balances due to this related entity are due on demand and bear a nominal rate of interest.
The related individual is the mother of Lorenzo Baracco. The balances due to this related individual began bearing interest in September 2018 at 10% per annum, with a maturity date of December 31, 2019.
Related Party Transaction Policy and Related Matters
In all cases, we abide by applicable state corporate law when approving all transactions, including transactions involving officers, directors and affiliates. More particularly, following the closing, we will adopt a written policy which will require any related party transactions (i.e., transactions involving a director, an officer or an affiliate of our company) be approved solely by a majority of the disinterested independent directors serving on the board of directors. Upon the closing of this offering, we expect to have three independent directors serving on the board of directors, and intend to maintain a board of directors consisting of a majority of independent directors.
In October 2017, we entered into a consultation agreement with Western Desert Holdings, LLC, a former stockholder. Under the terms of this agreement, we incurred consulting expenses of $180,000 and $210,000 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Future consulting expenses to be incurred in accordance with this agreement are $270,000, $360,000 and $60,000 for the years ending December 31, 2019, 2020 and 2021, respectively.
In connection with the Share Exchange, the existing shareholders of Qualcan Canada immediately before the Share Exchange will have the right to nominate at least one member to the board of directors of Qualcan Canada following the consummation of the Share Exchange. Mystic will be required to appoint a Chief Financial Officer that is a Canadian resident and Qualcan Canada will have the right to find an individual qualified to fulfill the role of Chief Financial Officer. In all cases, the board of directors of the combined company will be subject to the applicable independence requirements imposed by the rules of the CSE and applicable securities laws.
54 |
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT AND CERTAIN SECURITY HOLDERS
The following table sets forth the number and percentage of our outstanding shares of common stock beneficially owned as of October 2, 2019, by:
● | each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock; | |
● | each of our current directors and director nominees; | |
● | each of our current executive officers; and | |
● | all our current directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group. |
Shares beneficially owned and percentage ownership before this offering is based on 70,000,000 shares of common stock outstanding as of October 2, 2019. Percentage ownership after this offering is based on (i) 75,000,000 shares of common stock outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering (assuming the minimum number of shares is sold), and (ii) 120,000,000 shares of common stock outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering (assuming the maximum number of shares is sold), and assumes that none of the beneficial owners named below purchases shares in this offering.
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and includes general voting power and/or investment power with respect to securities. Shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options or warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the record rate, and shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of other securities currently convertible or convertible within 60 days, are deemed outstanding for computing the beneficial ownership percentage of the person holding such securities but are not deemed outstanding for computing the beneficial ownership percentage of any other person. Under the applicable SEC rules, each person’s beneficial ownership is calculated by dividing the total number of shares with respect to which they possess beneficial ownership by the total number of our outstanding shares. In any case where an individual has beneficial ownership over securities that are not outstanding, but are issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants or similar rights within the next 60 days, the same number of shares is added to the denominator in the calculation described above. Because the calculation of each person’s beneficial ownership set forth in the “Percentage Beneficially Owned” columns of the table may include shares that are not presently outstanding, the sum total of the percentages set forth in such columns may exceed 100%. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the following persons is 4145 Wagon Trail Avenue, Las Vegas, Nevada 89118, and each such person has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares set forth opposite his, her or its name.
Name of Beneficial Owner |
Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering |
Percentage Beneficially Owned Before Offering |
Percentage Beneficially Owned After Offering (Minimum) |
Percentage Beneficially Owned After Offering (Maximum) |
||||||||||||
Lorenzo Barracco(1) | 37,669,127 | 53.81 | % | 50.23 | % | 31.39 | % | |||||||||
Michael Cristalli(2) | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
Heather Cranny(3) | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
Joanna DeFilippis(4) | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
Daniel V. Perla(5) | 17,937,679 | 25.63 | % | 23.92 | % | 14.95 | % | |||||||||
Sigmund (Sig) Aronson Rogich(6) | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
Alexander Scharf(7) | 14,005,740 | 20.01 | % | 18.67 | % | 11.67 | % | |||||||||
Ori Tal | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
All directors and executive officers as a group (5 persons) | 69,612,546 | 99.5 | % | 92.8 | % | 58.0 | % |
55 |
(1) | Represents shares of common stock owned of record by Dal Toro Holdings II, LLC, a company in which Mr. Barracco holds voting and dispositive power over the 37,669,127 shares held by that company. Excludes stock options to purchase 5,200,000 shares of our common stock which are not exercisable until September 30, 2021. |
(2) | Excludes stock options to purchase 4,000,000 shares of our common stock which are not initially exercisable until September 30, 2021. |
(3) | Excludes stock options to purchase 510,000 shares of our common stock which are not initially exercisable until September 30, 2021. |
(4) | Excludes stock options to purchase 310,000 shares of our common stock which are not initially exercisable until September 30, 2021. |
(5) | Represents shares of common stock owned of record by Panorama Crest, LLC, a company in which Mr. Perla holds voting and dispositive power over the 17,937,679 shares held by that company. |
(6) | Excludes stock options to purchase 1,000,000 shares of our common stock which are not initially exercisable until September 30, 2021. |
(7) | Represents shares of common stock owned of record by Ketores Holdings, LLC, a company in which Mr. Scharf holds voting and dispositive power over the 14,005,740 shares held by that company. |
The table above does not reflect the impact of the Share Exchange transaction, pursuant to which, following this offering and upon the closing of the Share Exchange, Qualcan Canada will issue its common shares in exchange for those held by our existing stockholders, including investors in this offering, representing approximately 90% of Qualcan Canada’s outstanding shares.
56 |
The following is a description of our capital stock and the material provisions of our articles of incorporation, bylaws and other agreements to which we and our stockholders are parties, in each case upon the initial closing of this offering.
General
Our authorized capital stock consists of 140,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share. As of October 2, 2019, there were 70,000,000 shares of our common stock outstanding and held of record by four stockholders. After giving effect to the closing of this offering, 75,000,000 shares of common stock (if the minimum number of shares is sold) and 120,000,000 shares of common stock (if the maximum number of shares is sold) will be outstanding. Each such outstanding share of our common stock will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
A description of the material terms and provisions of our articles of incorporation that will be in effect at the closing of our initial public offering and affecting the rights of holders of our capital stock is set forth below. The description is intended as a summary only. Please also see the section “The Share Exchange Transaction” for information concerning the rights of Qualcan Canada shareholders under its governing documents and British Columbia, Canada law.
Common Stock
The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each outstanding share of common stock owned by that stockholder on every matter properly submitted to the stockholders for their vote. Stockholders are not entitled to vote cumulatively for the election of directors. Except for the election of directors, which are elected by a plurality vote, a majority vote of common stockholders is generally required to take action under our articles of incorporation and bylaws.
Holders of our common stock have no conversion, redemption, preemptive, subscription or similar rights.
8% Convertible Debentures
The important terms of the debentures issued in our 2019 Private Placements are set forth below. The debentures are identical for each investor except for the principal amount and issuance and maturity dates.
Conversion. The principal amount under the debentures is convertible into shares of our common stock at any time at the option of the holder; provided, that, if on or or before the maturity date, the Canadian Public Offering is consummated, 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the debentures will be automatically converted into common shares of Qualcan Canada.
The conversion price of the debentures issued in the First 2019 Private Placement is C$0.30 ($0.23) per share and the conversion price of the debentures issued in the Second 2019 Private Placement is C$0.80 ($0.60) per share. The conversion price is subject to adjustment in the event of specified dilutive or accretive events, such as stock splits and stock combinations.
Maturity. The principal amount and accrued interest under the debentures are payable by us upon the earlier to occur of the closing of the Canadian Public Offering or 12 months after the date of issuance.
Interest. The debentures bear interest at an annual cumulative rate of 8.0%, due and payable in cash on the maturity date.
Liquidation. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the debentures will receive, in preference to any distribution of any of our assets to the holders of any of our other debt securities or credit facilities, an amount equal to the unpaid and unconverted principal amount of their debentures and any accrued and unpaid interest on the debentures. The holders will be paid in preference to any of our unsecured creditors and will be paid pro rata in proportion to the principal amount of debentures held by the holders (together with the holders of the debentures issued in the Second Mystic Financing) if the available assets are not sufficient to repay the debentures.
57 |
Security. The debentures are unsecured, general obligations of our company.
Redemption. The debentures are not be redeemable by us or subject to voluntary prepayment prior to maturity.
Warrants
If Qualcan Canada has not achieved public trading status within 12 months after the issuance date of the debentures, investors in the First 2019 Private Placement and Second 2019 Private Placement will be entitled to receive a warrant to purchase a number of shares of Mystic common stock equal to 25% of the number of shares into which the purchased debentures are convertible at an exercise price of C$0.30 ($0.23) per share and C$0.80 ($0.60) per share, respectively, for two years. If Qualcan Canada achieves public trading status within 12 months after such issuance date, investors will not be entitled to receive any warrants.
Limitations on Directors’ Liability; Indemnification of Directors and Officers
As permitted by Nevada corporate law, our articles of incorporation provide that no director will be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of certain fiduciary duties as a director. The effect of this provision is to restrict our rights and the rights of our stockholders in derivative suits to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of certain fiduciary duties as a director, except that a director will be personally liable for:
● | any breach of his or her duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders; | |
● | acts or omissions not in good faith which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; | |
● | the payment of dividends or the redemption or purchase of stock in violation of Nevada corporate law; or | |
● | any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. |
This provision does not affect a director’s liability under the federal securities laws.
At present, we do not maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in order to limit the exposure to liability for indemnification of directors and officers, including liabilities under the Securities Act; however, we are in the process of obtaining such insurance.
Provisions of Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws that May Have an Anti-Takeover Effect
Our articles of incorporation do not contain any provisions that may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect or may delay, deter or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider to be in its best interests.
Several provisions of our bylaws could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control of our company even if that change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders. Mystic’s bylaws provide (i) for supermajority voting in some circumstances, including mergers and consolidations, and (ii) that the power to determine the number of directors and to fill vacancies be vested solely in the Board, so that the incumbent board, not a raider, would control vacant board positions.
58 |
Nevada Takeover Statute
In general, the Nevada Revised Statutes prohibit a Nevada corporation that is a public company from engaging in any “business combination” (as defined below) with any “interested stockholder” (defined generally as an entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with such entity or person) for a period of three years following the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless: (1) prior to such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; (2) on consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned (x) by persons who are directors and also officers and (y) by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or (3) on or subsequent to such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.
Nevada Revised Statutes define “business combination” to include: (1) any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder; (2) any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder; (3) subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder; (4) any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or (5) the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.
Potential for Anti-Takeover Effects
While certain provisions of Nevada corporate law may have an anti-takeover effect, these provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by the board, and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. In that regard, these provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management.
Stock Listing
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We do not intend to list our shares of common stock on a U.S. registered national securities exchange upon qualification, or to otherwise apply for the shares to be eligible for quotation on an alternative trading system or over the counter market after the final closing of this offering. However, even if we later determine that the public trading markets are appropriate given the structure of our company and our growth and expansion strategies, and the shares of our common stock are listed or quoted, no assurance can be given as to (i) the likelihood that an active market for the common stock will develop, (ii) the liquidity of any such market, (iii) the ability of shareholders to sell the shares of common stock or (iv) the prices that shareholders may obtain for any of the shares.
We do not now, and will not upon consummation of the transactions described in this offering circular, satisfy the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market or other U.S. registered national securities exchanges. There is no guarantee that the shares of our common stock will be publicly listed or quoted or that a market will develop for them.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
Upon the closing of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our shares of common stock will be Odyssey Trust Company, located in Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada.
59 |
To date, we have never paid or declared any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the operation and development of our business and we do not expect to pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Payment of future dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, restrictions contained in future financing instruments, general business conditions, and other factors our board of directors deems relevant.
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Before this offering, there has not been a public market for shares of our common stock and we do not expect one to develop immediately after this offering. Future sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of stock options and warrants and the conversion of convertible debentures, in a public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could cause the prevailing market price for our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.
Following this offering, we will have 75,000,000 outstanding shares of our common stock (if the minimum number of shares is sold) and 120,000,000 outstanding shares of our common stock (if the maximum number of shares is sold), based on the number of shares outstanding as of October 2, 2019.
The shares of common stock being sold in this offering will be upon issuance “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.
Rule 144
In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least 12 months, in the event we are a reporting company under Regulation A, or at least six months, in the event we have been a reporting company under the Exchange Act for at least 90 days before the sale, would be entitled to sell such securities, provided that such person is not deemed to be an affiliate of ours at the time of sale or to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the 90 days preceding the sale. A person who is an affiliate of ours at such time would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of the following:
● | 1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding; or | |
● | the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing by such person of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale; |
provided that, in each case, we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days before the sale. Rule 144 trades must also comply with the manner of sale, notice and other provisions of Rule 144, to the extent applicable.
Rule 701
In general, Rule 701 allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our capital stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell those shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this offering circular before selling shares pursuant to Rule 701.
60 |
Olshan Frome Wolosky LLP, New York, New York, will pass upon the validity of the issuance of the shares of our common stock being offered by this offering circular as our counsel.
The consolidated financial statements of Mystic Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2018 included in this offering circular have been so included in reliance on the report of Ellsworth & Stout, LLC, an independent certified public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a Regulation A Offering Statement on Form 1-A under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This offering circular, which constitutes a part of the offering statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the offering statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the offering statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this offering circular regarding the contents of any contract or other document that is filed as an exhibit to the offering statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the offering statement. Upon the initial closing of this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. You may read and copy this information at the SEC’s Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, including us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of this site is www.sec.gov.
61 |
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Mystic Holdings, Inc. and Affiliates
Page | |
AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF MYSTIC HOLDINGS, INC. | |
Independent Auditor’s Report | F-2 |
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 | F-3 |
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 | F-4 |
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 | F-5 |
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 | F-6 |
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements | F-7 |
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF MYSTIC HOLDINGS, INC. FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2019 | |
Accountant’s Compilation Report | F-12 |
Unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2019 | F-13 |
Unaudited Consolidated Statement of Income for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2019 | F-14 |
Unaudited Consolidated Statement of Stockholder’s Deficit | F-15 |
Unaudited Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows as of June 30, 2019 | F-16 |
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements | F-17 |
F-1 |
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
of Mystic Holdings, Inc. and Affiliates
We were engaged to audit the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Mystic Holdings, Inc. and Affiliates, which comprise the balance sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 and the related statements of income, retained earnings, stockholders equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Management’s Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
Auditor’s Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on conducting the audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Because of the matters described in the Basis for Disclaimer of Opinion paragraph, however, we were not able to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence to provide a basis for an audit opinion.
Basis for Disclaimer of Opinion
Because we were not engaged as auditors until after December 31, 2018, we were not present to observe the taking of physical inventories at December 31, 2018 and 2017 (stated at $663,006, $613,793, respectively), and we were unable to satisfy ourselves concerning inventory quantities on hand at those dates by other auditing procedures. Also, we were not present to count the cash on hand at December 31, 2017 (stated at $125,852) and were unable to satisfy ourselves concerning the cash on hand balance by other auditing procedures. Also, were unable to obtain a discussion or evaluation of potential litigation from all of the Company’s outside legal counsel, and we were unable to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence by performing alternative procedures.
Substantial Doubt about the Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 8 to the financial statements, the Company operates in an industry, that by its nature, is out of compliance with federal laws and regulations. The Company has also sustained significant net losses and had a working capital deficit for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. Management’s evaluation of the events and conditions and management’s plans regarding those matters also are described in Note 8. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Disclaimer of Opinion
Because of the significance of the matters described in the Basis for Disclaimer of Opinion paragraph, we have not been able to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence to provide a basis for an audit opinion. Accordingly, we do not express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements referred to in the first paragraph.
September 5, 2019
Las Vegas, Nevada
F-2 |
MYSTIC HOLDINGS, INC. AND AFFILIATES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
2018 | 2017 | |||||||
ASSETS | ||||||||
Current Assets: | ||||||||
Cash | $ | 16,912 | $ | 623,200 | ||||
Accounts receivable, net | 54,419 | 93,427 | ||||||
Other receivables | 3,500 | - | ||||||
Note receivable | 91,500 | 91,500 | ||||||
Inventory | 663,006 | 613,793 | ||||||
Total current assets | 829,337 | 1,421,920 | ||||||
Property and Equipment, net | 3,696,319 | 3,601,094 | ||||||
Other Assets: | ||||||||
Security deposit | 50,000 | 50,000 | ||||||
Total Assets | $ | 4,575,656 | $ | 5,073,014 | ||||
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY | ||||||||
Current Liabilities: | ||||||||
Accounts payable | $ | 666,538 | $ | 206,923 | ||||
Due to related parties, net | 2,896,735 | 2,082,184 | ||||||
Current maturities of long-term debt | 1,000,000 | 1,000,000 | ||||||
Total Liabilities | 4,563,273 | 3,289,107 | ||||||
Stockholders’ Equity: | ||||||||
Common stock, $1 par value; 10,000 shares authorized, 7,226 shares issued and 4,581 shares outstanding | 7,226 | 7,226 | ||||||
Additional paid-in capital | 4,690,599 | 4,690,599 | ||||||
Less: par value of 2,375 shares of treasury stock | (2,375 | ) | (2,375 | ) | ||||
Accumulated deficit | (4,683,067 | ) | (2,911,543 | ) | ||||
Total Stockholders’ Equity | 12,383 | 1,783,907 | ||||||
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity | $ | 4,575,656 | $ | 5,073,014 |
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-3 |
MYSTIC HOLDINGS, INC. AND AFFILIATES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
2018 | 2017 | |||||||
Revenues | $ | 3,779,214 | $ | 821,300 | ||||
Cost of Revenues | 3,223,590 | 620,625 | ||||||
Gross Profit | 555,624 | 200,675 | ||||||
Operating Expenses: | ||||||||
Advertising | 87,811 | 29,178 | ||||||
Auto | 21,905 | 22,992 | ||||||
Bad debt expense | 8,569 | - | ||||||
Depreciation | 318,888 | 253,291 | ||||||
Insurance | 109,498 | 30,130 | ||||||
Lab testing | 207,929 | 82,970 | ||||||
Office expense and miscellaneous | 46,219 | 50,192 | ||||||
Professional fees | 253,096 | 434,917 | ||||||
Rent | 302,678 | 394,585 | ||||||
Repairs and maintenance | 81,776 | 79,147 | ||||||
Security | 76,234 | 78,075 | ||||||
Taxes and licenses | 546,939 | 202,915 | ||||||
Travel, meals and entertainment | 26,522 | 14,786 | ||||||
Utilities | 240,538 | 124,496 | ||||||
Total operating expenses | 2,328,602 | 1,797,674 | ||||||
Operating Loss | (1,772,978 | ) | (1,596,999 | ) | ||||
Other Income (Expense): | ||||||||
Other income | 1,454 | 29,782 | ||||||
Interest expense | - | (50,866 | ) | |||||
Total other income (expense) | 1,454 | (21,084 | ) | |||||
Net Loss | $ | (1,771,524 | ) | $ | (1,618,083 | ) |
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-4 |
MYSTIC HOLDINGS, INC. AND AFFILIATES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
Additional | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Common | Common | Paid-In | Treasury | Accumulated | Stockholders’ | |||||||||||||||||||
Shares | Stock | Capital | Stock | Deficit | Equity | |||||||||||||||||||
Balance, December 31, 2016 | 5,000 | $ | 5,000 | $ | 2,900,689 | $ | - | $ | (1,293,460 | ) | $ | 1,612,229 | ||||||||||||
Net loss | - | - | - | - | (1,618,083 | ) | (1,618,083 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Purchase of treasury stock | - | - | - | (2,375 | ) | - | (2,375 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock | 2,226 | 2,226 | - | - | - | 2,226 | ||||||||||||||||||
Capital contributions | - | - | 1,789,910 | - | - | 1,789,910 | ||||||||||||||||||
Balance, December 31, 2017 | 7,226 | 7,226 | 4,690,599 | (2,375 | ) | (2,911,543 | ) | 1,783,907 | ||||||||||||||||
Net loss | - | - | - | - | (1,771,524 | ) | (1,771,524 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Balance, December 31, 2018 | 7,226 | $ | 7,226 | $ | 4,690,599 | $ | (2,375 | ) | $ | (4,683,067 | ) | $ | 12,383 |
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-5 |
MYSTIC HOLDINGS, INC. AND AFFILIATES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
2018 | 2017 | |||||||
Cash Flows From Operating Activities: | ||||||||
Net loss | $ | (1,771,524 | ) | $ | (1,618,083 | ) | ||
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: | ||||||||
Depreciation | 318,888 | 253,291 | ||||||
Bad debt expense | 8,569 | - | ||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | ||||||||
(Increase) decrease in: | ||||||||
Accounts receivable | 30,439 | (93,427 | ) | |||||
Other receivables | (3,500 | ) | - | |||||
Inventory | (49,213 | ) | (575,009 | ) | ||||
Increase (decrease) in: | ||||||||
Accounts payable | 459,615 | 179,113 | ||||||
Due to related parties | 814,551 | 1,053,656 | ||||||
Net cash used in operating activities | (192,175 | ) | (800,459 | ) | ||||
Cash Flows From Investing Activities: | ||||||||
Purchase of property and equipment | (414,113 | ) | (704,546 | ) | ||||
Net cash used in investing activities | (414,113 | ) | (704,546 | ) | ||||
Cash Flows From Financing Activities: | ||||||||
Principal payments on debt borrowings | - | (100,000 | ) | |||||
Proceeds from debt borrowings | - | 400,000 | ||||||
Capital contributions | - | 1,789,910 | ||||||
Net cash provided by financing activities | - | 2,089,910 | ||||||
Net Change in Cash | (606,288 | ) | 584,905 | |||||
Cash, Beginning of Year | 623,200 | 38,295 | ||||||
Cash, End of Year | $ | 16,912 | $ | 623,200 | ||||
Supplemental Cash Flow Information: | ||||||||
Cash paid for interest | $ | - | $ | 50,866 |
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-6 |
MYSTIC HOLDINGS, INC. AND AFFILIATES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
This summary of significant accounting policies of the Mystic Holdings, Inc. and Affiliates (the Company) is presented to assist in understanding the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The consolidated financial statements and notes are representations of the Company’s board of directors and management who are responsible for the integrity and objectivity of the consolidated financial statements. These accounting policies conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and have been consistently applied in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.
Nature of the Company
The consolidated accounts of the Company include the accounts of Mystic Holdings, Inc., Qualcan, LLC and Wagon Trail 4145, LLC. Qualcan, LLC and Wagon Trail 4145, LLC are owned 100% by Mystic Holdings, Inc. All significant intercompany accounts have been eliminated in consolidation.
The Company was incorporated in May 2016 under the laws of the State of Nevada. The Company operates a state licensed medical and recreational marijuana cultivation and production facility. The Company wholesales its products, which include flowers, edibles and concentrates, to state licensed dispensaries utilizing METRC, a state mandated tracking system under the mark “Qualcan”. All sales, deliveries and SKU’s are tracked through the METRC system.
Accounting Method
The Company maintains its records on the accrual basis of accounting, which recognizes revenues when earned and expenses when incurred.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid investments available for current use with original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable are recorded at the amount the Company expects to collect on outstanding balances. Management closely monitors outstanding balances and determines whether certain accounts should be written off during the year. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, no allowance for doubtful accounts was deemed necessary.
Inventory
The Company’s raw, semi-finished, and finished inventory is valued at the lower of cost (first in, first out) or market value.
F-7 |
MYSTIC HOLDINGS, INC. AND AFFILIATES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. The Company has a capitalization policy of $2,500. Expenditures for routine maintenance and repairs on property and equipment are charged to expense.
Income Taxes
Provisions for income taxes are based on taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred taxes on temporary differences between the amount of taxable income and pretax financial income and between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are included in the consolidated financial statements at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. The deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future tax consequences of those differences, which will either be taxable or deductible when the assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. Deferred taxes are also recognized for operating losses that are available to offset future income. A valuation allowance is recorded for deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that such deferred tax assets will not be realized. Due to the business being considered illegal by the federal government, the Company has opted to take a conservative approach with respect to deferred tax assets related primarily to its net operating losses and has set a valuation allowance equal to those losses. Therefore, no deferred tax assets or tax benefit are presented in these consolidated financial statements.
If it is probable that an uncertain tax position will result in a material liability and the amount of the liability can be estimated, then the estimated liability is accrued. If the Company were to incur any income tax liability in the future, interest on any income tax liability would be reported as interest expense, and penalties on any income tax would be reported as income taxes. As of December 31, 2018, there were no uncertain tax positions.
The Company is no longer subject to potential income tax examinations by tax authorities in in accordance with the federal statute of limitations.
Advertising
The Company expenses all advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 were $87,811 and $29,178, respectively.
NOTE 2 – NOTE RECEIVABLE
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017 the Company was carrying an outstanding loan balance made to Desert Aire Wellness, LLC (the Buyer) in the amount of $91,500. Subsequent to year end, in June 2019, the Company reached an agreement with the Buyer in which the loan balance will be extinguished and replaced with a purchase and supply agreement. Under the terms of this agreement, the buyer will purchase $1,600,000 in goods from the Company provided the Company makes available a monthly maximum of $65,000 in goods. The Buyer will purchase at a minimum, $35,000 in goods per month and a maximum of $65,000, but must purchase $1,600,000 within 36 months from June 2019. If the Buyer does not purchase the full $1,600,000 worth of goods, cash must be paid to the Company for the difference.
F-8 |
MYSTIC HOLDINGS, INC. AND AFFILIATES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
NOTE 3 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment consisted of the following as of December 31:
2018 | 2017 | |||||||
Dispensary expansion | $ | 66,100 | $ | - | ||||
Furniture and equipment | 666,168 | 485,425 | ||||||
Leasehold improvements | 3,665,874 | 3,498,604 | ||||||
4,398,142 | 3,984,029 | |||||||
Less accumulated depreciation | (701,823 | ) | (382,935 | ) | ||||
$ | 3,696,319 | $ | 3,601,094 |
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $318,888 and $253,291, respectively.
NOTE 4 – RELATED PARTIES
From time to time the Company is involved in transactions with related parties. The Company had the following balances due from (to) related parties as of December 31:
2018 | 2017 | |||||||
Convenient Labor, LLC | $ | (430,449 | ) | $ | (46,332 | ) | ||
Dal Toro Holdings II, LLC | (188,788 | ) | (286,402 | ) | ||||
Employees4Hire, LLC | (199,916 | ) | - | |||||
Green Wagon Holdings, LLC | (13,082 | ) | 250,000 | |||||
Ketores Holdings, LLC | (1,500,000 | ) | (1,500,000 | ) | ||||
Panorama Crest, LLC | (149,450 | ) | (249,450 | ) | ||||
Related individual | (415,050 | ) | (250,000 | ) | ||||
$ | (2,896,735 | ) | $ | (2,082,184 | ) |
Convenient Labor, LLC and Employees4Hire, LLC are owned by related parties of the Company and are used to lease employees to the Company. The balances due to these related entities as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 are due on demand and bear no interest. The total cost of employees leased from these related entities for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $1,909,187 and $386,206, respectively, and is included on the accompanying statements of income under the caption “Cost of Revenues”.
Dal Toro Holdings II, LLC is one of the stockholders of the Company. The balances due to this related entity as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 are due on demand and bear no interest.
Green Wagon Holdings, LLC is an entity that shares common ownership with the Company and leases building space to the Company on a month to month basis as further explained in Note 7. The balances due (to) from this related entity as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 are due on demand and bear no interest.
F-9 |
MYSTIC HOLDINGS, INC. AND AFFILIATES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
NOTE 4 – RELATED PARTIES (Continued)
Ketores Holdings, LLC is one of the stockholders of the Company. The balances due to this related entity as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 are due on demand and bear no interest.
Panorama Crest, LLC is one of the stockholders of the Company. The balances due to this related entity as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 are due on demand and bear no interest.
Related individual is a mother of one of the stockholders of the Company. The balances due to the related individual as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 began bearing interest in September 2018 at 10% per annum, with a maturity date of December 31, 2019.
See Note 6 for disclosure of a consulting agreement with a former stockholder.
NOTE 5 – LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt consisted of the following as of December 31:
F-10 |
MYSTIC HOLDINGS, INC. AND AFFILIATES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
NOTE 6 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
In October 2017, the Company entered into a consultation agreement with Western Desert Holdings, LLC, a former stockholder. Under the terms of this agreement, the Company incurred consulting expenses of $180,000 and $210,000 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, which is included on the accompanying statements of income under the caption “Professional fees”. Future consulting expenses to be incurred by the Company in accordance with this agreement are estimated to be $270,000, $360,000 and $60,000 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2020 and 2021, respectively.
The Company is involved, from time to time, in disputes and claims incidental to the conduct of its business. Based on consultation with legal counsel, the Company does not believe that any claims or disputes, either individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.
NOTE 7 – LEASE AGREEMENTS
The Company leases building space from Green Wagon Holdings, LLC, an entity sharing the same owners and ownership percentages as the Company, on a month to month basis. The Company has elected to apply the alternative accounting and disclosures for certain variable interest entities provided to private companies pursuant to generally accepted accounting principles as it related to the lease with Green Wagon Holdings, LLC.
The Company has entered into non-cancelable operating lease agreements for equipment. The leases require monthly payments ranging from $2,268 to $5,156 and expire at various times ending in September 2019.
As December 31, 2018, future minimum lease payments were as follows:
2019 | $ | 52,251 |
Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 were $302,678 and $394,585, respectively.
NOTE 8 – GOING CONCERN
The production and distribution of marijuana is considered federally illegal. Because of this, there is risk concerning the current future of businesses operating in this industry due to the political environment.
The Company sustained net operating losses of $(1,771,524) and $(1,618,083) for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Company also had a working capital deficit of $(3,733,936) and $(1,867,187) for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, therefore indicating an adverse effect in the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.
Managements plans to address the going concern is to seek out additional investors, provide additional loans and capital contributions to the Company from current stockholders, and open their own distribution facilities to increase gross profit margins.
The ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon the success of these actions as well as continued favorable treatment as it relates to federal laws and regulations. There can be no assurance the Company will be successful in accomplishing its objectives. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.
NOTE 9 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Management has evaluated subsequent events through September 5, 2019, the date which the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.
F-11 |
Accountant’s Compilation Report
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
of Mystic Holdings, Inc. and Affiliates
Management is responsible for the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Mystic Holdings, Inc. and Affiliates, which comprise the consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2019, and the related consolidated statements of income and stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for the period January 1, 2019 to June 30, 2019, and the related notes to the financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. We have performed a compilation engagement in accordance with Statements on Standards for Accounting and Review Services promulgated by the Accounting and Review Services Committee of the AICPA. We did not audit or review the consolidated financial statements nor were we required to perform any procedures to verify the accuracy or completeness of the information provided by management. We do not express an opinion, a conclusion, nor provide any assurance on these consolidated financial statements.
September 30, 2019
Las Vegas, Nevada
F-12 |
MYSTIC HOLDINGS, INC. AND AFFILIATES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
JUNE 30, 2019
ASSETS | ||||
Current Assets: | ||||
Cash | $ | 1,001,468 | ||
Accounts receivable, net | 285,681 | |||
Other receivables | 5,025 | |||
Inventory | 703,006 | |||
Total current assets | 1,995,180 | |||
Property and Equipment, net | 3,536,875 | |||
Other Assets: | ||||
Security deposit | 50,000 | |||
Total Assets | $ | 5,582,055 | ||
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT | ||||
Current Liabilities: | ||||
Accounts payable | $ | 886,999 | ||
Due to related parties, net | 3,169,113 | |||
Current maturities of long-term debt | 2,159,105 | |||
Total current liabilities | 6,215,217 | |||
Long-Term Liabilities: | ||||
Long-term debt, net of current maturities | 250,000 | |||
Total Liabilities | 6,465,217 | |||
Stockholders’ Deficit: | ||||
Common stock, $1 par value; 10,000 shares authorized, 7,226 shares issued and 4,581 shares outstanding | 7,226 | |||
Additional paid-in capital | 4,690,599 | |||
Less: par value of 2,375 shares of treasury stock | (2,375 | ) | ||
Accumulated deficit | (5,578,612 | ) | ||
Total Stockholders’ Deficit | (883,162 | ) | ||
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit | $ | 5,582,055 |
See accountant’s report and notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-13 |
MYSTIC HOLDINGS, INC. AND AFFILIATES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2019 TO JUNE 30, 2019
Revenues | $ | 2,072,485 | ||
Cost of Revenues | 1,732,993 | |||
Gross Profit | 339,492 | |||
Operating Expenses: | ||||
Advertising | 3,688 | |||
Auto | 16,267 | |||
Bad debt expense | 91,500 | |||
Depreciation | 159,444 | |||
Insurance | 83,536 | |||
Lab testing | 114,755 | |||
Office expense and miscellaneous | 46,572 | |||
Professional fees | 170,237 | |||
Rent | 91,814 | |||
Repairs and maintenance | 10,925 | |||
Security | 10,141 | |||
Taxes and licenses | 326,384 | |||
Travel, meals and entertainment | 33,188 | |||
Utilities | 100,384 | |||
Total operating expenses | 1,258,835 | |||
Operating Loss | (919,343 | ) | ||
Other Income (Expense): | ||||
Other income | 23,798 | |||
Net Loss | $ | (895,545 | ) |
See accountant’s report and notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-14 |
MYSTIC HOLDINGS, INC. AND AFFILIATES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2019 TO JUNE 30, 2019
Additional | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Common | Common | Paid-In | Treasury | Accumulated | Stockholders’ | |||||||||||||||||||
Shares | Stock | Capital | Stock | Deficit | Deficit | |||||||||||||||||||
Balance, December 31, 2018 | 7,226 | $ | 7,226 | $ | 4,690,599 | $ | (2,375 | ) | $ | (4,683,067 | ) | $ | 12,383 | |||||||||||
Net loss | - | - | - | - | (895,545 | ) | (895,545 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Balance, June 30, 2019 | 7,226 | $ | 7,226 | $ | 4,690,599 | $ | (2,375 | ) | $ | (5,578,612 | ) | $ | (883,162 | ) |
See accountant’s report and notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-15 |
MYSTIC HOLDINGS, INC. AND AFFILIATES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2019 TO JUNE 30, 2019
Cash Flows From Operating Activities: | ||||
Net loss | $ | (895,545 | ) | |
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: | ||||
Depreciation | 159,444 | |||
Bad debt expense | 91,500 | |||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | ||||
(Increase) decrease in: | ||||
Accounts receivable | (231,262 | ) | ||
Other receivables | (1,525 | ) | ||
Inventory | (40,000 | ) | ||
Increase (decrease) in: | ||||
Accounts payable | 220,461 | |||
Due to related parties | 272,378 | |||
Net cash used in operating activities | (424,549 | ) | ||
Cash Flows From Financing Activities: | ||||
Proceeds from debt borrowings | 1,409,105 | |||
Net Change in Cash | 984,556 | |||
Cash, Beginning of Year | 16,912 | |||
Cash, End of Year | $ | 1,001,468 |
See accountant’s report and notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-16 |
MYSTIC HOLDINGS, INC. AND AFFILIATES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2019
NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
This summary of significant accounting policies of the Mystic Holdings, Inc. and Affiliates (the Company) is presented to assist in understanding the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The consolidated financial statements and notes are representations of the Company’s board of directors and management who are responsible for the integrity and objectivity of the consolidated financial statements. These accounting policies conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and have been consistently applied in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.
Nature of the Company
The consolidated accounts of the Company include the accounts of Mystic Holdings, Inc., Qualcan, LLC and Wagon Trail 4145, LLC. Qualcan, LLC and Wagon Trail 4145, LLC are owned 100% by Mystic Holdings, Inc. All significant intercompany accounts have been eliminated in consolidation.
The Company was incorporated in May 2016 under the laws of the State of Nevada. The Company operates a state licensed medical and recreational marijuana cultivation and production facility. The Company wholesales its products, which include flowers, edibles and concentrates, to state licensed dispensaries utilizing METRC, a state mandated tracking system under the mark “Qualcan”. All sales, deliveries and SKU’s are tracked through the METRC system.
Accounting Method
The Company maintains its records on the accrual basis of accounting, which recognizes revenues when earned and expenses when incurred.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid investments available for current use with original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable are recorded at the amount the Company expects to collect on outstanding balances. Management closely monitors outstanding balances and determines whether certain accounts should be written off during the year. As of June 30, 2019, no allowance for doubtful accounts was deemed necessary.
Inventory
The Company’s raw, semi-finished, and finished inventory is valued at the lower of cost (first in, first out) or market value.
F-17 |
MYSTIC HOLDINGS, INC. AND AFFILIATES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
JUNE 30, 2019
NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. The Company has a capitalization policy of $2,500. Expenditures for routine maintenance and repairs on property and equipment are charged to expense.
Income Taxes
Provisions for income taxes are based on taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred taxes on temporary differences between the amount of taxable income and pretax financial income and between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are included in the consolidated financial statements at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. The deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future tax consequences of those differences, which will either be taxable or deductible when the assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. Deferred taxes are also recognized for operating losses that are available to offset future income. A valuation allowance is recorded for deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that such deferred tax assets will not be realized. Due to the business being considered illegal by the federal government, the Company has opted to take a conservative approach with respect to deferred tax assets related primarily to its net operating losses and has set a valuation allowance equal to those losses. Therefore, no deferred tax assets or tax benefit are presented in these consolidated financial statements.
If it is probable that an uncertain tax position will result in a material liability and the amount of the liability can be estimated, then the estimated liability is accrued. If the Company were to incur any income tax liability in the future, interest on any income tax liability would be reported as interest expense, and penalties on any income tax would be reported as income taxes. As of June 30, 2019, there were no uncertain tax positions.
The Company is no longer subject to potential income tax examinations by tax authorities in in accordance with the federal statute of limitations.
Advertising
The Company expenses all advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense for the period ended June 30, 2019 was $3,688.
NOTE 2 – NOTE RECEIVABLE
As of December 31, 2018 the Company was carrying an outstanding loan balance made to Desert Aire Wellness, LLC (the Buyer) in the amount of $91,500. In June 2019, the Company reached an agreement with the Buyer in which the loan balance was extinguished and replaced with a purchase and supply agreement. Under the terms of this agreement, the buyer will purchase $1,600,000 in goods from the Company provided the Company makes available a monthly maximum of $65,000 in goods. The Buyer will purchase at a minimum, $35,000 in goods per month and a maximum of $65,000, but must purchase $1,600,000 within 36 months from June 2019. If the Buyer does not purchase the full $1,600,000 worth of goods, cash must be paid to the Company for the difference.
F-18 |
MYSTIC HOLDINGS, INC. AND AFFILIATES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
JUNE 30, 2019
NOTE 3 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment consisted of the following as of June 30, 2019:
Dispensary expansion | $ | 66,100 | ||
Furniture and equipment | 666,168 | |||
Leasehold improvements | 3,665,874 | |||
4,398,142 | ||||
Less accumulated depreciation | (861,267 | ) | ||
$ | 3,536,875 |
Depreciation expense for the period ended June 30, 2019 was $159,444.
NOTE 4 – RELATED PARTIES
From time to time the Company is involved in transactions with related parties. The Company had the following balances due to related parties as of June 30, 2019:
Convenient Labor, LLC | $ | (12,140 | ) | |
Dal Toro Holdings II, LLC | (201,176 | ) | ||
Employees4Hire, LLC | (703,903 | ) | ||
Green Wagon Holdings, LLC | (67,394 | ) | ||
Ketores Holdings, LLC | (1,620,000 | ) | ||
Panorama Crest, LLC | (149,450 | ) | ||
Related individual | (415,050 | ) | ||
$ | (3,169,113 | ) |
Convenient Labor, LLC and Employees4Hire, LLC are owned by related parties of the Company and are used to lease employees to the Company. The balances due to these related entities as of June 30, 2019 are due on demand and bear no interest. The total cost of employees leased from these related entities for the period ended June 30, 2019 was $1,275,533 and is included on the accompanying statement of income under the caption “Cost of Revenues”.
Dal Toro Holdings II, LLC is one of the stockholders of the Company. The balances due to this related entity as of June 30, 2019 are due on demand and bear no interest.
Green Wagon Holdings, LLC is an entity that shares common ownership with the Company and leases building space to the Company on a month to month basis as further explained in Note 7. The balances due to this related entity as of June 30, 2019 are due on demand and bear no interest.
Ketores Holdings, LLC is one of the stockholders of the Company. The balances due to this related entity as of June 30, 2019 are due on demand and bear no interest.
F-19 |
MYSTIC HOLDINGS, INC. AND AFFILIATES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
JUNE 30, 2019
NOTE 4 – RELATED PARTIES (Continued)
Panorama Crest, LLC is one of the stockholders of the Company. The balances due to this related entity as of June 30, 2019 are due on demand and bear no interest.
Related individual is a mother of one of the stockholders of the Company. The balances due to the related individual as of June 30, 2019 began bearing interest in September 2018 at 10% per annum, with a maturity date of December 31, 2019.
See Note 6 for disclosure of a consulting agreement with a former stockholder.
NOTE 5 – LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt consisted of the following as of June 30, 2019:
F-20 |
MYSTIC HOLDINGS, INC. AND AFFILIATES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
JUNE 30, 2019
NOTE 5 – LONG-TERM DEBT (Continued)
Long-term debt at June 30, 2019 matures as follows:
2020 | $ | 2,159,105 | ||
2021 | 250,000 | |||
$ | 2,409,105 |
NOTE 6 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
In October 2017, the Company entered into a consultation agreement with Western Desert Holdings, LLC, a former stockholder. Under the terms of this agreement, the Company incurred consulting expenses of $90,000 for the period ended June 30, 2019, which is included on the accompanying statement of income under the caption “Professional fees”. Future consulting expenses to be incurred by the Company in accordance with this agreement are estimated to be $360,000 and $240,000 for the periods ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively.
The Company is involved, from time to time, in disputes and claims incidental to the conduct of its business. Based on consultation with legal counsel, the Company does not believe that any claims or disputes, either individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.
NOTE 7 – LEASE AGREEMENTS
The Company leases building space from Green Wagon Holdings, LLC, an entity sharing the same owners and ownership percentages as the Company, on a month to month basis.
Total rent expense for the year ended June 30, 2019 was $91,814.
NOTE 8 – GOING CONCERN
The production and distribution of marijuana is considered federally illegal. Because of this, there is risk concerning the current future of businesses operating in this industry due to the political environment.
The Company sustained a net operating loss of $(895,545) for the period ended June 30, 2019. The Company also had a working capital deficit of $(4,220,037) for the period ended June 30, 2019, therefore indicating an adverse effect in the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.
Managements plans to address the going concern is to seek out additional investors, provide additional loans and capital contributions to the Company from current stockholders, and open their own distribution facilities to increase gross profit margins.
The ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon the success of these actions as well as continued favorable treatment as it relates to federal laws and regulations. There can be no assurance the Company will be successful in accomplishing its objectives. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.
NOTE 9 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Management has evaluated subsequent events through September 30, 2019, the date which the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.
F-21 |
MYSTIC HOLDINGS, INC.
OFFERING CIRCULAR
50,000,000 Shares of Common Stock
____________, 2019
PART III—EXHIBITS
Index to Exhibits
* To be filed by amendment.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Regulation A, the issuer certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 1-A and has duly caused this offering statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Las Vegas, State of Nevada, on October 4, 2019.
MYSTIC HOLDINGS, INC. | ||
By: | /s/ Lorenzo Barracco | |
Lorenzo Barracco | ||
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Lorenzo Barracco and Michael Cristalli, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Form 1-A offering statement, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
This offering statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature | Title | Date | ||
/s/ Lorenzo Barracco | Chairman and Chief Executive | October 4, 2019 | ||
Lorenzo Barracco | Officer (principal executive officer) | |||
/s/ Heather Cranny | President, Treasurer (principal | October 4, 2019 | ||
Heather Cranny | financial and accounting officer) and Secretary | |||
/s/ Michael Cristalli | Director | October 4, 2019 | ||
Michael Cristalli | ||||
/s/ Daniel V. Perla | Director | October 4, 2019 | ||
Daniel V. Perla | ||||
/s/ Sigmund (Sig) Aronson Rogich | Director | October 4, 2019 | ||
Sigmund (Sig) Aronson Rogich | ||||
/s/ Alexander Scharf | Director | October 4, 2019 | ||
Alexander Scharf |
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF
MYSTIC HOLDINGS, INC.
A Nevada Corporation
ARTICLE I OFFICES
SECTION 1. REGISTERED OFFICE. The initial Registered Agent shall be Michael V. Cristalli. 410 S. Rampart Blvd., Suite 420, Las Vegas, Nevada, 89145 to be replaced by such other person or entity as designated by the Board of Directors from time to time. The Corporation may also maintain an office or offices at such other place or places, either within or without the State of Nevada as may be determined, from time to time, by the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE II SHAREHOLDERS
SECTION 1. PLACE OF MEETING. Meetings of shareholders shall be held either at the Principal Executive Office of the corporation or at any other location within or without the State of Nevada which may be designated by the President or Board of Directors.
SECTION 2. ANNUAL MEETINGS. The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held on such day and at such time as may be fixed by the Board; provided, however, that should said day fall upon a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday observed by the Corporation at its principal executive office, then any such meeting of shareholders shall be held at the same time and place on the next day thereafter ensuring which is a full business day. At such meetings, in the event a director’s term has expired or there otherwise exists a director vacancy, directors shall be elected pursuant to cumulative voting rights set forth herein.
SECTION 3. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the shareholders may be called for any purpose or purposes permitted under Chapter 78 of Nevada Revised Statutes at any time by the entire board of directors, any two directors, the president and/or or by the shareholders holding not less than twenty five percent (25%) of the issued and outstanding common stock of the Company as of the time of making the written demand/request for such meeting. Upon request in writing to the President, the Chairman of the Board or the Secretary, by any person or persons entitled to call a special meeting of shareholders, the Secretary shall cause notice to be given to the shareholders entitled to vote, that a special meeting will be held not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days after the date of the notice.
SECTION 4. NOTICE OF ANNUAL OR SPECIAL MEETING. Written notice of each annual meeting signed by the President or Secretary shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each shareholder entitled to vote thereat. Such notice shall state the place, the date, and hour of the meeting and (i) in the case of a special meeting the general nature of the business to be transacted, or (ii) in the case of the annual meeting, those matters which the Board, at the time of the mailing of the notice, intends to present for action by the shareholders, but, any proper matter may be presented at the meeting for such action. The notice of any meeting at which directors are to be elected shall include the names of the nominees intended, at the time of the notice, to be presented by management for election.
1 | Amended & Restated Bylaws September 2019 |
Notice of a shareholders’ meeting shall be given either personally or by mail or, addressed to the shareholders at the address of such shareholder appearing on the books of the corporation or if no such address appears or is given, by publication at least once in a newspaper of general circulation in Clark County, Nevada. An affidavit of mailing of any notice, executed by the Secretary, shall be prima facie evidence of the giving of the notice.
SECTION 5. QUORUM. A majority of the shares entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of shareholders. If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of shareholders represented and voting at the meeting on any matter shall be the act of the shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) the sale, transfer and other disposition of substantially all of the corporation’s properties and (2) a merger or consolidation of the corporation shall require the approval by an affirmative vote of not less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the corporation’s issued and outstanding shares.
SECTION 6. ADJOURNED MEETING AND NOTICE THEREOF. Any Shareholders’ meeting, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned from time to time. In the absence of a quorum (except as provided in Section 5 of this Article), no other business may be transacted at such meeting.
It shall not be necessary to give any notice of the time and place of the adjourned meeting or of the business to be transacted thereat, other than by announcement at the meeting at which such adjournment is taken; provided, however when a shareholders meeting is adjourned for more than ten (10) days or, if after adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting.
SECTION 7. VOTING. The shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote at such meeting shall be only persons in whose name shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date determined in accordance with Section 8 of this Article.
SECTION 8. RECORD DATE. The directors may prescribe a period not exceeding 60 days before any meeting of the stockholders during which no transfer of stock on the books of the corporation may be made, or may fix, in advance, a record date not more than 60 or less than 10 days before the date of any such meeting as the date as of which stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such meetings must be determined. Only stockholders of record on that day are entitled to notice or to vote at such a meeting.
2 | Amended & Restated Bylaws September 2019 |
If a record date is not fixed, the record date is at the close of business on the day before the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day before the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders applies to an adjournment of the meeting unless the board of directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting. The board of directors must fix a new record date if the meeting is adjourned to a date more than sixty (60) days later than the date set for the original meeting.
SECTION 9. CONSENT OF ABSENTEES. The transactions of any meeting of shareholders, however called and noticed, and wherever held, are as valid as though had a meeting duly held, after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present either in person or by proxy, and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the persons entitled to vote not present in person or by proxy, signs a written waiver of notice, or a consent to the holding of the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. All such waivers, consents or approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.
SECTION 10. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Any action which, under any provision of law, may be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders, may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice if, before or after the action, a written consent thereto is signed by stockholders holding at least a majority of the voting power, except that if a different proportion of voting power is required for such an action at a meeting, then that proportion of written consents is required. Unless a record date for voting purposes be fixed as provided in Section 8 of this Article, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to give consent pursuant to this Section 10, when no prior action by the Board has been taken, shall be the day on which the first written consent is given.
SECTION 11. PROXIES. Every person entitled to vote shares has the right to do so either in person or by one or more persons authorized by a written proxy executed by such shareholder and filed with the Secretary.
SECTION 12. CONDUCT OF MEETING. The President shall preside as Chairman at all meetings of the shareholders, unless another Chairman is selected. The Chairman shall conduct each such meeting in a businesslike and fair manner, but shall not be obligated to follow any technical formal or parliamentary rules or principles of procedure. The Chairman’s ruling on procedural matters shall be conclusive and binding on all shareholders, unless at the time of ruling a request for a vote is made by a shareholder entitled to vote and represented in person or by proxy at the meeting, in which case the decision of a majority of such shares shall be conclusive and binding on all shareholders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Chairman shall have all the powers usually vesting the chairman of a meeting of shareholders.
3 | Amended & Restated Bylaws September 2019 |
ARTICLE III DIRECTORS
SECTION 1. POWERS. Subject to limitation of the Nevada Revised Statutes, the Articles of Incorporation, of these bylaws, and of actions required to be approved by the shareholders, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board. The Board may, as permitted by law, delegate the management of the day-to-day operation of the business of the corporation to a management company or other persons or officers of the corporation provided that the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised under the ultimate direction of the Board. Without prejudice to such general powers, it is hereby expressly declared that the Board shall have the following powers:
(a) | To select and remove all of the officers, agents and employees of the corporation, prescribe the powers and duties for them as may not be inconsistent with law, or with the Articles of Incorporation or by these bylaws, fix their compensation, and require from them, if necessary, security for faithful service. | |
(b) | To conduct, manage, and control the affairs and business of the corporation and to make such rules and regulations therefore not inconsistent with law, with the Articles of Incorporation or these bylaws, as they may deem best. | |
(c) | To adopt, make and use a corporate seal, and to prescribe the forms of certificates of stock and to alter the form of such seal and such of certificates from time to time in their judgment they deem best. | |
(d) | To authorize the issuance of shares of stock of the corporation from time to time, upon such terms and for such consideration as may be lawful. | |
(e) | To borrow money and incur indebtedness for the purposes of the corporation, and to cause to be executed and delivered therefore, in the corporate name, promissory notes, bonds, debentures, deeds of trust, mortgages, pledges, hypothecation or other evidence of debt and securities there for. | |
(f) | To terminate contracted service providers with or without cause. |
SECTION 2. NUMBER OF DIRECTORS. The number of directors shall be one or more, as fixed from time to time by resolutions of the board of directors; provided, however, that the number of directors shall not be reduced so as to shorten the tenure of any director’s time in office.
SECTION 3. ELECTION, TERM OF OFFICE AND CUMULATIVE VOTING. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of shareholders or by written consent of shareholders in lieu of meeting. But, if a director’s term has expired and if any such annual meeting is not held or the directors are not elected thereat, the director may be elected at any special meeting of shareholders held for that purpose. Each director shall hold office for a term of three (3) years and until a successor has been elected and qualified. At all elections of directors, each holder of stock possessing voting power is entitled to as many votes as equal the number of his or her shares of stock multiplied by the number of directors to be elected, and the holder of stock may cast all of his or her votes for a single director or may distribute them among the number to be voted for or any two or more of them, as the holder of stock may see fit. Those individuals receiving the most votes for the number of director positions available shall be considered duly elected (i.e. in the event three director positions are standing for election, the top three vote recipients shall be elected).
4 | Amended & Restated Bylaws September 2019 |
SECTION 4. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. At the first regular meeting of the Board following an election of directors, the first order of business will be to select, from its members, a Chairman of the Board whose duties will be to preside over all board meetings until the next annual meeting and until a successor has been chosen.
SECTION 5. VACANCIES. . Any vacancy occurring on the board of directors and any directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the board of directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Such newly elected director shall hold such office until the next annual meeting and until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation and removal.
SECTION 6. REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS. Except as otherwise provided in Chapter 78.335 of the Nevada Revised Statutes, any director or one or more of the incumbent directors may be removed from office by the vote of stockholders representing not less than two-thirds of the voting power of the issued and outstanding stock entitled to voting power.
SECTION 7. PLACE OF MEETING. Any meeting of the Board shall be held at any place within or without the State of Nevada which has been designated from time to time by the Board. In the absence of such designation, meeting shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.
SECTION 8. REGULAR MEETINGS. Immediately following each annual meeting of shareholders, the Board shall hold a regular meeting for the purpose of organization, selection of a Chairman of the Board, election of officers, and the transaction of other business. Call and notice of such regular meeting is hereby dispensed with.
SECTION 9. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board for any purpose may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the President, or the Secretary or by any two directors.
Special meetings of the Board shall be held upon at least four (4) days written notice or fortyeight (48) hours’ notice given personally or by telephone, telegraph, telex or other similar means of communication. Any such notice shall be addressed or delivered to each director at such director’s address as it is shown upon the records of the Corporation or as may have been given to the Corporation or as may have been given to the Corporation by the director for the purposes of notice.
5 | Amended & Restated Bylaws September 2019 |
SECTION 10. QUORUM, ACTIONS OF THE BOARD AND TIE-BREAKER. A majority of the authorized number of directors then in office constitutes a quorum of the Board for the transaction of business, except to adjourn as hereinafter provided. Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the Board, unless a different number is required by law or by the Articles of Incorporation. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the number of directors required as noted above to constitute a quorum for such meeting. In the event of a tie vote on any matter under consideration of the Board, the Chairman of the Board shall be entitled to cast one additional vote to break such tie.
SECTION 11. PARTICIPATION IN MEETINGS BY CONFERENCE TELEPHONE. Members of the Board may participate in a meeting through use of conference telephone or similar communications equipment, so long as all members participating in such meeting can hear one another.
SECTION 12. WAIVER OF NOTICE. The transactions of any meeting of the Board, however called and noticed and wherever held, are as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present signs a written waiver of notice, a consent to holding such meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. All such waivers, consents or approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made part of the minutes of the meeting.
SECTION 13. ADJOURNMENT. A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn any directors’ meeting to another time and place. Notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting need not be given to absent directors if the time and place be fixed at the meeting adjourned. If the meeting is adjourned for more than forty-eight (48) hours, notice of any adjournment to another time or place shall be given prior to the time of the adjourned meeting to the directors who were not present at the time of adjournment.
SECTION 14. FEES AND COMPENSATION. Directors and members of committees may receive such compensation, if any, for their services, and such reimbursement for expenses, as may be fixed or determined by the Board.
SECTION 15. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board may be taken without a meeting if, before or after the action, all members of the Board, except as otherwise specified in NRS 78.315, shall individually or collectively consent in writing to such action. Such consent or consents shall have the same effect as a unanimous vote of the Board and shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board.
SECTION 16. COMMITTEES. The board of directors may designate one or more committees which, to the extent provided in the resolution or resolutions designating the committee, have and may exercise the powers of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation. Each committee must include at least one director. The board of directors may appoint natural persons who are not directors to serve on committees. The Board shall have the power to prescribe the manner in which proceedings of any such committee shall be conducted. Unless the Board or such committee shall otherwise provide, the regular or special meetings and other actions of any such committee shall be governed by the provisions of this Article applicable to meetings and actions of the Board. Minutes shall be kept of each meeting of each committee.
6 | Amended & Restated Bylaws September 2019 |
ARTICLE IV OFFICERS
SECTION 1. OFFICERS. The corporation shall have such officers, with titles and duties as the board of directors may determine by resolution, which must include a president, a secretary and a treasurer.
SECTION 2. ELECTION. The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be elected or appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 or Section 5 of this Article, shall be chosen annually by, and shall serve at the pleasure of, the Board, and shall hold their respective offices until their resignation, removal or other disqualification from service, or until their respective successors shall be elected.
SECTION 3. SUBORDINATE OFFICERS. The Board may elect, and may empower the
President to appoint, such other officers as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board or the President may from time to time direct.
SECTION 4. REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION. Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board of Directors at any time, or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein.
SECTION 5. VACANCIES. A vacancy of any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification, or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed by these bylaws for the regular election or appointment to such office.
SECTION 6. PRESIDENT. The President shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, at all meetings of the Board. The President has the general powers and duties of oversight over the company and such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board. More specifically, The President shall be the Company’s primary public relations officer and spokesperson. The President shall fill the position of CEO in the event the position of CEO is vacant for any period of time.
SECTION 7: CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER (“CEO”). The CEO shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and has the general powers and duties of direct oversight over all other officers and/or management level employees, including but not limited to, the Chief Operating Officer (“COO”). The CEO shall fill the position of COO in the event the position of COO is vacant for any period of time. The CEO Reports Directly to the Board.
7 | Amended & Restated Bylaws September 2019 |
SECTION 8: CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER (“COO”). The COO shall manage the actual day to day business operations of the Company in the capacity similar to that of a general manager of a business. The COO reports to the CEO and shall implement such policies and procedures as directed by the CEO and/or the Board.
SECTION 9. VICE PRESIDENTS. In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice Presidents, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board or, if not ranked, the Vice President designated by the Board, shall perform all the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the President. The Vice Presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the President or the Board.
SECTION 10. SECRETARY. The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the Principal Executive Office, and such other place as the Board may order, a record book of all meetings of shareholders, the Board, and its committees, with the time and place of holding, whether regular or special, and, if special, how authorized, the notice thereof given, the names of those present at Board and committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at shareholders meetings, and proceedings thereof. The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, a copy of the bylaws of the corporation at the Principal Executive Office of the Corporation.
The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the Principal Executive Office, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of shareholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates issued for the same, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.
The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all the meetings of the shareholders and of the Board and any committees thereof required by these bylaws or by law to be given, shall keep the seal of the corporation in safe custody, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as my be prescribed by the Board.
SECTION 11. ASSISTANT SECRETARIES. In the absence or disability of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board or, if not ranked, the Assistant Secretary designated by the Board, shall perform all the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Secretary. The Assistant Secretary shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the President or the Board.
8 | Amended & Restated Bylaws September 2019 |
SECTION 12. TREASURER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER (“CFO”). The Treasurer is the Chief Financial Officer of the corporation and shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct accounts of the properties and financial transactions of the corporation, and shall send or cause to be sent to the shareholders of the corporation such financial statements and reports as are by law or these bylaws required to be sent to them.
The Treasurer shall deposit all monies and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositories as may be designated by the Board. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board, shall render to the President and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial conditions of the corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board.
SECTION 13. AGENTS. The President or CEO may appoint agents with power and authority, as defined or limited in their appointment, for and on behalf of the corporation to execute and deliver, and affix the seal of the corporation thereto, to bonds, undertakings, recognizance, consents of surety or other written obligations in the nature thereof and said President may remove such agent and revoke the power and authority given to him.
SECTION 14. RESTRICTIONS ON OFFICERS’ POWER FOR CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation except the President and/or CEO shall have the power or authority to enter into any transaction, contract or other obligation committing the corporation to any obligation whatsoever. As to the President and CEO, they shall not have the power or authority to enter into any transaction, contract or other obligation committing the corporation to any obligation in excess of TWO MILLION DOLLARS ($$2,000,000.00) without obtaining prior authorization of the Board. This limitation includes but is not limited to any employment contract where the cumulative salary or other remuneration exceeds $2,000,000.00 during its natural term.
ARTICLE V OTHER PROVISIONS
SECTION 1. DIVIDENDS. The Board may from time to time declare, and the corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and on the terms and conditions provided by law, subject to any contractual restrictions on which the corporation is then subject.
SECTION 2. INSPECTION OF RECORDS. The corporation shall keep at its Registered Office and its Principal Executive Office 1) the original or a copy of these bylaws as amended to date certified by an officer, 2) copy of articles of incorporation with all amendments certified by the Secretary of State and 3) stock ledger or duplicate, revised annually, all of which shall be open to inspection to shareholders at all reasonable times during office hours. If the corporation has no principal business office in Nevada, it shall, upon the written request of any shareholder, furnish to such shareholder a copy of the aforementioned documents as amended and revised to date.
9 | Amended & Restated Bylaws September 2019 |
SECTION 3. REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS. The President or any other officer or officers authorized by the Board or the President are each authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of the Corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations or other business entities standing in the name of the Corporation. The authority herein granted may be exercised either by any such officer in person or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by said officer.
ARTICLE VI LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
SECTION 1. ELIMINATION OF LIABILITY. A director or officer of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, except only (1) acts or omissions which involve intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of law or (2) the payment of dividends in violation of NRS 78.288, except for a director who dissents to the payment as provided in NRS 78.300, but liability shall otherwise be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Nevada law, as it may be allowed from time to time.
SECTION 2. MANDATORY INDEMNIFICATION. The Corporation shall indemnify the officers and directors of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Nevada law as the same exists or may hereafter be amended.
SECTION 3. MANDATORY PAYMENT OF EXPENSES. The expenses of officers and directors incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding must be paid by the Corporation as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation.
SECTION 4. EFFECT OF AMENDMENT OR REPEAL. Except as provided in the Articles of Incorporation or by Nevada law, this corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in these Bylaws. However, any amendment to or repeal of any of the provisions in this Article VI shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation for or with respect to any act or omission of such director or officer occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.
SECTION 5. INSURANCE. The corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of the Corporation against any liability asserted against or incurred by the officer, director, employee or agent in such capacity or arising out of such person’s status as such whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the officer, or director, employee or agent against such liability under the provisions of this Article.
10 | Amended & Restated Bylaws September 2019 |
ARTICLE VII AMENDMENTS
These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed either by approval of sixty percent (60%) of the outstanding shares entitled to vote or by the approval of the Board. Unless otherwise prohibited by any bylaw adopted by the stockholders, the directors may adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw, including any bylaw adopted by the stockholders. However, the right of any shareholder to inspect the corporation’s records as provided in Article V Section 2, or otherwise permitted under applicable law, shall not be limited or abridged by an amendment.
ARTICLE VIII CONFLICTS WITH GENERAL CORPORATION LAW
In the event and to the extent of any conflict between the provisions of these bylaws and any mandatory requirements of the General Corporation Law of Nevada, as it may be amended from time to time, the latter shall govern and all other provisions of the bylaws not in conflict thereof shall continue in full force and effect.
ARTICLE IX PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS
The common shares issued and outstanding in the Company shall not have any preemptive rights.
ARTICLE X GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION
All Shareholders acknowledge that the business of medical marijuana production and cultivation is highly regulated by the State of Nevada and various city or county offices (“Nevada Government Authorities”). “Nevada Government Authority” shall mean those state, local and other governmental, regulatory and administrative authorities, agencies, boards and officials responsible for or regulating medical marijuana activities within the State of Nevada.
Qualcan, LLC, its parent company (i.e. the corporation), owners, subsidiaries and affiliates, are businesses that are or may be subject to and exist because of privileged licenses issued by the Nevada Government Authorities. Any and all Shareholders shall obtain any license, qualification, finding of suitability, clearance or the like which shall be requested or required of any of them by any Nevada Government Authority.
If Shareholders fail to satisfy such requirement in a reasonable time frame or if the corporation, Qualcan, LLC, or any subsidiary or affiliate of Qualcan is directed to cease doing business with any Shareholder, by the Nevada Government Authorities, or if the Nevada Government Authorities shall determine in good faith, in the Nevada Government Authorities’ reasonable judgment, that any Shareholder (a) is or might be engaged in, or is about to be engaged in, any activity or activities, or (b) is in non-compliance with the regulatory compliance programs of Qualcan and its parent and affiliates, (c) was or is involved in any relationship, either of which could or does jeopardize the corporation’s or Qualcan’ s business or licenses, or those of a parent company, subsidiary or affiliate, or if any such license is threatened to be, or is, denied, curtailed, suspended or revoked, and Shareholder does not resolve said issues to the satisfaction of any such Nevada Government Authority on or before any deadline set by such Nevada Government Authority, then following such notice or deadline Shareholder shall be removed and reasonable compensation (less any legal expenses, associated fines or fees) shall be given to Shareholder in relationship to that Shareholders ownership percentage.
11 | Amended & Restated Bylaws September 2019 |
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the terms and conditions of “reasonable compensation” must account for the corporation’s financial condition and cash resources available at the time. No compensation shall be viewed as “reasonable compensation” if, under the financial condition facing the corporation, payment thereof would interfere with or otherwise jeopardize the ability of the corporation to continue to operate as a going concern.
ARTICLE XI RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY, APPROVAL OF TRANSFEREE
The shares of common stock issued by the corporation are not freely transferable. Due to the level of governmental regulation of Qualcan, LLC’s business, no shareholder may sell, assign, transfer or otherwise convey any shares of stock in the corporation without the prior consent of the Board. Whether to accept or reject a proposed transfer is subject to the discretion of the Board which discretion shall be exercised with reference to a proposed transferee’s fitness and suitability and no transfer shall be approved without an affirmative finding that the issuance of shares to the proposed transferee will not jeopardize the corporation’s or Qualcan’ s business or licenses.
Notwithstanding the above and foregoing, the following transfers shall be considered “Permitted Transfers” which are not subject to a right of first refusal in favor of non- transferring shareholders: (1) if the transferring shareholder is a natural person, a transfer (a) to a trust established for the benefit of the shareholder’s spouse, lineal descendants (in each case, natural or adopted), siblings and/or parents (collectively a “Family Permitted Transferee”) or (b) to any corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other investment vehicle in which at least sixty six percent (66%) of the direct and beneficial owners of all of the equity interest thereof consists of the transferring shareholder and/or a Family Permitted Transferee or (c) any executor, administrator, conservator, or personal representative of the shareholder and/or a Family Permitted Transferee; (2) if the transferring shareholder is a legally recognized entity, a transfer (a) to any affiliate of the transferring shareholder or (b) to the constituent members, shareholders, partners, etc. of the transferring entity by way of dividend or other lawful distribution; and/or (3) a transfer from the transferring shareholder to another shareholder of the CompanyARTICLE XII: DISSENTER RIGHTS.
Pursuant to NRS 78.3793, to the fullest extent permitted under Nevada law, the Company repudiates and eliminates any and all dissenter’s tights” otherwise attributable to common shares of stock owned in the Company, including but not limited to those set forth in NRS 92A.300 to 92A.500, inclusive.
12 | Amended & Restated Bylaws September 2019 |
ATTESTATION
As the Secretary of the Company, I hereby certify that the above and foregoing Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company were duly approved by Unanimous Written Consent of the Directors on ____________________ and by Unanimous Written Consent of the Shareholders on ______________________ .
DATED this ______ day of September, 2019.
_____________________________
SECRETARY
13 | Amended & Restated Bylaws September 2019 |
Exhibit 4.1
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
Common Stock of Mystic Holdings, Inc.
This Subscription Agreement relates to my/our agreement to purchase ________ shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Shares”), to be issued by Mystic Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), for a purchase price of $_______ per Share, for a total purchase price of $___________ (“Subscription Price”), subject to the terms, conditions, acknowledgments, representations and warranties stated herein and in the Final Offering Circular for the sale of the Shares, dated ________, 2019 (the “Circular”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Circular.
Simultaneously with or subsequent to the execution and delivery hereof, I am making either an ACH authorization or a wire transfer pursuant to the escrow instructions set forth in the Circular, or delivered to me by my broker-dealer, in the amount of my Subscription Price, provided that if my broker-dealer has arranged to facilitate the funding of the Subscription Price to the escrow account (as described below) through a clearing agent, then I agree to deliver the funds for the Subscription Price pursuant to the instructions provided by such clearing agent or such broker-dealer. I understand that if I wish to purchase Shares, I must complete this Subscription Agreement and submit the applicable Subscription Price as set forth herein. Subscription funds submitted by Investors will be held by and at an FDIC insured bank in compliance with SEC Rule 15c2-4, with funds released to the Company at closing, as described in the Circular. The escrow account will be maintained by a bank or other financial institution in Las Vegas, Nevada, as escrow agent. In the event that the offering is terminated, then the Offered Shares will not be sold to investors pursuant to the offering and all funds will be returned to investors from escrow without interest. If any portion of the Shares is not sold in the offering, any funds paid by me for such portion of the Shares will be returned to me promptly.
In order to induce the Company to accept this Subscription Agreement for the Shares and as further consideration for such acceptance, I hereby make, adopt, confirm and agree to all of the following covenants, acknowledgments, representations and warranties with the full knowledge that the Company and its affiliates will expressly rely thereon in making a decision to accept or reject this Subscription Agreement:
1. Type of Ownership
[ ] Individual [ ] Joint [ ] Institution
2. Investor Information (You must include a permanent street address even if your mailing address is a P.O. Box.)
1 |
3. Investor Eligibility Certifications
I understand that to purchase Shares, I must either be an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”), or I must limit my investment in the Shares to a maximum of: (i) 10% of my net worth or annual income, whichever is greater, if I am a natural person; or (ii) 10% of my revenues or net assets, whichever is greater, for my most recently completed fiscal year, if I am a non-natural person. I understand that if I am a natural person I should determine my net worth for purposes of these representations by calculating the difference between my total assets and total liabilities. I understand this calculation must exclude the value of my primary residence and may exclude any indebtedness secured by my primary residence (up to an amount equal to the value of my primary residence). In the case of fiduciary accounts, net worth and/or income suitability requirements may be satisfied by the beneficiary of the account or by the fiduciary, if the fiduciary directly or indirectly provides funds for the purchase of the Shares.
I hereby represent and warrant that I meet the qualifications to purchase Shares because:
[ ] The aggregate purchase price for the Common Stock I am purchasing in the offering does not exceed 10% of my net worth or annual income, whichever is greater.
[ ] The aggregate purchase price for the Common Stock I am purchasing in the offering does exceed 10% of my net worth or annual income, whichever is greater. I understand that my full subscription may only be accepted if the securities trade on a national securities exchange.
[ ] I am an accredited investor.
4. I understand that the Company reserves the right to, in its sole discretion, accept or reject this subscription, in whole or in part, for any reason whatsoever, and to the extent not accepted, unused funds transmitted herewith shall be returned to the undersigned in full, without interest.
5. I have received the Circular.
6. I accept the terms of the Articles of Incorporation of the Company.
7. I am purchasing the Shares for my own account.
8. I hereby represent and warrant that I am not on, and am not acting as an agent, representative, intermediary or nominee for any person identified on, the list of blocked persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Department of Treasury. In addition, I have complied with all applicable U.S. laws, regulations, directives, and executive orders relating to anti-money laundering, including but not limited to the following laws: (1) the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 107-56; and (2) Executive Order 13224 (Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism) of September 23, 2001. By making the foregoing representations you have not waived any right of action you may have under federal or state securities law. Any such waiver would be unenforceable. The Company will assert your representations as a defense in any subsequent litigation where such assertion would be relevant. This Subscription Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Nevada without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws.
2 |
9. Appointment of Stockholder Representative and Proxy for Qualcan Canada Share Exchange
The undersigned understands that the Company plans to enter into a share exchange transaction with Qualcan (Canada) Holdings Inc. (“Qualcan Canada”) after the offering as described in the Circular (the “Share Exchange”). The Share Exchange, if consummated, will result in the exchange of the Shares that are owned by the Subscriber for common shares of Qualcan Canada (the “Exchange Offer”). Substantially all Company stockholders have already provided irrevocable proxies and power of attorneys to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and __________ (each, an “Agent”), and each of them, to take all actions necessary to consummate the Share Exchange, including exchange their equity securities for equity securities of Qualcan Canada. The undersigned further understands that the Company has conditioned its acceptance of his subscription to purchase the Shares upon his willingness to agree to the Share Exchange and Exchange Offer. Therefore, the undersigned hereby instructs, authorizes and empowers the Agents, and each of them, to act as his representative and proxies for the purpose of: (i) exchanging the Shares for Qualcan Canada’s common shares at the same ratio that all other Company stockholders exchange their equity securities for Qualcan Canada’s common shares; (ii) executing and delivering such documentation and taking such other actions as may be required to effect the Share Exchange and taking any actions as may be necessary to effectuate the Exchange Offer, including but not limited to, instructing the transfer agent to cancel the Shares and executing, on behalf of the undersigned, such documents as may be necessary to effectuate the exchange if the undersigned fails to deliver the stock certificate for cancellation, or fails to execute any other documentation required to effectuate the exchange, within 15 days after the expiration of the Exchange Offer; and (iii) voting in favor of the adoption, approval, execution and delivery by the Company of such agreements, contracts and documents (including, but not limited to, any amendment to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, if required) and the taking of any other actions requiring stockholder approval as may be required or deemed appropriate by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer to consummate the Share Exchange and related Exchange Offer.
10. Digital (“electronic”) signatures, often referred to as an “e-signature,” enable paperless contracts and help speed up business transactions. The 2001 E-Sign Act was meant to ease the adoption of electronic signatures. The mechanics of this Subscription Agreement’s electronic signature include your signing this Agreement below by typing in your name, with the underlying software recording your IP address, your browser identification, the timestamp, and a securities hash within an SSL encrypted environment. This electronically signed Subscription Agreement will be available to both you and the Company, as well as any associated brokers, so they can store and access it at any time. You and the Company each hereby consent and agree that electronically signing this Agreement constitutes your signature, acceptance and agreement as if actually signed by you in writing. Further, all parties agree that no certification authority or other third party verification is necessary to validate any electronic signature; and that the lack of such certification or third party verification will not in any way affect the enforceability of your signature or resulting contract between you and the Company. You understand and agree that your e-signature executed in conjunction with the electronic submission of this Subscription Agreement shall be legally binding and such transaction shall be considered authorized by you. You agree your electronic signature is the legal equivalent of your manual signature on this Subscription Agreement and you consent to be legally bound by this Subscription Agreement’s terms and conditions. Furthermore, you and the Company each hereby agree that all current and future notices, confirmations and other communications regarding this Subscription Agreement specifically, and future communications in general between the parties, may be made by email, sent to the email address of record as set forth in this Subscription Agreement or as otherwise from time to time changed or updated and disclosed to the other party, without necessity of confirmation of receipt, delivery or reading, and such form of electronic communication is sufficient for all matters regarding the relationship between the parties. If any such electronically sent communication fails to be received for any reason, including but not limited to such communication being diverted to the recipient’s spam filters by the recipient’s email service provider, or due to a recipient’s change of address, or due to technology issues by the recipient’s service provider, the parties agree that the burden of such failure to receive is on the recipient and not the sender, and that the sender is under no obligation to resend communications via any other means, including but not limited to postal service or overnight courier, and that such communications shall for all purposes, including legal and regulatory, be deemed to have been delivered and received. No physical, paper documents will be sent to you, and if you desire physical documents then you agree to be satisfied by directly and personally printing, at your own expense, the electronically sent communication(s) and maintaining such physical records in any manner or form that you desire.
3 |
11. Delivery Instructions. If you are funding escrow through either an ACH authorization or a wire transfer pursuant to the escrow instructions set forth in the Circular, or delivered to me by my broker-dealer, in the amount of my Subscription Price, provided that if my broker-dealer has arranged to facilitate the funding of the Subscription, please fill out the information below to have your shares delivered to your broker, held at the transfer agent or delivered to your residence.
[ ] | Retain at the transfer agent |
[ ] | Deliver to the address of record above. |
[ ] | Deliver to my brokerage account at the following instructions: |
DWAC INSTRUCTIONS
Name of DTC Participant (broker-dealer at which the account or accounts to be credited with the Common Stock are maintained): _______________________________
DTC Participant Number: _______________________________
Name of Account at DTC Participant being credited with the Common Stock:
_____________________________
Account Number at DTC Participant being credited with the Common Stock:
_____________________________
Your Consent is Hereby Given: By signing this Subscription Agreement electronically, you are explicitly agreeing to receive documents electronically including your copy of this signed Subscription Agreement as well as ongoing disclosures, communications and notices.
4 |
SIGNATURES
THE UNDERSIGNED HAS THE AUTHORITY TO ENTER INTO THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT ON BEHALF OF THE PERSON(S) OR ENTITY REGISTERED ABOVE.
Subscriber: | Issuer: | |||
Name: | Name: | Lorenzo Barracco | ||
Email: | Company: | Mystic Holdings, Inc. | ||
Date: | Title: | Chief Executive Officer |
5 |
SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT
THIS SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT is made effective the 4th day of September, 2019.
AMONG:
QUALCAN
(CANADA) HOLDINGS INC.,
a corporation existing under the laws of British Columbia,
having its registered and records office at 1500 – 1055 West
Georgia Street, Vancouver, BC V6E 4N7
(hereinafter referred to as the “Purchaser”)
- and -
MYSTIC
HOLDINGS, INC.,
a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Nevada,
USA, having an office for notice and delivery located at 4145
Wagon Trail Ave, Las Vegas, Nevada 89118 United States
(hereinafter referred to as “TargetCo”)
WHEREAS:
(a) the Purchaser desires to acquire from the TargetCo Securityholders (as defined herein) all of the issued and outstanding shares in the capital of TargetCo (the “Exchanged TargetCo Shares”) in exchange for Class A Common Shares of the Purchaser as at the date of this Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions herein set forth and as provided for in the Plan of Share Exchange attached hereto as Schedule “A” (the “Plan of Share Exchange”);
(b) TargetCo upon receiving the requisite TargetCo Securityholders approval of this Agreement and the Plan of Share Exchange, desires to exchange the Exchanged TargetCo Shares with the Purchaser for Class A Common Shares in accordance with the terms and conditions herein set forth and as provided for in the Plan of Share Exchange.
(c) TargetCo is in the process of seeking TargetCo Securityholders approval of this Agreement and the Plan of Share Exchange in accordance with Applicable Nevada Corporate Law (as defined herein); and
(d) the board of directors of each of the Purchaser and TargetCo have unanimously determined that this Agreement and the Plan of Share Exchange are in the best interest of their respective securityholders and have resolved to support the Agreement and the Plan of Share Exchange and to enter into this Agreement.
2 |
NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES that in consideration of the premises and the respective covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
Article
I
INTERPRETATION
1.01 Definitions
In this Agreement, unless otherwise defined, capitalized words and terms will have the following meanings:
(a) | “Agreement” means this Share Exchange Agreement as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time; | |
(b) | “Applicable Laws” means, with respect to any person, any domestic (whether federal, state, territorial, state, provincial, municipal or local) or foreign statutes, laws, ordinances, rules, administrative interpretations, regulations, Orders, writs, injunctions, directives, judgments, decrees or other requirements of any Governmental Body applicable to such person or any of its Affiliates or any of their respective properties, assets, Employees, consultants or agents (in connection with such Employee’s, consultant’s or agent’s activities on behalf of such person or any of its Affiliates), including Applicable Securities Laws and Applicable Nevada Corporate Law as well as Nevada laws regulating the cultivation, production and sale of medical and recreational cannabis products as amended from time to time; | |
(c) | “Applicable Nevada Corporate Law” means the 2017 Nevada Revised Statutes (Chapter 78 – Private Corporations; Chapter 92A – Mergers, Conversions, Exchanges and Domestications; NRS 92A.190 – Merger or Exchange with Foreign Entity); | |
(d) | “Applicable Securities Laws” means applicable securities legislation having application, securities regulations and securities rules, as amended, and the administrative policy statements, notices, instruments, directions, blanket orders and rulings issued or adopted by the applicable securities regulatory authority having the force of law, in force from time to time and as amended, as applicable to this Agreement, the transactions contemplated therein, and the parties; | |
(e) | “BCBCA” means the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia); | |
(f) | “Board” means the board of directors of a corporation; | |
(g) | “Books and Records” means all technical, business and financial records, financial books and records of account, books, data, reports, files, lists, drawings, plans, logs, briefs, customer and supplier lists, deeds, certificates, contracts, surveys, title opinions or any other documentation and information in any form whatsoever (including written, printed, electronic or computer printout form) relating to a corporate entity and its business; | |
(h) | “Business Day” means a day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or a statutory holiday in the Province of British Columbia; | |
(i) | “Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.03; | |
(j) | “Class A Common Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03; |
3 |
(k) | “Closing” means the completion of the Transaction in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; | |
(l) | “Closing Date” means the date of Closing, which will be the second Business Day following the satisfaction or waiver of all conditions to the obligations of the parties to consummate the Transaction (other than conditions that are satisfied with respect to actions the respective parties will take at the Closing itself), or such other date as the parties may mutually determine; | |
(m) | “Common Shares” means common shares in the capital of the Purchaser; | |
(n) | “Consideration Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03; | |
(o) | “Contracts” (individually, a “Contract”) means all written or oral outstanding contracts and agreements, leases (including the real property leases), third-party licenses, insurance policies, deeds, indentures, instruments, entitlements, commitments, undertakings and orders made by or to which a party is bound or under which a party has, or will have, any rights or obligations and includes rights to use, franchises, license and sub-licenses agreements and agreements for the purchase and sale of assets or shares; | |
(p) | “Corporate Records” means the corporate records of a corporate entity, including (i) its articles, by-laws or other constating documents, any unanimous members agreement and any amendments thereto; (ii) all minutes of meetings and resolutions of shareholders, members, directors and any committee thereof; (iii) the share certificate books, register of shareholders or members, register of transfers and registers of directors and officers; and (iv) all accounting records; | |
(q) | “CSE” means the Canadian Securities Exchange, operated by the CNSX Markets Inc.; | |
(r) | “Direct Claims” has the meaning in Section 8.03; | |
(s) | “Disclosure Documents” means (i) the Prospectus and (ii) the Listing Statement; | |
(t) | “Entity” means a person, other than an individual; | |
(u) | “Exchanged TargetCo Shares” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement; | |
(v) | “Exemptions” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04; | |
(w) | “Final Prospectus” means the (final) offering prospectus of the Purchaser, prepared in accordance with NI 41-101, relating to the IPO, and to be filed with the Principal Regulator; | |
(x) | “First TargetCo Financing” means the intended financing by TargetCo by way of a private placement of TargetCo Debenture for gross proceeds of at least $2,100,000 and each TargetCo Debenture bears interest from the date of issuance at 8.0% per annum, matures 12 months from the date of issuance and converts into TargetCo Shares at $0.30 per TargetCo Share. An additional placement of $0.30 Debentures convertible into 500,000 TargetCo Shares shall be made to Sig Rogich and shall be considered part of the First TargetCo Financing; |
4 |
(y) | “Foreign Private Issuer” has the meaning ascribed to it in Rule 405 under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended; | |
(z) | “Form 1A” has the meaning set for in Section 3.01(d); | |
(aa) | “FPI Protections” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03; | |
(bb) | “Going Public Transaction” means the closing of the IPO and the listing of the Purchaser’s Common Shares on one of the following recognized stock exchanges: NASDAQ, CSE, TSX-V and TSX; | |
(cc) | “Governmental Authority” means any (a) multinational, federal, provincial, territorial, state, regional, municipal, local or other government, governmental or public department, court, tribunal, commission, board or agency, domestic or foreign, or (b) regulatory authority, including any securities commission, gaming commission or stock exchange, including the Exchange; | |
(dd) | “IFRS” means International Financial Reporting Standards; | |
(ee) | “Indemnifying Party” has the meaning in Section 8.03; | |
(ff) | “IPO” means the initial public offering of securities of the Purchaser at such price and on such terms as approved by the Board of Directors of the Purchaser following completion of the share exchange contemplated hereunder; ; | |
(gg) | “Laws” means all statutes, codes, ordinances, decrees, rules, regulations, municipal by-laws, judicial or arbitral or administrative or ministerial or departmental or regulatory judgments, orders, decisions, rulings or awards, or any provisions of the foregoing, including general principles of common and civil law and equity, binding on or affecting the person referred to in the context in which such word is used; and “law” means any one of them; | |
(hh) | “Lien” means any mortgage, encumbrance, charge, pledge, hypothecation, security interest, assignment, lien (statutory or otherwise), charge, title retention agreement or arrangement, restrictive covenant or other encumbrance of any nature or any other arrangement or condition, which, in substance, secures payment, or performance of an obligation; | |
(ii) | “Listing Statement” means the listing statement of Purchaser pertaining to the listing of the Common Shares on the CSE in accordance with CSE policies subsequent to the closing of the Transaction and the IPO; | |
(jj) | “Material Adverse Effect” means (i) any change, effect, fact, circumstance or event which, individually or when taken together with any other changes, effects, facts, circumstances or events, could reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the assets, liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise), business, properties or results of operation of the Purchaser or TargetCo, as applicable, or (ii) a material impairment of or delay in the ability of the parties (or any one of them) to perform their obligations hereunder or consummate the Transaction; | |
(kk) | “Material Fact” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Securities Act (British Columbia); |
5 |
(ll) | “Misrepresentation” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Securities Act (British Columbia); | |
(mm) | “NI 41-101” means National Instrument 41-101 – General Prospectus Requirements, of the Canadian Securities Administrators; | |
(nn) | “NI 45-106” means National Instrument 41-106 – Prospectus Exemptions, of the Canadian Securities Administrators; | |
(oo) | “Non-Resident TargetCo Securityholders” means those TargetCo Securityholders identified in the attached Schedule “B” as being non-residents of Canada for the purposes of the Tax Act; | |
(pp) | “Non-Offending Persons” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(g); | |
(qq) | “Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02; | |
(rr) | “Order” means any award, decision, injunction, judgment, order, ruling, subpoena or verdict entered, issued, made or rendered by any Governmental Body; | |
(ss) | “Person” includes an individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited partnership, unincorporated association or organization, unincorporated syndicate, body corporate, trust, trustee, executor, administrator, legal representative of the Crown or any agency or instrumentality thereof; | |
(tt) | “Plan of Share Exchange” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals; | |
(uu) | “Preliminary Prospectus” means the (preliminary) offering prospectus of the Purchaser, prepared in accordance with NI 41-101, relating to the IPO, and to be filed with the Principal Regulator; | |
(vv) | “Principal Regulator” means the British Columbia Securities Commission; | |
(ww) | “Prospectus” means, collectively, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Final Prospectus (including any Supplementary Material thereto); | |
(xx) | “Purchaser” has the meaning set forth on the first page of this Agreement; | |
(yy) | “Qualcan Share Amendment” means the amendment to the Notice of Articles and Articles of the Purchaser providing for the creation of an additional class of shares of the Purchaser, being Class A Common Shares, on the terms substantively set forth in Schedule “C” hereto; | |
(zz) | “Qualcan Shareholders” means the holders of the Common Shares of Purchaser; | |
(aaa) | “Qualcan Shareholder Consent Materials” means the resolutions circulated to the holders of Common Shares for unanimous approval, or alternatively such materials approved at a meeting of Qualcan Shareholders held in accordance with the requirements of the BCBCA should unanimous approval not be obtained, with respect to: |
(i) | the Qualcan Share Amendment; |
6 |
(ii) | the appointment of auditors of the Purchaser to be effective upon Closing; | |
(iii) | the election of directors of the Purchaser to be effective upon Closing; | |
(iv) | the adoption of the Stock Option Plan for the Purchaser to be effective upon Closing; | |
(v) | if a meeting of Qualcan Shareholders is required, such further or other matters as shall properly come before such Qualcan Shareholder meeting; |
(bbb) | “Regulation D” means Regulation D under the U.S. Securities Act; | |
(ccc) | “Regulation S” means Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act; | |
(ddd) | “Second TargetCo Financing” means the intended financing by TargetCo by way of a private placement of TargetCo Debentures to be completed no later than October 31, 2019 for gross proceeds of at least $10,000,000 gross proceeds and each TargetCo Debenture bears interest from the date of issuance at 8.0% per annum, matures 12 months from the date of issuance and converts into TargetCo Shares at $0.80 per TargetCo Share, whereas a minimum of $3,000,000 to $6,000,000 of the Second TargetCo Financing will be arranged by the Purchaser on a best efforts basis; | |
(eee) | “SEDAR” means the System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval of the Canadian Securities Administrators; | |
(fff) | “Shareholders’ Approval” means, if required, approval of the Transaction by Qualcan Shareholders in accordance with the BCBCA, which approval may be obtained by written consent of such shareholders; | |
(ggg) | “Stock Option Plan” means the Stock Option Plan of the Purchaser to be adopted by the Qualcan Shareholders; | |
(hhh) | “Subsidiary” means an Entity that is controlled by another Entity where the controlling Entity is the beneficial or registered owner of, or otherwise controls, more than 50% of the voting securities of the controlled Entity or is otherwise able to control the board of directors (or similar body) of the controlled Entity; | |
(iii) | “Supplementary Material” means, collectively, any amendment to the Preliminary Prospectus or the Final Prospectus, and any amendment or supplemental prospectus or ancillary materials that may be filed by or on behalf of the Purchaser under Applicable Securities Laws relating to the IPO; | |
(jjj) | “TargetCo” has the meaning set forth on the first page of this Agreement; | |
(kkk) | “TargetCo Assets” means the assets of TargetCo; | |
(lll) | “TargetCo Debenture” means a convertible debenture of TargetCo that is issued pursuant to the First TargetCo Financing and the Second TargetCo Financing; | |
(mmm) | “TargetCo Financings” means collectively the First TargetCo Financing, the Second TargetCo Financing and the Third TargetCo Financing; |
7 |
(nnn) | “TargetCo Shareholders” means the holder of TargetCo Shares; | |
(ooo) | “TargetCo Shareholders’ Approval” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01; | |
(ppp) | “TargetCo Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03; | |
(qqq) | “TargetCo Stock Option Plan” means the Stock Option Plan of TargetCo to be adopted by the TargetCo Shareholders and/or Board as required pursuant to Nevada law; | |
(rrr) | “TargetCo Subco” means Qualcan, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company and wholly-owned subsidiary of TargetCo; | |
(sss) | “Tax Act” means the Income Tax Act (Canada); | |
(ttt) | “Third Party” has the meaning in Section 8.04; | |
(uuu) | “Third Party Claim” has the meaning in Section 8.03; | |
(vvv) | “Third TargetCo Financing” means the intended financing by TargetCo by way of public offering of shares of common stock of TargetCo pursuant to Regulation A promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act at a minimum of US$0.75 per share for gross proceeds of at least US$5,000,000 to a maximum of US$50,000,000; | |
(www) | “Time of Closing” means 10:00 a.m. (Vancouver time) on the Closing Date, or such other time as the parties may mutually determine; | |
(xxx) | “Transaction” means, collectively, (i) the purchase and sale of the Exchanged TargetCo Shares in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, (ii) the TargetCo Financings and (iii) all other transactions contemplated by this Agreement except for the completion of the Going Public Transaction; | |
(yyy) | “United States” means the United States of America, its territories and possessions, any state of the United States and the District of Columbia; | |
(zzz) | “U.S. Person” means a United States person as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act; | |
(aaaa) | “U.S. Revenue Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended | |
(bbbb) | “U.S. TargetCo Shareholder” means (i) a U.S. Person, (ii) any person acquiring the Consideration Shares on behalf of, or for the account or benefit of any U.S. Person or any person in the United States, (iii) any person who is resident in the United States as of the record date for the special meeting of the TargetCo Shareholders or was in the United States at the time when such person received the proxy materials for the special meeting of the TargetCo Shareholders with respect to the Transaction, or (iv) any person who is resident in the United States or was in the United States at the time when such person completed and delivered the proxy for the special meeting of the TargetCo Shareholders with respect to the Transaction; and | |
(cccc) | “U.S. Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended. |
8 |
1.02 Currency
All sums of money which are referred to in this Agreement are expressed in lawful money of Canada unless otherwise specified.
1.03 Interpretation Not Affected by Headings, etc.
The division of this Agreement into articles, sections and other portions and the insertion of headings are for convenience of reference only and will not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated, any reference in this Agreement to an Article, Section or a Schedule or Exhibit refers to the specified Article or Section of, or Schedule or Exhibit to this Agreement.
1.04 Number, etc.
Unless the subject matter or context requires the contrary, words importing the singular number only will include the plural and vice versa; words importing the use of any gender will include all genders and words importing persons will include natural persons, firms, trusts, partnerships and corporations.
1.05 Date for Any Action
In the event that any date on which any action is required or permitted to be taken hereunder by any person is not a Business Day, such action will be required to be taken on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day.
1.06 Statutory References
Any reference in this Agreement to a statute includes all regulations and rules made thereunder, all amendments to such statute in force from time to time and any statute, regulation or rule that supplements or supersedes such statute, regulation or rule.
1.07 Accounting Principles
Wherever in this Agreement reference is made to generally accepted accounting principles, such reference will be deemed to be the International Financial Reporting Standards or the Canadian generally accepted accounting principles, as applicable, approved by the International Accounting Standards Board or the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants, as the case may be, or any successor thereto, applicable as at the date on which a calculation is made or required to be made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
1.08 Knowledge
(a) | Any reference herein to “the knowledge of the Purchaser” (or similar expressions) will be deemed to mean the actual knowledge of Kenneth Cotiamco, the sole officer and director of the Purchaser, together with the knowledge such person would have had if they had conducted a diligent inquiry into the relevant subject matter. | |
(b) | Any reference herein to “the knowledge of TargetCo” (or similar expressions) will be deemed to mean the actual knowledge of Lorenzo Barracco, together with the knowledge such person would have had if they had conducted a diligent inquiry into the relevant subject matter. |
9 |
Article
II
PURCHASE AND SALE OF TARGETCO SHARES
2.01 Approval of TargetCo Shareholders
TargetCo has taken all action necessary in accordance with Applicable Nevada Corporate Law, Applicable Securities Laws and its certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and has used its reasonable efforts to take all other action necessary or advisable, to distribute a consent action to approve and adopt this Agreement and the Transaction contemplated herein. As such, TargetCo has secured the vote or consent of the TargetCo Shareholders required by Applicable Nevada Corporate Law, Applicable Securities Laws and its articles of incorporation and bylaws to obtain such approvals (the “TargetCo Shareholders’ Approval”).
2.02 Exchange
Pursuant to the Plan of Share Exchange and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the TargetCo Shareholders will exchange with and assign and transfer to the Purchaser and the Purchaser will receive from and exchange with the TargetCo Shareholders, the number of TargetCo Shares which are beneficially owned by such TargetCo Shareholders. As of the date of this Agreement, the number of TargetCo Shares which are beneficially owned by each TargetCo Shareholder is the number set forth opposite the name of such TargetCo Shareholder as set out in Schedule “B” attached hereto.
Except as provided for in this Agreement, TargetCo will make commercially reasonable efforts to prohibit the TargetCo Shareholders from acquiring or disposing of any TargetCo Shares following the date of this Agreement and the Plan of Share Exchange, except as may be acquired in the TargetCo Financings or any compensation plans of TargetCo, including the TargetCo Stock Option Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and for greater certainty, if any TargetCo Shareholder otherwise may acquire any additional TargetCo Shares of TargetCo (for example, with the consent of the Purchaser), such additional TargetCo Shares so acquired will form part of the Exchanged TargetCo Shares and TargetCo covenants and agrees to make commercially reasonable efforts to cause the TargetCo Shareholder to sell, assign and transfer to the Purchaser such additional TargetCo Shares of TargetCo held by such TargetCo Shareholder so acquired, in addition to the TargetCo Shares described in Schedule “B”.
Any TargetCo Shares issued upon the conversion of the TargetCo Debentures to any persons who is not listed on Schedule “B” (each a “New Security Holder”) will also form part of the Exchange TargetCo Shares and TargetCo covenants and agrees to make commercially reasonable efforts to cause such New Security Holder to sell, assign and transfer to the Purchaser such TargetCo Shares held by such New Security Holder so acquired.
2.03 Exchange Consideration
In consideration for the exchange and acquisition of the Exchanged TargetCo Shares, the Purchaser will at the Time of Closing issue from treasury to the TargetCo Shareholders, pro rata in proportion to their holdings of Exchanged TargetCo Shares the following shares in the capital of the Purchaser:
(a) | each U.S. holder of Common Stocks of TargetCo (the “TargetCo Shares”) will receive one (1) Class A Common Share in the capital of the Purchaser (each, a “Class A Common Share”) in exchange for one hundred (100) TargetCo Shares; and | |
(b) | each holder of TargetCo Shares that is not a U.S. TargetCo Shareholder will receive one (1) Common Share in exchange for one (1) TargetCo Share. |
10 |
To the extent a TargetCo Shareholder is to receive a fractional Class A Common Share, that entitlement will be rounded up or down to the nearest second decimal place. For greater certainty, in the event any holders exchange nine hundred ninety-nine (999) shares, such shares will be exchanged for nine and ninety-nine one hundreths (9.99) Class A Common Shares, as applicable.
The Class A Common Shares will have the special rights and restrictions set forth in the Schedule “C” attached hereto. The Class A Common Shares and Common Shares issued in exchange for the TargetCo Shares shall together be referred herein as “Consideration Shares”.
Each Class A Common Share will be convertible into one hundred (100) Common Shares (subject to FPI Protections set forth below), and will vote on all matters subject to a vote of holders of Common Shares on an “as-converted basis” and will participate in all dividends, distributions and other rights of Common Shares on an “as-converted basis”. The Class A Common Shares will have certain restrictions on conversion into Common Shares (the “FPI Protections”) to protect the Foreign Private Issuer status of the Purchaser and the Purchaser will be treated as a United States taxpayer under the U.S. Revenue Code.
2.04 Convertible Securities and Securities Issued Pursuant to Stock Option Plan
At Closing, the Purchaser will expressly assume the provisions of the TargetCo Debentures such that each holder of unconverted TargetCo Debentures will be entitled to, pursuant to the terms of the TargetCo Debentures, receive Class A Common Shares in lieu of TargetCo Shares upon conversion of the TargetCo Debentures depending if the holder of the TargetCo Debentures is a U.S. Person or not a U.S. Person. A U.S. Person includes (i) a U.S. Person, (ii) any person acquiring the securities of the Purchaser on behalf of, or for the account or benefit of any U.S. Person or any person in the United States, (iii) any person who is resident in the United States as of the record date for the special meeting of the TargetCo Shareholders or was in the United States at the time when such person received the proxy materials for the special meeting of the TargetCo Shareholders with respect to the Transaction, or (iv) any person who is resident in the United States or was in the United States at the time when such person completed and delivered the proxy for the special meeting of the TargetCo Shareholders with respect to the Transaction.
At Closing, the Purchaser will expressly assume and honor the provisions of any finder’s warrants that are issued under the TargetCo Financings such that each holder of unexercised finder’s warrants will be entitled to, pursuant to the terms of the finder’s warrants, receive Class A Common Shares or Common Shares of the Purchaser, as applicable, in lieu of TargetCo Shares upon exercise of the finder’s warrants.
At Closing, the Purchaser will expressly assume and honor the provisions of any outstanding stock options of TargetCo issued under the TargetCo Stock Option Plan, including any stock options issued under Section 2.09 hereof, such that each holder of unexercised stock options will be entitled to, pursuant to the terms of the stock options, receive Class A Common Shares or Common Shares of the Purchaser, as applicable, depending on whether the holder is a U.S. Person or not a U.S. Person, as discussed above, in lieu of TargetCo Shares upon exercise of such stock options.
11 |
2.05 Qualcan Share Amendment and Board and Officer Appointments
(a) | The Purchaser covenants and agrees with TargetCo that prior to the Closing, the Purchaser will effect the Qualcan Share Amendment, subject to obtaining the requisite approval from the Qualcan Shareholders for the Qualcan Shareholder Consent Materials. | |
(b) | Effective at Closing, unless previously approved by the resolutions of the Qualcan Shareholders (and such resolutions have not been rescinded at the Closing), the Purchaser shall cause the Board to be restructures, through resignations and appointments, so that it shall consist of a minimum of five directors forming the initial Board immediately following Closing. If any of the proposed directors are not acceptable to the CSE or are otherwise unable to act as directors of the Purchaser following Closing, the parties shall have the sole right to nominate other nominees to the Board following Closing. The Purchaser shall have the right to appoint one director to the Board upon Closing. TargetCo shall have the right to appoint the remaining directors to the Board upon Closing. | |
(c) | At Closing, the Purchaser shall deliver resignation of Kenneth Cotiamco from the Board and his officer position of the Purchaser, such resignation to include waivers in respect of any liabilities of the Purchaser to them in a form acceptable to TargetCo, acting reasonably. | |
(d) | Effective at the Closing, the officers of the Purchaser will be determined by the reconstituted Board per Section 2.05(b), and the Purchaser and TargetCo agree to take such commercially reasonable action as permitted by Applicable Laws such the Chief Executive Officer of the Purchaser shall be Lorenzo Barracco. The Purchaser shall have the right to appoint a Chief Financial Officer of the Purchaser following Closing. |
2.06 Restrictions on Resale
TargetCo acknowledges and agrees to make commercially reasonable efforts, on or prior to the Closing Date, to ensure that the TargetCo Shareholders understand, acknowledge, agree to and comply with the following:
(a) | the transfer of the Exchanged TargetCo Shares and the issuance of the Consideration Shares, in exchange therefor, will be made pursuant to applicable exemptions, including exemption 2.11 – Business Combination and Reorganization of NI 45-106, (the “Exemptions”) from registration and prospectus (or equivalent) requirements of the Applicable Securities Laws; | |
(b) | that the CSE, in addition to any restrictions on transfer imposed by Applicable Securities Laws, may require certain of the Consideration Shares to be held in escrow in accordance with the policies of the CSE; | |
(c) | as a consequence of acquiring the Consideration Shares, pursuant to the Exemptions: |
(i) | the TargetCo Shareholders will be restricted from using certain of the civil remedies, including statutory rights of rescission or damages, available under Applicable Securities Laws; | |
(ii) | the TargetCo Shareholders may not receive information that might otherwise be required to be provided to the TargetCo Shareholders, and the Purchaser is relieved from certain obligations that would otherwise apply under Applicable Securities Laws if the Exemptions were not being relied upon by the Purchaser; |
12 |
(iii) | no securities commission, stock exchange or similar regulatory authority has reviewed or passed on the merits of an investment in the Consideration Shares; | |
(iv) | there is no government or other insurance covering the Consideration Shares; and | |
(v) | an investment in the Consideration Shares is speculative and of high risk; |
(d) | the certificates representing the Consideration Shares will bear such legends as required by Applicable Securities Laws, the policies of the CSE and as further set out in the U.S. Representation Letter attached hereto as Schedule “D”, and it is the responsibility of the TargetCo Shareholders to find out what those restrictions are and to comply with them before selling the Consideration Shares; | |
(e) | the TargetCo Shareholders are knowledgeable of, or have been independently advised as to, the Applicable Laws of that jurisdiction which apply to the sale of the Consideration Shares and the issuance of the Consideration Shares, and which may impose restrictions on the resale of such Consideration Shares in that jurisdiction and it is the responsibility of the TargetCo Shareholders to find out what those resale restrictions are, and to comply with them before selling the Consideration Shares; | |
(f) | the Consideration Shares issued to the TargetCo Shareholders will bear a Canadian restrictive legend in substantially the following form: |
“UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY MUST NOT TRADE THE SECURITY BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS 4 MONTHS AND A DAY AFTER THE LATER OF (I) [INSERT THE DISTRIBUTION DATE], AND (II) THE DTAE THE ISSUER BECANE A REPORTING ISSUER IN ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY.”;
(g) | the Consideration Shares have not been and will not be registered under the U.S. Securities Act or the securities laws of any state of the United States and that the Consideration Shares may not be offered or sold in the United States or to a U.S. Person without registration under the U.S. Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws or in compliance with the requirements of an exemption from, or a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws. | |
(h) | each U.S. TargetCo Shareholder understands that the offer and sale of the Consideration Shares by the Purchaser to a U.S. Person, or to, or for the account or benefit of, a U.S. Person or any person in the United States as contemplated hereby is being made in reliance on available exemptions from such registration requirements provided by Rule 506(b) of Regulation D and/or Section 4(a)(2) of the U.S. Securites Act and applicable state securities laws. |
13 |
(i) | any Consideration Shares issued to any U.S. TargetCo Shareholder will be “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a) under the U.S. Securities Act and will be subject to resale limitations imposed thereby and the U.S. Securities Act and bear a U.S. restrictive legend in substantially the following form: |
“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING SUCH SECURITIES, AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT SUCH SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY; (B) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS; (C) IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER, IF AVAILABLE, AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS; OR (D) IN A TRANSACTION THAT DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, IN THE CASE OF CLAUSE (C) OR (D), THE SELLER FURNISHES TO THE COMPANY AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OF RECOGNIZED STANDING IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY TO SUCH EFFECT. THE PRESENCE OF THIS LEGEND MAY IMPAIR THE ABILITY OF THE HOLDER HEREOF TO EFFECT “GOOD DELIVERY” OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY ON A CANADIAN STOCK EXCHANGE.”
(j) | each U.S. TargetCo Shareholder is familiar with the resale limitations imposed thereby and the U.S. Securities Act or has been independently advised of such resale limitations by an investment advisor or legal counsel; | |
(k) | the TargetCo Shareholders will not offer or sell the Consideration Shares in the United States or to a U.S. Person, or for the account or benefit of, a U.S. Person or a person in the United States unless such securities are registered under the U.S. Securities Act and the securities laws of all applicable states of the United States or an exemption from such registration requirements is available, and further the TargetCo Shareholders will not resell the Consideration Shares in any jurisdiction, except in accordance with the provisions of applicable securities legislation, regulations, rules, policies and orders and stock exchange rules, and, if applicable, Rule 904 of Regulation S. |
2.07 Disclosure Documents
(a) | The Purchaser will use commercially reasonable efforts to arrange the IPO by March 31, 2020 or such other later date as may be required. | |
(b) | Promptly after the execution of this Agreement, the Purchaser and TargetCo will jointly prepare a Preliminary Prospectus together with any other documents required by the Principal Regulator and Applicable Securities Laws in connection with the IPO. | |
(c) | Concurrently with the preparation of the Preliminary Prospectus, the Purchaser and TargetCo will jointly prepare a Listing Statement together with any other documents that may be required by Applicable Securities Laws and other Applicable Laws and the rules and policies of the CSE in connection with the intended listing of the Purchaser’s Common Shares on the CSE. |
14 |
(d) | Notwithstanding the above Sections 2.07(a) and 2.07(c), TargetCo’s principals will make commercially reasonable efforts to assist the Purchaser to prepare a Final Prospectus and to finalize the Listing Statement. | |
(e) | The Purchaser represents and warrants that the Disclosure Documents will comply in all material respects with all Applicable Laws (including applicable securities law), and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, that the Disclosure Documents will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they are made (provided that the Purchaser will not be responsible for the accuracy of any information relating to TargetCo that is furnished in writing by TargetCo for inclusion in the Disclosure Documents). | |
(f) | TargetCo represents and warrants that any information or disclosure relating to TargetCo that is furnished in writing by TargetCo for inclusion in the Disclosure Documents will comply in all material respects with all Applicable Laws (including Applicable Securities Laws), and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, that the Disclosure Documents will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they are made (provided that TargetCo will not be responsible for the accuracy of any information relating to the Purchaser that is furnished in writing by the Purchaser for inclusion in the Disclosure Documents). | |
(g) | TargetCo, the Purchaser and their respective legal counsel will be given a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on drafts of the Disclosure Documents and other documents related thereto and to the Transaction, and reasonable consideration will be given to any comments made by TargetCo, the Purchaser and their respective counsel, provided that all information relating solely to the Purchaser included in the Disclosure Documents will be in form and content satisfactory to the Purchaser, acting reasonably, and all information relating solely to TargetCo included in the Disclosure Documents will be in form and content satisfactory to TargetCo, acting reasonably. | |
(h) | The Purchaser and TargetCo will promptly notify each other if at any time before the date of filing in respect of the Disclosure Documents, either party becomes aware that the Disclosure Documents contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they are made, or that otherwise require an amendment or supplement to the Disclosure Documents and the parties will cooperate in the preparation of any amendment or supplement to such documents, as the case may be, as required or appropriate. |
2.08 U.S. Tax Treatment
The parties to this Agreement intend that the exchange of Exchanged TargetCo Shares for the Consideration Shares will constitute a single integrated transaction qualifying as a tax-deferred “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the U.S. Revenue Code and that the Plan of Share Exchange shall constitute a “plan of reorganization” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.368-2(g). and that as a result of such transactions, Purchaser will be treated as a U.S. domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Section 7874 of the U.S. Revenue Code.
15 |
2.09 Stock Option Grant
The parties acknowledge that prior to Closing, the Purchaser may issue up to an aggregate of 15,600,000 stock options (the “Grant Options”) under the Stock Option Plan or the TargetCo Stock Option Plan, as applicable, in the most efficient manner. The parties agree that up to 5,300,000 Grant Options will be exercisable at an exercise price of $0.30 per Common Share and the remaining stock options will be exercisable at an exercise price of $0.80 per Common Share. The Purchaser will also have a right to designate the optionees of up to 1,300,000 Grant Options at an exercise price of $0.30 per share and up to 1,300,000 Grant Options at an exercise price of $0.80 per share, while TargetCo will designate the optionees of the remaining Grant Options.
2.10 Consultation Fee
The parties acknowledge that the TargetCo has paid a consultation fee to Bonafacio Pinci in the amount of US$15,000. As additional consideration for the services provided by Bonafacio Pinci, the Purchaser shall issue to Bonafacio Pinci 400,000 Common Shares.
Article
III
CONDITIONS OF CLOSING
3.01 Conditions of Closing in Favour of the Purchaser
The obligations of the Purchaser to complete the Transaction are subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions on or before the Time of Closing:
(a) | TargetCo will have tendered all closing deliveries set forth in Sections 4.03, including delivery of the Exchanged TargetCo Shares, duly endorsed in blank for transfer or accompanied by duly executed stock transfer powers; | |
(b) | receipt of evidence of the TargetCo Shareholders’ Approval and any other approval of the TargetCo Shareholders, as applicable; | |
(c) | the Qualcan Shareholders shall have approved the Qualcan Shareholder Consent Materials; | |
(d) | the Purchaser shall have been satisfied, in its sole and absolute discretion, acting reasonably, with the Form 1A offering statement, including the offering circular and other disclosure concerning the Third TargetCo Financing (the “Form 1”); | |
(e) | TargetCo shall have completed the TargetCo Financings; | |
(f) | the representations and warranties of TargetCo set forth in this Agreement will have been true and correct as of the date hereof and will be true and correct at the Time of Closing in all respects (in the case of any representation or warranty containing any materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifier) or in all material respects (in the case of any representation or warranty without any materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifier), except as affected by the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer of TargetCo to this effect will have been delivered to the Purchaser; |
16 |
(g) | all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement to be complied with or performed by TargetCo at or before the Time of Closing will have been complied with or performed and a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer of TargetCo to this effect will have been delivered to the Purchaser; | |
(h) | the Purchaser will be satisfied with the results of its due diligence investigations relating to TargetCo and the Transaction, acting reasonably; | |
(i) | other than pursuant to U.S federal laws, all consents, assignments, waivers, permits, orders and approvals of all Governmental Authorities or other persons, necessary to permit the completion of the Transaction will have been obtained or have been attempted to be obtained on a best efforts basis; | |
(j) | there will not have been after the date of this Agreement any Material Adverse Effect with respect to TargetCo; | |
(k) | there will be no action taken under any applicable law by any court or Governmental Authority that makes it illegal or restrains, enjoins or prohibits the Transaction, results in a judgment or assessment of damages relating to the Transaction that is materially adverse to the Purchaser or TargetCo or that could reasonably be expected to impose any condition or restriction upon the Purchaser or TargetCo which, after giving effect to the Transaction, would so materially and adversely impact the economic or business benefits of the Transaction as to render inadvisable the consummation of the Transaction; and | |
(l) | there will be no legislation (whether by statute, regulation, order-in-council, notice of ways and means motion, by-law or otherwise) enacted, introduced or tabled which, in the opinion of the Purchaser, acting reasonably, adversely affects or may adversely affect the Transaction. |
The foregoing conditions precedent are for the benefit of the Purchaser and may be waived by the Purchaser, in whole or in part, without prejudice to the Purchaser’s right to rely on any other condition in favour of the Purchaser.
3.02 Conditions of Closing in Favour of TargetCo
The obligations of TargetCo to complete the Transaction are subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions on or before the Time of Closing:
(a) | the Purchaser will have tendered all closing deliveries set forth in Section 4.02 including delivery of the Consideration Shares and evidence of the Shareholders’ Approval, if required; | |
(b) | the Qualcan Shareholders shall have approved the Qualcan Shareholder Consent Materials; | |
(c) | TargetCo shall have completed the TargetCo Financings; | |
(d) | all consents, waivers, permits, orders and approvals of all Governmental Authorities or other persons, necessary to permit the completion of the Transaction will have been obtained; |
17 |
(e) | the representations and warranties of the Purchaser set forth in this Agreement will have been true and correct as of the date hereof and will be true and correct at the Time of Closing in all respects (in the case of any representation or warranty containing any materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifier) or in all material respects (in the case of any representation or warranty without any materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifier), except as affected by the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and a certificate of the President of the Purchaser to this effect will have been delivered to TargetCo; | |
(f) | all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement to be complied with or performed by the Purchaser at or before the Time of Closing will have been complied with or performed and a certificate of a senior officer of the Purchaser to this effect will have been delivered to TargetCo; | |
(g) | TargetCo will be satisfied with the results of its due diligence investigations relating to the Purchaser and the Transaction, acting reasonably; | |
(h) | there will not have been after the date of this Agreement any Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Purchaser; | |
(i) | there will be no action taken under any applicable law by any court or Governmental Authority that makes it illegal or restrains, enjoins or prohibits the Transaction, results in a judgment or assessment of damages relating to the Transaction that is materially adverse to the Purchaser or TargetCo or that could reasonably be expected to impose any condition or restriction upon the Purchaser or TargetCo which, after giving effect to the Transaction, would so materially and adversely impact the economic or business benefits of the Transaction as to render inadvisable the consummation of the Transaction; | |
(j) | there will be no legislation (whether by statute, regulation, order-in-council, notice of ways and means motion, by-law or otherwise) enacted, introduced or tabled which, in the opinion of the TargetCo, acting reasonably, adversely affects or may adversely affect the Transaction; and | |
(k) | the Purchaser shall have adopted an amendment to its Notice of Articles and Articles that adequately, in TargetCo’s sole and absolute discretion, expresses the terms and conditions and rights and privileges of the Common Shares and Class A Common Shares upon completion of the share exchange contemplated hereunder in conformity with Schedule “C” hereto. |
The foregoing conditions precedent are for the benefit of TargetCo and may be waived by TargetCo, in whole or in part, without prejudice to TargetCo’s right to rely on any other condition in favour of TargetCo.
3.03 Notice and Cure Provisions
Each party will give prompt notice to the other parties hereto of the occurrence, or failure to occur, at any time from the date hereof until the Closing Date, of any event or state of facts which occurrence or failure would or would be likely to:
(a) | cause any of the representations or warranties of such party contained herein to be untrue or inaccurate on the date hereof or at the Closing Date; or |
18 |
(b) | result in the failure by such party to comply with or satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by such party hereunder prior to the Closing Date. |
Subject to Article VII, no party may elect not to complete the Transaction as contemplated herein as a result of the non-fulfillment of the conditions precedent contained in Sections 3.01 or 3.02, as applicable, unless the party intending to rely thereon has delivered a written notice to the other parties hereto prior to the Time of Closing specifying, in reasonable detail, all breaches of representations and warranties or covenants or other matters which the party delivering such notice is asserting as the basis for the non-fulfillment of the applicable condition precedent.
Article
IV
CLOSING and post closing ARRANGEMENTS
4.01 Time and Place of Closing
Closing of the Transaction will take place at the Time of Closing at the offices of McMillan LLP, Suite 1500, Royal Centre, 1055 West Georgia Street, Vancouver, British Columbia, V6E 4N7.
4.02 Closing Deliveries of the Purchaser
At the Time of Closing, the Purchaser will deliver or cause to be delivered:
(a) | share certificates evidencing the Consideration Shares registered as directed by TargetCo on behalf of the TargetCo Shareholders, provided, however, that, unless the Purchaser has already engaged a transfer agent that is approved by the CSE or another stock exchange in Canada (an “Approved Transfer Agent”), such share certificates evidencing the Consideration Shares will be held by the Purchaser in its minute book as such share certificates will need to be converted into share certificates containing a CUSIP issued by an Approved Transfer Agent; | |
(b) | if required, evidence of the Shareholders’ Approval; | |
(c) | evidence of approval of Qualcan Shareholder Consent Materials; | |
(d) | a certificate of a senior officer of the Purchaser, dated as of the Closing Date, certifying: (i) that attached thereto are true and complete copies of the notice of articles and articles of the Purchaser (and all amendments thereto as in effect as on such date); (ii) all resolutions of the board of directors of the Purchaser approving the entering into of this Agreement and all ancillary agreements contemplated herein and the completion of the Transaction, including the issuance of the Consideration Shares, and (iii) as to the incumbency and genuineness of the signature of the officer of the Purchaser executing this Agreement or any of the other agreements or documents contemplated hereby; | |
(e) | the officer’s certificates referred to in Sections 3.02(e) and 3.02(f); | |
(f) | a certificate of good standing of the Purchaser; | |
(g) | resignation of Kenneth Cotiamco as the President and sole director of the Purchaser and resolutions consented to in writing by the sole director of the Purchaser appointing five individuals as directors of the Purchaser pursuant to Section 2.05(b); |
19 |
(h) | resolutions consented to in writing by the sole director of the Purchaser appointing Lorenzo Barracco as the Chief Executive Officer of the Purchaser and the Chief Financial Officer of the Purchaser as set out in Section 2.05(d); and | |
(i) | resolutions consented to in writing by the sole director of the Purchaser and such other persons whose consent may be required under Canadian law adopting an amendment to Purchaser’s Notice of Articles and Articles that adequately, in TargetCo’s sole and absolute discretion, expresses the terms and conditions and rights and privileges of the Common Shares and Class A Common Shares upon completion of the share exchange contemplated hereunder in conformity with Schedule “C” hereto |
4.03 Closing Deliveries of TargetCo
At the Time of Closing, TargetCo will deliver or cause to be delivered:
(a) | a certificate of a senior officer of TargetCo, dated as of the Closing Date, certifying TargetCo’s receipt of the TargetCo Shareholders’ Approval and any other required approval of the TargetCo Shareholders, as applicable; | |
(b) | the officer’s certificates referred to in Sections 3.01(f) and 3.01(g); | |
(c) | a certificate of good standing for TargetCo; | |
(d) | to the extent not previously delivered, all financial statements of TargetCo required to be included in the Prospectus and Listing Statement pursuant to applicable securities laws and the policies of the CSE; | |
(e) | with respect to each TargetCo Shareholder, certificates evidencing the Exchanged TargetCo Shares owned by such TargetCo Shareholder, duly endorsed in blank for transfer or accompanied by duly executed stock transfer powers; | |
(f) | with respect to U.S. TargetCo Shareholders, the U.S. Representation Letter attached hereto as Schedule “D”; and | |
(g) | with respect to the shares that will be issued to Bonafacio Pinci, any documents required under Applicable Securities Laws, including the U.S. Representation Letter, if applicable. |
Article
V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
5.01 Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser
The Purchaser represents and warrants to and in favour of TargetCo as follows and acknowledges that TargetCo is relying upon such representations and warranties in connection with the transactions contemplated herein:
(a) | the Purchaser is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Province of British Columbia and is duly registered, licensed or qualified to carry on business as an extra-provincial or foreign corporation under the laws of the jurisdictions in which the nature of its business makes such registration, licensing or qualification necessary; |
20 |
(b) | the Purchaser has the corporate power and capacity to enter into this Agreement and each additional agreement or instrument to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder, to own and lease its property, and to carry on its businesses as now being conducted; | |
(c) | this Agreement has been, and each additional agreement or instrument to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement will be prior to the Time of Closing, duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Purchaser and each is, or will be at the Time of Closing, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable against the Purchaser in accordance with its terms; | |
(d) | the execution and delivery of this Agreement does not, and the consummation of the Transaction will not, (i) result in a breach or violation of the articles of the Purchaser or of any resolutions of the directors or shareholders of the Purchaser, (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default under or accelerate the performance required by or result in the suspension, cancellation, material alteration or creation of an encumbrance upon any material agreement (including any Purchaser Material Contract), licence or permit to which the Purchaser is a party or by which the Purchaser is bound or to which any material assets or property of the Purchaser is subject, or (iii) violate any provision of any applicable law or regulation or any judicial or administrative order, award, judgment or decree applicable to the Purchaser; | |
(e) | the authorized capital of the Purchaser currently consists of an unlimited number of Common Shares, of which, as of the date hereof, 885,938 Common Shares are issued and outstanding as fully paid and non-assessable; provided, however, the parties acknowledge and agree that the total issued and outstanding shares of the Purchaser immediately prior to the time of Closing shall not exceed 14,000,000 Common Shares; | |
(f) | when issued in accordance with the terms hereof, the Consideration Shares will be validly issued as fully paid and non-assessable Class A Common Shares; | |
(g) | other than the securities to be issued pursuant to the securities issuable pursuant to the Transaction, there are no other Common Shares, Class A Common Shares or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into Common Shares or Class A Common Shares issued or outstanding; | |
(h) | other than the securities to be issued pursuant to the securities issuable pursuant to the Transaction, no person has any agreement, option, right or privilege (whether by law, pre-emptive or contractual) capable of becoming an agreement, including convertible securities, options, warrants or convertible obligations of any nature, for the purchase, subscription, allotment or issuance of any unissued shares or other securities of the Purchaser; and | |
(i) | the Purchaser does not own, and has not at any time owned, and does not have any agreements of any nature to acquire, directly or indirectly, any shares in the capital of or other equity or proprietary interests in any person, and the Purchaser does not have any agreements to acquire or lease any material assets or properties or any other business operations. |
21 |
5.02 Representations and Warranties of TargetCo
TargetCo represents and warrants to the Purchaser as follows and acknowledges that the Purchaser is relying on such representations and warranties in connection with the transactions contemplated herein:
(a) | Each of TargetCo and its Subsidiaries is duly incorporated or organized, as applicable, and validly existing under the laws of the State of Nevada and has all requisite corporate power and corporate authority and is duly qualified and holds all material permits, licences, registrations, permits, qualifications, consents and authorizations necessary or required to carry on its business as now conducted and to own, lease and/or operate the TargetCo Assets, and to carry on its business as now being conducted, and neither TargetCo nor, to the knowledge of TargetCo, any other person, has taken any steps or proceedings, voluntary or otherwise, requiring or authorizing the dissolution or winding up of TargetCo or its Subsidiaries, and TargetCo has all requisite corporate power and corporate authority to enter into this Agreement and each additional agreement or instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder. Schedule 5.02(b) – Subsidiaries contains a correct and complete list, as of the date hereof, of each Subsidiary of TargetCo, together with the jurisdiction of organization of each such Subsidiary, the issued equity interests of each such Subsidiary and the name of each holder thereof. TargetCo has made available to the Purchaser complete and correct copies of the certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or similar organization or charter documents) of TargetCo and each of its Subsidiaries, each as amended to the date of this Agreement, and each as so made available is in full force and effect; | |
(b) | The outstanding equity interest of each TargetCo’s Subsidiaries is duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable and owned by TargetCo, free and clear of any Liens; | |
(c) | This Agreement has been, and each additional agreement or instrument to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement will be prior to the Time of Closing, duly authorized, executed and delivered by TargetCo and each is, or will be at the Time of Closing, a legal, valid and binding obligation of TargetCo, enforceable against TargetCo in accordance with its terms; | |
(d) | The execution and delivery of this Agreement does not, and the consummation of the Transaction will not, (i) result in a breach or violation of any shareholders’ agreement or of any resolutions of the TargetCo Shareholders of TargetCo, (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default under or accelerate the performance required by or result in the suspension, cancellation, material alteration or creation of an encumbrance upon any material agreement (including any TargetCo Material Contract), license or permit to which TargetCo is a party or by which TargetCo is bound or to which any material assets or property of TargetCo is subject, or (iii) violate any provision of any applicable law or regulation or any judicial or administrative order, award, judgment or decree applicable to TargetCo; | |
(e) | The authorized share capital of TargetCo is 10,000 share of common stock, of which as of the date of this Agreement, 4,878 shares of common stock are issued and outstanding; provided, however, that TargetCo shall amend its Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws prior to the share exchange contemplated hereunder in order to authorize and issue such number of shares as are required to accommodate the TargetCo Financings and any stock options issued pursuant to the TargetCo Stock Option Plan; |
22 |
(f) | Except as otherwise set forth in Schedule 5.02 – Pending Litigation, other than the securities issued pursuant to the TargetCo Financings, there are no outstanding securities convertible, exchangeable or exercisable into TargetCo Shares; | |
(g) | Other than as set out in Sections 5.02(d) and (e) above and/or as otherwise set forth in Schedule 5.02 – Pending Litigation, there are no other shares or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into TargetCo Shares issued or outstanding; | |
(h) | Except as otherwise set forth in Schedule 5.02 – Pending Litigation, there are no preemptive or other outstanding rights, options, warrants, conversion rights, stock appreciation rights, redemption rights, repurchase rights, agreements, arrangements, calls, commitments or rights of any kind that obligate TargetCo or any of its Subsidiaries to issue or sell any TargetCo Shares, other equity securities of TargetCo or any of its Subsidiaries or any securities or obligations convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for, or giving a Person (other than the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement) a right to subscribe for or acquire, any equity securities of TargetCo or any of its Subsidiaries, and no securities or obligations evidencing such rights are authorized, issued or outstanding; | |
(i) | TargetCo does not own and does not have any agreements of any nature to acquire, directly or indirectly, any shares in the capital of or other equity or proprietary interests in any person; | |
(j) | To the best of its knowledge, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration or declaration with, any applicable Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over TargetCo is required to be obtained by TargetCo in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, except for those consents, orders, authorizations, declarations, registrations or approvals which are contemplated by this Agreement or those consents, orders, authorizations, declarations, registrations or approvals that, if not obtained, would not prevent or materially delay the consummation of the Transaction or otherwise prevent or materially delay TargetCo from performing its obligations under this Agreement and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on TargetCo; | |
(k) | Except as otherwise set forth in Schedule 5.02 – Pending Litigation, there is no suit, action or proceeding or, to the knowledge of TargetCo, pending or threatened against TargetCo that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on TargetCo, and there is no judgment, decree, injunction, rule or order of any Governmental Authority outstanding against TargetCo causing, or which could reasonably be expected to cause, a Material Adverse Effect on TargetCo; | |
(l) | No bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership proceedings have been instituted by TargetCo or, to the knowledge of TargetCo, are pending against TargetCo; | |
(m) | Other than pursuant to U.S federal laws with respect to the cultivation, sale and use of cannabis, TargetCo and each of its Subsidiaries are in compliance with and are not in violation of any laws; |
23 |
(n) | TargetCo has not been notified by any Governmental Authority of any investigation with respect to it that is pending or threatened, nor has any Governmental Authority notified TargetCo of such Governmental Authority’s intention to commence or to conduct any investigation that could be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect on TargetCo; | |
(o) | TargetCo have filed any required tax returns as of the date hereof and adequate provision has been made for taxes payable for the current period for which tax returns are not yet required to be filed. There are no actions, suits, or claims asserted or assessed against TargetCo in respect of taxes, governmental charges or assessments, nor are any matters under discussion with any Governmental Authority relating to taxes, governmental charges or assessments asserted by such Governmental Authority. TargetCo have withheld from each payment made by it to any person and remitted to the proper tax and other receiving offices within the time required all income tax and other deductions required to be withheld from such payments; | |
(p) | No current or former employee, officer or director of TargetCo is entitled to a severance, termination or other similar payment as a result of the Transaction; | |
(q) | The Corporate Records of TargetCo are complete and accurate in all material respects and all corporate proceedings and actions reflected therein have been conducted or taken in compliance with all Applicable Laws; | |
(r) | All Books and Records of TargetCo have been fully, properly and accurately kept and, where required, completed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and there are no material inaccuracies or discrepancies of any kind contained or reflected therein; | |
(s) | TargetCo is not a ‘reporting issuer’ or equivalent in any jurisdiction nor are any shares of TargetCo listed or quoted on any stock exchange or electronic quotation system; | |
(t) | Other than pursuant to U.S federal laws with respect to the cultivation, sale and use of cannabis, the execution and delivery of this Agreement does not, and the consummation of the Transaction will not violate any provision of any applicable law or regulation or any judicial or administrative order, award, judgment or decree applicable to any of the TargetCo Shareholders; | |
(u) | The TargetCo Shareholders are the registered and beneficial owners of that number of TargetCo Shares held or beneficially owned by such TargetCo Shareholders (such TargetCo Shares comprising the Exchanged TargetCo Shares), free and clear of all Liens, charges, mortgages, security interests, pledges, demands, claims and other encumbrances of any nature whatsoever; | |
(v) | The Consideration Shares held by Non-Resident TargetCo Shareholders and issuable hereunder have not been and will not be registered under the securities laws of any foreign jurisdiction and that the issuance of the Consideration Shares pursuant to the terms of this Agreement is being made in reliance on applicable exemptions; |
24 |
(w) | If a TargetCo Shareholder is a U.S. Person or was in the United States at the time the Consideration Shares were offered or at the time of execution and delivery of this Agreement, then TargetCo has made commercially reasonable efforts to certify that each U.S. TargetCo Secuirtyholder qualifies as an “accredited investor” as that term is defined under Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act or is not an “accredited investor” but has a pre-existing substantive relationship with the Purchaser of which there can be no more than 35 U.S. TargetCo Shareholders that are not “accredited investors”, and each U.S. TargetCo Shareholder has completed, executed and delivered a “U.S. Representation Letter for U.S. TargetCo Shareholders” in the form required by the Purchaser attached hereto as Schedule “D”; | |
(x) | Unless the TargetCo Shareholder has completed, executed and delivered a “ U.S. Representation Letter for U.S. TargetCo Shareholders” in the form required by the Purchaser, attached hereto as Schedule “D”, TargetCo represents and warrants that the TargetCo Shareholder is not in the United States, is not a U.S. Person and is not acquiring the Consideration Shares on behalf of, or for the account or benefit of, a U.S. Person or a person in the United States, was not offered the Consideration Shares in the United States and was outside the United States at the time of execution and delivery of this Agreement, and TargetCo will make commercially reasonable efforts to confirm and provide the Purchaser with proof of the same; | |
(y) | The receipt of the Consideration Shares by Non-Resident TargetCo Shareholders does not contravene any of the applicable securities legislation in the jurisdiction in which it is resident and does not trigger: (i) any obligation to prepare and file a prospectus or similar document, or any other report with respect to such transfer; and (ii) any registration or other obligation on the part of Purchaser; and | |
(z) | To the knowledge of TargetCo, no representation or warranty of TargetCo contained in this Agreement contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading. |
Article
VI
COVENANTS
6.01 Mutual Covenants
Each of the parties hereby covenants and agrees as follows:
(a) | to use commercially reasonable efforts to satisfy (or cause the satisfaction of) the conditions precedent to its obligations hereunder which are reasonably under its control and to take, or cause to be taken, all other actions and to do, or cause to be done, all other things necessary, proper or advisable under Applicable Laws and regulations to complete the Transaction in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that any person, including without limitation, any securities regulatory authority, seeks to prevent, delay or hinder implementation of all or any portion of the Transaction or seeks to invalidate all or any portion of this Agreement, each of the parties will use commercially reasonable efforts to resist such proceedings and to lift or rescind any injunction or restraining order or other order or action seeking to stop or otherwise adversely affecting the ability of the parties to complete the Transaction; | |
(b) | to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, before the Time of Closing, all authorizations, waivers, exemptions, consents, orders and other approvals from domestic or foreign courts, Governmental Authorities, shareholders, TargetCo Shareholders and third parties as are necessary for the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein; |
25 |
(c) | to use commercially reasonable efforts to defend or cause to be defended any lawsuits or other legal proceedings brought against it challenging this Agreement or the completion of the Transaction; no party will settle or compromise any claim brought against them in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement prior to the Closing Date without the prior written consent of each of the others, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; | |
(d) | to promptly notify each of the other parties if any representation or warranty made by it in this Agreement ceases to be true and correct in all respects (in the case of any representation or warranty containing any materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifier) or in all material respects (in the case of any representation or warranty without any materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifier) and of any failure to comply in any material respect with any of its obligations under this Agreement; | |
(e) | to co-operate with each of the other parties hereto in good faith in order to ensure the timely completion of the Transaction; | |
(f) | to use commercially reasonable efforts to co-operate with each of the other parties hereto in connection with the performance by the other of its obligations under this Agreement; and | |
(g) | in the case of TargetCo and the Purchaser, to indemnify and hold harmless each of the other parties hereto (and, if applicable, such other parties’ respective directors, officers, representatives and advisers) (collectively, the “Non-Offending Persons”) from and against all claims, damages, liabilities, actions or demands to which the Non-Offending Persons may be subject insofar as such claims, damages, liabilities, actions or demands arise out of, or are based upon, the information supplied by TargetCo or the Purchaser, as applicable, for inclusion in the Disclosure Documents having contained a misrepresentation. TargetCo and the Purchaser will obtain and hold the rights and benefits of this subsection in trust for and on behalf of such parties’ respective directors, officers, representatives and advisers. |
6.02 Covenants of the Purchaser
The Purchaser covenants and agrees with each of the TargetCo Shareholders and TargetCo that, until the earlier of the Closing Date and the date upon which this Agreement is terminated in accordance with Article VII, it will:
(a) | in a timely and expeditious manner: |
(i) | assist TargetCo in the preparation of the Form 1A the Third TargetCo Financing; | |
(ii) | prepare, in consultation with TargetCo, the Disclosure Documents in prescribed form and in form and content acceptable to TargetCo, acting reasonably; | |
(iii) | if required, obtain the Shareholders’ Approval of the Transaction; |
26 |
(iv) | obtain the requisite Shareholders’ Approval to authorize the alteration to the Purchaser’s notice of articles and articles in order to change the Purchaser’s authorized capital to include an unlimited number of Class A Common Shares having the special rights and restrictions as set forth in Schedule “C” hereto, and to take all other necessary actions, including the filing of the notice of alteration with the BC Registrar of Companies, to effect such alteration to the Purchaser’s notice of articles and articles; | |
(v) | file and/or deliver any document or documents as may be required in order for the Transaction as contemplated herein to be effective; and | |
(vi) | file and/or deliver any document or documents required pursuant to Applicable Laws in connection with the Transaction as contemplated herein after the Closing; |
(b) | ensure that the Disclosure Documents do not contain a misrepresentation as it relates to the Purchaser, including in respect of its assets, liabilities, operations, business and properties; | |
(c) | to make available and afford TargetCo and its authorized representatives and, if requested by TargetCo, provide a copy of all title documents, contracts, financial statements, minute books, share certificate books, if any, share registers, plans, reports, licences, orders, permits, books of account, accounting records, constating documents and all other documents, information and data relating to the Purchaser. The Purchaser will afford TargetCo and its authorized representatives every reasonable opportunity to have free and unrestricted access to the Purchaser’s property, assets, undertaking, records and documents. At the request of TargetCo, the Purchaser will execute or cause to be executed such consents, authorizations and directions as may be necessary to permit any inspection of the Purchaser’s business and any of its property or to enable TargetCo or its authorized representatives to obtain full access to all files and records relating to any of the assets of the Purchaser maintained by governmental or other public authorities. The obligations in this Section 6.02(c) are subject to any access or disclosure contemplated herein not being otherwise prohibited by reason of a confidentiality obligation owed to a third party for which a waiver cannot be obtained, provided that in such circumstance the Purchaser will be required to disclose that information has been withheld on this basis. The exercise of any rights of inspection by or on behalf of TargetCo under this Section 6.02(c) will not mitigate or otherwise affect the representations and warranties of the Purchaser hereunder. | |
(d) | except for non-substantive communications, and provided that such disclosure is not otherwise prohibited by reason of a confidentiality obligation owed to a third party for which a waiver cannot be obtained (provided that in such circumstance the Purchaser will be required to disclose that information has been withheld on this basis), furnish promptly to TargetCo (on behalf of the TargetCo Shareholders) a copy of each notice, report, schedule or other document or communication delivered, filed or received by the Purchaser in connection with or related to the Transaction, any filings under Applicable Laws and any dealings with any Governmental Authority in connection with or in any way affecting the Transaction as contemplated herein; |
27 |
(e) | use commercially reasonable efforts to satisfy (or cause the satisfaction of) the conditions precedent to its obligations set forth in this Agreement to the extent the same are within its control and to take, or cause to be taken, all other actions and to do, or cause to be done, all other things necessary, proper or advisable under all Applicable Laws to complete the Transaction as contemplated herein, including using commercially reasonable efforts to: |
(i) | obtain all necessary waivers, consents and approvals required to be obtained by it from other parties to loan agreements, leases, licenses, agreements and other Contracts, as applicable; | |
(ii) | effect all necessary registrations and filings and submissions of information requested by any Governmental Authority required to be effected by it in connection with the Transaction and participate and appear in any proceedings of either the Purchaser or TargetCo before any Governmental Authority to the extent permitted by such authorities; and | |
(iii) | fulfil all conditions and satisfy all provisions of this Agreement and the Transaction; |
(f) | subject to Applicable Laws, not take any action, refrain from taking any action, or permit any action to be taken or not taken inconsistent with this Agreement or which would reasonably be expected to significantly impede the consummation of the Transaction; | |
(g) | conduct and operate its business and affairs only in the ordinary course consistent with past practice and use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve its business organization, goodwill and material business relationships with other persons, except TargetCo may engage in any potential acquisition of additional cannabis licenses by TargetCo within the State of Nevada without the approval or prior consent of the Purchaser; | |
(h) | except as set forth in Section 6.02(a)(iii) above, not alter or amend its notice of articles or articles as the same exist at the date of this Agreement; | |
(i) | not merge into or with, or amalgamate or consolidate with, or enter into any other corporate reorganization or arrangement with, or transfer its undertaking or assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to, any other person or perform any act which would render inaccurate in any material way any of its representations and warranties set forth herein as if such representations and warranties were made at a date subsequent to such act and all references to the date of this Agreement were deemed to be such later date, except as contemplated in this Agreement, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it will not: |
(i) | make any distribution by way of dividend, distribution of property or assets, return of capital or otherwise to or for the benefit of its shareholders; | |
(ii) | increase or decrease its paid-up capital or purchase or redeem any shares; or | |
(iii) | issue or enter into any commitment to issue any of its shares or securities convertible into, or rights, warrants or options to acquire, any such shares, except upon the exercise of share purchase warrants or options or conversion of convertible securities of the Purchaser outstanding as of the date hereof; |
28 |
(j) | take all necessary corporate action and proceedings to approve and authorize the issuance of the Consideration Shares to the TargetCo Shareholders; | |
(k) | prepare and file with all applicable securities commissions such notifications and fees necessary to permit, or that are required in connection with, the issuance of the Consideration Shares to the TargetCo Shareholders, in each case, on a basis exempt from the prospectus and registration requirements of the Applicable Securities Laws of the provinces of Canada and the states within the United States in which the TargetCo Shareholders are resident; and | |
(l) | not to authorize, sell or issue, or negotiate or enter into an agreement to sell or issue, any securities of the Purchaser (including those that are convertible or exchangeable into securities of the Purchaser), other than as contemplated under this Agreement. |
6.03 Covenants of TargetCo
TargetCo covenants and agrees with the Purchaser that, until the earlier of the Closing Date and the date upon which this Agreement is terminated in accordance with Article VII, it will:
(a) | in a timely and expeditious manner: |
(i) | prepare, in consultation with the Purchaser, the Form 1A to be used in connection with the Third TargetCo Financing in prescribed form and in form and content acceptable to the Purchaser, acting reasonably; and | |
(ii) | assist the Purchaser in the preparation of the Disclosure Documents with respect to the Transaction, including providing such information in relation to the business, affairs, assets and properties of TargetCo as may be necessary to comply with Applicable Laws and the policies of the CSE; |
(b) | ensure that the Disclosure Documents do not contain a misrepresentation as it relates to TargetCo, including in respect of its assets, liabilities, operations, business and properties; | |
(c) | to make available and afford the Purchaser and its authorized representatives and, if requested by the Purchaser, provide a copy of all title documents, contracts, financial statements, minute books, if any, securities registers, plans, reports, licences, orders, permits, books of account, accounting records, constating documents and all other documents, information and data relating to TargetCo to the extent that any such documents exist. TargetCo will afford the Purchaser and its authorized representatives every reasonable opportunity to have free and unrestricted access to TargetCo’s property, assets, undertaking, records and documents. At the request of the Purchaser, TargetCo will execute or cause to be executed such consents, authorizations and directions as may be necessary to permit any inspection of TargetCo’s business and any of its property or to enable the Purchaser or its authorized representatives to obtain full access to all files and records relating to any of the assets of TargetCo maintained by governmental or other public authorities. The obligations in this Section 6.03(c) are subject to any access or disclosure contemplated herein not being otherwise prohibited by reason of a confidentiality obligation owed to a third party for which a waiver cannot be obtained, provided that in such circumstance TargetCo will be required to disclose that information has been withheld on this basis. The exercise of any rights of inspection by or on behalf of Purchaser under this Section 6.03(c) will not mitigate or otherwise affect the representations and warranties of TargetCo hereunder. |
29 |
(d) | except for non-substantive communications, and provided that such disclosure is not otherwise prohibited by reason of a confidentiality obligation owed to a third party for which a waiver cannot be obtained (provided that in such circumstance TargetCo will be required to disclose that information has been withheld on this basis), furnish promptly to the Purchaser a copy of each notice, report, schedule or other document or communication delivered, filed or received by TargetCo in connection with or related to the Transaction, any filings under Applicable Laws and any dealings with any Governmental Authority in connection with or in any way affecting the Transaction as contemplated herein; | |
(e) | use commercially reasonable efforts to satisfy (or cause the satisfaction of) the conditions precedent to its obligations set forth in this Agreement to the extent the same are within its control and to take, or cause to be taken, all other actions and to do, or cause to be done, all other things necessary, proper or advisable under all Applicable Laws to complete the Transaction, including using commercially reasonable efforts to: |
(i) | obtain all necessary waivers, consents and approvals required to be obtained by it from other parties to loan agreements, leases, licenses, agreements and other Contracts; | |
(ii) | effect all necessary registrations and filings and submissions of information requested by any Governmental Authority required to be effected by it in connection with the Transaction and participate and appear in any proceedings of either TargetCo or the Purchaser before any Governmental Authority to the extent permitted by such authorities; and | |
(iii) | fulfil all conditions and satisfy all provisions of this Agreement and the Transaction; |
(f) | subject to Applicable Laws, not take any action, refrain from taking any action, or permit any action to be taken or not taken inconsistent with this Agreement or which would reasonably be expected to significantly impede the consummation of the Transaction; | |
(g) | conduct and operate its business and affairs only in the ordinary course consistent with past practice and use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve its business organization, goodwill and material business relationships with other persons and, for greater certainty, it will not enter into any material transaction out of the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice without the prior consent of the Purchaser (except for any potential acquisition of additional cannabis licenses by TargetCo within the State of Nervada as outlined in Schedule 6.03(g) – Potential Acquisitions), and TargetCo will keep the Purchaser fully informed as to the material decisions or actions required or required to be made with respect to the operation or expansion of its business, provided that such disclosure is not otherwise prohibited by reason of a confidentiality obligation owed to a third party for which a waiver could not be obtained; |
30 |
(h) | other than as contemplated under this Agreement, not merge into or with, or amalgamate or consolidate with, or enter into any other corporate reorganization or arrangement with, or transfer its undertaking or assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to, any other person or perform any act which would render inaccurate in any material way any of its representations and warranties set forth herein as if such representations and warranties were made at a date subsequent to such act and all references to the date of this Agreement were deemed to be such later date, except as contemplated in this Agreement, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it will not: |
(i) | make any distribution by way of dividend, distribution of property or assets, return of capital or otherwise to or for the benefit of its TargetCo Shareholders; | |
(ii) | increase or decrease its paid-up capital or purchase or redeem any shares; or | |
(iii) | issue or enter into any commitment to issue any of its shares or securities convertible into, or rights, warrants or options to acquire any such shares; |
(i) | obtain TargetCo Shareholders’ Approval of the Transaction and take all necessary corporate action and proceedings to approve and authorize the valid and effective transfer of the Exchanged TargetCo Shares to the Purchaser; | |
(j) | in a timely and expeditious manner, provide such information with respect to the TargetCo Shareholders as the Purchaser may reasonably require in connection with the preparation of the Disclosure Documents with respect to the Transaction and as may be necessary to comply with Applicable Laws and the policies of the CSE; | |
(k) | not encumber in any manner the Exchanged TargetCo Shares and ensure that at the Time of Closing the Exchanged TargetCo Shares are free and clear of all Liens, charges, mortgages, security interests, pledges, demands, claims and other encumbrances whatsoever. |
Article
VII
TERMINATION
7.01 Termination
This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing by mutual written consent of all the parties hereto.
7.02 Effect of Termination
Upon termination of this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof, the parties hereto will have no further obligations under this Agreement, other than the obligations contained in Sections 9.03 and 9.08; provided that the indemnification obligations set forth in Article VIII hereof shall survive such termination in respect of a party whose breach or violation of any representation, warranty, covenant, obligation or agreement under this Agreement has been the cause of or has resulted in a termination of this Agreement.
31 |
Article VIII
INDEMNIFICATION
8.01 Indemnification by the Purchaser
The Purchaser shall indemnify and save the TargetCo Shareholders and TargetCo harmless for and from:
(a) | any loss, damages or deficiencies suffered by the TargetCo Shareholders or TargetCo as a result of any breach of representation, warranty or covenant on the part of the Purchaser contained in this Agreement or in any certificate or document delivered pursuant to or contemplated by this Agreement; and | |
(b) | all claims, demands, costs and expenses, including legal fees, in respect of the foregoing. |
8.02 Indemnification by TargetCo
TargetCo shall indemnify and save the Purchaser harmless for and from:
(a) | any loss, damages or deficiencies suffered by the Purchaser as a result of any breach of representation, warranty or covenant on the part of TargetCo contained in this Agreement or in any certificate or document delivered pursuant to or contemplated by this Agreement; and | |
(b) | all claims, demands, costs and expenses, including legal fees, in respect of the foregoing. |
8.03 Notice of Claim
A party entitled to and seeking indemnification pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (the “Indemnified Party”) shall promptly give written notice to the party or parties, as applicable, responsible for indemnifying the Indemnified Party (the “Indemnifying Party”) of any claim for indemnification pursuant to Sections 8.01 and 8.02 (a “Claim”, which term shall include more than one Claim). Such notice shall specify whether the Claim arises as a result of a claim by a person against the Indemnified Party (a “Third Party Claim”) or whether the Claim does not so arise (a “Direct Claim”), and shall also specify with reasonable particularity (to the extent that the information is available):
(a) | the factual basis for the Claim; and | |
(b) | the amount of the Claim, or, if any amount is not then determinable, an approximate and reasonable estimate of the likely amount of the Claim. |
8.04 Procedure for Indemnification
(a) | Direct Claims. With respect to Direct Claims, following receipt of notice from the Indemnified Party of a Claim, the Indemnifying Party shall have 30 days to make such investigation of the Claim as the Indemnifying Party considers necessary or desirable. For the purpose of such investigation, the Indemnified Party shall make available to the Indemnifying party the information relied upon by the Indemnified Party to substantiate the Claim. If the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party agree at or prior to the expiration of such 30 day period (or any mutually agreed upon extension thereof) to the validity and amount of such Claim, the Indemnifying Party shall immediately pay to the Indemnified Party the full agreed upon amount of the Claim. |
32 |
(b) | Third Party Claims. With respect to any Third Party Claim, the Indemnifying Party shall have the right, at its own expense, to participate in or assume control of the negotiation, settlement or defence of such Third Party Claim and, in such event, the Indemnifying Party shall reimburse the Indemnified Party for all the Indemnified Party’s out-of-pocket expenses incurred as a result of such participation or assumption. If the Indemnifying Party elects to assume such control, the Indemnified Party shall cooperate with the Indemnifying Party, shall have the right to participate in the negotiation, settlement or defence of such Third Party Claim at its own expense and shall have the right to disagree on reasonable grounds with the selection and retention of counsel, in which case counsel satisfactory to the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall be retained by the Indemnifying Party. If the Indemnifying Party, having elected to assume such control, thereafter fails to defend any such Third Party Claim within a reasonable time, the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to assume such control and the Indemnifying Party shall be bound by the results obtained by the Indemnified Party with respect to such Third Party Claim. |
8.05 General Indemnification Rules
The obligations of the Indemnifying Party to indemnify the Indemnified Party in respect of Claims shall also be subject to the following:
(a) | the Indemnifying Party’s obligation to indemnify the Indemnified Party shall only apply to the extent that the Claims in respect of which the Indemnifying Party has given an indemnity, in the aggregate, exceed $10,000; | |
(b) | notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the aggregate liability of TargetCo or the Purchaser to any and all Indemnified Parties under this Article VIII shall be limited to the value of the Consideration Shares issuable and securities issuable under this Agreement, including securities issuable in exchange for the TargetCo Debentures and TargetCo Shares pursuant to the Third TargetCo Financing; | |
(c) | if any Third Party Claim is of a nature such that the Indemnified Party is required by applicable law to make a payment to any person (a “Third Party”) with respect to such Third Party Claim before the completion of settlement negotiations or related legal proceedings, the Indemnified Party may make such payment and thereafter seek reimbursement from the Indemnifying Party for any such payment. If any Indemnifying Party pays, or reimburses an Indemnified Party in respect of any Third Party Claim before completion of settlement negotiations or related legal proceedings, and the amount of any liability of the Indemnified Party under the Third Party Claim in respect of which such a payment was made, as finally determined, is less than the amount which was paid by the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnified Party shall, forthwith after receipt of the difference from the Third Party, pay the amount of such difference to the Indemnifying Party; | |
(d) | except in the circumstance contemplated by Section 8.04, and whether or not the Indemnifying Party assumes control of the negotiation, settlement or defence of any Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall not negotiate, settle, compromise or pay any Third Party Claim except with the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld); | |
(e) | the Indemnified Party shall not permit any right of appeal in respect of any Third Party Claim to terminate without giving the Indemnifying Party notice and an opportunity to contest such Third Party Claim; |
33 |
(f) | the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall cooperate fully with each other with respect to Third Party Claims and shall keep each other fully advised with respect thereto (including supplying copies of all relevant documentation promptly as it becomes available); and | |
(g) | the provisions of this Article VIII shall constitute the sole remedy available to a party against another party with respect to any and all breaches of any agreement, covenant, representation or warranty made by such other party in this Agreement. |
Article
IX
GENERAL
9.01 Power of Attorney
TargetCo hereby represents and warrants that it is severally and irrevocably appointed as agent and attorney of each of the TargetCo Shareholders to take any action that is required under this Agreement or to execute and deliver any documents on their behalf, including without limitation, for the purposes of all Closing matters (including without limitation, the receipt of certificates representing the Consideration Shares) and deliveries of documents and do and cause to be done all such acts and things as may be necessary or desirable in connection with the closing matters for the Transaction. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, TargetCo may, on its own behalf and on behalf of the TargetCo Shareholders, extend the Time of Closing, modify or waive any conditions as are contemplated herein, negotiate, settle and deliver the final forms of any documents that are necessary or desirable to give effect to the Transaction, extend such time periods as may be contemplated herein or terminate this Agreement, in its absolute discretion, as it deems appropriate. The Purchaser will have no duty to enquire into the validity of any document executed or other action taken by TargetCo on behalf of the TargetCo Shareholders pursuant to this Article IX.
9.02 Notices
Any notice, consent, waiver, direction or other communication required or permitted to be given under this Agreement (each, a “notice”) will be in writing will be in writing addressed as follows:
(a) | if to the Purchaser: |
Qualcan
(Canada) Holdings Inc.
c/o 1500 Royal Centre, 1055 West Georgia Street
Vancouver, British Columbia V6E 4N7
Attention: Kenneth Cotiamco
E-mail: ken@skanderbegcapital.com
with a courtesy copy (which copy will not constitute notice to the Purchaser) to:
McMillan LLP
1500 Royal Centre
1055 West Georgia Street
Vancouver, British Columbia V6E 4N7
Attention: Marina Tran
E-mail: marina.tran@mcmillan.ca
34 |
(b) | if to TargetCo: |
Mystic Holdings, Inc.
4145 Wagon Trail Ave
Las Vegas, Nevada 89118
Attention: Lorenzo Baracco
E-mail: baracco@hotmail.com
with a courtesy copy (which copy will not constitute notice to TargetCo) to:
Gentile Cristalli Miller Armeni Savarese
410 S. Rampart Blv., Suite 420
Las Vegas, NV 89145
Attention: Mark Dzarnoski
E-mail: mdzarnoski@gcmaslaw.com
Or such other address as may be designated by notice given by either TargetCo or the Purchaser to the other in accordance with this Section 9.02. Each notice will be personally delivered to the addressee or sent by e-mail to the addressee and a notice which is personally delivered or sent by email will, if delivered or sent prior to 4:00 p.m. (local time of the recipient) on a Business Day, be deemed to be given and received on that day and, in any other case, be deemed to be given and received on the next Business Day.
9.03 Confidentiality
Prior to Closing and, if the Transaction is not completed, at all times thereafter, each of the parties hereto will keep confidential and refrain from using all information obtained by it in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement relating to any other party hereto, provided however that such obligation will not apply to any information which was in the public domain at the time of its disclosure to a party or which subsequently comes into the public domain other than as a result of a breach of such party’s obligations under this Section 9.03. For greater certainty, nothing contained herein will prevent any disclosure of information which may be required pursuant to Applicable Laws or pursuant to an order in judicial or administrative proceedings or any other order made by any Governmental Authority.
9.04 Assignment
No party may assign this Agreement or its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto.
9.05 Binding Effect
This Agreement will be binding upon and will enure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors and permitted assigns.
9.06 Waiver
No waiver of any provision of this Agreement will constitute a waiver of any other provision, nor will any waiver constitute a continuing waiver unless otherwise expressly provided.
35 |
9.07 Governing Law
This Agreement will be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Province of British Columbia and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein and is to be treated in all respects as a British Columbia contract. If a controversy or dispute arises between the parties with regard to this Agreement, the parties agree to submit such controversy or dispute first to mediation, and if that does not resolve the dispute, then to binding arbitration before a mediator and an arbitrator appointed by, and in accordance with the rules and procedures of the American Arbitration Association, or organization of similar stature located in the Las Vegas, Nevada, or a location otherwise agreed to by all parties. The mediation and arbitration, if necessary, will be submitted to JAMS located at 3800 Howard Hughes Pkwy 11th Floor, Las Vegas, NV 89169. The parties agree to abide by the terms of any award rendered by the arbitrator, and the judgment upon any such award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. In addition to rendering a decision regarding such controversy or dispute, the arbitrator will award the prevailing party, as determined by the arbitrator, such party reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses in connection with such arbitration. If any party commences a legal action based on a dispute or refuses to first attempt to resolve the matter through mediation and arbitration, then such party will not be entitled to recover attorneys' fees, even if they would have otherwise been available to such party in any such action. Notwithstanding anything set forth elsewhere herein to the contrary, the laws and regulations of the State of Nevada relating to the licensing, cultivation and sale of cannabis products and/or the operation of businesses engaged in that industry shall be governed under the laws of the State of Nevada and any governing jurisdictional unit situated within the State of Nevada. Specifically and without limitation, all transactions contemplated hereunder, including the share exchange, are subject to the approval of appropriate Nevada Governmental Authorities. No party hereto shall be considered in breach of this Agreement in the event any transaction contemplated hereunder shall fail to obtain the consent of appropriate Nevada Governmental Authorities, if such consent is required.
9.08 Expenses
Each party will be responsible for and bear all of its own costs and expenses (including any legal, accounting, banking, broker’s, finder’s, consultant’s or other fees or expenses) incurred in connection with the Transaction, including fees and expenses of its representatives incurred at any time in connection with pursuing or consummating the Transaction.
9.09 No personal Liability
(a) | No director, officer, employee or agent of the Purchaser will have any personal liability whatsoever to TargetCo under this Agreement or any other document delivered in connection with the Transaction on behalf of the Purchaser. | |
(b) | No director, officer, employee or agent of TargetCo (in such capacity) will have any personal liability whatsoever to the Purchaser under this Agreement or any other document delivered in connection with the Transaction on behalf of TargetCo. |
9.10 Time of Essence
Time is of the essence of this Agreement and of each of its provisions.
36 |
9.11 Public Announcements
TargetCo and the Purchaser will co-operate with the other in releasing information concerning this Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein, and will furnish to and discuss with the other drafts of all press and other releases prior to publication. No press release or other public announcement concerning the proposed transactions contemplated by this Agreement will be made by any party hereto without the prior consent of the other parties, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided that nothing contained herein will prevent any party hereto at any time from furnishing any information to any Governmental Authority or to the public if so required by applicable law.
9.12 Further Assurances
Each party will, upon request but without further consideration, from time to time promptly execute and deliver all further documents and take all further action necessary or appropriate to give effect to and perform the provisions and intent of this Agreement and to complete the transactions contemplated herein.
9.13 Entire Agreement
This Agreement, together with the documents required to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement, constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, negotiations, and discussions, whether oral or written, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof including the Plan of Share Exchange. There are no representations, warranties, covenants or conditions with respect to the subject matter hereof except as contained in this Agreement and any document delivered pursuant to this Agreement.
9.14 Amendments
No amendment of any provision of this Agreement will be binding on any party unless consented to in writing by such party.
9.15 Severability
In the event that any provision or part of this Agreement is determined by any court or other judicial or administrative body to be illegal, null, void, invalid or unenforceable, that provision will be severed to the extent that it is so declared and the other provisions of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect.
9.16 Remedies Cumulative
The rights and remedies of the parties under this Agreement are cumulative and in addition to and not in substitution for any rights or remedies provided by law. Any single or partial exercise by any party hereto of any right or remedy for default or breach of any term, covenant or condition of this Agreement does not waive, alter, affect or prejudice any other right or remedy to which such party may be lawfully entitled for the same default or breach.
9.17 Counterparts
This Agreement may be executed and delivered in one or more counterparts and may be executed and delivered by facsimile or any other electronically communicated method, each of which when executed and delivered will be deemed an original and all of which counterparts together will be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.
9.18 Independent Legal Advice
EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES, CONFIRMS AND AGREES THAT HE, SHE OR IT HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO SEEK AND WAS NOT PREVENTED OR DISCOURAGED BY ANY PARTY HERETO FROM SEEKING INDEPENDENT LEGAL ADVICE PRIOR TO THE EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT, IN THE EVENT THAT ANY PARTY DID NOT AVAIL HIMSELF/HERSELF/ITSELF WITH THAT OPPORTUNITY PRIOR TO SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, SUCH PARTY DID SO VOLUNTARILY WITHOUT ANY UNDUE PRESSURE AND AGREES THAT SUCH PARTY’S FAILURE TO OBTAIN INDEPENDENT LEGAL ADVICE WILL NOT BE USED BY HIM/HER/IT AS A DEFENCE TO THE ENFORCEMENT OF HIS/HER/ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.
[Signature pages follow.]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Agreement has been executed by the parties hereto on the date first above written.
QUALCAN (CANADA) HOLDINGS INC. |
||
By: | /s/ Kenneth Cotiamco | |
Name: | Kenneth Cotiamco | |
Title: | Director |
MYSTIC HOLDINGS, INC. |
||
By: | /s/ Heather Cranny | |
Name: | Heather Cranny | |
Title: | President |
Schedule A
Plan
of Share Exchange
Between
Qualcan (Canada) Holdings Inc. and Mystic Holdings, Inc.
PLAN
OF share Exchange
QUALCAN (CANADA) HOLDINGS INC., A bRITISh cOLUMBIA corporation
mystic holdings inc., a nevada Corporation
This plan of share exchange (this “Plan of Share Exchange”), made by and between Qualcan (Canada) Holdings Inc., a British Columbia corporation (“Qualcan”), and Mystic Holdings Inc., a Nevada corporation (“Mystic”), sets forth the terms and conditions by which Qualcan shall acquire all of the issued and outstanding stock of Mystic pursuant to Nevada Revised Statue (NRS) 92A.190 – Merger or Exchange with Foreign Entity.
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the boards of directors of Qualcan and Mystic have determined that it is advisable and in the best interests of their respective corporations for all of the shareholders of Mystic to exchange their shares in Mystic for shares of Qualcan as set forth in the Plan of Share Exchange (the “Share Exchange”).
WHEREAS, the board of directors of Mystic has recommended that its shareholders approve this Exchange.
NOW, THEREFORE, Qualcan and Mystic hereby agree upon and adopt this Plan of Share Exchange.
I. TERMS AND CONDITIONS
1.1 Terms of Exchange
In consideration for the exchange and acquisition of the issued and outstanding securities of Mystic, Qualcan will on the Effective Date issue from treasury to the holders of shares of Common Stock of Mystic (“Common Stock”) the following shares in the capital of Qualcan:
(a) | each holder of shares of Common Stock held by a U.S. shareholder of Mystic will receive one (1) Class A common share in the capital of Qualcan (each, a “Class A Common Share”) in exchange for one hundred (100) Common Stocks; and | |
(b) | each holder of shares of Common Stock that is not a U.S. shareholder of Mystic will receive one (1) common share in the capital of Qualcan in exchange for one (1) Common Stock |
1.2 Fractional Shares. To the extent a Mystic securityholder is to receive a fractional Class A Common Share in the capital of Qualcan, that entitlement will be rounded up or down to the nearest second decimal place. For greater certainty, in the event any holders exchange nine hundred ninety-nine (999) shares, such shares will be exchanged for nine and ninety-nine one hundreths (9.99) Class A Common Shares.
1.3 Effective Date
After the adoption of this Plan of Share Exchange by the vote of the requisite number of holders of shares of Mystic (voting as a single class), this Plan of Share Exchange shall become effective on the date the Articles of Exchange, respectively, have been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada (the “Effective Date”).
2 |
1.4 Effect of Share Exchange. Upon the Effective Date, Mystic shall become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Qualcan.
II. CHARTER DOCUMENTS, DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
2.1 Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
The certificate of incorporation of Qualcan, as in effect on the Effective Date, shall continue to be the certificate of incorporation of Qualcan until amended in accordance with the provisions thereof and applicable law.
2.2 Directors and Officers of Mystic
The directors of Mystic shall continue in office for their current terms and until their successors are elected and qualified, or until their death, resignation or removal. The officers of Mystic shall become the officers of Qualcan on the Effective Date and shall serve at the pleasure of the board of directors.
III. CONDITIONS TO EXCHANGE
The consummation of the Share Exchange and the other transactions contemplated by this agreement is subject to the principal terms of this Plan of Share Exchange having been approved by the shareholders of Mystic prior to or on the Effective Date.
IV. MISCELLANEOUS
4.1 Service of Process in Nevada
Qualcan hereby consents to service of process in the State of Nevada in a proceeding for the enforcement of an obligation of a constituent corporation and in a proceeding for the enforcement of the rights of a dissenting shareholder of a constituent corporation against Mystic. The Secretary of State of the State of Nevada is hereby appointed as the agent of Qualcan to accept service of process in any such proceeding.
4.2 Payments to Dissenting Shareholders
The surviving corporation agrees that it will promptly pay to the dissenting shareholders of Mystic the amount, if any, to which they are entitled under section 92A.460 of the Nevada Revised Statutes.
4.3 Abandonment
At any time before the Effective Date, this Plan of Share Exchange may be terminated and abandoned by agreement of the boards of directors of Qualcan and Mystic, notwithstanding approval of this Plan of Share Exchange by the shareholders of Mystic.
4.4 Amendment
At any time before the Effective Date, this Plan of Share Exchange may be amended, modified or supplemented by the boards of directors of the parties hereto, notwithstanding approval of this Plan of Share Exchange by the shareholders of Mystic, provided, however, that no such amendment, notification or supplement not approved by the shareholders changes any of the principal terms of this Plan of Share Exchange.
4.5 Further Assurances
From time to time on and after the Effective Date, each party hereto agrees that it will execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered all such further assignments, assurances or other instruments, and shall take or cause to be taken all such further actions, as may be necessary or desirable to complete the Share Exchange provided for herein and the other transactions contemplated by this Plan of Share Exchange.
4.6 Counterparts
This Plan of Share Exchange may be executed in one or more counterparts and may be executed and delivered by electronic transmission, all of which taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same Plan of Share Exchange.
[Signature Page(s) to Follow
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Plan of Share Exchange, having first been duly approved by the board of directors of Qualcan and Mystic, is hereby executed on behalf of each of said corporations by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized.
QUALCAN (CANADA) HOLDINGS INC., A BRITISH COLUMBIA CORPORATION | MYSTIC HOLDINGS INC., A NEVADA CORPORATION | |||
By: | /s/ Kenneth Cotiamco | By: | /s/ Heather Cranny | |
Name: | Kenneth Cotiamco | Name: | Heather Cranny | |
Date: | September 4, 2019 | Date: | September 5, 2019 |
Schedule B
TargetCo Shareholders of Mystic Holdings, Inc.
Name and Address of Shareholder | Number of TargetCo Shares | |||
Dal Toro Holdings II LLC 5101 Mountain Foliage Drive Las Vegas, Nevada 89148 (Lorenzo Baracco) |
2,625 | |||
Panorama Crest LLC
108 Windsor Gate Great Neck, New York 11020 (Daniel Perla) |
1,250 | |||
Ketoris Holdings LLC
4145 Wagon Trail Ave Las Vegas Nevada 89119 (Alexander Scharf) |
976 | |||
Thomas Fitzgerald
4145 Wagon Trail Ave Las Vegas Nevada 89119 |
27 | |||
Total | 4,878 |
Schedule C
Special
Rights and Restrictions for
Class A Common Shares of Qualcan (Canada) Holdings Inc.
The Purchaser’s Notice of Articles to be amended to create and authorize unlimited number of a new class of shares designated as Class A Common Shares. In addition, the Purchaser’s articles to be amended to include the provisions in substantially the form set forth below.
***
ARTICLE AMENDMENT
27.1 Number
The Company shall have the authority to issue an unlimited number of Class A Common Shares, which are hereby designated “Class A Common Shares”, which are also referred to herein as the “Class A Convertible Securities”.
27.2 Dividend Rights.
The holders of Class A Common Shares (the “Class A Convertible Securities Holders”), shall have the right to receive dividends, out of any cash or other assets legally available therefor, pari passu (on an as converted basis, assuming conversion of all shares of Class A Common Shares into Common Shares at the applicable Conversion Ratio) as to dividends and any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Common Shares.
27.3 Liquidation Rights.
(a) In the event of any Liquidation Event, either voluntary or involuntary, the Class A Convertible Securities Holders and Common Shares shall be entitled to receive the assets of the Company available for distribution to shareholders, distributed among the holders of Class A Common Shares and Common Shares on a pro rata basis, based on (i) the number of Common Shares and (ii) the number of Class A Common Shares (on an as converted basis, assuming conversion of all shares of Class A Common Shares into Common Shares at the applicable Conversion Ratio) issued and outstanding on the record date.
(b) For purposes of this Section 3, a “Liquidation Event” shall mean a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include, (i) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation but, excluding any merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company); or (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; unless the Company’s shareholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such acquisition or sale will, immediately after such acquisition or sale (by virtue of securities issued as consideration for the Company’s acquisition or sale or otherwise) hold at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity; or (iii) any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, winding up or other similar proceeding of the Company.
2 |
27.4 Voting Rights.
(a) The holders of Class A Common Shares shall have the right to one vote for each Common Share into which such Class A Common Shares could then be converted, and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Shares, and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to notice of any shareholders’ meeting and shall be entitled to vote, together with holders of Common Shares, with respect to any question upon which holders of Common Shares have the right to vote. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as converted basis (after aggregating all Common Shares into which Class A Common Shares could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward). Except as provided by law, by the provisions of paragraph (b) below, Class A Convertible Securities Holders shall vote the Class A Common Shares together with the holders of Common Shares as a single class.
(b) In addition to any other rights provided by law, the Company shall not amend, alter or repeal the preferences, special rights or other powers of the Class A Common Shares or any other provision of the Company’s articles that would adversely affect the rights of the Class A Convertible Securities Holders, without the written consent of all of the holders of the then outstanding Class A Common Shares, or by the affirmative vote at a meeting of the holders of Class A Common Shares separately as a class by way of a special separate resolution (a “Class A Special Majority Vote”).
27.5 Conversion.
Subject to the Conversion Limitations set forth in Section 27.6, Class A Convertible Securities Holders shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):
(a) Right to Convert. Each Class A Common Share shall be convertible, at the option of the Class A Convertible Securities Holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for such shares, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable Common Shares as is determined by multiplying the number of Class A Common Share by the Conversion Ratio applicable to such share, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the Class A Common Share is surrendered for conversion. The initial “Conversion Ratio” for each Class A Common Share shall be as follows: each Class A Common Share shall be convertible into one hundred (100) Common Shares; provided, however, that the applicable Conversion Ratio shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in subsections 27.5(d) and 27.5(e).
(b) Automatic Conversion. Each Class A Common Share shall automatically be converted without further action by the Class A Convertible Securities Holder into Common Shares at the applicable Conversion Ratio immediately upon the earlier of:
(i) a Liquidation Event;
(ii) the date specified by the unanimous written consent of the Class A Convertible Securities Holders or the affirmative Class A Special Majority Vote at a meeting of the Class A Convertible Securities Holders; or
(iii) a Mandatory Conversion pursuant to Section 27.7.
3 |
(c) Mechanics of Conversion. Before any Class A Convertible Securities Holder shall be entitled to convert Class A Convertible Securities into Common Shares, the Class A Convertible Securities Holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or of any transfer agent for Common Shares, and shall give written notice to the Company at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for Common Shares are to be issued (each, a “Conversion Notice”). The Company shall (or shall cause its transfer agent to), as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such Class A Convertible Securities Holder, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of Common Shares to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the Class A Convertible Securities to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the Common Shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such Common Shares as of such date.
(d) Adjustments for Distributions. In the event the Company shall declare a distribution to holders of Common Shares payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the Company or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not otherwise causing adjustment to the Conversion Ratio (a “Distribution”), then, in each such case for the purpose of this subsection 27.5(d), the Class A Convertible Securities Holders shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such Distribution as though they were the holders of the number of Common Shares into which their Class A Convertible Securities are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Shares entitled to receive such Distribution.
(e) Recapitalizations; Stock Splits. If at any time or from time-to-time, Company shall (i) effect a recapitalization of the Common Shares; (ii) issue Common Shares as a dividend or other distribution on outstanding Common Shares; (iii) subdivide the outstanding Common Shares into a greater number of Common Shares; (iv) consolidate the outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of Common Shares; or (v) effect any similar transaction or action not otherwise causing adjustment to the Conversion Ratio (each, a “Recapitalization”), provision shall be made so that the Class A Convertible Securities Holders shall thereafter be entitled to receive, upon conversion of Class A Convertible Securities, the number of Common Shares or other securities or property of the Company or otherwise, to which a holder of Common Shares deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such Recapitalization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 27.5 with respect to the rights of the Class A Convertible Securities Holders after the Recapitalization to the end that the provisions of this Section 27.5 (including adjustment of the Conversion Ratio then in effect and the number of Common Shares acquirable upon conversion of Class A Common Shares) shall be applicable after that event as nearly equivalent as may be practicable.
(f) No Impairment. The Company will not, by amendment of its Articles or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by this Company, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 27.5 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the Conversion Rights of the Class A Convertible Securities Holders against impairment.
(g) No Fractional Shares and Certificate as to Adjustments. No fractional Common Shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any Class A Convertible Securities and the number of Common Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Common Share. Whether or not fractional Common Shares are issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of Class A Convertible Securities the Class A Convertible Securities Holder is at the time converting into Common Shares and the number of Common Shares issuable upon such aggregate conversion.
4 |
(h) Adjustment Notice. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Ratio pursuant to this Section 27.5, the Company, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each Class A Convertible Securities Holder a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Company shall, upon the written request at any time of any Class A Convertible Securities Holder, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Ratio for Class A Common Shares at the time in effect, and (C) the number of Common Shares and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of a Class A Common Share.
(i) Effect of Conversion. All Class A Common Shares that shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the time of conversion, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive Common Shares in exchange therefor and to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion.
(j) Notices of Record Date. Except as otherwise provided under applicable law, in the event of any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, the Company shall mail to each Class A Convertible Securities Holder, at least 20 days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right.
27.6 Conversion Limitations.
Before any Class A Convertible Securities Holder shall be entitled to convert Class A Convertible Securities into Common Shares, the Board of Directors (or a committee thereof) shall designate an officer of the Company to determine if any Conversion Limitation set forth in this Section 27.6 shall apply to the conversion of Class A Common Shares. For the purposes of this Section 27.6, each of the following is a “Conversion Limitation”:
(a) Foreign Private Issuer Protection Limitation: The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain its status as a “foreign private issuer” (as determined in accordance with Rule 3b-4 under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)). Accordingly:
(i) 40% Threshold. Except as provided in Section 27.7, the Company shall not affect any conversion of Class A Common Shares, and the Convertible Securities Holders shall not have the right to convert any portion of the Class A Common Shares pursuant to Section 27.5 or otherwise, to the extent that after giving effect to such issuance after conversions, the aggregate number of Common Shares and Class A Common Shares held of record, directly or indirectly, by residents of the United States (as determined in accordance with Rule 3b-4 under the Exchange Act) would exceed forty percent (40%) (the “40% Threshold”) of the aggregate number of Common Shares and Class A Common Shares issued and outstanding (the “FPI Protective Restriction”).
5 |
(ii) Conversion Limitations. In order to effect the FPI Protective Restriction, each Convertible Securities Holder will be subject to the 40% Threshold based on the number of Class A Common Shares held by such Class A Convertible Securities Holder as of the date of the initial issuance of Class A Common Shares and thereafter on the last business day at the end of each of the Company’s subsequent fiscal quarters (each, a “Determination Date”) for the current fiscal quarter (the “Relevant Fiscal Quarter”), calculated as follows:
X = [(A x 0.4) - B] x (C/D)
Where on the Determination Date:
X = Maximum Number of Common Shares Available For issuance upon Conversion of Class A Common Shares by the Class A Convertible Securities Holder during the Relevant Fiscal Quarter.
A = The number of Common Shares, Class A Common Shares, Class B Preferred Shares and Class C Preferred Shares issued and outstanding on the Determination Date.
B = Aggregate number of Common Shares and Class A Common Shares held of record, directly or indirectly, by residents of the United States (as determined in accordance with Rule 3b-4 under the Exchange Act) on the Determination Date.
C = Aggregate number of Common Shares issuable upon conversion of Class A Common Shares held by the Class A Convertible Securities Holder on the Determination Date.
D = Aggregate number of all Common Shares issuable upon conversion of all Class A Common Shares on the Determination Date.
(iii) Determination of FPI Protective Restriction. For purposes of subsections 27.6(a)(i) and 27.6(a)(ii), the Board of Directors (or a committee thereof) shall designate an officer of the Company to determine as of each Determination Date: (A) the 40% Threshold and (B) the FPI Protective Restriction. To the extent that the FPI Protective Restriction contained in this Section 27.6(a) applies, and subject to the right of a Convertible Securities Holder to convert for eventual sale any “Excluded Securities” (as defined in Section 27.6(a)(v) below), the determination of whether Class A Common Shares are convertible shall be in the sole discretion of the Company.
(iv) Notice of Conversion Limitation. Upon a determination of the 40% Threshold and the FPI Protective Restriction, the Company will provide each Convertible Securities Holder of record notice of the FPI Protective Restriction applicable to holders of Class A Common Shares for the Relevant Fiscal Quarter within thirty (30) days of the end of each Determination Date (a “Notice of Conversion Limitation”). The FPI Protective Restriction shall be stated as a percentage of the Class A Common Shares issued and outstanding on the Determination Date by holders of Class A Common Shares.
For example, if on a Determination Date the maximum number of Common Shares available for issuance upon conversion of Class A Common Shares by the Class A Shareholder holding 1,000 Class A Common Shares is 30,000 Common Shares, the FPI Protective Restriction will apply to 700 Class A Common Shares (70%) and an aggregate of 300 Class A Common Shares (30%) may be converted during the Relevant Fiscal Quarter. The Notice of Conversion Limitation will state that “Pursuant to Section 27.6 of the Special Rights and Restrictions for Class A Common Shares of the Company, the FPI Protective Restriction applies to 70% of the issued and outstanding Class A Common Shares as of the Determination Date and up to 30% of your Class A Common Shares may be converted into Common Shares during the fiscal Quarter ending June 30, 2020.”
6 |
(v) Excluded Securities. Notwithstanding the Conversion Limitation specified in Section 27.6(a)(ii), during each Relevant Fiscal Quarter, each Convertible Securities Holder may convert into Common Shares the greater of: (1) the number of Class A Common shares specified in such Notice of Conversion Limitation, and (2) 500 Class A Common Shares.
(vi) Disputes. In the event of a dispute as to the number of shares of Common Stock issuable to a Class A Convertible Securities Holder in connection with a conversion of Class A Common Shares, the Company shall issue to the Convertible Securities Holder the number of Common Shares not in dispute and resolve such dispute in accordance with Section 27.11.
27.7 Mandatory Conversion.
(a) Notwithstanding subsection 27.6(a), the Company may require each Class A Convertible Securities Holder to convert all, and not less than all, the Convertible Securities at the applicable Conversion Ratio (a “Mandatory Conversion”) if at any time, all the following conditions are satisfied (or otherwise waived by the Class A Special Majority Vote):
(i) the Common Shares issuable upon conversion of all the Class A Common Shares are registered for resale and may be sold by the Class A Shareholder pursuant to an effective registration statement and/or prospectus covering the Common Shares under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “U.S. Securities Act”);
(ii) the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the U.S. Exchange Act; and
(iii) the Common Shares are listed or quoted (and are not suspended from trading) on a national securities exchange in the United States registered under Section 6 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or quoted in a “U.S. automated inter-dealer quotation system”, as such term is used for purposes of Rule 144A(d)(3)(i).
(b) The Company will issue or cause its transfer agent to issue each Class A Convertible Securities Holder of record a Mandatory Conversion Notice at least 20 days prior to the record date of the Mandatory Conversion, which shall specify therein, (i) the number of Common Shares into which the Class A Convertible Securities are convertible and (ii) the address of record for such Class A Convertible Securities Holder. On the record date of a Mandatory Conversion, the Company will issue or cause its transfer agent to issue each Class A Convertible Securities Holder of record on the record date of such Mandatory Conversion certificates representing the number of Common Shares into which the Class A Convertible Securities are so converted and each certificate representing the Class A Common Shares shall be null and void.
27.8 Pre-emptive Rights. The holders of Class A Convertible Securities shall have no preemptive rights.
27.9 Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of these Special Rights and Restrictions to be given to the Class A Convertible Securities Holders shall be deemed given if deposited with Canada Post, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at his address appearing on the books of the Company.
7 |
27.10 Status of Converted Shares. Any Class A Convertible Securities converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such class or any other class or series
27.11 Disputes. Any Class A Convertible Securities Holder that beneficially owns more than 5% of the issued and outstanding Class A Common Shares may submit a written dispute as to the determination of the Conversion Ratio or the arithmetic calculation of the Conversion Ratio, 40% Threshold, or the FPI Protective Restriction to the Board of Directors with the basis for the disputed determinations or arithmetic calculations. The Company shall respond to the Class A Convertible Securities Holder within five (5) Business Days of receipt, or deemed receipt, of the dispute notice with a written calculation of the Conversion Ratio, 40% Threshold, or the FPI Protective Restriction, as applicable. If the Class A Convertible Securities Holder and the Company are unable to agree upon such determination or calculation of the Conversion Ratio, or the FPI Protective Restriction, as applicable, within five (5) Business Days of such response, then the Company and the Class A Convertible Securities Holder shall, within one (1) Business Day thereafter submit the disputed arithmetic calculation of the Conversion Ratio, or the FPI Protective Restriction to the Company’s independent, outside accountant. The Company, at the Company’s expense, shall cause the accountant to perform the determinations or calculations and notify the Company and the Class A Convertible Securities Holder of the results no later than five (5) Business Days from the time it receives the disputed determinations or calculations. Such accountant’s determination or calculation, as the case may be, shall be binding upon all parties absent demonstrable error.
Schedule D
U.S. Representation Letter for U.S. TargetCo Shareholders
TO: | QUALCAN (CANADA) HOLDINGS INC. (“Qualcan”) |
RE: | ACQUISITION OF SHARES OF MYSTIC HOLDINGS, INC. PURSUANT TO SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (the “Securities”) |
Capitalized terms not specifically defined in this certification have the meaning ascribed to them in the Share Exchange Agreement to which this Schedule is attached. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this certification and such Share Exchange Agreement, the terms of this certification will prevail.
In addition to the covenants, representations and warranties contained in the Share Exchange Agreement to which this Schedule is attached, the undersigned (the “U.S. TargetCo Securityholder”) covenants, represents and warrants to Qualcan that:
(a) | It has such knowledge, skill and experience in financial, investment and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Securities and it is able to bear the economic risk of loss of its entire investment. To the extent necessary, the U.S. TargetCo Securityholder has retained, at his or her own expense, and relied upon, appropriate professional advice regarding the investment, tax and legal merits and consequences of the Share Exchange Agreement and owning the Securities. |
(b) | Qualcan has provided to it the opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the terms and conditions of the offering and it has had access to such information concerning Qualcan as it has considered necessary or appropriate in connection with its investment decision to acquire the Securities, and that any answers to questions and any request for information have been complied with to the U.S. TargetCo Securityholder’s satisfaction. |
(c) | It is acquiring the Securities for its own account, for investment purposes only and not with a view to any resale or distribution and, in particular, it has no intention to distribute either directly or indirectly the Securities in the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, a U.S. Person or a person in the United States; provided, however, that this paragraph will not restrict the U.S. TargetCo Securityholder from selling or otherwise disposing of the Securities pursuant to registration thereof pursuant to the U.S. Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws or under an exemption from such registration requirements. |
(d) | The address of the U.S. TargetCo Securityholder set out in the signature block below is the true and correct principal address of the U.S. TargetCo Securityholder and can be relied on by Qualcan for the purposes of state blue-sky laws and the U.S. TargetCo Securityholder has not been formed for the specific purpose of purchasing the Securities. |
(e) | It understands (i) the Securities have not been and will not be registered under the U.S. Securities Act or the securities laws of any state of the United States; and (ii) the offer and sale contemplated hereby is being made in reliance on an exemption from such registration requirements in reliance on Rule 506(b) of Regulation D of the U.S. Securities Act. |
(f) | The U.S. TargetCo Securityholder is |
1. (i) an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D of the U.S. Securities Act by virtue of meeting one of the following criteria set forth in Appendix “A” hereto (please hand-write your initials on the appropriate lines on Appendix “A”), which Appendix “A” forms an integral part hereof; or
2. (ii) is not an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D of the U.S. Securities Act, has a pre-existing substantive relationship with Qualcan, and has completed Appendix “B” hereto, which forms an integral part hereof.
(g) | The U.S. TargetCo Securityholder has not purchased the Securities as a result of any form of “general solicitation” or “general advertising” (as those terms are used in Regulation D under the U.S. Securities Act), including advertisements, articles, press releases, notices or other communications published in any newspaper, magazine or similar media or on the Internet, or broadcast over radio or television, or the Internet or other form of telecommunications, including electronic display, or any seminar or meeting whose attendees have been invited by general solicitation or general advertising. |
(h) | It acknowledges that the Securities will be “restricted securities”, as such term is defined in Rule 144(a)(3) under the U.S. Securities Act, and may not be offered, sold, pledged, or otherwise transferred, directly or indirectly, without prior registration under the U.S. Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, and it agrees that if it decides to offer, sell, pledge or otherwise transfer, directly or indirectly, any of the Securities, it will not offer, sell or otherwise transfer, directly or indirectly, the Securities except: |
(i) to Qualcan;
(ii) outside the United States in an “offshore transactions” meeting the requirements of Rule 904 of Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act, if available, and in compliance with applicable local laws and regulations;
(iii) in compliance with the exemption from the registration requirements under the U.S. Securities Act provided by Rule 144 thereunder, if available, and in accordance with any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws; or
(iv) in a transaction that does not require registration under the U.S. Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws governing the offer and sale of securities,
and, in the case of each of (iii) and (iv) above, it has prior to such sale furnished to Qualcan an opinion of counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Qualcan stating that such transaction is exempt from registration under applicable securities laws and that the legend referred to in paragraph (k) below may be removed.
(i) | It understands and agrees that the Securities may not be acquired in the United States or by a U.S. Person or on behalf of, or for the account or benefit of, a U.S. Person or a person in the United States unless registered under the U.S. Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration requirements is available. |
(j) | It acknowledges that it has not purchased the Securities as a result of, and will not itself engage in, any “directed selling efforts” (as defined in Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act) in the United States in respect of the Securities which would include any activities undertaken for the purpose of, or that could reasonably be expected to have the effect of, conditioning the market in the United States for the resale of the Securities. |
(k) | The certificates representing the Securities issued hereunder, as well as all certificates issued in exchange for or in substitution of the foregoing, until such time as the same is no longer required under the applicable requirements of the U.S. Securities Act or applicable state securities laws and regulations, will bear, on the face of such certificate, the following legend: |
“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING SUCH SECURITIES, AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT SUCH SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY; (B) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS; (C) IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER, IF AVAILABLE, AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS; OR (D) IN A TRANSACTION THAT DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, IN THE CASE OF CLAUSE (C) OR (D), THE SELLER FURNISHES TO THE COMPANY AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OF RECOGNIZED STANDING IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY TO SUCH EFFECT. THE PRESENCE OF THIS LEGEND MAY IMPAIR THE ABILITY OF THE HOLDER HEREOF TO EFFECT “GOOD DELIVERY” OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY ON A CANADIAN STOCK EXCHANGE.”
provided, that if the Securities were issued at a time when Qualcan qualifies as a “foreign private issuer” as defined in Rule 405 under the U.S. Securities Act, and are being sold outside the United States in compliance with the requirements of Rule 904 of Regulation S and in compliance with Canadian local laws and regulations, the legend set forth above may be removed by providing an executed declaration to the registrar and transfer agent of Qualcan, in substantially the form set forth as Appendix “C” attached hereto (or in such other forms as Qualcan may prescribe from time to time) and, if requested by Qualcan or the transfer agent, an opinion of counsel of recognized standing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Qualcan and the transfer agent to the effect that such sale is being made in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S; and provided, further, that, if any Securities are being sold otherwise than in accordance with Regulation S and other than to Qualcan, the legend may be removed by delivery to the registrar and transfer agent and Qualcan of an opinion of counsel, of recognized standing reasonably satisfactory to Qualcan, that such legend is no longer required under applicable requirements of the U.S. Securities Act or state securities laws.
(l) | The certificates representing the Securities will also be imprinted with a restrictive legend substantially in the following form pursuant to Canadian securities laws: |
“UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY MUST NOT TRADE THE SECURITY BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS 4 MONTHS AND A DAY AFTER THE LATER OF (I) [THE CLOSING DATE] AND (II) THE DATE THE ISSUER BECAME A REPORTING ISSUER IN ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA.”
(m) | It understands and agrees that there may be material tax consequences to the U.S. TargetCo Securityholder of an acquisition, holding or disposition of any of the Securities. Qualcan gives no opinion and makes no representation with respect to the tax consequences to the U.S. TargetCo Securityholder under United States, state, local or foreign tax law of the undersigned’s acquisition, holding or disposition of such Securities. In particular, no determination has been made whether Qualcan will be a “passive foreign investment company” within the meaning of Section 1297 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. |
(n) | It consents to Qualcan making a notation on its records or giving instructions to any transfer agent of Qualcan in order to implement the restrictions on transfer set forth and described in this certification and the Share Exchange Agreement. |
(o) | It understands and agrees that the financial statements of Qualcan have been or will be prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards and therefore may be materially different from financial statements prepared under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and therefore may not be comparable to financial statements of United States companies. |
(p) | It understands and acknowledges that Qualcan is incorporated outside the United States, consequently, it may be difficult to provide service of process on Qualcan and it may be difficult to enforce any judgment against Qualcan. |
(q) | It understands that Qualcan does not have any obligation to register the Securities under the U.S. Securities Act or any applicable state securities or “blue-sky” laws or to take action so as to permit resales of the Securities. Accordingly, the U.S. TargetCo Securityholder understands that absent registration, it may be required to hold the Securities indefinitely. As a consequence, the U.S. TargetCo Securityholder understands it must bear the economic risks of the investment in the Securities for an indefinite period of time. |
3. The foregoing representations contained in this certificate are true and accurate as of the date of this certificate and will be true and accurate as of the Time of Closing. If any such representations will not be true and accurate prior to the Time of Closing, the undersigned will give immediate written notice of such fact to Qualcan prior to the Time of Closing.
ONLY U.S. SECURITYHOLDERS NEED COMPLETE AND SIGN
Dated _______________ 2019.
X | |
Signature of individual (if U.S. TargetCo Securityholder is an individual) | |
X | |
Authorized signatory (if U.S. TargetCo Securityholder is not an individual) | |
Name of U.S. TargetCo Securityholder (please print) | |
Address of U.S. TargetCo Securityholder (please print) | |
Name of authorized signatory (please print) | |
Official capacity of authorized signatory (please print) |
Appendix “A” to
U.S. Representation Letter for U.S. TARGETCO Securityholders
To be completed by U.S. TARGETCO Securityholders that are U.S. Accredited Investors
In addition to the covenants, representations and warranties contained in the Share Exchange Agreement and the Schedule “D” to which this Appendix is attached, the undersigned (the “U.S. TargetCo Securityholder”) covenants, represents and warrants to Qualcan that the U.S. TargetCo Securityholder is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D of the U.S. Securities Act by virtue of meeting one of the following criteria (please hand-write your initials on the appropriate lines):
1.
Initials _______ |
Any bank as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “U.S. Securities Act”), or any savings and loan association or other institution as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the U.S. Securities Act whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity; any broker or dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934; any insurance company as defined in Section 2(a)(13) of the U.S. Securities Act; any investment company registered under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940 or a business development company as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of that Act; any Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under Section 301(c) or (d) of the U.S. Small Business Investment Act of 1958; any plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of US$5,000,000; any employee benefit plan within the meaning of the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 if the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in Section 3(21) of such Act, which is either a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment adviser, or if the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of US$5,000,000, or, if a self-directed plan, with investment decisions made solely by persons that are “accredited investors” (as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D of the U.S. Securities Act); | |
2.
Initials _______ |
Any private business development company as defined in Section 202(a)(22) of the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940; | |
3.
Initials _______ |
Any organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, corporation, Massachusetts or similar business trust, or partnership, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, with total assets in excess of US$5,000,000; | |
4.
Initials _______ |
Any trust with total assets in excess of US$5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated person (being defined as a person who has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that he or she is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment); |
5.
Initials _______ |
A natural person whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with that person’s spouse, at the time of purchase, exceeds US$1,000,000 (for the purposes of calculating net worth), (i) the person’s primary residence will not be included as an asset; (ii) indebtedness that is secured by the person’s primary residence, up to the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of this certification, will not be included as a liability (except that if the amount of such indebtedness outstanding at the time of this certification exceeds the amount outstanding 60 days before such time, other than as a result of the acquisition of the primary residence, the amount of such excess will be included as a liability); and (iii) indebtedness that is secured by the person’s primary residence in excess of the estimated fair market value of the primary residence will be included as a liability; | |
6.
Initials _______ |
A natural person who had annual gross income during each of the last two full calendar years in excess of US$200,000 (or together with his or her spouse in excess of US$300,000) and reasonably expects to have annual gross income in excess of US$200,000 (or together with his or her spouse in excess of US$300,000) during the current calendar year, and no reason to believe that his or her annual gross income will not remain in excess of US$200,000 (or that together with his or her spouse will not remain in excess of US$300,000) for the foreseeable future; | |
7.
Initials _______ |
Any director or executive officer of Qualcan; or | |
8.
Initials _______ |
Any entity in which all of the equity owners meet the requirements of at least one of the above categories – if this category is selected, you must identify each equity owner and provide statements from each demonstrating how they qualify as an accredited investor. |
ONLY U.S. SECURITYHOLDERS WHO ARE ACCREDITED INVESTORS NEED TO COMPLETE AND SIGN
Dated _______________ 2019.
X | |
Signature of individual (if U.S. TargetCo Securityholder is an individual) | |
X | |
Authorized signatory (if U.S. TargetCo Securityholder is not an individual) | |
Name of U.S. TargetCo Securityholder (please print) | |
Address of U.S. TargetCo Securityholder (please print) | |
Name of authorized signatory (please print) | |
Official capacity of authorized signatory (please print) |
Appendix “B” to
U.S. Representation Letter for U.S. TARGETCO Securityholders
To be completed by U.S. Targetco Securityholders that are not U.S. Accredited Investors
In addition to the covenants, representations and warranties contained in the Share Exchange Agreement and the Schedule “D” to which this Appendix is attached, the undersigned (the “U.S. TargetCo Securityholder”) covenants, represents and warrants to Qualcan (also referred to herein as the “Company”) that the U.S. TargetCo Securityholder understands that the Securities have not been and will not be registered under the U.S. Securities Act and that the offer and sale of the Securities to the U.S. TargetCo Securityholder contemplated by the Share Exchange Agreement is intended to be a private offering pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 506(b) of Regulation D under the U.S. Securities Act.
Your answers will at all times be kept strictly confidential. However, by signing this suitability questionnaire (the “Questionnaire”) the U.S. TargetCo Securityholder agrees that the Company may present this Questionnaire to such parties as may be appropriate if called upon to verify the information provided or to establish the availability of an exemption from registration of the private offering under the federal or state securities laws or if the contents are relevant to issue in any action, suit or proceeding to which the Company is a party or by which it is or may be bound. A false statement by the U.S. TargetCo Securityholder may constitute a violation of law, for which a claim for damages may be made against the U.S. TargetCo Securityholder. Otherwise, your answers to this Questionnaire will be kept strictly confidential.
Please complete the following questionnaire:
1. Relationship to the Officers of Directors
Are you a relative of a director, senior officer or control person of the Company: |
Yes: __________ No: ____________ |
|
If yes, state the name of the director, senior officer or control person of the Company |
_____________________________________ |
|
If yes, state the relationship to the director, senior officer or control person of the Company |
_____________________________________ |
2. Close Friend of Officer or Director
Are you a close personal friend of a director, senior officer or control person of the Company: |
Yes: __________ No: ____________ |
|
If yes, state the name of the director, senior officer or control person of the Company |
_____________________________________ |
|
If yes, state how long you have known the director, senior officer or control person of the Company |
_____________________________________ |
A close personal friend is an individual who has known the director, senior officer or control person for a sufficient period of time to be in a position to assess the capabilities and trustworthiness of the director, senior officer or control person. An individual is not a close personal friend solely because the individual is a member of the same organization, association or religious group.
3. Close Business Associate of an Officer or Director
Are you a close business associate of a director, senior officer or control person of the Company: |
Yes: __________ No: ____________ |
|
If yes, state the name of the director, senior officer or control person of the Company |
_____________________________________ |
|
If yes, describe your business relationship with the director, senior officer or control person of the Company |
_____________________________________ |
A close business associate is an individual who has had sufficient prior business dealings with the director, senior officer or control person to be in a position to assess the capabilities and trustworthiness of the director, senior officer or control person. A casual business associate or a person introduced or solicited for the purpose of purchasing securities is not a close business associate. An individual is not a close business associate solely because the individual is a client or former client. For example, an individual is not a close business associate of a registrant or former registrant solely because the individual is a client or former client of that registrant or former registrant. The relationship between the individual and the director, senior officer or control person must be direct. For example, the exemption is not available for a close business associate of a close business associate of a director, senior officer or control person.
4. Income
“income” will mean adjusted gross income as reported for federal tax purposes reduced by (a) any deduction for long term capital gain, (b) any deduction for depletion, (c) any exclusion for interest and (d) any losses allocated to the U.S. TargetCo Securityholder as an individual
(a) | Was your annual income for the calendar year ended December 31, 2018 over US$150,000? |
Yes ______ No ______ | |
(b) | Was your annual income for the calendar year ended December 31, 2017 over $150,000? |
Yes ______ No ______ | |
(c) | Do you anticipate that your annual income for the year ended December 31, 2019 will be over $150,000? |
Yes ______ No ______ |
(d) | Do you anticipate that your current amount of income will change in the foreseeable future? |
Yes ______ No ______ | |
If so, when, why and to what amount will that income change?: | |
_____________________________________________________________________________ | |
_____________________________________________________________________________ | |
(e) | If your responses to questions 4(a) through 4(c) were “No,” please provide your annual income for the calendar years ending December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. |
December 31, 2018: $
_____________________________________________________________________________
December 31, 2017: $
_____________________________________________________________________________
(f) | If your responses to questions 4(a) through 4(c) were “No” please provide your joint annual income with your spouse for the calendar years ending December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. |
December 31, 2018: $
_____________________________________________________________________________
December 31, 2017: $
_____________________________________________________________________________
5. | Net Worth |
(a) | Please provide your net worth (for the purposes of calculating net worth: (i) your primary residence will not be included as an asset; (ii) indebtedness that is secured by your primary residence, up to the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of the sale and purchase of Securities contemplated by the accompanying Share Exchange Agreement, will not be included as a liability (except that if the amount of such indebtedness outstanding at the time of the sale and purchase of the Securities contemplated by the accompanying Share Exchange Agreement exceeds the amount outstanding 60 days before such time, other than as a result of the acquisition of the primary residence, the amount of such excess will be included as a liability); and (iii) indebtedness that is secured by your primary residence in excess of the estimated fair market value of the primary residence will be included as a liability) |
Net Worth: $
_____________________________________________________________________________
(b) | Does your proposed purchase of the Securities exceed: |
____ 10% of your net worth (excluding your personal residence, home furnishings and automobiles)? | |
____ 20% of your net worth (excluding your personal residence, home furnishings and automobiles)? |
6. Educational Background
(a) | Briefly describe educational background, relevant institutions attended, dates, degrees: |
(b) | Briefly describe business involvement or employment during the past 10 years or since graduation from school, whichever period is shorter. (Specific employers need not be named. A sufficient description is needed to assist the Company in determining the extent of vocationally related experience in financial and business matters). |
7. Investment experience
(a) | Please indicate the frequency of your investment in marketable securities: | |
( ) Often; ( ) Occasionally; ( ) Seldom; ( ) Never. | ||
(b) | Please indicate the frequency of your investment in commodities futures: | |
( ) Often; ( ) Occasionally; ( ) Seldom; ( ) Never. | ||
(c) | Please indicate the frequency of your investment in options: | |
( ) Often; ( ) Occasionally; ( ) Seldom; ( ) Never. | ||
(d) | Please indicate the frequency of your investment in securities purchased on margin: | |
( ) Often; ( ) Occasionally; ( ) Seldom; ( ) Never. | ||
(e) | Please indicate the frequency of your investment in unmarketable securities; | |
( ) Often; ( ) Occasionally; ( ) Seldom; ( ) Never. |
(f) | Have your purchased securities sold in reliance on the private offering exemptions from registration pursuant to the U.S. Securities Act or any state laws during the past three years? |
Yes _____ | No _____ |
If you answered “Yes,” please provide the following information:
Year |
Nature
of
Security |
Business
of issuer |
Total
amount
invested |
|||
(g) | Do you believe you have sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business affairs that you can evaluate the merits and risks of a purchase of the Securities? |
Yes _____ | No _____ |
(h) | Do you believe you have sufficient knowledge of investments in general, and investments similar to a purchase of the Securities in particular, to evaluate the risks associated with a purchase of the Securities? |
Yes _____ | No _____ |
You hereby acknowledge that the foregoing statements are true and accurate to the best of your information and belief and that you will promptly notify the Company of any changes in the foregoing answers.
ONLY U.S. SECURITYHOLDERS WHO ARE NOT ACCREDITED INVESTORS NEED TO COMPLETE AND SIGN
Dated _______________ 2019.
X | |
Signature of individual (if U.S. TargetCo Securityholder is an individual) | |
X | |
Authorized signatory (if U.S. TargetCo Securityholder is not an individual) | |
Name of U.S. TargetCo Securityholder (please print) | |
Address of U.S. TargetCo Securityholder (please print) | |
Name of authorized signatory (please print) | |
Official capacity of authorized signatory (please print) |
Appendix “C” to
U.S. Representation Letter for U.S. targetco Securityholders
Form of Declaration for Removal of Legend
TO: | QUALCAN (CANADA) HOLDINGS INC. (the “Corporation”) |
TO: | Registrar and transfer agent for the shares of the Corporation |
The undersigned (A) acknowledges that the sale of __________________ (the “Securities”) of the Corporation, represented by certificate number(s) __________________, to which this declaration relates is being made in reliance on Rule 904 of Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “U.S. Securities Act”), and (B) certifies that (1) the undersigned is not (a) an “affiliate” of the Corporation (as that term is defined in Rule 405 under the U.S. Securities Act, except any officer or director of the Company who is an affiliate solely by virtue of holding such position) (b) a “distributor” as defined in Regulation S or (c) an affiliate of a distributor; (2) the offer of such Securities was not made to a person in the United States and either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the buyer was outside the United States, or the seller and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believed that the buyer was outside the United States, or (b) the transaction was executed on or through the facilities of the Toronto Stock Exchange, the TSX Venture Exchange, the Canadian Securities Exchange or another “designated offshore securities market”, and neither the seller nor any person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction has been prearranged with a buyer in the United States; (3) neither the seller nor any affiliate of the seller nor any person acting on their behalf has engaged or will engage in any directed selling efforts in the United States in connection with the offer and sale of such Securities; (4) the sale is bona fide and not for the purpose of “washing off” the resale restrictions imposed because the Securities are “restricted securities” (as that term is defined in Rule 144(a)(3) under the U. S. Securities Act); (5) the seller does not intend to replace such Securities with fungible unrestricted securities; and (6) the contemplated sale is not a transaction, or part of a series of transactions, which, although in technical compliance with Regulation S, is part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration provisions of the U.S. Securities Act. Terms used herein have the meanings given to them by Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act.
Dated _______________ 20__. | X |
Signature of individual (if Seller is an individual) | |
X | |
Authorized signatory (if Seller is not an individual) | |
Name of Seller (please print) | |
Name of authorized signatory (please print) | |
Official capacity of authorized signatory (please print) |
Affirmation
by Seller’s Broker-Dealer
(Required for sales pursuant to Section (B)(2)(b) above)
We have read the foregoing representations of our customer, _________________________ (the “Seller”), dated _________________, 20__, with regard to the sale, for such Seller’s account, of _________________ common shares (the “Securities”) of Qualcan (Canada) Holdings Inc. (the “Corporation”) represented by certificate number(s) ______________. We have executed sales of the Securities pursuant to Rule 904 of Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “U.S. Securities Act”), on behalf of the Seller. In that connection, we hereby represent to you as follows:
(1) | no offer to sell Securities was made to a person in the United States; |
(2) | the sale of the Securities was executed in, on or through the facilities of the Toronto Stock Exchange, the TSX Venture Exchange, the Canadian Securities Exchange or another “designated offshore securities market” (as defined in Rule 902(b) of Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act), and, to the best of our knowledge, the sale was not pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States; |
(3) | no “directed selling efforts” were made in the United States by the undersigned, any affiliate of the undersigned, or any person acting on behalf of the undersigned; and |
(4) | we have done no more than execute the order or orders to sell the Securities as agent for the Seller and will receive no more than the usual and customary broker’s commission that would be received by a person executing such transaction as agent. |
For purposes of these representations: “affiliate” means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the undersigned; “directed selling efforts” means any activity undertaken for the purpose of, or that could reasonably be expected to have the effect of, conditioning the market in the United States for the Securities (including, but not be limited to, the solicitation of offers to purchase the Securities from persons in the United States); and “United States” means the United States of America, its territories or possessions, any State of the United States, and the District of Columbia.
Legal counsel to the Corporation will be entitled to rely upon the representations, warranties and covenants contained herein to the same extent as if this affirmation had been addressed to them.
Name of Firm | ||
Name of Firm | ||
By: | ||
Authorized Officer | ||
Dated: __________________ 20__. |
THE SECURITY REPRESENTED HEREBY, AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OR REDEMPTION HEREOF, HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND NEITHER SUCH SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT OR SUCH LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS WHICH, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER, WHICH COUNSEL AND OPINION ARE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO COUNSEL FOR THIS COMPANY, IS AVAILABLE.
MYSTIC HOLDINGS INC.
8% CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURE
No. _____ | |
U.S.$______ | _______ __, 2019 |
THIS DEBENTURE is one of a duly authorized issue of convertible debentures (each, a “Debenture” and collectively, the “Debentures”) of Mystic Holdings Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), and has been issued to the Holder (as defined below) in connection with the private placement of securities offered pursuant to that certain: (i) Convertible Debenture Subscription Agreement, (ii) a Confidential Private Placement Term Sheet with Exhibits, and (iii) this Debenture, each dated as of the date of this Debenture (collectively, the “Transaction Documents”). The Debentures are designated as the 8% Convertible Debentures, in an aggregate maximum principal value for all Debentures of this series (the “Series”) of up to U.S.$1,575,000 (Cdn.$2,100,000).
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the Company promises to pay to the order of ____________________________________, having an address at ____________________, and such person or entities’ successors and assigns (the “Holder”), the principal sum of __________ U.S. Dollars (U.S.$__________), or such other amount as shall then equal the outstanding principal amount hereof, in accordance with the terms hereof, and to pay interest on the principal sum outstanding, at the rate of eight percent (8.0%) per annum. Accrual of interest on the outstanding principal amount shall commence on the date hereof and shall continue until payment in full of the outstanding principal amount has been made or duly provided for, or until the entire outstanding principal amount of the Debenture has been converted. This Debenture is unsecured. The Holder takes this Debenture subject to the terms and restrictions set forth in the Transaction Documents and shall be entitled to certain rights and privileges as set forth in the Transaction Documents.
The following is a statement of the rights of the Holder of this Debenture and the terms and conditions to which this Debenture is subject, and to which the Holder, by acceptance of this Debenture, agrees:
1. Principal Repayment. This Debenture and any accrued interest hereunder will become due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof upon the earlier of: (i) the consummation of the Company’s proposed initial public offering in Canada and (ii) _______, 2020, which is twelve (12) months after the date of issuance (such earlier date, the “Maturity Date”), unless this Debenture has been converted as described below. This Debenture may not be prepaid prior to the Maturity Date.
2. Interest. The holders of the Debentures are entitled to receive interest at an annual cumulative rate of eight percent (8.0%) of the principal dollar value of this Debenture, due and payable in cash on the Maturity Date.
3. Conversion.
(a) Generally. All or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Debenture may, at any time on or prior to or after the Maturity Date and in the Holder’s sole discretion (except as provided for in Section 3(b) below), be converted into shares of Common Stock at a price (the “Conversion Price”) equal to Cdn.$0.30 per share.
(b) In Connection with the Canadian Public Offering. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3(a) to the contrary, if, on or prior to the Maturity Date, the Company’s proposed initial public offering in Canada is consummated, then, simultaneously with the closing of such public offering, one hundred percent (100%) of the outstanding principal amount of this Debenture will be automatically converted into common voting shares of the Company, or its public successor company (the “Common Stock”), at the Conversion Price. The remaining balance of any accrued but unpaid interest under this Debenture shall be, simultaneously with the closing of the public offering, repaid by the Company in cash from the proceeds of the public offering.
(c) Mechanics of Conversion. Upon any conversion of this Debenture: (i) such principal amount converted and such converted portion of this Debenture shall become fully paid and satisfied, (ii) the Holder shall surrender and deliver this Debenture, duly endorsed, to the Company or such other address which the Company shall designate against delivery of the certificates representing the new securities of the Company, (iii) except in the case of the proposed public offering, the Company shall promptly deliver a duly executed Debenture to the Holder in the principal amount, if any, that remains outstanding after any such conversion; and (iv) in exchange for all or any portion of the surrendered Debenture described in the preceding clauses 3(c)(i) or (ii) hereof, the Company shall deliver to the Holder certificates representing such number of shares of Common Stock to which the Holder is entitled to receive based on its conversion of the Debenture, which certificates shall bear such legends as are required under applicable state and federal securities laws.
(d) Issue Taxes. The Company shall pay any and all issue and other taxes that may be payable with respect to any issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock on conversion of this Debenture pursuant hereto; provided, however, that the Holder shall not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes resulting from any transfer requested by any holder in connection with any such conversion.
2 |
(e) Elimination of Fractional Interests. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of this Debenture, nor shall the Company be required to pay cash in lieu of fractional interests, it being the intent of the parties that all fractional interests shall be eliminated and that all issuances of Common Stock shall be rounded up to the nearest whole share.
4. Rights upon Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Debentures (together with the holders of the debentures issued in the Second Mystic Financing) shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of any debt securities or credit facilities of the Company, an amount equal to the unpaid and unconverted principal amount of their Debentures and any accrued and unpaid interest thereon. The Holder shall be paid in preference to any unsecured creditors of the Company and shall be paid pro rata in proportion to the principal amount of Debentures held by holders of the Series (together with the holders of the debentures issued in the Second Mystic Financing) if the available assets are not sufficient to repay the Debentures. The rights of the Holder described in this Section 4 are referred to collectively as the “Liquidation Preference.”
5. Adjustments.
(a) Splits, Subdivisions, etc. In the event that the Company should at any time or from time to time, after the date of this Debenture, fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or other securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly additional shares of Common Stock (hereinafter referred to as “Common Stock Equivalents”) without payment of any consideration by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock or the Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof), then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend, distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the Conversion Price may be shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of this Debenture shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of the Common Stock outstanding.
(b) Combinations. If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the date of this Debenture is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, following the record date of such combination, the Conversion Price (in the event such an event shall occur prior to the proposed Canadian initial public offering), shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of this Debenture shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.
3 |
(c) Mergers, Consolidations, etc. A merger, consolidation or other corporate reorganization in which the Company’s stockholders shall receive cash or securities of another entity, or any transaction in which all or substantially all of the assets of the Company are sold shall be treated as a liquidation of the Company for purposes of the payment of the Liquidation Preference (other than with respect to the proposed Qualcan Share Exchange described in the Transaction Documents). The Holder shall receive no less than fifteen (15) days prior written notice of any of the foregoing transactions and shall have an opportunity to convert, at their sole election, the Debenture prior to the consummation of any such transaction.
6. Representations and Affirmative and Negative Covenants of the Company. The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Holder, and covenants and agrees, as the case may be, to all of the matters set forth in Sections 3 and 4 of the Securities Purchase Agreement, which representations, warranties, covenants and agreements are incorporated by reference herein as if set forth fully herein. In addition, the Company hereby covenants to the holder as follows:
(a) Event of Default. Within five (5) days of any officer of the Company obtaining knowledge of any Event of Default (as defined in Section 7 hereof), if such Event of Default is then continuing, the Company shall furnish to the Holder a certificate of the chief financial or accounting officer of the Company setting forth the details thereof and the action which the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
(b) Performance. The Company will not, by any voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of the provisions of this Debenture and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder of this Debenture against impairment.
7. Events of Default. This Debenture shall become immediately due and payable at the option of the holders of greater than 50% of the principal amount of all then outstanding Debentures issued in the Series, upon any one or more of the following events or occurrences (“Events of Default”):
(a) if any portion of this Debenture is not paid when due; provided, that this shall only constitute an Event of Default if such default is not cured by the Company within fifteen (15) days after the Holder has given the Company written notice of such default;
(b) upon a “Change in Control” of the Company, meaning: (i) an acquisition of any voting securities of the Company (the “Voting Securities”) by any “person” (as the term “person” is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or Section 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”)) immediately after which such person has “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the 1934 Act) (“Beneficial Ownership”) of 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities without the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”); (ii) a merger or consolidation that results in more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities of the Company or its successor changing ownership(whether or not approved by the Board); (iii) the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in one or a series of related transactions; (iv) approval by the stockholders of the Company of a plan of complete liquidation of the Company; or (v) the individuals constituting the Board as of the issuance date of this Debenture (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least 1/2 of the members of the Board; provided, however, (A) this provision shall exclude the Qualcan Share Exchange as described in the Transaction Documents and (B) if the election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, of any new director was approved by a vote of the Incumbent Board, such new director shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board. The Company shall give the Holder no less than thirty (30) days written notice of a potential Change in Control.
4 |
(c) if any final judgment for the payment of money is rendered against the Company and the Company does not discharge the same or cause it to be discharged or vacated within ninety (90) days from the entry thereof, or does not appeal therefrom or from the order, decree or process upon which or pursuant to which said judgment was granted, based or entered, and does not secure a stay of execution pending such appeal within ninety (90) days after the entry thereof;
(d) if the Company makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or if the Company generally does not pay its debts as they become due;
(e) if a receiver, liquidator or trustee of the Company is appointed or if the Company is adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or if any petition for bankruptcy, reorganization or arrangement pursuant to federal bankruptcy law, or any similar federal or state law, is filed by or against, consented to, or acquiesced in, by the Company or if any proceeding for the dissolution or liquidation of the Company is instituted; however, if such appointment, adjudication, petition or proceeding is involuntary and is not consented to by the Company, upon the same not being discharged, stayed or dismissed within sixty (60) days;
(f) if the Company defaults in any material respect under any other secured or unsecured indebtedness for borrowed money, other than any indebtedness owed to officers, directors or stockholders of the Company, mortgage or security agreement covering any part of its property;
(g) if the Company defaults in the observance or performance of any other material term, agreement, covenant or condition of this Debenture or the Transaction Documents, and the Company fails to remedy such default within fifteen (15) days after notice by the Holder to the Company of such default, or, if such default is of such a nature that it cannot with due diligence be cured within said fifteen (15) day period, if the Company fails, within said fifteen (15) days, to commence all steps necessary to cure such default, and fail to complete such cure within forty five (45) days after the end of such fifteen (15) day period;
(h) except for specific defaults set forth in this Section 7, if the Company defaults in the observance or performance of any material term, agreement or condition of the Debenture or the Transaction Documents, and such default continues after the end of any applicable cure period provided for therein; and
(i) if any of the following exist uncured for fifteen (15) days following written notice to the Company: (i) the failure, subject to applicable survival periods, of any representation or warranty made by the Company to the Holder pursuant to any of the Transaction Documents to be true and correct in all material respects or (ii) the Company fails to provide the Holder with the written certifications and evidence referred to in this Debenture.
5 |
8. Usury. In no event shall the amount of interest paid or agreed to be paid hereunder exceed the highest lawful rate permissible under applicable law. Any excess amount of deemed interest shall be null and void and shall not interfere with or affect the Company’s obligation to repay the principal of and interest on the Debenture.
9. Holder Not Deemed a Stockholder. The Holder, as such, of this Debenture shall be entitled (prior to conversion or redemption of this Debenture into Common Stock, and only then to the extent of such conversion) to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of shares of Common Stock for any purpose, nor shall anything contained in this Debenture be construed to confer upon the Holder hereof, as such, any of the rights at law of a stockholder of the Company prior to the issuance to the holder of this Debenture of the shares of Common Stock which the Holder is then entitled to receive upon the due conversion of all or a portion of this Debenture.
10. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Debentures. In case this Debenture shall become mutilated or defaced, or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company shall execute and deliver a new note of like principal amount in exchange and substitution for the mutilated or defaced Debenture, or in lieu of and in substitution for the destroyed, lost or stolen Debenture. In the case of a mutilated or defaced Debenture, the Holder shall surrender such Debenture to the Company. In the case of any destroyed, lost or stolen Debenture, the Holder shall furnish to the Company: (a) evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Debenture and (b) such security or indemnity as may be reasonably required by the Company to hold the Company harmless.
11. Waiver of Demand, Presentment, etc. The Company hereby expressly waives demand and presentment for payment, notice of nonpayment, protest, notice of protest, notice of dishonor, notice of acceleration or intent to accelerate, bringing of suit and diligence in taking any action to collect amounts called for hereunder and shall be directly and primarily liable for the payment of all sums owing and to be owing hereunder, regardless of and without any notice, diligence, act or omission as or with respect to the collection of any amount called for hereunder.
12. Payment. Except as otherwise provided for herein, all payments with respect to this Debenture shall be made in lawful currency of the United States of America by check or wire transfer of immediately available funds, at the option of the Holder, at the principal office of the Holder or such other place or places or designated accounts as may be reasonably specified by the Holder of this Debenture in a written notice to the Company at least one (1) business day prior to payment. Payment shall be credited first to the accrued interest then due and payable and the remainder applied to principal.
13. Assignment; Transferability. The rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder of this Debenture shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the permitted successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties hereto. This Debenture will be non-negotiable and non-transferable except to entities controlled by the Holder, as to whom this Debenture may be transferred without the Company’s consent, until, in the event the proposed Canadian initial public offering is not completed prior to then, ______, 2020, which is twelve (12) months after the date of issuance.
6 |
14. Waiver and Amendment. Any provision of this Debenture, including, without limitation, the due date hereof, and the observance of any term hereof, may be amended, waived or modified (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of greater than 50% of the principal amount of all then outstanding Debentures issued in the Series.
15. Notices. Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or delivered by facsimile transmission, to the Company at the address or facsimile number set forth herein or to the Holder at its address or facsimile number set forth in the records of the Company. Any party hereto may by notice so given change its address for future notice hereunder. Notice shall conclusively be deemed to have been given when personally delivered or when deposited in the mail in the manner set forth above and shall be deemed to have been received when delivered or, if notice is given by facsimile transmission, when delivered with confirmation of receipt.
16. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial.
(a) THIS DEBENTURE SHALL BE ENFORCED, GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEVADA APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN SUCH STATE, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.
(b) THE COMPANY HEREBY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE NEVADA STATE OR UNITED STATES FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE STATE OF NEVADA WITH RESPECT TO ANY DISPUTE ARISING UNDER THIS DEBENTURE. THE COMPANY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH SUIT OR PROCEEDING. THE COMPANY FURTHER AGREES THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS UPON IT MAILED BY FIRST CLASS MAIL SHALL BE DEEMED IN EVERY RESPECT EFFECTIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS UPON THE COMPANY IN ANY SUCH SUIT OR PROCEEDING. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE HOLDER’S RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW. THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL NON-APPEALABLE JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH SUIT OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON SUCH JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LAWFUL MANNER.
(c) THE COMPANY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE, AND AGREES NOT TO REQUEST, A JURY TRIAL FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE HEREUNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING OUT OF THIS DEBENTURE.
17. Severability. If one or more provisions of this Debenture are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provisions shall be excluded from this Debenture, and the balance of this Debenture shall be interpreted as if such provisions were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
18. Headings. Section headings in this Debenture are for convenience only, and shall not be used in the construction of this Debenture.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows.]
7 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Debenture to be issued as of the date first above written.
MYSTIC HOLDINGS INC. | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
8 |
NOTICE OF CONVERSION
(to be signed upon conversion of the Debenture by the Holder)
TO MYSTIC HOLDINGS INC.:
The undersigned, the holder of the foregoing Debenture, hereby surrenders such Debenture for conversion into ______ shares of the common stock of Mystic Holdings Inc., and requests that the certificates for such shares be issued in the name of, and delivered to, _________________, whose address is ________________________________________.
Dated: _____________________
____________________________
(signature)
____________________________
(address)
9 |
THE SECURITY REPRESENTED HEREBY, AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OR REDEMPTION HEREOF, HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND NEITHER SUCH SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT OR SUCH LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS WHICH, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER, WHICH COUNSEL AND OPINION ARE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO COUNSEL FOR THIS COMPANY, IS AVAILABLE.
MYSTIC HOLDINGS INC.
8% CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURE
No. _____ | |
U.S.$______ | _______ __, 2019 |
THIS DEBENTURE is one of a duly authorized issue of convertible debentures (each, a “Debenture” and collectively, the “Debentures”) of Mystic Holdings Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), and has been issued to the Holder (as defined below) in connection with the private placement of securities offered pursuant to that certain: (i) Convertible Debenture Subscription Agreement, (ii) a Confidential Private Placement Term Sheet with Exhibits, and (iii) this Debenture, each dated as of the date of this Debenture (collectively, the “Transaction Documents”). The Debentures are designated as the 8% Convertible Debentures, in an aggregate maximum principal value for all Debentures of this series (the “Series”) of up to U.S.$22,500,000 (Cdn.$30,000,000).
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the Company promises to pay to the order of ____________________________________, having an address at ____________________, and such person or entities’ successors and assigns (the “Holder”), the principal sum of __________ U.S. Dollars (U.S.$__________), or such other amount as shall then equal the outstanding principal amount hereof, in accordance with the terms hereof, and to pay interest on the principal sum outstanding, at the rate of eight percent (8.0%) per annum. Accrual of interest on the outstanding principal amount shall commence on the date hereof and shall continue until payment in full of the outstanding principal amount has been made or duly provided for, or until the entire outstanding principal amount of the Debenture has been converted. This Debenture is unsecured. The Holder takes this Debenture subject to the terms and restrictions set forth in the Transaction Documents and shall be entitled to certain rights and privileges as set forth in the Transaction Documents.
The following is a statement of the rights of the Holder of this Debenture and the terms and conditions to which this Debenture is subject, and to which the Holder, by acceptance of this Debenture, agrees:
1. Principal Repayment. This Debenture and any accrued interest hereunder will become due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof upon the earlier of: (i) the consummation of the Company’s proposed initial public offering in Canada and (iii) _______, 2020, which is twelve (12) months after the date of issuance (such earlier date, the “Maturity Date”), unless this Debenture has been converted as described below. This Debenture may not be prepaid prior to the Maturity Date.
2. Interest. The holders of the Debentures are entitled to receive interest at an annual cumulative rate of eight percent (8.0%) of the principal dollar value of this Debenture, due and payable in cash on the Maturity Date.
3. Conversion.
(a) Generally. All or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Debenture may, at any time on or prior to or after the Maturity Date and in the Holder’s sole discretion (except as provided for in Section 3(b) below), be converted into shares of Common Stock at a price (the “Conversion Price”) equal to Cdn.$0.80 per share.
(b) In Connection with the Canadian Public Offering. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3(a) to the contrary, if, on or prior to the Maturity Date, the Company’s proposed initial public offering in Canada is consummated, then, simultaneously with the closing of such public offering, one hundred percent (100%) of the outstanding principal amount of this Debenture will be automatically converted into common voting shares of the Company, or its public successor company (the “Common Stock”), at the Conversion Price. The remaining balance of any accrued but unpaid interest under this Debenture shall be, simultaneously with the closing of the public offering, repaid by the Company in cash from the proceeds of the public offering.
(c) Mechanics of Conversion. Upon any conversion of this Debenture: (i) such principal amount converted and such converted portion of this Debenture shall become fully paid and satisfied, (ii) the Holder shall surrender and deliver this Debenture, duly endorsed, to the Company or such other address which the Company shall designate against delivery of the certificates representing the new securities of the Company, (iii) except in the case of the proposed public offering, the Company shall promptly deliver a duly executed Debenture to the Holder in the principal amount, if any, that remains outstanding after any such conversion; and (iv) in exchange for all or any portion of the surrendered Debenture described in the preceding clauses 3(c)(i) or (ii) hereof, the Company shall deliver to the Holder certificates representing such number of shares of Common Stock to which the Holder is entitled to receive based on its conversion of the Debenture, which certificates shall bear such legends as are required under applicable state and federal securities laws.
(d) Issue Taxes. The Company shall pay any and all issue and other taxes that may be payable with respect to any issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock on conversion of this Debenture pursuant hereto; provided, however, that the Holder shall not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes resulting from any transfer requested by any holder in connection with any such conversion.
2 |
(e) Elimination of Fractional Interests. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of this Debenture, nor shall the Company be required to pay cash in lieu of fractional interests, it being the intent of the parties that all fractional interests shall be eliminated and that all issuances of Common Stock shall be rounded up to the nearest whole share.
4. Rights upon Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Debentures (together with the holders of the debentures issued in the First Mystic Financing) shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of any debt securities or credit facilities of the Company, an amount equal to the unpaid and unconverted principal amount of their Debentures and any accrued and unpaid interest thereon. The Holder shall be paid in preference to any unsecured creditors of the Company and shall be paid pro rata in proportion to the principal amount of Debentures held by holders of the Series (together with the holders of the debentures issued in the First Mystic Financing) if the available assets are not sufficient to repay the Debentures. The rights of the Holder described in this Section 4 are referred to collectively as the “Liquidation Preference.”
5. Adjustments.
(a) Splits, Subdivisions, etc. In the event that the Company should at any time or from time to time, after the date of this Debenture, fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or other securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly additional shares of Common Stock (hereinafter referred to as “Common Stock Equivalents”) without payment of any consideration by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock or the Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof), then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend, distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the Conversion Price may be shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of this Debenture shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of the Common Stock outstanding.
(b) Combinations. If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the date of this Debenture is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, following the record date of such combination, the Conversion Price (in the event such an event shall occur prior to the proposed Canadian initial public offering), shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of this Debenture shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.
3 |
(c) Mergers, Consolidations, etc. A merger, consolidation or other corporate reorganization in which the Company’s stockholders shall receive cash or securities of another entity, or any transaction in which all or substantially all of the assets of the Company are sold shall be treated as a liquidation of the Company for purposes of the payment of the Liquidation Preference (other than with respect to the proposed Qualcan Share Exchange described in the Transaction Documents). The Holder shall receive no less than fifteen (15) days prior written notice of any of the foregoing transactions and shall have an opportunity to convert, at their sole election, the Debenture prior to the consummation of any such transaction.
6. Representations and Affirmative and Negative Covenants of the Company. The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Holder, and covenants and agrees, as the case may be, to all of the matters set forth in Sections 3 and 4 of the Securities Purchase Agreement, which representations, warranties, covenants and agreements are incorporated by reference herein as if set forth fully herein. In addition, the Company hereby covenants to the holder as follows:
(a) Event of Default. Within five (5) days of any officer of the Company obtaining knowledge of any Event of Default (as defined in Section 7 hereof), if such Event of Default is then continuing, the Company shall furnish to the Holder a certificate of the chief financial or accounting officer of the Company setting forth the details thereof and the action which the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
(b) Performance. The Company will not, by any voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of the provisions of this Debenture and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder of this Debenture against impairment.
7. Events of Default. This Debenture shall become immediately due and payable at the option of the holders of greater than 50% of the principal amount of all then outstanding Debentures issued in the Series, upon any one or more of the following events or occurrences (“Events of Default”):
(a) if any portion of this Debenture is not paid when due; provided, that this shall only constitute an Event of Default if such default is not cured by the Company within fifteen (15) days after the Holder has given the Company written notice of such default;
(b) upon a “Change in Control” of the Company, meaning: (i) an acquisition of any voting securities of the Company (the “Voting Securities”) by any “person” (as the term “person” is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or Section 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”)) immediately after which such person has “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the 1934 Act) (“Beneficial Ownership”) of 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities without the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”); (ii) a merger or consolidation that results in more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities of the Company or its successor changing ownership(whether or not approved by the Board); (iii) the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in one or a series of related transactions; (iv) approval by the stockholders of the Company of a plan of complete liquidation of the Company; or (v) the individuals constituting the Board as of the issuance date of this Debenture (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least 1/2 of the members of the Board; provided, however, (A) this provision shall exclude the Qualcan Share Exchange as described in the Transaction Documents and (B) if the election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, of any new director was approved by a vote of the Incumbent Board, such new director shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board. The Company shall give the Holder no less than thirty (30) days written notice of a potential Change in Control.
4 |
(c) if any final judgment for the payment of money is rendered against the Company and the Company does not discharge the same or cause it to be discharged or vacated within ninety (90) days from the entry thereof, or does not appeal therefrom or from the order, decree or process upon which or pursuant to which said judgment was granted, based or entered, and does not secure a stay of execution pending such appeal within ninety (90) days after the entry thereof;
(d) if the Company makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or if the Company generally does not pay its debts as they become due;
(e) if a receiver, liquidator or trustee of the Company is appointed or if the Company is adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or if any petition for bankruptcy, reorganization or arrangement pursuant to federal bankruptcy law, or any similar federal or state law, is filed by or against, consented to, or acquiesced in, by the Company or if any proceeding for the dissolution or liquidation of the Company is instituted; however, if such appointment, adjudication, petition or proceeding is involuntary and is not consented to by the Company, upon the same not being discharged, stayed or dismissed within sixty (60) days;
(f) if the Company defaults in any material respect under any other secured or unsecured indebtedness for borrowed money, other than any indebtedness owed to officers, directors or stockholders of the Company, mortgage or security agreement covering any part of its property;
(g) if the Company defaults in the observance or performance of any other material term, agreement, covenant or condition of this Debenture or the Transaction Documents, and the Company fails to remedy such default within fifteen (15) days after notice by the Holder to the Company of such default, or, if such default is of such a nature that it cannot with due diligence be cured within said fifteen (15) day period, if the Company fails, within said fifteen (15) days, to commence all steps necessary to cure such default, and fail to complete such cure within forty five (45) days after the end of such fifteen (15) day period;
(h) except for specific defaults set forth in this Section 7, if the Company defaults in the observance or performance of any material term, agreement or condition of the Debenture or the Transaction Documents, and such default continues after the end of any applicable cure period provided for therein; and
(i) if any of the following exist uncured for fifteen (15) days following written notice to the Company: (i) the failure, subject to applicable survival periods, of any representation or warranty made by the Company to the Holder pursuant to any of the Transaction Documents to be true and correct in all material respects or (ii) the Company fails to provide the Holder with the written certifications and evidence referred to in this Debenture.
5 |
8. Usury. In no event shall the amount of interest paid or agreed to be paid hereunder exceed the highest lawful rate permissible under applicable law. Any excess amount of deemed interest shall be null and void and shall not interfere with or affect the Company’s obligation to repay the principal of and interest on the Debenture.
9. Holder Not Deemed a Stockholder. The Holder, as such, of this Debenture shall be entitled (prior to conversion or redemption of this Debenture into Common Stock, and only then to the extent of such conversion) to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of shares of Common Stock for any purpose, nor shall anything contained in this Debenture be construed to confer upon the Holder hereof, as such, any of the rights at law of a stockholder of the Company prior to the issuance to the holder of this Debenture of the shares of Common Stock which the Holder is then entitled to receive upon the due conversion of all or a portion of this Debenture.
10. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Debentures. In case this Debenture shall become mutilated or defaced, or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company shall execute and deliver a new note of like principal amount in exchange and substitution for the mutilated or defaced Debenture, or in lieu of and in substitution for the destroyed, lost or stolen Debenture. In the case of a mutilated or defaced Debenture, the Holder shall surrender such Debenture to the Company. In the case of any destroyed, lost or stolen Debenture, the Holder shall furnish to the Company: (a) evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Debenture and (b) such security or indemnity as may be reasonably required by the Company to hold the Company harmless.
11. Waiver of Demand, Presentment, etc. The Company hereby expressly waives demand and presentment for payment, notice of nonpayment, protest, notice of protest, notice of dishonor, notice of acceleration or intent to accelerate, bringing of suit and diligence in taking any action to collect amounts called for hereunder and shall be directly and primarily liable for the payment of all sums owing and to be owing hereunder, regardless of and without any notice, diligence, act or omission as or with respect to the collection of any amount called for hereunder.
12. Payment. Except as otherwise provided for herein, all payments with respect to this Debenture shall be made in lawful currency of the United States of America by check or wire transfer of immediately available funds, at the option of the Holder, at the principal office of the Holder or such other place or places or designated accounts as may be reasonably specified by the Holder of this Debenture in a written notice to the Company at least one (1) business day prior to payment. Payment shall be credited first to the accrued interest then due and payable and the remainder applied to principal.
13. Assignment; Transferability. The rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder of this Debenture shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the permitted successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties hereto. This Debenture will be non-negotiable and non-transferable except to entities controlled by the Holder, as to whom this Debenture may be transferred without the Company’s consent, until, in the event the proposed Canadian initial public offering is not completed prior to then, ______, 2020, which is twelve (12) months after the date of issuance.
6 |
14. Waiver and Amendment. Any provision of this Debenture, including, without limitation, the due date hereof, and the observance of any term hereof, may be amended, waived or modified (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of greater than 50% of the principal amount of all then outstanding Debentures issued in the Series.
15. Notices. Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or delivered by facsimile transmission, to the Company at the address or facsimile number set forth herein or to the Holder at its address or facsimile number set forth in the records of the Company. Any party hereto may by notice so given change its address for future notice hereunder. Notice shall conclusively be deemed to have been given when personally delivered or when deposited in the mail in the manner set forth above and shall be deemed to have been received when delivered or, if notice is given by facsimile transmission, when delivered with confirmation of receipt.
16. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial.
(a) THIS DEBENTURE SHALL BE ENFORCED, GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEVADA APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN SUCH STATE, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.
(b) THE COMPANY HEREBY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE NEVADA STATE OR UNITED STATES FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE STATE OF NEVADA WITH RESPECT TO ANY DISPUTE ARISING UNDER THIS DEBENTURE. THE COMPANY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH SUIT OR PROCEEDING. THE COMPANY FURTHER AGREES THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS UPON IT MAILED BY FIRST CLASS MAIL SHALL BE DEEMED IN EVERY RESPECT EFFECTIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS UPON THE COMPANY IN ANY SUCH SUIT OR PROCEEDING. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE HOLDER’S RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW. THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL NON-APPEALABLE JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH SUIT OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON SUCH JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LAWFUL MANNER.
(c) THE COMPANY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE, AND AGREES NOT TO REQUEST, A JURY TRIAL FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE HEREUNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING OUT OF THIS DEBENTURE.
17. Severability. If one or more provisions of this Debenture are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provisions shall be excluded from this Debenture, and the balance of this Debenture shall be interpreted as if such provisions were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
18. Headings. Section headings in this Debenture are for convenience only, and shall not be used in the construction of this Debenture.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows.]
7 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Debenture to be issued as of the date first above written.
MYSTIC HOLDINGS INC. | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
8 |
NOTICE OF CONVERSION
(to be signed upon conversion of the Debenture by the Holder)
TO MYSTIC HOLDINGS INC.:
The undersigned, the holder of the foregoing Debenture, hereby surrenders such Debenture for conversion into ______ shares of the common stock of Mystic Holdings Inc., and requests that the certificates for such shares be issued in the name of, and delivered to, _________________, whose address is ________________________________________.
Dated: _____________________
____________________________
(signature)
____________________________
(address)
9 |
ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
This Asset Purchase Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of May 8, 2019 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Picksy LLC, a Nevada limited liability company (“Purchaser”), and MEDIFARM LLC, a Nevada limited liability company (“Seller”).
RECITALS
A. Seller is engaged in the business of selling Medical and Recreational Marijuana and all associated derivatives and products, under multiple State of Nevada Department of Taxation (“NV DOT”) licenses, through a retail dispensary operating at the Premises, being referred to herein as the “Business”;
B. Purchaser is interested in purchasing, and Seller is interested in selling, certain assets related to the Business, as more fully described herein. Obtaining approval from state and local governmental authorities for the sale and transfer of Seller’s existing State licenses to Purchaser, as well as all associated State or County business licenses and permits, is a contingent factor and a condition precedent to Closing;
C. The parties hereto desire that Seller sell, assign, transfer and convey to Purchaser, and that Purchaser purchase from Seller, the Assets (as defined below) in exchange for the consideration set forth herein, all according to the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement (the “Transaction”).
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the representations, warranties and covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows.
ARTICLE I
PURCHASE AND SALE OF ASSETS
1.1 Purchase and Sale of Assets and Assumption of Assumed Liabilities.
(a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, effective as of the Closing Date (as defined below), Seller agrees to sell, assign, transfer, convey and deliver to Purchaser, and Purchaser agrees to purchase from Seller, all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to the Assets, free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances).
(b) In connection with the Transaction, on the Closing Date, Seller shall take any and all actions that may be required, or reasonably requested by Purchaser, to transfer good, valid and marketable title to all of the Assets, free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances), to Purchaser, and Seller shall deliver possession of all of the Assets to Purchaser on the Closing Date. Seller shall further deliver to Purchaser proper assignments, bills of sale, conveyances and other instruments of sale and/or transfer in forms reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser to convey to Purchaser good title to all Assets, free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances), as well as such other instruments of sale and/or transfer as Purchaser may reasonably request (whether on or after the Closing Date) to evidence and effect the Transaction contemplated herein.
1.2 Assets.
(a) As used in this Agreement, the term “Assets” means, collectively, all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to all the assets, properties and rights that are owned, including licenses and leases, used or held for use exclusively in the conduct of the Business together with the goodwill of the Business associated therewith (including the Assumed Contracts (if any), the Business Records, the Tangible Personal Property and any other asset identified herein), customer databases and lists, financial records, all product inventory, appropriate equipment and real property leases, all procedural and operational manuals, all equipment, computers and electronics owned by Seller, in each case only those specifically related to or located at the Premises, excluding the Excluded Assets (as defined below).
(b) Purchaser and Seller have mutually drafted and agreed to the asset list attached hereto as Schedule 1.2(b) which defines all Assets included in the Transaction.
1.3 Excluded Assets. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, it is hereby expressly acknowledged and agreed that the Assets shall not include, and Seller is not selling, conveying, assigning, transferring or delivering to Purchaser, and Purchaser is not purchasing, acquiring or accepting from Seller, any of the rights, properties or assets set forth or described in paragraphs (a) through (f) below (the rights, properties and assets expressly excluded by this Section 1.3 from the Assets being referred to herein as the “Excluded Assets”):
(a) all rights, claims or causes of action of Seller arising under this Agreement;
(b) all Seller bank accounts;
(c) all Accounts Receivable of the Business as of the date of Closing;
(d) all Seller credit cards, lines of credit, or similar agreements for the extension of credit to Seller in the operation of the Business;
(e) the corporate charter, qualifications to conduct business as a foreign corporation, arrangements with registered agents relating to foreign qualifications, taxpayer and other identification numbers, seals, minute books, stock transfer books, blank stock certificates, and other documents relating to the organization, maintenance, and existence of Seller as a corporation or other form of business entity;
(f) all Employee Benefit Plans and any assets associated with such Employee Benefit Plans; and
(g) any contracts of Seller which are not Assumed Contracts and any other assets identified on Schedule 1.3(g) herein.
2 |
1.4 Assumption of Liabilities.
(a) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, effective as of the Closing Date, Purchaser agrees to assume from Seller and to pay, perform and discharge according to their terms ONLY the following specified Liabilities (collectively, the “Assumed Liabilities”), but no others: (i) all Liabilities, if any, of Seller specifically set forth in Schedule 1.4(a) herein, (ii) all Liabilities incurred by the Business with respect to the Assets, including the Assumed Contracts, from and after the Closing Date, and (iii) any Transfer Taxes, Fees and Property Taxes, in each case, to the extent specifically allocated to Purchaser pursuant to Section 5.2. Purchaser shall not assume any Liabilities of Seller, and Seller shall remain liable for and shall discharge any and all Liabilities incurred with respect to the Assets, including the Assumed Contracts, prior to the Closing.
(b) Nothing herein shall be deemed to deprive Purchaser or any Affiliate of Purchaser, as applicable, of any defenses, set-offs or counterclaims that Seller has or may have had or that Purchaser, or any Affiliate of Purchaser, as applicable, shall have (to the extent relating to the Assumed Liabilities) to any of the Assumed Liabilities (the “Defenses and Claims”). Effective as of the Closing, Seller agrees to assign, transfer and convey to Purchaser all Defenses and Claims and agrees to cooperate with Purchaser to maintain, secure, perfect and enforce such Defenses and Claims.
1.5 Liabilities Not Assumed. Purchaser shall not assume any Liabilities of Seller other than the Assumed Liabilities, nor shall it assume any of the following obligations or Liabilities (all obligations or Liabilities not assumed by Purchaser herein are collectively referred to herein as “Excluded Liabilities”), which in each case shall remain obligations and Liabilities of Seller:
(a) Any Liability arising out of or as a result of any legal or equitable Action or judicial or administrative proceeding initiated at any time to the extent arising out of facts occurring prior to the Closing;
(b) Any Liability of Seller or otherwise imposed on the Assets or with respect to the Business, in respect of any Tax, including (i) any Liability of Seller for the Taxes of any other Person under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law), as a transferee or successor, by contract or otherwise, (ii) any Transfer Taxes or Property Taxes except, in each case, to the extent specifically allocated to Purchaser pursuant to Section 5.2, and (iii) any liability of Seller for Taxes arising in connection with the consummation of the Transaction or because Seller is transferring the Assets, excluding any Transfer Taxes allocated to Purchaser pursuant to Section 5.2;
(c) Any Liabilities required to have been performed or paid prior to the Closing, or related to or arising from any breach or default by Seller, whether on or before the Closing, of any Assumed Contracts, or related to or arising from any tort, infringement or violation of Laws by Seller, to the extent occurring or arising from facts occurring on or prior to the Closing;
3 |
(d) Any Liability of Seller incurred in connection with or under this Agreement (including with respect to any of Seller’s representations, warranties, agreements, or covenants hereunder) relating to the execution or performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein;
(e) Except as set forth in Sections 8.14 and 8.15, any fees or expenses incurred by Seller or its shareholders with respect to Seller’s or such Persons’ engagement of counsel, or any investment banker, appraiser or accounting firm engaged to perform services in connection with the Transaction;
(f) Any obligations of Seller for borrowed money;
(g) Any Liability of Seller not related to the Assets;
(h) Any Liability relating to the Excluded Assets;
(i) Any Liability or obligation of Seller or any of its Affiliates relating to any current or former employee or other service provider of Seller or any of its Affiliates, or any dependent or beneficiary thereof, including without limitation (i) any Liability arising under any Employee Benefit Plan, including any Multiemployer Plan or other Pension Plan, (ii) any Liability that constitutes a Withdrawal Liability or COBRA Liability, (iii) any Liability arising in connection with the actual or prospective employment or engagement, the retention and/or discharge by Seller or any of its Affiliates of any current or former employee or other service provider , (iv) any Liability for wages, remuneration, compensation (including any bonuses due any employee arising as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby), benefits, severance, vacation or other paid-time-off or other accrued obligations (A) associated with any employee or other service provider of Seller or any of its Affiliates (including any Business Employee) who does not become a Transitioned Employee (or any dependent or beneficiary thereof), and (B) with respect to any Transitioned Employee, arising on or prior to the Closing Date, and (v) any claim of an unfair labor practice, or any claim under any state unemployment compensation or worker’s compensation Law or under any federal or state employment discrimination Law;
(j) Any Liability of Seller related to the Assets under any Environmental Law which first arose prior to or is related to actions occurring on or prior to the Closing Date;
(k) Any Liability of Seller listed as an Account Payable or debt amount owed. At the Closing Date, in conjunction with this Transaction, Seller shall warrant to purchaser that all Accounts Payable and debt amounts, as of that date, are current and with a zero balance, unless excluded and agreed to in writing by Purchaser; and
(l) Any other Liabilities not identified as Assumed Liabilities in Section 1.4(a) or Schedule 1.4(a) herein.
4 |
1.6 Purchase Consideration.
(a) The aggregate consideration for the purchase of the Assets shall be TEN MILLION DOLLARS ($10,000,000) plus or minus the Inventory Adjustment as set forth in Section 1.6(b) below (the “Purchase Price”) and the assumption of the Assumed Liabilities (the “Liability Assumption”) (together with the Purchase Price, the “Transaction Consideration”).
(b) Product inventory at Closing must be equivalent in quality, diversity and value to the average quality, diversity and value of inventory during the sixty (60) days prior to the date of this Agreement (“Average Inventory”). Such Average Inventory is considered part of the Assets being acquired by Purchaser. The Seller and the Purchaser shall agree in writing as to the value of the Inventory located at the Premises (the “Inventory Amount”) immediately prior to Closing. Should the Inventory Amount at the time of Closing exceed the Average Inventory, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted upward accordingly and shall be payable at Closing. Should the Inventory Amount at the time of Closing be less than the Average Inventory, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted downward accordingly and shall be payable at Closing. Any adjustment either upwards or downwards based upon the actual amount of inventory transferred to Purchaser at Closing pursuant to this Section shall be deemed the “Inventory Adjustment.”
1.6.1 Escrow Deposit.
(a) On the date of execution of this Agreement, Purchaser shall deposit into an escrow account (“Initial Escrow Deposit”) the amount of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement.
(b) The Escrow Agent shall be Gentile Cristalli Miller Armeni & Savarese (“Escrow Agent”). All costs associated with the Escrow Agent in regards to this Transaction, shall be paid equally by the Seller and the Purchaser.
(c) The Escrow Deposit shall be refundable at the written request of the Purchaser only in the event (i) the Seller terminates this Agreement other than based upon an unremedied default of the Purchaser; (ii) the Purchaser terminates this Agreement based upon an unremedied default of the Seller; or (iii) the NV DOT, Clark County or City of Las Vegas do not approve the transfer of the applicable Permits by the Outside Date. In the event the NV DOT does not approve Purchaser as an owner of the licenses set forth herein and/or an operator of a medical and recreational marijuana dispensary due to an un-remedied fault of Purchaser, the transaction set forth in this Agreement shall be cancelled and all funds deposited into escrow shall be released to Seller.
1.7 Consent of Third Parties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Agreement shall not constitute an agreement to assign or transfer any Asset, instrument, contract, lease, permit or other agreement or arrangement or any claim, right or benefit arising thereunder or resulting therefrom if an assignment or transfer or an attempt to make such an assignment or transfer without the consent of a third party would constitute a material breach or violation thereof or affect adversely the rights of Purchaser or Seller thereunder; and any assignment or transfer to Purchaser by Seller of any interest under any such Asset, instrument, contract, lease, permit or other agreement or arrangement that requires the consent of a third party shall be made subject to such consent or approval being obtained. Nothing in this Section 1.7 shall be deemed to constitute an agreement to exclude from the Assets any assets described under Section 1.2.
5 |
1.8 Allocation. Following the Closing, Seller and Purchaser shall use commercially reasonable efforts to prepare a joint schedule allocating the aggregate consideration (including the Assumed Liabilities) payable for the Assets in accordance with Section 1060 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder (and any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law, as appropriate) (the “Allocation Schedule”). If Seller and Purchaser are able to agree upon the Allocation Schedule within thirty (30) days following the Closing Date, Seller and Purchaser shall each file IRS Form 8594, and all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns, in accordance with the Allocation Schedule. If Purchaser and Seller are unable to agree upon the Allocation Schedule within 30 days after the Closing Date, any dispute or disagreement between Purchaser and Seller regarding any matter set forth in the Allocation Schedule shall be resolved promptly by the Independent Auditor, the costs of which shall be borne equally by Purchaser, on the one hand, and Seller, on the other hand. Purchaser and Seller shall prepare and file all Tax Returns and other statements in a manner consistent with the Allocation Schedule and shall not make any inconsistent statement or adjustment on any Tax Returns or otherwise during the course of an audit, investigation or other dispute with a Taxing authority, provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall prevent Purchaser or Seller from settling any proposed deficiency or adjustment by any Taxing authority based upon or arising out of the Allocation Schedule, and neither Purchaser nor Seller shall be required to litigate before any court any proposed deficiency or adjustment by any Taxing authority challenging such Allocation Schedule.
1.9 Withholding. Purchaser shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement to Seller such amounts as Purchaser is required to deduct and withhold under the Code, or any Tax Law, with respect to the making of such payment. To the extent that amounts are so withheld, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of whom such deduction and withholding was made.
ARTICLE II
THE CLOSING
2.1 Closing. The consummation of the Transaction will take place at a closing to be held at the offices of Gentile Cristalli Miller Armeni & Savarese in Las Vegas, Nevada, or such other place as the parties agree upon in writing, (the “Closing”) on the third business day after the satisfaction or waiver of all of the closing conditions to the obligations of the parties contemplated hereby (the “Closing Date”).
2.2 Deliveries by Purchaser at the Closing. At the Closing, Purchaser shall deliver, or cause to be delivered to Seller, the following:
(a) | the Purchase Price, less (i) the Escrow Deposit and (ii) the amount of the Note (as defined below), by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated by Seller. The parties agree that the Seller shall pay any commission owed to the Seller’s broker at the Closing; and |
6 |
(b) | a 12 month Promissory Note payable to Seller in the principal amount of Two Million Eight Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,800,000) bearing 5% interest and secured by the Assets (the “Note”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A. |
2.3 Deliveries by Seller and Purchaser at the Closing. At the Closing, as conditions precedent to Closing, Seller shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Seller, as applicable, the following:
(a) evidence satisfactory to Purchaser of (i) the third party consents set forth in Section 1.7 and (ii) any other required consents from third parties, including landlord(s), current lender(s), the NV DOT, Clark County and City of Las Vegas, for the transactions contemplated herein;
(b) a bill of sale, assignments and assumptions of contracts and licenses as agreed to by Purchaser, and such other good and sufficient instruments of conveyance, assignment and transfer, duly executed by Seller and which are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel to Purchaser and are legally sufficient to vest in Purchaser, good title to the Assets;
(c) the Business Records and all assets listed in Section 1.2 and Schedule 1.2(b) herein;
(d) certificates, signed by the Secretary of Seller and the Secretary of Purchaser, certifying as to the truth and accuracy of, and attaching copies of, Seller’s and Purchaser’s charter documents and board of director and stockholder resolutions adopted in authorizing and approving this Agreement, and the Transaction;
(e) an Estoppel Certificate in the form required by the NV DOT duly executed by Purchaser;
(f) the Assumed Contracts, including properly assigned leases, if applicable, both equipment and real property, if any, and all Medical Marijuana or Recreational Marijuana licenses pertinent to the Seller, approved by the NV DOT and transferred to Purchaser, as agreed to by Purchaser;
(g) evidence of advance deposits, if any, duly executed by Seller;
(h) Purchaser’s standard form of employment, work file and confidentiality agreement, in the form attached as an Exhibit, duly executed by each of the Key Employees; and
(i) a properly executed affidavit prepared in accordance with Treasury Regulations section 1.1445-2(b) certifying Seller’s non-foreign status.
2.4 Simultaneous Delivery. All deliveries at the Closing as provided for in Section 2.2 shall be deemed to be made and effected simultaneously with each other and with all deliveries provided for in Section 2.3, and all such deliveries shall be deemed to be in escrow until all such deliveries provided for in Section 2.2 and in Section 2.3 have been made and effected.
7 |
2.5. Lease. In the event Purchaser assumes the lease on the Premises as an Asset as of the date of Closing and then terminates the Lease following the Closing, Purchaser shall be responsible for any payments owed to the landlord in connection with such termination.
2.6 Termination. The parties may terminate this Agreement prior to the Closing as provided below:
(a) by mutual written consent;
(b) the Purchaser may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the Seller in the event the Seller is in breach of any representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement, and such breach (i) individually or in combination with any other such breach, would cause the conditions set forth in Section 2.3 not to be satisfied and (ii) is not cured within twenty (20) days following delivery by the Purchaser to the Seller of written notice of such breach;
(c) the Seller may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the Purchaser in the event the Purchaser is in breach of any representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement, and such breach (i) individually or in combination with any other such breach, would cause the conditions set forth in Section 2.3 not to be satisfied and (ii) is not cured within twenty (20) days following delivery by the Seller to the Purchaser of written notice of such breach;
(d) the Purchaser may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the Seller if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before the one year anniversary of the date of this Agreement (the “Outside Date”) by reason of the failure of any condition precedent under Section 2.3 (unless the failure results primarily from a breach by the Purchaser of any representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement); or
(e) the Seller may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the Purchaser if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before the Outside Date by reason of the failure of any condition precedent under Section 2.3 (unless the failure results primarily from a breach by the Seller of any representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement).
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER
Except as is otherwise set forth in Seller’s disclosure schedule (the “Seller Disclosure Schedule”) delivered by Seller to Purchaser and dated as of the date of this Agreement, Seller represents and warrants that the statements contained in this Article III are true and correct as of the date hereof. Matters disclosed by Seller in the Seller Disclosure Schedule in reference to any section of this Agreement shall be deemed to be disclosed for all purposes under this Agreement to the extent it is reasonably apparent on its face that such disclosure is applicable for such other purposes.
8 |
3.1 Organization; No Subsidiaries.
(a) Seller is a company duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of the State of Nevada and has full power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted.
(b) Seller does not have any subsidiaries, and the Business is conducted solely by Seller.
3.2 Authorization. This Agreement will constitute, a valid and binding agreement of Seller enforceable against Seller, in accordance with their respective terms, subject to (a) Laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, and the relief of debtors and (b) rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies (collectively, the “Enforceability Exceptions”). Seller has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to carry out and perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to carry out and perform the transactions contemplated herein and therein. All requisite action on the part of Seller has been taken to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement.
3.3 No Conflicts; Consents. Except as set forth in Section 3.3 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, the execution and the delivery by Seller of this Agreement does not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and therein and compliance with the provisions hereof and thereof will not (a) conflict with or violate the articles of organization or operating agreement of Seller, (b) conflict with or violate, result in a material breach of, constitute a material default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under or violation of, or give to others any right of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, or result in the creation of any Encumbrance pursuant to, any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, lease, sublease, contract or other agreement or instrument, permit, concession, franchise, license, sublicense or Law applicable to Seller or any of the Assets, (c) conflict with or violate, on the part of Seller any filing with, or any permit, authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Authority, (d) require any notice, consent or waiver under any Assumed Contract or any other agreement or contract of Seller, except for the required consents listed in Section 1.7, (e) result in the imposition of any Encumbrance upon any of the Assets (other than a Permitted Encumbrance), (f) conflict with or violate any judgment, order, writ, injunction, or decree applicable to Seller or any of the Assets, or (g) conflict with or violate any material Law applicable to Seller or any of the Assets.
3.4 Financial Statements.
(a) Seller shall provide to Purchaser (i) the unaudited balance sheet and the related unaudited income statement and statement of cash flows of the Business for the calendar year 2018, and for the first quarter of 2019 (the “Historical Financial Statements”). The Historical Financial Statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Business as of the dates and during the periods indicated therein, consistent with the books and records of Seller (which, in turn, are correct and complete in all material respects), except that the unaudited Historical Financial Statements are subject to normal year end adjustments, which are not material individually or in the aggregate.
9 |
(b) Except for Permitted Encumbrances and as set forth herein, the Business does not have any material Liability, except for Liabilities (i) reflected on the face of the Historical Financial Statements and to be paid off in conjunction with this Transaction, (ii) incurred in connection with the execution of this Agreement, and (iii) of the type reflected on the face of the Historical Financial Statements which have arisen since December 31, 2018 in the ordinary course of business (none of which relate to breach of contract, breach of warranty, tort, infringement, violation of or Liability under any Law or any Action and none of which are material individually or in the aggregate).
3.5 Assets.
(a) Title to Assets. Seller has, and, following the Closing, Purchaser will have, good, valid and marketable title to all Tangible Personal Property, including equipment, inventory and licenses, free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances). Seller has, and following the Closing Purchaser will have, a valid and binding leasehold interest in any leased equipment, and real property included among the Assets, free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances). At the Closing, Seller will sell, convey, assign, transfer and deliver to Purchaser good, valid, and marketable title in, and all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to all of the Assets, free and clear of any Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances).
(b) Condition of Assets. As set forth herein, a copy of the fixed asset ledger of Seller, is attached, as of March 31, 2019. Each item of Tangible Personal Property included in the Assets has been maintained in accordance with normal industry practice, is in good operating condition (normal wear and tear excepted) and is suitable for the purposes for which it presently is used.
(c) Sufficiency of Assets.
(i) Except for (A) the Excluded Assets, (B) any employees or contractors (current or former) of Seller and (C) any general corporate or administrative services provided to the Business by Seller, the Assets include all tangible and intangible assets and rights that are used or held for use by Seller in the operation or conduct of the Business as it is conducted immediately prior to the Effective Date consistent with past practice, including all State Medical Marijuana licenses, and are sufficient for the conduct of the Business by Purchaser immediately following the Closing in substantially the same manner as conducted by Seller immediately prior to the Effective Date. This Transaction is contingent upon the above noted licenses being transferred to Purchaser. Seller is only warrantying that those licenses are part of the asset package being transferred, and does not warrant the approval from the State to transfer those licenses to Purchaser.
(ii) Seller (A) does not own, use or hold any websites or Domain Names that are owned, used or held for use in the Business other than the Seller Websites and the Domain Names included in the Transferred Intellectual Property, if any, (B) is not engaged in any business, activities or operations other than the Business and the businesses related to the Excluded Assets, and (C) does not own, use or hold any assets that are currently proposed to be used in the Business other than the Assets.
(iii) The Seller has all Permits, which will be transferred in this Transaction, necessary for the conduct of the Business as it is conducted immediately prior to the Effective Date consistent with past practice, the lack of which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
10 |
3.6 Litigation. Other than that disclosed by the Seller Disclosure Schedule, there is no litigation, claim, action, suit, arbitration, charge, demand, proceeding or investigation (each, an “Action”) pending or, to Seller’s Knowledge, threatened or reasonably expected against Seller relating to the Business, the Assets or the Assumed Liabilities, other than what shall be specifically noted by Seller in writing. None of the Business or the Assets is subject to (i) any continuing order, consent decree, settlement agreement or other similar written agreement with any Governmental Authority, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any arbitrator, mediator or similar person, (ii) any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority or (iii) to Seller’s Knowledge, any continuing investigation or inquiry by any Governmental Authority and, to Seller’s Knowledge, there is no valid basis for any such investigation or inquiry.
3.7 [Intentionally Omitted].
3.8 Privacy. The Business has been operated at all times, and all personal information has been collected, processed, used, disclosed, shared, transferred, transmitted, stored and disposed of in compliance with the Privacy Statements and all applicable privacy Laws.
3.9 Assumed Contracts.
(a) Other than the Assumed Contracts, no existing contracts with Seller shall be assumed by Purchaser, without specific, individual, written consent by Purchaser.
(b) Seller shall provide Purchaser a list of all existing contracts on Schedule 3.9(b). Except for the Assumed Contracts, Seller is not a party to or otherwise bound by the terms of any material contract, agreement or obligation, written or oral, affecting the Business or the Assets. Seller shall separately identify each Assumed Contract (i) pursuant to which any other party is granted “most favored party” rights of any type or scope, or containing any non-solicitation or non-competition covenants or other restrictions relating to the Business or that limits the freedom of Seller to engage or participate, or compete with any other Person, in any line of business, market or geographic area, or to make use of any Transferred Intellectual Property, (ii) that is an IP Agreement, (iii) that imposes on Seller payment obligations (contingent or otherwise) in excess of $5,000 per annum, (iv) that provides for payments to Seller in excess of $5,000 per annum, (v) that constitutes a partnership or joint venture agreement, (vi) that evidences outstanding Indebtedness which constitutes an Asset and (vii) that is a Lease.
(c) Assumed Contracts (if any) are valid, binding and in full force and effect and enforceable by Seller prior to Closing and by Purchaser upon and after Closing.. Neither Seller, nor, to Seller’s Knowledge, any other party, is in material breach, violation of, or default under, and to the Knowledge of Seller, no event has occurred which, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, is reasonably likely to result in a breach or violation by Seller or such other party of, or default under, any Assumed Contract, and there are no existing disputes or claims of default relating thereto, or any facts or conditions Known to Seller which, if continued, will result in a material default or claim of default thereunder. Seller has not received any written or, to the Knowledge of Seller, oral notice of the intention of any party to terminate, cancel, amend or not renew any Assumed Contract. Except as set forth in Section 1.7, no consents are necessary for the effective assignment to and assumption by Purchaser of any of the Assumed Contracts including but not limited to the lease on the Premises. Seller has furnished or made available to Purchaser true and complete copies of all Assumed Contracts and descriptions of all material terms of Assumed Contracts that are not in writing, including any amendments, waivers or other changes thereto.
11 |
3.10 No Adverse Changes. Other than that noted in the Seller Disclosure Schedule, since January 1, 2019, except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, (i) Seller has conducted the Business only in the ordinary course of business and in a manner consistent with past practice and (ii) there has not been:
(a) Any Material Adverse Effect or any change, development or event that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
(b) Any material damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance;
(c) Any sale, transfer or other disposition of Assets, except as contemplated by this Agreement;
(d) Any sale, transfer or other disposition of any other assets of the Business, except in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice or as contemplated by this Agreement;
(e) Any actual or threatened change in Seller’s relationships with the Key Employees;
(f) Any action taken or any change made, other than reasonable and usual actions in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, with respect to accounting policies, practices, principles, methods or procedures, other than as required by GAAP or by a Governmental Authority;
(g) Any writing up, writing down or writing off of the book value of any Assets, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of $5,000, except for depreciation and amortization in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;
(h) Any commencement of any Action relating to the Assets, the Assumed Liabilities or the Business;
(i) Any waiver, release, assignment, settlement or compromise of any material rights or claims, or any material Action by or against Seller and relating to the Business or any of the Assets;
(j) Except in the ordinary course of business and in a manner consistent with past practice, any entrance into, amendment, modification, acceleration or consent to the termination of any Assumed Contract (or any contract that would be required to be disclosed if in existence on the date hereof), or amendment, waiver, modification or consent to the termination of Seller’s rights thereunder;
12 |
(k) Any action taken for the winding up, liquidation, dissolution or reorganization of Seller or for the appointment of a receiver, administrator or administrative receiver, trustee or similar officer of its assets or revenues;
(l) Any grant of a license, exclusive or non-exclusive, or other agreement with respect to the Transferred Intellectual Property, other than grants of rights under the Terms and Conditions;
(m) Any disclosure of any trade secrets or other proprietary and confidential information that is included in an Asset to any Person that is not subject to any confidentiality or non- disclosure agreement;
(n) Any new, change in or revocation of any material Tax election; settlement or compromise of any claim, notice, audit report or assessment in respect of Taxes; change in any annual Tax accounting period, adoption or change in any method of Tax accounting; filing of any amended material Tax Return; entrance into any tax allocation agreement, tax sharing agreement, tax indemnity agreement or closing agreement relating to any material Tax; surrender of any right to claim a material Tax refund; or consent to any extension or waiver of the statute of limitations period applicable to any material Tax claim or assessment, in each case, to the extent related to the Assets or the Business; or
(o) Any agreement, whether oral or written, to effect any of the foregoing (excluding this Agreement).
3.11 Employees.
(a) Neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates is or has been a party to any collective bargaining or similar agreement and there are no labor unions or other organizations representing, purporting to represent or, to Seller’s Knowledge, attempting to represent, any employee of Seller or any of its Affiliates. There are no unfair labor practice complaints pending against Seller or any of its Affiliates before the National Labor Relations Board or any other Governmental Authority nor, to Seller’s Knowledge, are any such complaints threatened. Neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates have experienced any strike, slowdown or work stoppage nor, to Seller’s Knowledge, are any such strikes, slowdowns, work stoppages or lockouts threatened.
(b) To Seller’s Knowledge, no Key Employee has any present intention to terminate employment with Seller. Except as noted herein, no employee of Seller is subject to any noncompetition, nondisclosure, confidentiality, employment, consulting or similar contract relating to, affecting or in conflict with the present or proposed business activities of Seller.
3.12 Employee Benefits.
(a) Seller shall provide Purchaser, a true and complete list of each Employee Benefit Plan.
13 |
(b) With respect to each Employee Benefit Plan, Seller has made available to Purchaser true and complete copies of (i) each Employee Benefit Plan (or, if not written, a written summary of its material terms), including without limitation all plan documents, trust agreements, insurance contracts or other funding vehicles and all amendments thereto, (ii) all summaries and summary plan descriptions, including any summary of material modifications, (iii) the most recent annual reports (Form 5500 series) filed with the Internal Revenue Service, and (iv) the most recent determination or opinion letter, if any, issued by the Internal Revenue Service and any pending request for such a letter.
(c) Each Employee Benefit Plan which is intended to be a “qualified plan” within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code has either (i) received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service as to its qualified status, or (ii) may rely upon a favorable prototype opinion letter from the Internal Revenue Service, and each trust established in connection with any Employee Benefit Plan which is intended to be exempt from federal income taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code is so exempt, and to Seller’s Knowledge, no fact or event has occurred that could adversely affect the qualified status of any such Employee Benefit Plan or the exempt status of any such trust.
(d) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (either alone or in conjunction with any other event, whether contingent or otherwise), including, without limitation, any termination of employment, will (i) entitle any current or former employee, officer, consultant or director of Seller or its Affiliates to any payment; (ii) result in or cause the accelerated vesting, funding, or time of payment, or delivery of any compensation, equity award or other benefit; (iii) increase the amount or value of, any payment, compensation or benefit to any such employee, officer, consultant or director of Seller or its Affiliates; or (iv) limit Seller’s right to amend, modify or terminate any Employee Benefit Plan.
(e) Neither Seller nor any ERISA Affiliate sponsors, maintains, contributes to or is required to contribute to, or has ever sponsored, maintained, contributed to or been required to contribute to, or has any Liability or obligation, whether actual or contingent, with respect to any, and no Employee Benefit Plan is a, Multiemployer Plan or a Pension Plan.
(f) With respect to the Employee Benefit Plans, there does not now exist, nor do any circumstances exist that would reasonably be expected to result in, any current or contingent Liabilities of Purchaser or its Affiliates following the Closing under ERISA, the Code or any other applicable Laws.
3.13 Absence of Insolvency. No insolvency proceedings of any character, including bankruptcy, receivership, reorganization, composition or arrangement with creditors, voluntary or involuntary, (a) is pending against Seller or any of the Assets, (b) to the Knowledge of Seller is affecting Seller or any of the Assets, or (c) to the Knowledge of Seller is threatened, and Seller has not made any assignment for the benefit of creditors, nor taken any action with a view to, or which would constitute the basis of the institution of any such insolvency proceedings.
14 |
3.14 No Brokers or Finders. Except as set forth in Section 3.14 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, no Person has, or as a result of the transactions contemplated herein will have, any right or valid claim against Seller, the Business or any of the Assets for any commission, fee or other compensation as a finder or broker, or in any similar capacity.
3.15 Complete Copies of Materials. Seller has delivered or made available true and complete copies of each material document that has been requested by Purchaser in connection with Purchaser’s legal and accounting review of Seller, the Business and the Assets.
3.16 Compliance with Laws. Seller (i) is not in conflict with, or in default, breach or violation in any material respect of any applicable Law, (ii) has conducted the operations of the Business in compliance with applicable Law in all material respects and has not received notice of any material violation or alleged material violation of any applicable Law, and (iii) no event has occurred, and no condition exists, that would reasonably be likely to (with or without notice of lapse of time) constitute or result directly or indirectly in a material violation by Seller of, or a material failure on the part of Seller to comply with, any applicable Law.
3.17 Real Property. Seller has good and valid leasehold interest in the Premises free and clear of all Encumbrances, other than Permitted Encumbrances. With respect to the lease or other occupancy agreements affecting the Premises (each, a “Lease”), true and complete copies of which have been furnished by Seller to Purchaser, there exists no default by Seller or any event or circumstance which upon notice or the passage of time, or both, would give rise to any default by Seller, nor, to the Knowledge of Seller, is there any such default or events or circumstances of default by any lessor or subtenant under such Lease, other than that noted in the Seller Disclosure Schedule. No party other than Seller has the right to occupy any of the Premises. The Premises and all improvements located thereon are free from material defect, are in good operating condition and repair (normal wear and tear excepted), and are suitable for the purposes for which the Premises and improvements thereon are presently used. The Premises are supplied with all utilities and other services necessary for the operation of such Premises as currently operated.
3.18 Insurance.
(a) Seller shall provide a list of all insurance policies that are currently held by Seller with respect to the Business or the Assets (“Insurance Policies”), true and complete copies of which have been made available to Purchaser.
(b) All premiums due with respect to such policies are currently paid and Seller is not in material breach or material default with respect to its obligations under the Insurance Policies and, to the Knowledge of Seller, no event has occurred which, with notice or the lapse of time, or both, would constitute such a breach or default, or permit termination or modification, under any of the Insurance Policies. Seller has not received notice of cancellation or termination of any Insurance Policy, nor has it been denied or had revoked or rescinded any policy of insurance, nor has it borrowed against any such policies. There are and have been no claims against any Insurance Policies and no insurance carrier has denied or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened to deny coverage.
15 |
3.19 Taxes.
(a) Seller has timely filed (taking into account any extensions of time for such filings that have been properly and timely requested by Seller) all material Tax Returns that were required to be filed. All such Tax Returns are complete and accurate in all material respects. All material Taxes owed by Seller (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) have been paid. Seller is not currently the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return. No written claim has ever been made by a Governmental Authority in a jurisdiction in which Seller does not file Tax Returns that Seller is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction. There are no Encumbrances on any of the Assets or the Business for Taxes (other than Permitted Encumbrances).
(b) Seller has not waived any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency.
(c) The unpaid Taxes of Seller did not, as of each of the dates of the Historical Financial Statements, exceed the reserve for Tax Liability (excluding any reserve for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax income) set forth on the face of the balance sheets contained in the Historical Financial Statements (rather than in any notes thereto). Since the date of such financial statements, Seller has not incurred any liability for Taxes outside the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.
(d) No audit, investigation, dispute, claims or other Actions for or relating to any Liability for Taxes of Seller is presently in progress, nor has Seller been notified in writing of any request for such an audit, potential claim, dispute or other examination.
(e) No Tax deficiency is outstanding, assessed or, to the knowledge of Seller, threatened or proposed against Seller that would adversely impact Purchaser, the Assets or Purchaser’s use of the Assets.
(f) Seller has not been and will not as of the Closing Date be a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Section 897 of the Code.
(g) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, either alone or in combination with another event (whether contingent or otherwise) will result in any “parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code (or any corresponding provision of state, local, or foreign Tax Law).
(h) There are no proceedings pursuant to which Seller is disputing any amounts payable for Taxes arising out of Seller’s ownership or operation of the Assets or Business.
(i) No Asset (i) is property required to be treated as owned by another Person pursuant to the provisions of Section 168(f)(8) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended and in effect immediately prior to the enactment of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, (ii) constitutes “tax-exempt use property” within the meaning of Section 168(h) of the Code, (iii) is “tax-exempt bond financed property” within the meaning of Section 168(g) of the Code, (iv) secures any debt the interest of which is tax- exempt under Section 103(a) of the Code or (v) is subject to a 467 rental agreement as defined in Section 467 of the Code.
16 |
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER
Purchaser represents and warrants that the statements contained in this Article IV are true and correct as of the date hereof. Matters disclosed by Purchaser in the Purchaser Disclosure Schedule in reference to any section of this Agreement shall be deemed to be disclosed for all purposes under this Agreement to the extent it is reasonably apparent on its face that such disclosure is applicable for such other purposes.
4.1 Organization and Valid Existence. Purchaser is a Nevada corporation duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Nevada and has full power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted.
4.2 Authorization. This Agreement is duly and validly executed and delivered by Purchaser and constitute, or will constitute, valid and binding agreements of Purchaser, enforceable against Purchaser in accordance with their respective terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions. Purchaser has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to carry out and perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to carry out and perform the transactions contemplated herein and therein. All requisite action on the part of Purchaser has been taken to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement.
4.3 No Conflicts; Consents. The execution and the delivery by Purchaser of this Agreement does not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and therein and compliance with the provisions hereof and thereof will not, (a) conflict with or violate the articles of organization or operating agreement of Purchaser, (b) conflict with or violate, result in a material breach of, constitute a material default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under or violation of, or give to others any right of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, or result in the creation of any lien pursuant to any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, lease, sublease, contract or other agreement or instrument, permit, concession, franchise, license, sublicense or Law applicable to Purchaser or any of its properties or assets.
ARTICLE V
COVENANTS
5.1 Further Assurances.
(a) Seller shall, from time to time, at the request of Purchaser, and without further consideration, execute and deliver such instruments of transfer, conveyance and assignment in addition to those delivered, and take such other actions, as may be reasonably necessary to assign, transfer, convey and vest in Purchaser, and to put Purchaser in possession of, the Assets, including but not limited to obtaining any and all required consents of third parties which Seller has not obtained as of the Closing Date. Seller will use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain for Purchaser any and all consents of third parties which Seller has not obtained as of the Closing Date. Seller further agrees to provide information pertaining to the Assets as may be reasonably requested by Purchaser.
17 |
(b) Each Party shall cooperate with the other to transfer all Assets, including State licenses, inventory, equipment, software, data and other information maintained by Seller, to Purchaser.
5.2 Tax Liability.
(a) Purchaser and Seller agree to furnish or cause to be furnished to the other, upon request, as promptly as practicable, such information and assistance relating to the Business and Assets, including access to books and records, as is reasonably necessary for the filing of all Tax Returns by Purchaser or Seller, the making of any election relating to Taxes, the preparation for any audit by any Taxing authority and the prosecution or defense of any claim, suit or proceeding relating to any Tax. Each of Purchaser and Seller shall retain all books and records with respect to Taxes pertaining to the Assets for a period of at least seven (7) years following the Closing Date (the “Seven Year Period”). At the end of the Seven Year Period, each party hereto shall provide the other with at least ten (10) days prior written notice before transferring, destroying or discarding any such books and records, during which period the party receiving such notice can elect to take possession, at its own expense, of such books and records. If Seller elects to undergo a voluntary dissolution as a corporation prior to the end of the Seven Year Period, prior to such dissolution, Seller shall notify Purchaser or one of its Affiliates or designees before such dissolution and before transferring, destroying or discarding any such books and records, during which period Purchaser or one of its Affiliates or designees receiving such notice can elect to take possession, at its own expense, of such books and records. Purchaser and Seller shall cooperate fully with each other in the conduct of any audit, litigation or other proceeding relating to Taxes involving the Assets or the Allocation Schedule.
(b) To the extent not otherwise provided in this Agreement, Seller shall be responsible for and shall promptly pay when due all Property Taxes levied with respect to the Assets attributable to the Pre-Closing Tax Period. All Property Taxes levied with respect to the Assets for the Straddle Period shall be apportioned between Purchaser and Seller based on the number of days of such Straddle Period included in the Pre-Closing Tax Period and the number of days of such Straddle Period included in the Post-Closing Tax Period. Seller shall be liable for the proportionate amount of such Property Taxes that is attributable to the Pre-Closing Tax Period, and Purchaser shall be liable for the proportionate amount of such Property Taxes that is attributable to the Post-Closing Tax Period. Upon receipt of any bill for such Property Taxes, Purchaser or Seller, as applicable, shall present a statement to the other setting forth the amount of reimbursement to which each is entitled under this Section 5.2(b) together with such supporting evidence as is reasonably necessary to calculate the proration amount. The proration amount shall be paid by the party owing it to the other within ten (10) days after delivery of such statement. In the event that Purchaser or Seller makes any payment for which it is entitled to reimbursement under this Section 5.2(b), the applicable party shall make such reimbursement promptly but in no event later than ten (10) days after the presentation of a statement setting forth the amount of reimbursement to which the presenting party is entitled along with such supporting evidence as is reasonably necessary to calculate the amount of reimbursement.
18 |
(c) All Transfer Taxes will be borne equally by Purchaser and Seller. Purchaser and Seller further agree, upon request, to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any certificate or other document from any Governmental Authority or any other Person as may be necessary and will otherwise cooperate so as to mitigate, reduce or eliminate any Tax that could be imposed in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
(d) Seller shall promptly notify Purchaser in writing upon receipt by Seller of notice of any pending or threatened Tax audits or assessments relating to the income, properties or operations of Seller that reasonably may be expected to relate to or give rise to an Encumbrance on the Assets or the Business. Each of Purchaser and Seller shall promptly notify the other in writing upon receipt of notice of any pending or threatened Tax audit or assessment challenging the Allocation Schedule.
5.3 Dissolution. Seller hereby covenants not to voluntarily dissolve and windup as a company for a period of not less than the later of (X) the expiration of the Survival Period and (Y) the period of time the Seller may voluntarily dissolve in accordance with applicable Law.
5.4 Transitioned Employees. As set forth herein, Seller shall provide a list of all employees of Seller employed in the operation of the Business as of the Closing Date, stating such employee’s name, job title, location of employment, base salary or hourly rate of compensation, target incentive compensation, years of service credit, accrued vacation and other paid time-off, exempt/non-exempt status, and hire date. All such employees are referred to herein as the “Business Employees.”
(a) On or prior to the Closing Date, Purchaser shall, or shall cause one of its Affiliates to, extend offers of employment to those Business Employees whom it desires to hire (if any), which offers shall be on such terms and conditions as Purchaser shall determine, in each case, in Purchaser’s sole discretion, provided, however, that Purchaser shall extend offers of employment to the Key Employees prior to the Closing Date. Seller shall cooperate with and use its best efforts to make reasonably accessible to Purchaser any Business Employees to whom Purchaser wishes to makes offers of employment (including without limitation the Key Employees and otherwise as communicated by Purchaser to Seller on the Closing Date) and to assist Purchaser in its efforts to secure satisfactory employment terms with those Business Employees. Any Business Employees, including any Key Employees, who accept an offer of employment in accordance herewith and commence employment with Purchaser or its Affiliate as of the Closing Date shall be referred to as the “Transitioned Employees.” Seller and its Affiliates shall terminate for all purposes (including under all Employee Benefit Plans) the employment of all Business Employees, including any Key Employees, who agree to become Transitioned Employees, effective immediately prior to the Closing.
(b) Seller shall be and remain solely responsible for filing all Tax Returns with respect to its employment of any of its employees through the Closing Date.
19 |
(c) Seller shall be and remain solely liable for any and all COBRA Liabilities.
(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Seller shall be solely responsible for, and Seller shall indemnify and hold Purchaser and its Affiliates harmless from and against, any and all Liabilities or obligations, whether actual or contingent: (i) associated with any employee or other service provider of Seller or any of its Affiliates (or any dependent thereof), including without limitation any Business Employee, in any case who does not become a Transitioned Employee, including in connection with any termination of any such service relationship; (ii) that arise in connection with any Transitioned Employee (or any dependent thereof) on or prior to the Closing Date; and (iii) that arise under or in connection with any Employee Benefit Plan at any time. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Purchaser shall not, at any time, have or assume any obligation or liability with regard to any severance, retention, employment, change-of-control, pension, retirement, equity or other plan, program, policy or agreement of or with Seller or any of its Affiliates.
(e) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall confer upon any Transitioned Employee any right with respect to continuance of employment by Purchaser or its Affiliates, nor shall anything herein interfere with the right of Purchaser or its Affiliates to terminate the employment of any of the Transitioned Employees at any time, with or without cause, or restrict Purchaser or its Affiliates in the exercise of its independent business judgment in modifying any of the terms and conditions of the employment of the Transitioned Employees.
(f) No provision of this Agreement shall (i) create any third-party beneficiary rights in any current or former service provider of Seller or any of its Affiliates, any beneficiary or dependents thereof, or any collective bargaining representative thereof; (ii) be deemed or construed to be an amendment or other modification of any Employee Benefit Plan, or Purchaser employee benefit plan; (iii) obligate Purchaser or its Affiliates to adopt, enter into or maintain any employee benefit plan or other compensatory plan, program or arrangement at any time; or (iv) be deemed to prevent or restrict in any way the right of Purchaser or its Affiliates to terminate, reassign, promote or demote any Transitioned Employee at any time, or to change the title, powers, duties, responsibilities, functions, locations, salaries, other compensation or terms or conditions of employment of such Transitioned Employee.
5.5 Collection of Accounts Receivable. Seller shall be entitled to collect all Accounts Receivable pending as of the date of Closing.
5.6 Use of Company Name. Purchaser shall not use, and shall not permit any Affiliate to use, the name Blüm, or any name reasonably similar thereto after the Closing Date.
5.7 Interim Operations Prior to Closing. Seller hereby covenants and agrees that, between the Effective Date of this Agreement and Closing, Seller shall cause the Business to be operated and conducted in the ordinary course in accordance with prior practices and cause the Business to be carried on diligently and substantially in the manner as heretofore conducted in the ordinary course of business commensurate with the scale of operations during the sixty (60) days prior to the date of this Agreement. Seller shall not take actions or operate the Business in such a way as to cause or precipitate any diminution in the Business’ prospective, post-closing sales or any material shift in the Business’ post-closing revenue streams. Without limitation, Seller shall use all reasonable efforts to preserve intact its present business organization, keep available the services of its Key Employees and Business Employees and maintain satisfactory relationships with customers, suppliers, landlord and others having business relationships with the Business.
20 |
INDEMNIFICATION
6.1 Survival Period; Certain Limitations.
(a) The representations and warranties of Seller contained in this Agreement shall survive the Closing Date for a period of twelve (12) months (the “Survival Period”), provided, that with respect to the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.2 (Authorization), Subsection 3.4(a) (Title to Assets), Section 3.12 (No Brokers or Finders) and Section 3.17 (Taxes), the Survival Period shall be the 30th day after the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations (including any extensions thereto to the extent that such statute of limitations may be tolled). The representations and warranties of Purchaser contained in this Agreement shall survive the Closing Date for the Survival Period. All covenants and agreements of the parties will survive the Closing Date in accordance with their respective terms. If written notice of a claim has been given prior to the expiration of the Survival Period by a party, then the relevant representations and warranties shall survive as to such claim until such claim has been finally resolved.
(b) It is the express intent of the parties hereto that, if the applicable Survival Period for an item as contemplated by this Article VI is shorter than the statute of limitations that would otherwise have been applicable to such item, then, by contract, the applicable statute of limitations with respect to such item shall be reduced to the shortened survival period contemplated hereby. The parties hereto further acknowledge that the time periods set forth in this Article VI for the assertion of claims under this Agreement are the result of arms-length negotiation among the each of the parties hereto and that they intend for the time periods to be enforced as agreed by each of the parties hereto.
6.2 Indemnification.
(a) Indemnification by Seller. Subject to the limitations set forth in this Article VI, after the Closing Date, Purchaser and its Affiliates (including, after the Closing Date, the Business and Assets), and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns (collectively, the “Purchaser Indemnified Parties”) shall be indemnified and held harmless by Seller for any and all liabilities, losses, Taxes, damages of any kind, claims, costs, expenses, fines, fees, deficiencies, interest, awards, judgments, amounts paid in settlement and penalties (including reasonable attorneys’, consultants’ and experts’ fees and expenses and other costs of defending, investigating or settling claims) suffered, incurred, or paid by them (including in connection with any Action brought or otherwise initiated by any of them) (collectively, “Losses”), arising out of or resulting from:
(i) any inaccuracy or breach of any representation or warranty made by Seller in this Agreement;
21 |
(ii) the breach of any covenant or agreement made by Seller in this Agreement;
(iii) any failure of Seller to pay any of its debts, obligations or Liabilities (other than any Assumed Liabilities pursuant to Section 1.4) as and when due;
(iv) any Excluded Liabilities; or
(v) any fraud that is committed by Seller in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement.
(b) Indemnification by Purchaser. Subject to the limitations set forth in this Article VI, after the Closing Date, Seller and its Affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns (collectively, the “Seller Indemnified Parties”) shall be indemnified and held harmless by Purchaser for any and all Losses arising out of or resulting from:
(i) any inaccuracy or breach of any representation or warranty made by Purchaser in this Agreement;
(ii) the breach of any covenant or agreement made by Purchaser in this Agreement;
(iii) any Assumed Liabilities; or
(iv) any fraud that is committed by Purchaser in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement.
(c) Materiality. As used herein, Losses are not limited to matters asserted by third parties, but include Losses incurred or sustained by the Purchaser Indemnified Parties or Seller Indemnified Parties in the absence of claims by third parties.
6.3 Limitations.
(a) Limitation on Seller Liability. Seller shall have no liability for indemnification under Section 6.2(a)(i) with respect to any Losses that would otherwise be payable under Section 6.2(a)(i) until the aggregate of all such Losses exceeds $100,000 (the “Liability Threshold”), and then after the Liability Threshold has been exceeded Seller shall be responsible for all such Losses based thereon for all amounts in excess of the Liability Threshold. The maximum aggregate liability of Seller for indemnification under this Article VI for any of the matters set forth in Section 6.2(a)(i) shall not exceed $5,000,000 (the “Indemnification Limit”); provided, however, that neither the Liability Threshold nor the Indemnification Limit shall apply with respect to any claim described in Sections 6.2(a)(ii) – 6.2(a)(v); provided, further, that in no event shall the maximum aggregate liability of Seller for any matters under this Article VI exceed that portion of the Purchase Price actually received by Seller, including the Escrow Amount.
(b) Limitation on Purchaser Liability. Purchaser shall have no liability for indemnification under Section 6.2(b)(i) with respect to any Losses that would otherwise be payable under Section 6.2(b)(i) until the aggregate of all such Losses exceeds the Liability Threshold, and after the Liability Threshold has been exceeded, Purchaser shall be responsible for all such Losses in excess of the Liability Threshold. The maximum aggregate liability of Purchaser for indemnification under this Article VI for any of the matters set forth in Section 6.2(b)(i) shall not exceed the Indemnification Limit; provided, however, that that neither the Liability Threshold nor the Indemnification Limit shall apply with respect to any claim described in Sections 6.2(b)(ii) – 6.2(b)(iv).
22 |
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Liability Threshold and the Indemnification Limit shall not apply to any Losses in connection with any breach of any of the representations or warranties set forth in Sections 3.2 (Authorization), 3.4(a) (Title to Assets), 3.4(c)(i) (Sufficiency of Assets), 3.4(c)(ii) (Sufficiency of Assets), 3.12 (No Brokers or Finders) 3.17 (Taxes) and 4.2 (Authorization); provided, however, that in no event shall the maximum aggregate liability of Seller for any matters under this Article VI exceed that portion of the Purchase Price actually received by Seller, including the Escrow Amount.
(d) Losses shall exclude lost profits or any punitive or exemplary damages, unless specifically awarded by an arbitrator or Governmental Authority to a third party and paid to such third party by an Indemnified Party (as defined below).
(e) The parties hereto agree that the rights to indemnification under this Article VI shall be the sole and exclusive rights and remedies of the parties hereto against any other party for any Losses relating to or arising under this Agreement; provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing set forth in this Article VI shall be deemed to prohibit or limit any party’s right at any time to seek injunctive or other equitable relief for the failure of any other party to perform any covenant or agreement contained herein or for any party’s right to seek any remedy based upon fraud.
6.4 Indemnification Procedures.
(a) For purposes of this Section 6.4, a party against which indemnification may be sought is referred to as the “Indemnifying Party” and the party which may be entitled to indemnification is referred to as the “Indemnified Party.”
(b) Claims.
(i) As soon as practicable, and not later than the last day of the Survival Period, an Indemnified Party may deliver to an Indemnifying Party a certificate signed by any authorized officer of such Indemnified Party (a “Claim Certificate”):
(A) stating that such Indemnified Party has incurred Losses;
(B) stating the amount of the Losses if known; and
(C) specifying in reasonable detail the nature of the claim to which such Losses are related. Any Third Party Claims (as defined below) shall also be subject to the requirements in Section 6.4(d).
23 |
(c) Resolution of Objections to Claims.
(i) If the Indemnifying Party does not contest, by written notice to the Indemnified Party, any claim or claims by the Indemnified Party made in any Claim Certificate within the thirty (30) day period following receipt of the Claim Certificate, then the Indemnifying Party will be conclusively deemed to have consented to the recovery by the Indemnified Party of the full amount of the damages specified in the Claim Certificate. The Indemnifying Party shall pay to the Indemnified Party cash in an amount equal to the amount of the Losses set forth in such Claim Certificate.
(ii) If the Indemnifying Party objects in writing to any claim or claims by the Indemnified Party made in any Claim Certificate within such thirty (30) day period, the Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party shall attempt in good faith for 15 days after the Indemnified Party’s receipt of such written objection to resolve such objection. If the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall so agree, a memorandum setting forth such agreement shall be prepared and signed by the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party.
(iii) If no such agreement can be reached during the 15-day period for good faith negotiation, but in any event upon the expiration of such 15-day period, either the Indemnifying Party or the Indemnified Party may bring an Action in accordance with the terms of Section 8.1 to resolve the matter.
(iv) Seller and Purchaser agree to treat (and cause their Affiliates to treat) any payment received pursuant to this Article VI as adjustments to the Transaction Consideration for all Tax purposes, to the maximum extent permitted by Law.
(d) Third Party Claims.
(i) The obligations and liabilities of Indemnifying Parties under this Article VI with respect to Losses arising from actual or threatened claims or demands by any Person not party to this Agreement (other than an Affiliate of Purchaser) which are subject to the indemnification provided for in this Article VI (“Third Party Claims”) shall be governed by and contingent upon the following additional terms and conditions. If an Indemnified Party shall receive notice of any Third Party Claim prior to the expiration of the Survival Period, the Indemnified Party shall give the Indemnifying Party notice of such Third Party Claim by delivering a Claim Certificate to the Indemnifying Party within ten (10) days of the receipt by the Indemnified Party of such notice; provided, however, that the failure to provide such notice shall not release an Indemnifying Party from any of its obligations under this Article VI except to the extent that such Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced by such failure. The Claim Certificate shall be deemed to have complied with Section 6.4(b) if it describes in reasonable detail the facts known to the Indemnified Party giving rise to such indemnification claim, and the amount or good faith estimate of the amount arising therefrom (if known).
24 |
(ii) If the Indemnifying Party acknowledges in writing its obligation to indemnify the Indemnified Party hereunder against any Losses that may result from such Third Party Claim (without any reservation of rights), then the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to assume and control the defense of such Third Party Claim through counsel of its choice (such counsel to be reasonably acceptable to the Indemnified Party) if it (x) gives notice of its intention to do so to the Indemnified Party within ten (10) days of the receipt of such notice from the Indemnified Party and (y) it furnishes the Indemnified Party with reasonable evidence that the Indemnifying Party is and will be able to satisfy such Losses; provided, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall not have the right to assume the defense of the Third Party Claim if (i) any such claim seeks, in addition to or in lieu of monetary Losses, any injunctive or other equitable relief or involves criminal allegations; (ii) there is reasonably likely to exist a conflict of interest that would make it inappropriate (in the judgment of the Indemnified Party in its reasonable discretion) for the same counsel to represent both the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party; or (iii) settlement of, or an adverse judgment with respect to, the Third Party Claim would establish (in the good faith judgment of the Indemnified Party) a precedential custom or practice that would be materially adverse to the business interests of the Indemnified Party or would impact the Taxes or Tax position of the Indemnified Party. If the Indemnifying Party assumes the defense of a Third Party Claim, it will conduct the defense actively, diligently and at its own expense, and it will hold all Indemnified Parties harmless from and against all Losses caused by or arising out of any settlement thereof. The Indemnified Party shall cooperate with the Indemnifying Party in such defense and make available to the Indemnifying Party, at the Indemnifying Party’s expense, all witnesses, pertinent records, materials and information in the Indemnified Party’s possession or under the Indemnified Party’s control relating thereto as is reasonably requested by the Indemnifying Party and shall have the right to participate at its own cost in the defense of such Third Party Claim. Except with the written consent of the Indemnified Party (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), the Indemnifying Party will not, in the defense of a Third Party Claim, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement (i) which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving to the Indemnified Party by the third party of a release from all liability with respect to such Action; or (ii) unless there is no finding or admission of (A) any violation of Law by the Indemnified Party (or any affiliate thereof), (B) any liability on the part of the Indemnified Party (or any affiliate thereof) or (C) any violation of the rights of any Person and no effect on any other claims of a similar nature that may be made by the same third party against the Indemnified Party (or any affiliate thereof), provided, that the Indemnified Party shall have no obligation of any kind to consent to the entry of any judgment of settlement unless such judgment or settlement is only for money damages, the full amount of which will be paid by the Indemnifying Party.
(iii) In the event that the Indemnifying Party fails or elects not to assume the defense of an Indemnified Party against such Third Party Claim which the Indemnifying Party had the right to assume, the Indemnified Party shall have the right, at the expense of the Indemnifying Party, to defend or prosecute such claim in any manner as it may reasonably deem appropriate and may settle such claim after giving written notice thereof to the Indemnifying Party, on such terms as such Indemnified Party may deem appropriate, and the Indemnified Party may seek prompt reimbursement for any Losses incurred in connection with such settlement. If no settlement of such Third Party Claim is made, the Indemnified Party may seek prompt reimbursement for any Losses arising out of any judgment rendered with respect to such claim. Any Losses for which an Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification hereunder shall be promptly paid as suffered or incurred. If the Indemnifying Party does not elect to assume the defense of a Third Party Claim which it has the right to assume hereunder, the Indemnified Party shall have no obligation to do so.
25 |
(iv) In the event that the Indemnifying Party is not entitled to assume the defense of the Indemnified Party against such Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall have the right, at the expense of the Indemnifying Party, to defend or prosecute such claim and consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement with respect to the Third Party Claim in any manner it may reasonably deem appropriate after giving written notice thereof to the Indemnifying Party, and the Indemnified Party may seek prompt reimbursement for any Losses incurred in connection with such judgment or settlement. In such case, the Indemnified Party shall conduct the defense of the Third Party Claim actively and diligently, and the Indemnifying Party shall cooperate with the Indemnified Party in such defense and make available to the Indemnified Party, at the Indemnifying Party’s expense, all such witnesses, records, materials and information in the Indemnifying Party’s possession or under the Indemnifying Party’s control relating thereto as is reasonably requested by the Indemnified Party. If no settlement of such Third Party Claim is made, the Indemnified Party may seek prompt reimbursement for any Losses arising out of any judgment rendered with respect to such claim. Any Losses for which an Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification hereunder shall be promptly paid as suffered or incurred.
6.5 Manner of Payment. At the Closing, funds deposited into escrow and the Note shall be released to Seller as directed by the Seller.
ARTICLE VII
DEFINITIONS
As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth or referenced below:
7.1 “Accounts Payable” shall mean all accounts and notes payable by Seller to third parties solely to the extent generated by the Business as conducted by Seller prior to the Closing Date. “Accounts Receivable” shall mean all accounts and notes receivable payable to Seller solely to the extent generated by the Business as conducted by Seller prior to the Closing Date, and other rights to payment and the full benefit of any security therefor, whether billed or unbilled.
7.2 “Affiliate” shall mean a Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries is controlled by, or is under common control with, another Person.
26 |
7.3 “Assumed Contracts” shall mean the agreements and contracts assumed by Purchaser as identified by Section 1.2 and Schedule 1.2(b) herein.
7.4 “Business Records” shall mean copies of Seller’s books and records, original files, drawings, documentation, data or information that have been or now are used in or with respect to, in connection with or otherwise relating to the Business, the Assets and the Assumed Liabilities; provided that Business Records exclude any items specifically included among the Excluded Assets.
7.5 “COBRA” shall mean Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, Section 4980B of the Code, and any similar state Law.
7.6 “COBRA Liability” shall mean all Liabilities arising under COBRA (i) in respect of any Business Employee (or any beneficiary or dependent thereof) who does not become a Transitioned Employee, and (ii) arising on or prior to the Closing Date, with respect to any Transitioned Employee (or any beneficiary or dependent thereof).
7.7 “Confidential Information” means all information (whether or not specifically identified as confidential), in any form or medium, that is disclosed to or by, or developed or learned by, Seller that relates to the Business, Assets or Assumed Liabilities, including: (a) information relating to strategic plans and practices, business, accounting, financial or marketing plans, practices or programs, training practices and programs, salaries, bonuses, incentive plans and other compensation and benefits information and accounting and business methods, in each case, of the Business, Assets or Assumed Liabilities; (b) identities of, individual requirements of, specific contractual arrangements with, and information about, the Business, its customers and their respective confidential information; (c) any confidential or proprietary information of any third party that Seller or subsidiary of Seller has a duty to maintain confidentiality of, or use only for certain limited purposes, in each case, related to the Business, Assets or Assumed Liabilities; (d) industry research related to the Business, Assets or Assumed Liabilities compiled by, or on behalf of Seller, including identities of potential target companies, management teams, and transaction sources identified by, or on behalf of, Seller; (e) compilations of data and analyses, processes, methods, track and performance records, data and data bases, in each case, related to the Business, Assets or Assumed Liabilities; and (f) information related to the Intellectual Property of the Business and updates of any of the foregoing, provided that “Confidential Information” shall not include any information that Seller can demonstrate has become generally known to and widely available for use within the industry other than as a result of the acts or omissions of Seller or a Person that Seller has direct control over to the extent such acts or omissions are not authorized by Seller in the performance of such Person’s assigned duties for Seller.
27 |
7.8 “Employee Benefit Plan” shall mean any “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA (whether or not subject to ERISA) and each other plan, policy, program practice, agreement, understanding or arrangement (whether written or oral) providing compensation or other benefits to any current or former director, officer, employee or consultant (or to any spouse, dependent or beneficiary thereof) of Seller or any Affiliate of Seller, maintained, sponsored or contributed to by Seller or any Affiliate of Seller, or under which Seller or any Affiliate of Seller has or may have any obligation or liability, whether actual or contingent, including, without limitation, all personnel policy, collective bargaining, bonus (including transaction bonus), incentive compensation, stock option, restricted stock, phantom stock, stock unit, stock appreciation right, deferred stock, performance share, performance share unit, employee stock ownership, stock purchase, equity or equity-based, phantom equity, deferred compensation, change in control, employment, consulting, retention, noncompetition, nondisclosure, vacation, holiday, sick leave, severance, retirement, supplemental retirement, defined benefit, defined contribution, pension, money purchase, target benefit, cash balance, pension equity, 401(k), savings, profit sharing, supplemental or executive retirement, excess benefit, medical, dental, vision, life insurance, cafeteria (Code Section 125), adoption assistance, dependent care assistance, health savings, health reimbursement, flexible spending, voluntary employees beneficiary, multiple employer welfare, accident, disability, long-term care, employee assistance, scholarship, fringe benefit, expense reimbursement, welfare benefit, paid time off, employee loan, salary continuation and other benefit or similar plan, policy, program, practice, agreement, understanding or arrangement, including any trust, escrow, funding, insurance or other agreement related thereto.
7.9 “Encumbrances” shall mean any and all restrictions on or conditions to transfer or assignment, claims, liabilities, licenses, liens, pledges, mortgages, options, restrictions, rights of first refusal, security interests and encumbrances of any kind, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether voluntarily or involuntarily incurred or arising by operation of Law.
7.11 “Environmental Laws” means any and all Laws which (i) regulate or relate to the protection or clean up of the environment; the use, treatment, storage, transportation, handling, disposal or release of Hazardous Substances, the preservation or protection of waterways, groundwater, drinking water, air, wildlife, plants or other natural resources; or the health and safety of persons or property, including without limitation protection of the health and safety of employees; or (ii) impose liability or responsibility with respect to any of the foregoing, including without limitation the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq.), or any other Law of similar effect.
7.12 “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
7.13 “ERISA Affiliate” shall mean any entity (whether or not incorporated) other than Seller that, together with Seller, is required to be treated as a single employer under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.
7.14 “Escrow Agreement” shall mean that certain Escrow Agreement, by and among Purchaser and Seller, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B
7.16 “GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.
7.17 “Governmental Authority” shall mean any court, or any federal, state, municipal, provincial or other governmental authority, department, commission, board, service, agency, political subdivision or other instrumentality.
28 |
7.18 “Hazardous Substances” means: (i) any pollutant, chemical, substance and any toxic, infectious, carcinogenic, reactive, corrosive, ignitable or flammable chemical, or chemical compound, or hazardous substance, material or waste, whether solid, liquid or gas, that is subject to regulation, control or remediation under any Environmental Laws; (ii) petroleum and petroleum products, including crude oil and any fractions thereof; (iii) natural gas, synthetic gas, and any mixtures thereof; (iv) polychlorinated biphenyls, toxic mold, asbestos and radon; (v) any other contaminant; and (vi) any substance, material or waste regulated by any Governmental Authority pursuant to any Environmental Law.
7.19 “Indebtedness” shall mean, with respect to any Person at any date, without duplication: (i) all short-term and long-term indebtedness outstanding at any one time as determined in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, (ii) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money; (iii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments (including any seller notes, deferred purchase price obligations or earn-out obligations issued or entered into in connection with any acquisition undertaken by such Person) including outstanding checks; (iv) all obligations in respect of letters of credit, to the extent drawn, and bankers’ acceptances issued for the account of such Person; (v) all liabilities of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements, including capital leases; (vi) all obligations of such Person with respect to vendor advances or any other advances made to such Person; (vii) all liabilities of such Person arising out of interest rate and currency swap arrangements and any other arrangements designed to provide protection against fluctuations in interest or currency rates; (viii) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of any properties, goods or services (other than those trade payables in the ordinary course of business); (ix) any liability or obligation of others guaranteed by, or secured by any Encumbrance on the assets of, such Person; (x) all liabilities or obligations to pay any bonuses or other compensation in connection with or relating to the Transaction; and (xi) any and all principal, accrued interest, prepayment premiums or penalties, related expenses, commitment and other fees, sale or liquidity participation amounts, reimbursements, indemnities and other amounts related to any of the foregoing.
7.20 “Intellectual Property” means intellectual property, regardless of form, together with all rights in, arising out of, or associated with intellectual property in any jurisdiction (including the right to sue for infringement or misappropriation and collect damages, and to apply for and obtain any registrations or other forms of legal protection), including: (a) published and unpublished works of authorship, including audiovisual works, collective works, Software, web sites, web site content, compilations, databases, derivative works, literary works, and sound recordings, rights in databases and rights granted under the Copyright Act or similar Laws of foreign jurisdictions (“Works of Authorship”); (b) inventions and discoveries, whether or not patentable, including articles of manufacture, business methods, compositions of matter, improvements, machines, methods, and processes and new uses for any of the preceding items, including rights granted under the Patent Act or similar Laws of foreign jurisdictions (“Inventions”); (c) words, names, symbols, devices, designs, and other designations, and combinations of the preceding items, used to identify or distinguish a business, good, group, product, or service or to indicate a form of certification, including logos, product designs and product features together with the goodwill of the business associated therewith, including common law rights, applications, or registrations for the Trademarks, as well as any other proprietary rights in the Trademarks together with the goodwill of the business associated therewith anywhere in the world, including but not limited to, rights in the “look and feel” of objects and rights granted under the Lanham Act or similar Laws of foreign jurisdictions (“Trademarks”); (d) Confidential Information, including information that is not generally known or readily ascertainable through proper means, whether tangible or intangible, or patentable or unpatentable, including algorithms, customer lists, ideas, designs, formulas, know-how, show-how, methods, processes, programs, prototypes, systems, and techniques, including trade secrets and rights granted under the Uniform Trade Secrets Act or similar Laws of foreign jurisdictions; (e) Internet domain names, including but not limited to those set forth in the Seller Disclosure Schedule together with the goodwill of the business associated therewith (“Domain Names”); (f) rights in, arising out of, or associated with a person’s name, voice, signature, photograph, or likeness, including rights of personality, privacy, and publicity; and (g) rights of attribution and integrity and other moral rights of an author.
29 |
7.21 “Key Employees” shall mean those identified and listed separately, as mutually agreed by both Purchaser and Seller.
7.22 “Knowledge” or “Know” or “Known” shall mean, with respect to Seller, the current actual knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, of the following officers of Seller: Derek Peterson and Michael Nahass; provided, however, that any such reasonable inquiry shall not include any inquiry, investigation or review of any third party docket search, including patent or trademark records or any other similar third party source of information.
7.23 “Law” shall mean all applicable federal, state, provincial and local laws, ordinances, rules, statutes, regulations, and all orders, writs, injunctions, awards, judgments or decrees.
7.24 “Liability” or “Liabilities” shall mean any direct or indirect liability, Indebtedness, obligation, guarantee or endorsement, whether known or unknown, whether accrued or unaccrued, whether absolute or contingent, whether due or to become due, or whether liquidated or unliquidated.
7.25 “Material Adverse Effect” shall mean any effect that would be materially adverse to the Business, the Assets or the Assumed Liabilities, taken as a whole, whether or not occurring in the ordinary course of business.
7.27 “Multiemployer Plan” shall mean any “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Sections 3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
7.30 “Pension Plan” shall mean any Employee Benefit Plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 or Title IV of ERISA.
7.31 “Permits” shall mean any and all licenses, permits, authorizations, certificates, franchises, variances, waivers, consents, and other approvals from any Governmental Authority relating to the Assets or the Assumed Liabilities or the Business.
30 |
7.32 “Permitted Encumbrances” means statutory liens for Taxes that are not yet due and payable or liens for Taxes being contested in good faith by any appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves have been established, non-exclusive licenses of Software or licenses granted by Seller in the ordinary course of its business consistent with past practice under its Terms and Conditions (copies of which have been made available to Purchaser’s counsel).
7.33 “Person” shall mean an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization or a Governmental Authority.
7.34 “Post-Closing Tax Period” means any Tax period beginning after the Closing Date and that portion of a Straddle Period beginning after the Closing Date.
7.35 “Pre-Closing Tax Period” means any Tax period ending on or before the Closing Date and that portion of any Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date.
7.36 “Premises” means the facilities located at 1130 East Desert Inn Road, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109.
7.37 “Privacy Statements” means, collectively, any and all of Seller’s privacy policies published on the Seller Websites or otherwise made available by Seller to third parties regarding the collection, retention, use and distribution of the personal information of individuals, including from visitors of any of the Seller Websites.
7.38 “Property Taxes” means all real property Taxes, personal property Taxes and similar ad valorem Taxes.
7.39 “Registered Intellectual Property Rights” means all Intellectual Property that is the subject of an application, certificate, filing, registration, or other document issued by, filed with, or recorded by, any Governmental Authority at any time in any jurisdiction, including all issued patents and applications, reissues, divisions, re-examinations, renewals, extensions, provisionals, continuations, and continuations-in-part.
7.40 [Intentionally omitted].
7.41 [Intentionally omitted].
7.42 “Software” means computer programs of any type or form (including source code and object code), including code, scripts, applets, engines, generators, and macros, and related programmers’ comments, data files and structures, header and include files, macros, object libraries, programming tools not commercially available, technical specifications, flowcharts, and logic diagrams, schematics, annotations, and documentation.
7.43 “Straddle Period” means any Tax period beginning before or on and ending after the Closing Date.
31 |
7.44 “Tangible Personal Property” means the tangible personal property identified on Schedule 7.44.
7.48 “Tax” or “Taxes” shall mean any federal, state, provincial, territorial, local, or foreign income, profits, gross receipts, capital gains taxes, license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, environmental, customs duties, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding, social security (or similar), unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, business license, occupation, value added, goods and service, alternative or add- on minimum, estimated, or other tax or governmental charge of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty, or addition thereto, whether disputed or not.
7.49 “Tax Return” shall mean a declaration, statement, report, return or other document or information with respect to Taxes.
7.50 “Terms and Conditions” means any and all of the visitor terms and conditions published on Seller Websites governing visitors’ use of and access to any of the Seller Websites.
7.51 “Transfer Taxes” means any transfer, stamp, documentary, sales, use, registration, value-added and other similar taxes imposed by any state or political subdivision thereof on the sale of the Assets under this Agreement, or the use of the Assets immediately following the sale under this Agreement, regardless of whether the legal obligation to pay, collect or remit such taxes falls on Seller or Purchaser.
7.52 [Intentionally omitted].
7.53 “WARN Act” shall mean the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988 and analogous state and local Law.
7.54 “Withdrawal Liability” shall mean Liability to a Multiemployer Plan under Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.
ARTICLE VIII
GENERAL
8.1 Law Governing. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the Laws of the State of Nevada without regard to choice or conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any Laws other than the Laws of the State of Nevada. All Actions arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be heard and determined exclusively in the Courts of the State of Nevada and any state appellate court therefrom within the State of Nevada. The parties hereto hereby (a) submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of the State of Nevada and any state appellate court therefrom within the State of Nevada for the purpose of any Action arising out of or relating to this Agreement brought by any party hereto, and (b) irrevocably waive, and agree not to assert by way of motion, defense, or otherwise, in any such Action, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the Action is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the Action is improper, or that this Agreement or the Transaction may not be enforced in or by any of the above-named courts.
32 |
8.2 Assignment; Binding upon Successors and Assigns. None of the parties hereto may assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Purchaser may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any Affiliate without obtaining Seller’s consent. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns.
8.3 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, shall for any reason and to any extent be held to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall be interpreted so as best to reasonably effect the intent of the parties hereto. The parties further agree to replace such invalid or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision which will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of the invalid or unenforceable provision.
8.4 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the exhibits and schedules hereto, the certificates referenced herein, the exhibits thereto, constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements or understandings, inducements or conditions, express or implied, written or oral, between the parties with respect hereto and thereto. This Agreement (including the documents and the instruments referred to herein and therein) is not intended to confer upon any Person other than the parties hereto and thereto any rights or remedies hereunder or thereunder.
8.5 Counterparts; Facsimile. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Execution and delivery of this Agreement by .pdf or facsimile transmission shall be deemed for all purposes to be due execution and delivery by the signing Persons.
8.6 Other Remedies. Except as otherwise provided herein, any and all remedies herein expressly conferred upon a party hereto shall be deemed cumulative with and not exclusive of any other remedy conferred hereby or by Law on such party, and the exercise of any one remedy shall not preclude the exercise of any other.
8.7 Amendment and Waivers. Any term or provision of this Agreement may be amended, and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by a writing signed by the party to be bound thereby. The waiver by a party of any breach hereof for default in payment of any amount due hereunder or default in the performance hereof shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of any other default or any succeeding breach or default.
33 |
8.8 Waiver. Each party hereto may, by written notice to the others: (a) waive any of the conditions to its obligations hereunder or extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or actions of the others, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations of the others contained in this Agreement or in any documents delivered pursuant to this Agreement, (c) waive compliance with any of the covenants of the others contained in this Agreement or (d) waive or modify performance of any of the obligations of the others. No action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including any investigation by or on behalf of any party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any representation, warranty, condition or agreement contained herein. Waiver of the breach of any one or more provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of other breaches or subsequent breaches of the same provisions.
8.9 Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed given (a) upon receipt if delivered personally (or if mailed by registered or certified mail), (b) the day after dispatch if sent by overnight courier, (c) upon dispatch if transmitted by telecopier, email or other means of facsimile transmission (and confirmed by a copy delivered in accordance with clause (a) or (b)), properly addressed to the parties at the following addresses:
If to Purchaser:
Picksy LLC
ATTN: Stacie Jackson
1901 Camino Carlos Rey
North Las Vegas, NV 89031
If to Seller:
MEDIFARM LLC
ATTN: CEO
2040 Main Street, Suite 225
Irvine, CA 92614
Any party may change its address for such communications by giving notice thereof to the other party in conformity with this Section.
8.10 Construction and Interpretation of Agreement.
(a) The parties hereto and their respective attorneys have negotiated this Agreement, and the language hereof shall not be construed for or against any party by reason of its having drafted such language.
(b) The titles and headings herein are for reference purposes only and shall not in any manner limit the construction of this Agreement, which shall be considered as a whole.
(c) As used in this Agreement, any reference to any state of facts, event, change or effect being “material” with respect to any entity means a state of facts that is material to the current condition (financial or otherwise), properties, assets, liabilities, business or operations of such entity.
34 |
(d) Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, (a) each definition in this Agreement includes the singular and the plural; (b) each reference in this Agreement to any gender includes the masculine, feminine and neuter where appropriate; (c) the words “include” and “including” and variations thereof shall not be deemed terms of limitation, but rather shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; (d) the words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereto,” “hereby,” “hereunder” and derivative or similar words refer to this Agreement as an entirety and not solely to any particular provision of this Agreement; and (e) each reference in this Agreement to a particular Article, Section, Exhibit or Schedule means an Article or Section of, or an Exhibit or Schedule to, this Agreement, unless another agreement is specified.
(e) Capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this Agreement.
8.11 No Joint Venture. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed as creating a joint venture or partnership between any of the parties hereto. No party hereto is by virtue of this Agreement authorized as an agent, employee or legal representative of any other party hereto. No party hereto shall have the power to control the activities and operations of any other and their status is, and at all times, will continue to be, that of independent contractors with respect to each other. No party hereto shall have any power or authority to bind or commit any other. No party hereto shall hold itself out as having any authority or relationship in contravention of this Section.
8.12 Absence of Third Party Beneficiary Rights. No provisions of this Agreement are intended, nor shall be interpreted, to provide or create any third party beneficiary rights or any other rights of any kind in any client, customer, affiliate, shareholder, partner, or employee of any party hereto or any other Person or entity unless specifically provided otherwise herein, and, except as so provided, all provisions hereof shall be personal solely between the parties to this Agreement.
8.13 Waiver of Jury Trial. Each of the parties hereto hereby waives to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law any right it may have to a trial by jury with respect to any litigation directly or indirectly arising out of, under or in connection with this Agreement or the Transaction. Each of the parties hereto (a) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce that foregoing waiver and (b) acknowledges that it and the other hereto have been induced to enter into this Agreement and the Transaction, as applicable, by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 8.13.
8.14 Attorneys’ Fees. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, in any suit, action or appeal (including arbitration) to enforce this Agreement or any term or provision of this Agreement, or to interpret this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its costs incurred, including reasonable attorneys’ fees at trial or on appeal.
8.15 Fees and Expenses. Except as set forth in Section 8.14, all fees and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be paid by the party incurring such expenses, whether or not the transaction is consummated.
8.16 Confidentiality and Publicity. Unless otherwise permitted by this Agreement or as required by applicable law, rule or regulation, Seller and Purchaser shall consult with each other before issuing any press release or otherwise making any public statement or making any other public (non-confidential) disclosure (whether or not in response to an inquiry) regarding the terms of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and neither shall issue any such press release or make any such statement or disclosure without the prior approval of the other (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld); provided, however, that Purchaser and Seller have the right to disclose the Transaction to third parties as may be necessary in order to obtain any necessary third party consents or permissions to take any other actions necessary to consummate the Transaction.
8.17 Bulk Transfer Laws. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Purchaser acknowledges that Seller will not comply with any bulk transfer Laws of any jurisdiction in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder.
[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]
35 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of May 8, 2019.
MEDIFARM LLC | ||
By: | /s/ Derek Peterson | |
Name: | Derek Peterson | |
Its: | Manager | |
PICKSY LLC | ||
By: | /s/ Stacie Jackson | |
Name: | Stacie Jackson | |
Its: | Manager |
36 |
ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
This Asset Purchase Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of August 19, 2019, by and between Picksy Reno, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company (“Purchaser”), and MEDIFARM I LLC, a Nevada limited liability company (“Seller”).
RECITALS
A. Seller is engaged in the business of selling Medical and Recreational Marijuana and all associated derivatives and products, under multiple State of Nevada Department of Taxation (“NV DOT”) licenses, through a retail dispensary operating at the Premises, being referred to herein as the “Business”;
B. Purchaser is interested in purchasing, and Seller is interested in selling, certain assets related to the Business, as more fully described herein. Obtaining approval from state and local governmental authorities for the sale and transfer of Seller’s existing State licenses to Purchaser, as well as all associated State or County business licenses and permits, is a contingent factor and a condition precedent to Closing;
C. The parties hereto desire that Seller sell, assign, transfer and convey to Purchaser, and that Purchaser purchase from Seller, the Assets (as defined below) in exchange for the consideration set forth herein, all according to the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement (the “Transaction”).
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the representations, warranties and covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows.
ARTICLE I
PURCHASE AND SALE OF ASSETS
1.1 Purchase and Sale of Assets and Assumption of Assumed Liabilities.
(a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, effective as of the Closing Date (as defined below), Seller agrees to sell, assign, transfer, convey and deliver to Purchaser, and Purchaser agrees to purchase from Seller, all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to the Assets, free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances).
(b) In connection with the Transaction, on the Closing Date, Seller shall take any and all actions that may be required, or reasonably requested by Purchaser, to transfer good, valid and marketable title to all of the Assets, free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances), to Purchaser, and Seller shall deliver possession of all of the Assets to Purchaser on the Closing Date. Seller shall further deliver to Purchaser proper assignments, bills of sale, conveyances and other instruments of sale and/or transfer in forms reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser to convey to Purchaser good title to all Assets, free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances), as well as such other instruments of sale and/or transfer as Purchaser may reasonably request (whether on or after the Closing Date) to evidence and effect the Transaction contemplated herein.
1.2 Assets.
(a) As used in this Agreement, the term “Assets” means, collectively, all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to all the assets, properties and rights that are owned, including licenses and leases, used or held for use exclusively in the conduct of the Business together with the goodwill of the Business associated therewith (including the Assumed Contracts (if any), the Business Records, the Tangible Personal Property and any other asset identified herein), customer databases and lists, financial records, all product inventory, appropriate equipment and real property leases, all procedural and operational manuals, all equipment, computers and electronics owned by Seller, in each case only those specifically related to or located at the Premises, excluding the Excluded Assets (as defined below).
(b) Purchaser and Seller have mutually drafted and agreed to the asset list attached hereto as Schedule 1.2(b) which defines all Assets included in the Transaction.
1.3 Excluded Assets. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, it is hereby expressly acknowledged and agreed that the Assets shall not include, and Seller is not selling, conveying, assigning, transferring or delivering to Purchaser, and Purchaser is not purchasing, acquiring or accepting from Seller, any of the rights, properties or assets set forth or described in paragraphs (a) through (f) below (the rights, properties and assets expressly excluded by this Section 1.3 from the Assets being referred to herein as the “Excluded Assets”):
(a) all rights, claims or causes of action of Seller arising under this Agreement;
(b) all Seller bank accounts;
(c) all Accounts Receivable of the Business as of the date of Closing;
(d) all Seller credit cards, lines of credit, or similar agreements for the extension of credit to Seller in the operation of the Business;
(e) the corporate charter, qualifications to conduct business as a foreign corporation, arrangements with registered agents relating to foreign qualifications, taxpayer and other identification numbers, seals, minute books, stock transfer books, blank stock certificates, and other documents relating to the organization, maintenance, and existence of Seller as a corporation or other form of business entity;
(f) all Employee Benefit Plans and any assets associated with such Employee Benefit Plans; and
(g) any contracts of Seller which are not Assumed Contracts and any other assets identified on Schedule 1.3(g) herein.
2 |
1.4 Assumption of Liabilities.
(a) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, effective as of the Closing Date, Purchaser agrees to assume from Seller and to pay, perform and discharge according to their terms ONLY the following specified Liabilities (collectively, the “Assumed Liabilities”), but no others: (i) all Liabilities, if any, of Seller specifically set forth in Schedule 1.4(a) herein, (ii) all Liabilities incurred by the Business with respect to the Assets, including the Assumed Contracts, from and after the Closing Date, and (iii) any Transfer Taxes, Fees and Property Taxes, in each case, to the extent specifically allocated to Purchaser pursuant to Section 5.2. Purchaser shall not assume any Liabilities of Seller, and Seller shall remain liable for and shall discharge any and all Liabilities incurred with respect to the Assets, including the Assumed Contracts, prior to the Closing.
(b) Nothing herein shall be deemed to deprive Purchaser or any Affiliate of Purchaser, as applicable, of any defenses, set-offs or counterclaims that Seller has or may have had or that Purchaser, or any Affiliate of Purchaser, as applicable, shall have (to the extent relating to the Assumed Liabilities) to any of the Assumed Liabilities (the “Defenses and Claims”). Effective as of the Closing, Seller agrees to assign, transfer and convey to Purchaser all Defenses and Claims and agrees to cooperate with Purchaser to maintain, secure, perfect and enforce such Defenses and Claims.
1.5 Liabilities Not Assumed. Purchaser shall not assume any Liabilities of Seller other than the Assumed Liabilities, nor shall it assume any of the following obligations or Liabilities (all obligations or Liabilities not assumed by Purchaser herein are collectively referred to herein as “Excluded Liabilities”), which in each case shall remain obligations and Liabilities of Seller:
(a) Any Liability arising out of or as a result of any legal or equitable Action or judicial or administrative proceeding initiated at any time to the extent arising out of facts occurring prior to the Closing;
(b) Any Liability of Seller or otherwise imposed on the Assets or with respect to the Business, in respect of any Tax, including (i) any Liability of Seller for the Taxes of any other Person under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law), as a transferee or successor, by contract or otherwise, (ii) any Transfer Taxes or Property Taxes except, in each case, to the extent specifically allocated to Purchaser pursuant to Section 5.2, and (iii) any liability of Seller for Taxes arising in connection with the consummation of the Transaction or because Seller is transferring the Assets, excluding any Transfer Taxes allocated to Purchaser pursuant to Section 5.2;
(c) Any Liabilities required to have been performed or paid prior to the Closing, or related to or arising from any breach or default by Seller, whether on or before the Closing, of any Assumed Contracts, or related to or arising from any tort, infringement or violation of Laws by Seller, to the extent occurring or arising from facts occurring on or prior to the Closing;
3 |
(d) Any Liability of Seller incurred in connection with or under this Agreement (including with respect to any of Seller’s representations, warranties, agreements, or covenants hereunder) relating to the execution or performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein;
(e) Except as set forth in Sections 8.14 and 8.15, any fees or expenses incurred by Seller or its shareholders with respect to Seller’s or such Persons’ engagement of counsel, or any investment banker, appraiser or accounting firm engaged to perform services in connection with the Transaction;
(f) Any obligations of Seller for borrowed money;
(g) Any Liability of Seller not related to the Assets;
(h) Any Liability relating to the Excluded Assets;
(i) Any Liability or obligation of Seller or any of its Affiliates relating to any current or former employee or other service provider of Seller or any of its Affiliates, or any dependent or beneficiary thereof, including without limitation (i) any Liability arising under any Employee Benefit Plan, including any Multiemployer Plan or other Pension Plan, (ii) any Liability that constitutes a Withdrawal Liability or COBRA Liability, (iii) any Liability arising in connection with the actual or prospective employment or engagement, the retention and/or discharge by Seller or any of its Affiliates of any current or former employee or other service provider , (iv) any Liability for wages, remuneration, compensation (including any bonuses due any employee arising as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby), benefits, severance, vacation or other paid-time-off or other accrued obligations (A) associated with any employee or other service provider of Seller or any of its Affiliates (including any Business Employee) who does not become a Transitioned Employee (or any dependent or beneficiary thereof), and (B) with respect to any Transitioned Employee, arising on or prior to the Closing Date, and (v) any claim of an unfair labor practice, or any claim under any state unemployment compensation or worker’s compensation Law or under any federal or state employment discrimination Law;
(j) Any Liability of Seller related to the Assets under any Environmental Law which first arose prior to or is related to actions occurring on or prior to the Closing Date;
(k) Any Liability of Seller listed as an Account Payable or debt amount owed. At the Closing Date, in conjunction with this Transaction, Seller shall warrant to purchaser that all Accounts Payable and debt amounts, as of that date, are current and with a zero balance, unless excluded and agreed to in writing by Purchaser; and
(l) Any other Liabilities not identified as Assumed Liabilities in Section 1.4(a) or Schedule 1.4(a) herein.
4 |
1.6 Purchase Consideration.
(a) The aggregate consideration for the purchase of the Assets shall be Thirteen Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($13,500,000) plus or minus the Inventory Adjustment as set forth in Section 1.6(b) below (the “Purchase Price”) and the assumption of the Assumed Liabilities (the “Liability Assumption”) (together with the Purchase Price, the “Transaction Consideration”).
(b) Product inventory at Closing must be equivalent in quality, diversity and value to the average quality, diversity and value of inventory during the sixty (60) days prior to the date of this Agreement (“Average Inventory”). Such Average Inventory is considered part of the Assets being acquired by Purchaser. The Seller and the Purchaser shall agree in writing as to the value of the Inventory located at the Premises (the “Inventory Amount”) immediately prior to Closing. Should the Inventory Amount at the time of Closing exceed the Average Inventory, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted upward accordingly and shall be payable at Closing. Should the Inventory Amount at the time of Closing be less than the Average Inventory, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted downward accordingly and shall be payable at Closing. Any adjustment either upwards or downwards based upon the actual amount of inventory transferred to Purchaser at Closing pursuant to this Section shall be deemed the “Inventory Adjustment.”
1.7 Consent of Third Parties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Agreement shall not constitute an agreement to assign or transfer any Asset, instrument, contract, lease, permit or other agreement or arrangement or any claim, right or benefit arising thereunder or resulting therefrom if an assignment or transfer or an attempt to make such an assignment or transfer without the consent of a third party would constitute a material breach or violation thereof or affect adversely the rights of Purchaser or Seller thereunder; and any assignment or transfer to Purchaser by Seller of any interest under any such Asset, instrument, contract, lease, permit or other agreement or arrangement that requires the consent of a third party shall be made subject to such consent or approval being obtained. Nothing in this Section 1.7 shall be deemed to constitute an agreement to exclude from the Assets any assets described under Section 1.2.
1.8 Allocation. Following the Closing, Seller and Purchaser shall use commercially reasonable efforts to prepare a joint schedule allocating the aggregate consideration (including the Assumed Liabilities) payable for the Assets in accordance with Section 1060 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder (and any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law, as appropriate) (the “Allocation Schedule”). If Seller and Purchaser are able to agree upon the Allocation Schedule within thirty (30) days following the Closing Date, Seller and Purchaser shall each file IRS Form 8594, and all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns, in accordance with the Allocation Schedule. If Purchaser and Seller are unable to agree upon the Allocation Schedule within 30 days after the Closing Date, any dispute or disagreement between Purchaser and Seller regarding any matter set forth in the Allocation Schedule shall be resolved promptly by the Independent Auditor, the costs of which shall be borne equally by Purchaser, on the one hand, and Seller, on the other hand. Purchaser and Seller shall prepare and file all Tax Returns and other statements in a manner consistent with the Allocation Schedule and shall not make any inconsistent statement or adjustment on any Tax Returns or otherwise during the course of an audit, investigation or other dispute with a Taxing authority, provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall prevent Purchaser or Seller from settling any proposed deficiency or adjustment by any Taxing authority based upon or arising out of the Allocation Schedule, and neither Purchaser nor Seller shall be required to litigate before any court any proposed deficiency or adjustment by any Taxing authority challenging such Allocation Schedule.
5 |
1.9 Withholding. Purchaser shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement to Seller such amounts as Purchaser is required to deduct and withhold under the Code, or any Tax Law, with respect to the making of such payment. To the extent that amounts are so withheld, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of whom such deduction and withholding was made.
ARTICLE II
THE CLOSING
2.1 Closing. The consummation of the Transaction will take place at a closing to be held at the offices of Gentile Cristalli Miller Armeni & Savarese in Las Vegas, Nevada, or such other place as the parties agree upon in writing, (the “Closing”) on the third business day after the satisfaction or waiver of all of the closing conditions to the obligations of the parties contemplated hereby (the “Closing Date”).
2.2 Deliveries by Purchaser at the Closing. At the Closing, Purchaser shall deliver, or cause to be delivered to Seller, the following:
(a) |
the Purchase Price, less the amount of the Note (as defined below), by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated by Seller. The parties agree that the Seller shall pay any commission owed to the Seller’s broker at the Closing; and | |
(b) |
a 12 month Promissory Note payable to Seller in the principal amount of Four Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($4,200,000) bearing 5% interest and secured by the Assets (the “Note”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.
|
2.3 Deliveries by Seller and Purchaser at the Closing. At the Closing, as conditions precedent to Closing, Seller shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Seller, as applicable, the following:
(a) evidence satisfactory to Purchaser of (i) the third party consents set forth in Section 1.7 and (ii) any other required consents from third parties, including landlord(s), current lender(s), the NV DOT, Clark County and City of Las Vegas, for the transactions contemplated herein;
(b) a bill of sale, assignments and assumptions of contracts and licenses as agreed to by Purchaser, and such other good and sufficient instruments of conveyance, assignment and transfer, duly executed by Seller and which are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel to Purchaser and are legally sufficient to vest in Purchaser, good title to the Assets;
(c) the Business Records and all assets listed in Section 1.2 and Schedule 1.2(b) herein;
6 |
(d) certificates, signed by the Secretary of Seller and the Secretary of Purchaser, certifying as to the truth and accuracy of, and attaching copies of, Seller’s and Purchaser’s charter documents and board of director and stockholder resolutions adopted in authorizing and approving this Agreement, and the Transaction;
(e) an Estoppel Certificate in the form required by the NV DOT duly executed by Purchaser;
(f) the Assumed Contracts, including properly assigned leases, if applicable, both equipment and real property, if any, and all Medical Marijuana or Recreational Marijuana licenses pertinent to the Seller, approved by the NV DOT and transferred to Purchaser, as agreed to by Purchaser;
(g) evidence of advance deposits, if any, duly executed by Seller;
(h) Purchaser’s standard form of employment, work file and confidentiality agreement, in the form attached as an Exhibit, duly executed by each of the Key Employees;
(i) | a properly executed affidavit prepared in accordance with Treasury Regulations section 1.1445-2(b) certifying Seller’s non-foreign status; and, |
(j) a Release of the Memorandum of Repurchase executed by MIRE in favor of Green Wagon Reno, LLC as set forth and described in Section 20 of the of the Agreement Of Purchase And Sale And Joint Escrow Instructions (Exhibit A hereto).
2.4 Simultaneous Delivery. All deliveries at the Closing as provided for in Section 2.2 shall be deemed to be made and effected simultaneously with each other and with all deliveries provided for in Section 2.3, and all such deliveries shall be deemed to be in escrow until all such deliveries provided for in Section 2.2 and in Section 2.3 have been made and effected.
2.5. [Intentionally Omitted.]
2.6 Termination. The parties may terminate this Agreement prior to the Closing as provided below:
(a) by mutual written consent;
(b) the Purchaser may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the Seller in the event the Seller is in breach of any representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement, and such breach (i) individually or in combination with any other such breach, would cause the conditions set forth in Section 2.3 not to be satisfied and (ii) is not cured within twenty (20) days following delivery by the Purchaser to the Seller of written notice of such breach;
(c) the Seller may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the Purchaser in the event the Purchaser is in breach of any representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement, and such breach (i) individually or in combination with any other such breach, would cause the conditions set forth in Section 2.3 not to be satisfied and (ii) is not cured within twenty (20) days following delivery by the Seller to the Purchaser of written notice of such breach;
7 |
(d) the Purchaser may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the Seller if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before the one year anniversary of the date of this Agreement (the “Outside Date”) by reason of the failure of any condition precedent under Section 2.3 (unless the failure results primarily from a breach by the Purchaser of any representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement); or
(e) the Seller may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the Purchaser if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before the Outside Date by reason of the failure of any condition precedent under Section 2.3 (unless the failure results primarily from a breach by the Seller of any representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement).
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER
Except as is otherwise set forth in Seller’s disclosure schedule (the “Seller Disclosure Schedule”) delivered by Seller to Purchaser and dated as of the date of this Agreement, Seller represents and warrants that the statements contained in this Article III are true and correct as of the date hereof. Matters disclosed by Seller in the Seller Disclosure Schedule in reference to any section of this Agreement shall be deemed to be disclosed for all purposes under this Agreement to the extent it is reasonably apparent on its face that such disclosure is applicable for such other purposes.
3.1 Organization; No Subsidiaries.
(a) Seller is a company duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of the State of Nevada and has full power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted.
(b) Seller does not have any subsidiaries, and the Business is conducted solely by Seller.
3.2 Authorization. This Agreement will constitute, a valid and binding agreement of Seller enforceable against Seller, in accordance with their respective terms, subject to (a) Laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, and the relief of debtors and (b) rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies (collectively, the “Enforceability Exceptions”). Seller has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to carry out and perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to carry out and perform the transactions contemplated herein and therein. All requisite action on the part of Seller has been taken to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement.
8 |
3.3 No Conflicts; Consents. Except as set forth in Section 3.3 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, the execution and the delivery by Seller of this Agreement does not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and therein and compliance with the provisions hereof and thereof will not (a) conflict with or violate the articles of organization or operating agreement of Seller, (b) conflict with or violate, result in a material breach of, constitute a material default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under or violation of, or give to others any right of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, or result in the creation of any Encumbrance pursuant to, any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, lease, sublease, contract or other agreement or instrument, permit, concession, franchise, license, sublicense or Law applicable to Seller or any of the Assets, (c) conflict with or violate, on the part of Seller any filing with, or any permit, authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Authority, (d) require any notice, consent or waiver under any Assumed Contract or any other agreement or contract of Seller, except for the required consents listed in Section 1.7, (e) result in the imposition of any Encumbrance upon any of the Assets (other than a Permitted Encumbrance), (f) conflict with or violate any judgment, order, writ, injunction, or decree applicable to Seller or any of the Assets, or (g) conflict with or violate any material Law applicable to Seller or any of the Assets.
3.4 Financial Statements.
(a) Seller shall provide to Purchaser (i) the unaudited balance sheet and the related unaudited income statement and statement of cash flows of the Business for the calendar year 2018, and for the first quarter of 2019 (the “Historical Financial Statements”). The Historical Financial Statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Business as of the dates and during the periods indicated therein, consistent with the books and records of Seller (which, in turn, are correct and complete in all material respects), except that the unaudited Historical Financial Statements are subject to normal year end adjustments, which are not material individually or in the aggregate.
(b) Except for Permitted Encumbrances and as set forth herein, the Business does not have any material Liability, except for Liabilities (i) reflected on the face of the Historical Financial Statements and to be paid off in conjunction with this Transaction, (ii) incurred in connection with the execution of this Agreement, and (iii) of the type reflected on the face of the Historical Financial Statements which have arisen since December 31, 2018 in the ordinary course of business (none of which relate to breach of contract, breach of warranty, tort, infringement, violation of or Liability under any Law or any Action and none of which are material individually or in the aggregate).
3.5 Assets.
(a) Title to Assets. Seller has, and, following the Closing, Purchaser will have, good, valid and marketable title to all Tangible Personal Property, including equipment, inventory and licenses, free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances). Seller has, and following the Closing Purchaser will have, a valid and binding leasehold interest in any leased equipment, and real property included among the Assets, free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances). At the Closing, Seller will sell, convey, assign, transfer and deliver to Purchaser good, valid, and marketable title in, and all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to all of the Assets, free and clear of any Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances).
(b) Condition of Assets. As set forth herein, a copy of the fixed asset ledger of Seller, is attached, as of March 31, 2019. Each item of Tangible Personal Property included in the Assets has been maintained in accordance with normal industry practice, is in good operating condition (normal wear and tear excepted) and is suitable for the purposes for which it presently is used.
9 |
(c) Sufficiency of Assets.
(i) Except for (A) the Excluded Assets, (B) any employees or contractors (current or former) of Seller and (C) any general corporate or administrative services provided to the Business by Seller, the Assets include all tangible and intangible assets and rights that are used or held for use by Seller in the operation or conduct of the Business as it is conducted immediately prior to the Effective Date consistent with past practice, including all State Medical Marijuana licenses, and are sufficient for the conduct of the Business by Purchaser immediately following the Closing in substantially the same manner as conducted by Seller immediately prior to the Effective Date. This Transaction is contingent upon the above noted licenses being transferred to Purchaser. Seller is only warrantying that those licenses are part of the asset package being transferred, and does not warrant the approval from the State to transfer those licenses to Purchaser.
(ii) Seller (A) does not own, use or hold any websites or Domain Names that are owned, used or held for use in the Business other than the Seller Websites and the Domain Names included in the Transferred Intellectual Property, if any, (B) is not engaged in any business, activities or operations other than the Business and the businesses related to the Excluded Assets, and (C) does not own, use or hold any assets that are currently proposed to be used in the Business other than the Assets.
(iii) The Seller has all Permits, which will be transferred in this Transaction, necessary for the conduct of the Business as it is conducted immediately prior to the Effective Date consistent with past practice, the lack of which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
3.6 Litigation. Other than that disclosed by the Seller Disclosure Schedule, there is no litigation, claim, action, suit, arbitration, charge, demand, proceeding or investigation (each, an “Action”) pending or, to Seller’s Knowledge, threatened or reasonably expected against Seller relating to the Business, the Assets or the Assumed Liabilities, other than what shall be specifically noted by Seller in writing. None of the Business or the Assets is subject to (i) any continuing order, consent decree, settlement agreement or other similar written agreement with any Governmental Authority, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any arbitrator, mediator or similar person, (ii) any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority or (iii) to Seller’s Knowledge, any continuing investigation or inquiry by any Governmental Authority and, to Seller’s Knowledge, there is no valid basis for any such investigation or inquiry.
3.7 [Intentionally Omitted].
3.8 Privacy. The Business has been operated at all times, and all personal information has been collected, processed, used, disclosed, shared, transferred, transmitted, stored and disposed of in compliance with the Privacy Statements and all applicable privacy Laws.
10 |
3.9 Assumed Contracts.
(a) Other than the Assumed Contracts, no existing contracts with Seller shall be assumed by Purchaser, without specific, individual, written consent by Purchaser.
(b) Seller shall provide Purchaser a list of all existing contracts on Schedule 3.9(b). Except for the Assumed Contracts, Seller is not a party to or otherwise bound by the terms of any material contract, agreement or obligation, written or oral, affecting the Business or the Assets. Seller shall separately identify each Assumed Contract (i) pursuant to which any other party is granted “most favored party” rights of any type or scope, or containing any non-solicitation or non-competition covenants or other restrictions relating to the Business or that limits the freedom of Seller to engage or participate, or compete with any other Person, in any line of business, market or geographic area, or to make use of any Transferred Intellectual Property, (ii) that is an IP Agreement, (iii) that imposes on Seller payment obligations (contingent or otherwise) in excess of $5,000 per annum, (iv) that provides for payments to Seller in excess of $5,000 per annum, (v) that constitutes a partnership or joint venture agreement, (vi) that evidences outstanding Indebtedness which constitutes an Asset and (vii) that is a Lease.
(c) Assumed Contracts (if any) are valid, binding and in full force and effect and enforceable by Seller prior to Closing and by Purchaser upon and after Closing.. Neither Seller, nor, to Seller’s Knowledge, any other party, is in material breach, violation of, or default under, and to the Knowledge of Seller, no event has occurred which, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, is reasonably likely to result in a breach or violation by Seller or such other party of, or default under, any Assumed Contract, and there are no existing disputes or claims of default relating thereto, or any facts or conditions Known to Seller which, if continued, will result in a material default or claim of default thereunder. Seller has not received any written or, to the Knowledge of Seller, oral notice of the intention of any party to terminate, cancel, amend or not renew any Assumed Contract. Except as set forth in Section 1.7, no consents are necessary for the effective assignment to and assumption by Purchaser of any of the Assumed Contracts including but not limited to the lease on the Premises. Seller has furnished or made available to Purchaser true and complete copies of all Assumed Contracts and descriptions of all material terms of Assumed Contracts that are not in writing, including any amendments, waivers or other changes thereto.
3.10 No Adverse Changes. Other than that noted in the Seller Disclosure Schedule, since January 1, 2019, except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, (i) Seller has conducted the Business only in the ordinary course of business and in a manner consistent with past practice and (ii) there has not been:
(a) Any Material Adverse Effect or any change, development or event that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
(b) Any material damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance;
(c) Any sale, transfer or other disposition of Assets, except as contemplated by this Agreement;
11 |
(d) Any sale, transfer or other disposition of any other assets of the Business, except in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice or as contemplated by this Agreement;
(e) Any actual or threatened change in Seller’s relationships with the Key Employees;
(f) Any action taken or any change made, other than reasonable and usual actions in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, with respect to accounting policies, practices, principles, methods or procedures, other than as required by GAAP or by a Governmental Authority;
(g) Any writing up, writing down or writing off of the book value of any Assets, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of $5,000, except for depreciation and amortization in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;
(h) Any commencement of any Action relating to the Assets, the Assumed Liabilities or the Business;
(i) Any waiver, release, assignment, settlement or compromise of any material rights or claims, or any material Action by or against Seller and relating to the Business or any of the Assets;
(j) Except in the ordinary course of business and in a manner consistent with past practice, any entrance into, amendment, modification, acceleration or consent to the termination of any Assumed Contract (or any contract that would be required to be disclosed if in existence on the date hereof), or amendment, waiver, modification or consent to the termination of Seller’s rights thereunder;
(k) Any action taken for the winding up, liquidation, dissolution or reorganization of Seller or for the appointment of a receiver, administrator or administrative receiver, trustee or similar officer of its assets or revenues;
(l) Any grant of a license, exclusive or non-exclusive, or other agreement with respect to the Transferred Intellectual Property, other than grants of rights under the Terms and Conditions;
(m) Any disclosure of any trade secrets or other proprietary and confidential information that is included in an Asset to any Person that is not subject to any confidentiality or non- disclosure agreement;
(n) Any new, change in or revocation of any material Tax election; settlement or compromise of any claim, notice, audit report or assessment in respect of Taxes; change in any annual Tax accounting period, adoption or change in any method of Tax accounting; filing of any amended material Tax Return; entrance into any tax allocation agreement, tax sharing agreement, tax indemnity agreement or closing agreement relating to any material Tax; surrender of any right to claim a material Tax refund; or consent to any extension or waiver of the statute of limitations period applicable to any material Tax claim or assessment, in each case, to the extent related to the Assets or the Business; or
12 |
(o) Any agreement, whether oral or written, to effect any of the foregoing (excluding this Agreement).
3.11 Employees.
(a) Neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates is or has been a party to any collective bargaining or similar agreement and there are no labor unions or other organizations representing, purporting to represent or, to Seller’s Knowledge, attempting to represent, any employee of Seller or any of its Affiliates. There are no unfair labor practice complaints pending against Seller or any of its Affiliates before the National Labor Relations Board or any other Governmental Authority nor, to Seller’s Knowledge, are any such complaints threatened. Neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates have experienced any strike, slowdown or work stoppage nor, to Seller’s Knowledge, are any such strikes, slowdowns, work stoppages or lockouts threatened.
(b) To Seller’s Knowledge, no Key Employee has any present intention to terminate employment with Seller. Except as noted herein, no employee of Seller is subject to any noncompetition, nondisclosure, confidentiality, employment, consulting or similar contract relating to, affecting or in conflict with the present or proposed business activities of Seller.
3.12 Employee Benefits.
(a) Seller shall provide Purchaser, a true and complete list of each Employee Benefit Plan.
(b) With respect to each Employee Benefit Plan, Seller has made available to Purchaser true and complete copies of (i) each Employee Benefit Plan (or, if not written, a written summary of its material terms), including without limitation all plan documents, trust agreements, insurance contracts or other funding vehicles and all amendments thereto, (ii) all summaries and summary plan descriptions, including any summary of material modifications, (iii) the most recent annual reports (Form 5500 series) filed with the Internal Revenue Service, and (iv) the most recent determination or opinion letter, if any, issued by the Internal Revenue Service and any pending request for such a letter.
(c) Each Employee Benefit Plan which is intended to be a “qualified plan” within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code has either (i) received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service as to its qualified status, or (ii) may rely upon a favorable prototype opinion letter from the Internal Revenue Service, and each trust established in connection with any Employee Benefit Plan which is intended to be exempt from federal income taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code is so exempt, and to Seller’s Knowledge, no fact or event has occurred that could adversely affect the qualified status of any such Employee Benefit Plan or the exempt status of any such trust.
13 |
(d) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (either alone or in conjunction with any other event, whether contingent or otherwise), including, without limitation, any termination of employment, will (i) entitle any current or former employee, officer, consultant or director of Seller or its Affiliates to any payment; (ii) result in or cause the accelerated vesting, funding, or time of payment, or delivery of any compensation, equity award or other benefit; (iii) increase the amount or value of, any payment, compensation or benefit to any such employee, officer, consultant or director of Seller or its Affiliates; or (iv) limit Seller’s right to amend, modify or terminate any Employee Benefit Plan.
(e) Neither Seller nor any ERISA Affiliate sponsors, maintains, contributes to or is required to contribute to, or has ever sponsored, maintained, contributed to or been required to contribute to, or has any Liability or obligation, whether actual or contingent, with respect to any, and no Employee Benefit Plan is a, Multiemployer Plan or a Pension Plan.
(f) With respect to the Employee Benefit Plans, there does not now exist, nor do any circumstances exist that would reasonably be expected to result in, any current or contingent Liabilities of Purchaser or its Affiliates following the Closing under ERISA, the Code or any other applicable Laws.
3.13 Absence of Insolvency. No insolvency proceedings of any character, including bankruptcy, receivership, reorganization, composition or arrangement with creditors, voluntary or involuntary, (a) is pending against Seller or any of the Assets, (b) to the Knowledge of Seller is affecting Seller or any of the Assets, or (c) to the Knowledge of Seller is threatened, and Seller has not made any assignment for the benefit of creditors, nor taken any action with a view to, or which would constitute the basis of the institution of any such insolvency proceedings.
3.14 No Brokers or Finders. Except as set forth in Section 3.14 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, no Person has, or as a result of the transactions contemplated herein will have, any right or valid claim against Seller, the Business or any of the Assets for any commission, fee or other compensation as a finder or broker, or in any similar capacity.
3.15 Complete Copies of Materials. Seller has delivered or made available true and complete copies of each material document that has been requested by Purchaser in connection with Purchaser’s legal and accounting review of Seller, the Business and the Assets.
3.16 Compliance with Laws. Seller (i) is not in conflict with, or in default, breach or violation in any material respect of any applicable Law, (ii) has conducted the operations of the Business in compliance with applicable Law in all material respects and has not received notice of any material violation or alleged material violation of any applicable Law, and (iii) no event has occurred, and no condition exists, that would reasonably be likely to (with or without notice of lapse of time) constitute or result directly or indirectly in a material violation by Seller of, or a material failure on the part of Seller to comply with, any applicable Law.
14 |
3.17 Real Property. Seller has good and valid leasehold interest in the Premises free and clear of all Encumbrances, other than Permitted Encumbrances. With respect to the lease or other occupancy agreements affecting the Premises (each, a “Lease”), true and complete copies of which have been furnished by Seller to Purchaser, there exists no default by Seller or any event or circumstance which upon notice or the passage of time, or both, would give rise to any default by Seller, nor, to the Knowledge of Seller, is there any such default or events or circumstances of default by any lessor or subtenant under such Lease, other than that noted in the Seller Disclosure Schedule. No party other than Seller has the right to occupy any of the Premises. The Premises and all improvements located thereon are free from material defect, are in good operating condition and repair (normal wear and tear excepted), and are suitable for the purposes for which the Premises and improvements thereon are presently used. The Premises are supplied with all utilities and other services necessary for the operation of such Premises as currently operated.
3.18 Insurance.
(a) Seller shall provide a list of all insurance policies that are currently held by Seller with respect to the Business or the Assets (“Insurance Policies”), true and complete copies of which have been made available to Purchaser.
(b) All premiums due with respect to such policies are currently paid and Seller is not in material breach or material default with respect to its obligations under the Insurance Policies and, to the Knowledge of Seller, no event has occurred which, with notice or the lapse of time, or both, would constitute such a breach or default, or permit termination or modification, under any of the Insurance Policies. Seller has not received notice of cancellation or termination of any Insurance Policy, nor has it been denied or had revoked or rescinded any policy of insurance, nor has it borrowed against any such policies. There are and have been no claims against any Insurance Policies and no insurance carrier has denied or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened to deny coverage.
3.19 Taxes.
(a) Seller has timely filed (taking into account any extensions of time for such filings that have been properly and timely requested by Seller) all material Tax Returns that were required to be filed. All such Tax Returns are complete and accurate in all material respects. All material Taxes owed by Seller (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) have been paid. Seller is not currently the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return. No written claim has ever been made by a Governmental Authority in a jurisdiction in which Seller does not file Tax Returns that Seller is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction. There are no Encumbrances on any of the Assets or the Business for Taxes (other than Permitted Encumbrances).
(b) Seller has not waived any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency.
(c) The unpaid Taxes of Seller did not, as of each of the dates of the Historical Financial Statements, exceed the reserve for Tax Liability (excluding any reserve for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax income) set forth on the face of the balance sheets contained in the Historical Financial Statements (rather than in any notes thereto). Since the date of such financial statements, Seller has not incurred any liability for Taxes outside the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.
15 |
(d) No audit, investigation, dispute, claims or other Actions for or relating to any Liability for Taxes of Seller is presently in progress, nor has Seller been notified in writing of any request for such an audit, potential claim, dispute or other examination.
(e) No Tax deficiency is outstanding, assessed or, to the knowledge of Seller, threatened or proposed against Seller that would adversely impact Purchaser, the Assets or Purchaser’s use of the Assets.
(f) Seller has not been and will not as of the Closing Date be a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Section 897 of the Code.
(g) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, either alone or in combination with another event (whether contingent or otherwise) will result in any “parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code (or any corresponding provision of state, local, or foreign Tax Law).
(h) There are no proceedings pursuant to which Seller is disputing any amounts payable for Taxes arising out of Seller’s ownership or operation of the Assets or Business.
(i) No Asset (i) is property required to be treated as owned by another Person pursuant to the provisions of Section 168(f)(8) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended and in effect immediately prior to the enactment of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, (ii) constitutes “tax-exempt use property” within the meaning of Section 168(h) of the Code, (iii) is “tax-exempt bond financed property” within the meaning of Section 168(g) of the Code, (iv) secures any debt the interest of which is tax- exempt under Section 103(a) of the Code or (v) is subject to a 467 rental agreement as defined in Section 467 of the Code.
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER
Purchaser represents and warrants that the statements contained in this Article IV are true and correct as of the date hereof. Matters disclosed by Purchaser in the Purchaser Disclosure Schedule in reference to any section of this Agreement shall be deemed to be disclosed for all purposes under this Agreement to the extent it is reasonably apparent on its face that such disclosure is applicable for such other purposes.
4.1 Organization and Valid Existence. Purchaser is a Nevada limited liability company duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Nevada and has full power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted.
4.2 Authorization. This Agreement is duly and validly executed and delivered by Purchaser and constitute, or will constitute, valid and binding agreements of Purchaser, enforceable against Purchaser in accordance with their respective terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions. Purchaser has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to carry out and perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to carry out and perform the transactions contemplated herein and therein. All requisite action on the part of Purchaser has been taken to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement.
16 |
4.3 No Conflicts; Consents. The execution and the delivery by Purchaser of this Agreement does not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and therein and compliance with the provisions hereof and thereof will not, (a) conflict with or violate the articles of organization or operating agreement of Purchaser, (b) conflict with or violate, result in a material breach of, constitute a material default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under or violation of, or give to others any right of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, or result in the creation of any lien pursuant to any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, lease, sublease, contract or other agreement or instrument, permit, concession, franchise, license, sublicense or Law applicable to Purchaser or any of its properties or assets.
ARTICLE V
COVENANTS
5.1 Further Assurances.
(a) Seller shall, from time to time, at the request of Purchaser, and without further consideration, execute and deliver such instruments of transfer, conveyance and assignment in addition to those delivered, and take such other actions, as may be reasonably necessary to assign, transfer, convey and vest in Purchaser, and to put Purchaser in possession of, the Assets, including but not limited to obtaining any and all required consents of third parties which Seller has not obtained as of the Closing Date. Seller will use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain for Purchaser any and all consents of third parties which Seller has not obtained as of the Closing Date. Seller further agrees to provide information pertaining to the Assets as may be reasonably requested by Purchaser.
(b) Each Party shall cooperate with the other to transfer all Assets, including State licenses, inventory, equipment, software, data and other information maintained by Seller, to Purchaser.
5.2 Tax Liability.
(a) Purchaser and Seller agree to furnish or cause to be furnished to the other, upon request, as promptly as practicable, such information and assistance relating to the Business and Assets, including access to books and records, as is reasonably necessary for the filing of all Tax Returns by Purchaser or Seller, the making of any election relating to Taxes, the preparation for any audit by any Taxing authority and the prosecution or defense of any claim, suit or proceeding relating to any Tax. Each of Purchaser and Seller shall retain all books and records with respect to Taxes pertaining to the Assets for a period of at least seven (7) years following the Closing Date (the “Seven Year Period”). At the end of the Seven Year Period, each party hereto shall provide the other with at least ten (10) days prior written notice before transferring, destroying or discarding any such books and records, during which period the party receiving such notice can elect to take possession, at its own expense, of such books and records. If Seller elects to undergo a voluntary dissolution as a corporation prior to the end of the Seven Year Period, prior to such dissolution, Seller shall notify Purchaser or one of its Affiliates or designees before such dissolution and before transferring, destroying or discarding any such books and records, during which period Purchaser or one of its Affiliates or designees receiving such notice can elect to take possession, at its own expense, of such books and records. Purchaser and Seller shall cooperate fully with each other in the conduct of any audit, litigation or other proceeding relating to Taxes involving the Assets or the Allocation Schedule.
17 |
(b) To the extent not otherwise provided in this Agreement, Seller shall be responsible for and shall promptly pay when due all Property Taxes levied with respect to the Assets attributable to the Pre-Closing Tax Period. All Property Taxes levied with respect to the Assets for the Straddle Period shall be apportioned between Purchaser and Seller based on the number of days of such Straddle Period included in the Pre-Closing Tax Period and the number of days of such Straddle Period included in the Post-Closing Tax Period. Seller shall be liable for the proportionate amount of such Property Taxes that is attributable to the Pre-Closing Tax Period, and Purchaser shall be liable for the proportionate amount of such Property Taxes that is attributable to the Post-Closing Tax Period. Upon receipt of any bill for such Property Taxes, Purchaser or Seller, as applicable, shall present a statement to the other setting forth the amount of reimbursement to which each is entitled under this Section 5.2(b) together with such supporting evidence as is reasonably necessary to calculate the proration amount. The proration amount shall be paid by the party owing it to the other within ten (10) days after delivery of such statement. In the event that Purchaser or Seller makes any payment for which it is entitled to reimbursement under this Section 5.2(b), the applicable party shall make such reimbursement promptly but in no event later than ten (10) days after the presentation of a statement setting forth the amount of reimbursement to which the presenting party is entitled along with such supporting evidence as is reasonably necessary to calculate the amount of reimbursement.
(c) All Transfer Taxes will be borne equally by Purchaser and Seller. Purchaser and Seller further agree, upon request, to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any certificate or other document from any Governmental Authority or any other Person as may be necessary and will otherwise cooperate so as to mitigate, reduce or eliminate any Tax that could be imposed in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
(d) Seller shall promptly notify Purchaser in writing upon receipt by Seller of notice of any pending or threatened Tax audits or assessments relating to the income, properties or operations of Seller that reasonably may be expected to relate to or give rise to an Encumbrance on the Assets or the Business. Each of Purchaser and Seller shall promptly notify the other in writing upon receipt of notice of any pending or threatened Tax audit or assessment challenging the Allocation Schedule.
5.3 Dissolution. Seller hereby covenants not to voluntarily dissolve and windup as a company for a period of not less than the later of (X) the expiration of the Survival Period and (Y) the period of time the Seller may voluntarily dissolve in accordance with applicable Law.
18 |
5.4 Transitioned Employees. As set forth herein, Seller shall provide a list of all employees of Seller employed in the operation of the Business as of the Closing Date, stating such employee’s name, job title, location of employment, base salary or hourly rate of compensation, target incentive compensation, years of service credit, accrued vacation and other paid time-off, exempt/non-exempt status, and hire date. All such employees are referred to herein as the “Business Employees.”
(a) On or prior to the Closing Date, Purchaser shall, or shall cause one of its Affiliates to, extend offers of employment to those Business Employees whom it desires to hire (if any), which offers shall be on such terms and conditions as Purchaser shall determine, in each case, in Purchaser’s sole discretion, provided, however, that Purchaser shall extend offers of employment to the Key Employees prior to the Closing Date. Seller shall cooperate with and use its best efforts to make reasonably accessible to Purchaser any Business Employees to whom Purchaser wishes to makes offers of employment (including without limitation the Key Employees and otherwise as communicated by Purchaser to Seller on the Closing Date) and to assist Purchaser in its efforts to secure satisfactory employment terms with those Business Employees. Any Business Employees, including any Key Employees, who accept an offer of employment in accordance herewith and commence employment with Purchaser or its Affiliate as of the Closing Date shall be referred to as the “Transitioned Employees.” Seller and its Affiliates shall terminate for all purposes (including under all Employee Benefit Plans) the employment of all Business Employees, including any Key Employees, who agree to become Transitioned Employees, effective immediately prior to the Closing.
(b) Seller shall be and remain solely responsible for filing all Tax Returns with respect to its employment of any of its employees through the Closing Date.
(c) Seller shall be and remain solely liable for any and all COBRA Liabilities.
(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Seller shall be solely responsible for, and Seller shall indemnify and hold Purchaser and its Affiliates harmless from and against, any and all Liabilities or obligations, whether actual or contingent: (i) associated with any employee or other service provider of Seller or any of its Affiliates (or any dependent thereof), including without limitation any Business Employee, in any case who does not become a Transitioned Employee, including in connection with any termination of any such service relationship; (ii) that arise in connection with any Transitioned Employee (or any dependent thereof) on or prior to the Closing Date; and (iii) that arise under or in connection with any Employee Benefit Plan at any time. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Purchaser shall not, at any time, have or assume any obligation or liability with regard to any severance, retention, employment, change-of-control, pension, retirement, equity or other plan, program, policy or agreement of or with Seller or any of its Affiliates.
(e) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall confer upon any Transitioned Employee any right with respect to continuance of employment by Purchaser or its Affiliates, nor shall anything herein interfere with the right of Purchaser or its Affiliates to terminate the employment of any of the Transitioned Employees at any time, with or without cause, or restrict Purchaser or its Affiliates in the exercise of its independent business judgment in modifying any of the terms and conditions of the employment of the Transitioned Employees.
19 |
(f) No provision of this Agreement shall (i) create any third-party beneficiary rights in any current or former service provider of Seller or any of its Affiliates, any beneficiary or dependents thereof, or any collective bargaining representative thereof; (ii) be deemed or construed to be an amendment or other modification of any Employee Benefit Plan, or Purchaser employee benefit plan; (iii) obligate Purchaser or its Affiliates to adopt, enter into or maintain any employee benefit plan or other compensatory plan, program or arrangement at any time; or (iv) be deemed to prevent or restrict in any way the right of Purchaser or its Affiliates to terminate, reassign, promote or demote any Transitioned Employee at any time, or to change the title, powers, duties, responsibilities, functions, locations, salaries, other compensation or terms or conditions of employment of such Transitioned Employee.
5.5 Collection of Accounts Receivable. Seller shall be entitled to collect all Accounts Receivable pending as of the date of Closing.
5.6 Use of Company Name. Purchaser shall not use, and shall not permit any Affiliate to use, the name Blüm, or any name reasonably similar thereto after the Closing Date.
5.7 Interim Operations Prior to Closing. Seller hereby covenants and agrees that, between the Effective Date of this Agreement and Closing, Seller shall cause the Business to be operated and conducted in the ordinary course in accordance with prior practices and cause the Business to be carried on diligently and substantially in the manner as heretofore conducted in the ordinary course of business commensurate with the scale of operations during the sixty (60) days prior to the date of this Agreement. Seller shall not take actions or operate the Business in such a way as to cause or precipitate any diminution in the Business’ prospective, post-closing sales or any material shift in the Business’ post-closing revenue streams. Without limitation, Seller shall use all reasonable efforts to preserve intact its present business organization, keep available the services of its Key Employees and Business Employees and maintain satisfactory relationships with customers, suppliers, landlord and others having business relationships with the Business.
INDEMNIFICATION
6.1 Survival Period; Certain Limitations.
(a) The representations and warranties of Seller contained in this Agreement shall survive the Closing Date for a period of twelve (12) months (the “Survival Period”), provided, that with respect to the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.2 (Authorization), Subsection 3.4(a) (Title to Assets), Section 3.12 (No Brokers or Finders) and Section 3.17 (Taxes), the Survival Period shall be the 30th day after the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations (including any extensions thereto to the extent that such statute of limitations may be tolled). The representations and warranties of Purchaser contained in this Agreement shall survive the Closing Date for the Survival Period. All covenants and agreements of the parties will survive the Closing Date in accordance with their respective terms. If written notice of a claim has been given prior to the expiration of the Survival Period by a party, then the relevant representations and warranties shall survive as to such claim until such claim has been finally resolved.
20 |
(b) It is the express intent of the parties hereto that, if the applicable Survival Period for an item as contemplated by this Article VI is shorter than the statute of limitations that would otherwise have been applicable to such item, then, by contract, the applicable statute of limitations with respect to such item shall be reduced to the shortened survival period contemplated hereby. The parties hereto further acknowledge that the time periods set forth in this Article VI for the assertion of claims under this Agreement are the result of arms-length negotiation among the each of the parties hereto and that they intend for the time periods to be enforced as agreed by each of the parties hereto.
6.2 Indemnification.
(a) Indemnification by Seller. Subject to the limitations set forth in this Article VI, after the Closing Date, Purchaser and its Affiliates (including, after the Closing Date, the Business and Assets), and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns (collectively, the “Purchaser Indemnified Parties”) shall be indemnified and held harmless by Seller for any and all liabilities, losses, Taxes, damages of any kind, claims, costs, expenses, fines, fees, deficiencies, interest, awards, judgments, amounts paid in settlement and penalties (including reasonable attorneys’, consultants’ and experts’ fees and expenses and other costs of defending, investigating or settling claims) suffered, incurred, or paid by them (including in connection with any Action brought or otherwise initiated by any of them) (collectively, “Losses”), arising out of or resulting from:
(i) any inaccuracy or breach of any representation or warranty made by Seller in this Agreement;
(ii) the breach of any covenant or agreement made by Seller in this Agreement;
(iii) any failure of Seller to pay any of its debts, obligations or Liabilities (other than any Assumed Liabilities pursuant to Section 1.4) as and when due;
(iv) any Excluded Liabilities; or
(v) any fraud that is committed by Seller in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement.
(b) Indemnification by Purchaser. Subject to the limitations set forth in this Article VI, after the Closing Date, Seller and its Affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns (collectively, the “Seller Indemnified Parties”) shall be indemnified and held harmless by Purchaser for any and all Losses arising out of or resulting from:
(i) any inaccuracy or breach of any representation or warranty made by Purchaser in this Agreement;
(ii) the breach of any covenant or agreement made by Purchaser in this Agreement;
(iii) any Assumed Liabilities; or
21 |
(iv) any fraud that is committed by Purchaser in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement.
(c) Materiality. As used herein, Losses are not limited to matters asserted by third parties, but include Losses incurred or sustained by the Purchaser Indemnified Parties or Seller Indemnified Parties in the absence of claims by third parties.
6.3 Limitations.
(a) Limitation on Seller Liability. Seller shall have no liability for indemnification under Section 6.2(a)(i) with respect to any Losses that would otherwise be payable under Section 6.2(a)(i) until the aggregate of all such Losses exceeds $100,000 (the “Liability Threshold”), and then after the Liability Threshold has been exceeded Seller shall be responsible for all such Losses based thereon for all amounts in excess of the Liability Threshold. The maximum aggregate liability of Seller for indemnification under this Article VI for any of the matters set forth in Section 6.2(a)(i) shall not exceed $5,000,000 (the “Indemnification Limit”); provided, however, that neither the Liability Threshold nor the Indemnification Limit shall apply with respect to any claim described in Sections 6.2(a)(ii) – 6.2(a)(v); provided, further, that in no event shall the maximum aggregate liability of Seller for any matters under this Article VI exceed that portion of the Purchase Price actually received by Seller, including the Escrow Amount.
(b) Limitation on Purchaser Liability. Purchaser shall have no liability for indemnification under Section 6.2(b)(i) with respect to any Losses that would otherwise be payable under Section 6.2(b)(i) until the aggregate of all such Losses exceeds the Liability Threshold, and after the Liability Threshold has been exceeded, Purchaser shall be responsible for all such Losses in excess of the Liability Threshold. The maximum aggregate liability of Purchaser for indemnification under this Article VI for any of the matters set forth in Section 6.2(b)(i) shall not exceed the Indemnification Limit; provided, however, that that neither the Liability Threshold nor the Indemnification Limit shall apply with respect to any claim described in Sections 6.2(b)(ii) – 6.2(b)(iv).
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Liability Threshold and the Indemnification Limit shall not apply to any Losses in connection with any breach of any of the representations or warranties set forth in Sections 3.2 (Authorization), 3.4(a) (Title to Assets), 3.4(c)(i) (Sufficiency of Assets), 3.4(c)(ii) (Sufficiency of Assets), 3.12 (No Brokers or Finders) 3.17 (Taxes) and 4.2 (Authorization); provided, however, that in no event shall the maximum aggregate liability of Seller for any matters under this Article VI exceed that portion of the Purchase Price actually received by Seller, including the Escrow Amount.
(d) Losses shall exclude lost profits or any punitive or exemplary damages, unless specifically awarded by an arbitrator or Governmental Authority to a third party and paid to such third party by an Indemnified Party (as defined below).
22 |
(e) The parties hereto agree that the rights to indemnification under this Article VI shall be the sole and exclusive rights and remedies of the parties hereto against any other party for any Losses relating to or arising under this Agreement; provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing set forth in this Article VI shall be deemed to prohibit or limit any party’s right at any time to seek injunctive or other equitable relief for the failure of any other party to perform any covenant or agreement contained herein or for any party’s right to seek any remedy based upon fraud.
6.4 Indemnification Procedures.
(a) For purposes of this Section 6.4, a party against which indemnification may be sought is referred to as the “Indemnifying Party” and the party which may be entitled to indemnification is referred to as the “Indemnified Party.”
(b) Claims.
(i) As soon as practicable, and not later than the last day of the Survival Period, an Indemnified Party may deliver to an Indemnifying Party a certificate signed by any authorized officer of such Indemnified Party (a “Claim Certificate”):
(A) stating that such Indemnified Party has incurred Losses;
(B) stating the amount of the Losses if known; and
(C) specifying in reasonable detail the nature of the claim to which such Losses are related. Any Third Party Claims (as defined below) shall also be subject to the requirements in Section 6.4(d).
(c) Resolution of Objections to Claims.
(i) If the Indemnifying Party does not contest, by written notice to the Indemnified Party, any claim or claims by the Indemnified Party made in any Claim Certificate within the thirty (30) day period following receipt of the Claim Certificate, then the Indemnifying Party will be conclusively deemed to have consented to the recovery by the Indemnified Party of the full amount of the damages specified in the Claim Certificate. The Indemnifying Party shall pay to the Indemnified Party cash in an amount equal to the amount of the Losses set forth in such Claim Certificate.
(ii) If the Indemnifying Party objects in writing to any claim or claims by the Indemnified Party made in any Claim Certificate within such thirty (30) day period, the Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party shall attempt in good faith for 15 days after the Indemnified Party’s receipt of such written objection to resolve such objection. If the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall so agree, a memorandum setting forth such agreement shall be prepared and signed by the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party.
(iii) If no such agreement can be reached during the 15-day period for good faith negotiation, but in any event upon the expiration of such 15-day period, either the Indemnifying Party or the Indemnified Party may bring an Action in accordance with the terms of Section 8.1 to resolve the matter.
23 |
(iv) Seller and Purchaser agree to treat (and cause their Affiliates to treat) any payment received pursuant to this Article VI as adjustments to the Transaction Consideration for all Tax purposes, to the maximum extent permitted by Law.
(d) Third Party Claims.
(i) The obligations and liabilities of Indemnifying Parties under this Article VI with respect to Losses arising from actual or threatened claims or demands by any Person not party to this Agreement (other than an Affiliate of Purchaser) which are subject to the indemnification provided for in this Article VI (“Third Party Claims”) shall be governed by and contingent upon the following additional terms and conditions. If an Indemnified Party shall receive notice of any Third Party Claim prior to the expiration of the Survival Period, the Indemnified Party shall give the Indemnifying Party notice of such Third Party Claim by delivering a Claim Certificate to the Indemnifying Party within ten (10) days of the receipt by the Indemnified Party of such notice; provided, however, that the failure to provide such notice shall not release an Indemnifying Party from any of its obligations under this Article VI except to the extent that such Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced by such failure. The Claim Certificate shall be deemed to have complied with Section 6.4(b) if it describes in reasonable detail the facts known to the Indemnified Party giving rise to such indemnification claim, and the amount or good faith estimate of the amount arising therefrom (if known).
(ii) If the Indemnifying Party acknowledges in writing its obligation to indemnify the Indemnified Party hereunder against any Losses that may result from such Third Party Claim (without any reservation of rights), then the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to assume and control the defense of such Third Party Claim through counsel of its choice (such counsel to be reasonably acceptable to the Indemnified Party) if it (x) gives notice of its intention to do so to the Indemnified Party within ten (10) days of the receipt of such notice from the Indemnified Party and (y) it furnishes the Indemnified Party with reasonable evidence that the Indemnifying Party is and will be able to satisfy such Losses; provided, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall not have the right to assume the defense of the Third Party Claim if (i) any such claim seeks, in addition to or in lieu of monetary Losses, any injunctive or other equitable relief or involves criminal allegations; (ii) there is reasonably likely to exist a conflict of interest that would make it inappropriate (in the judgment of the Indemnified Party in its reasonable discretion) for the same counsel to represent both the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party; or (iii) settlement of, or an adverse judgment with respect to, the Third Party Claim would establish (in the good faith judgment of the Indemnified Party) a precedential custom or practice that would be materially adverse to the business interests of the Indemnified Party or would impact the Taxes or Tax position of the Indemnified Party. If the Indemnifying Party assumes the defense of a Third Party Claim, it will conduct the defense actively, diligently and at its own expense, and it will hold all Indemnified Parties harmless from and against all Losses caused by or arising out of any settlement thereof. The Indemnified Party shall cooperate with the Indemnifying Party in such defense and make available to the Indemnifying Party, at the Indemnifying Party’s expense, all witnesses, pertinent records, materials and information in the Indemnified Party’s possession or under the Indemnified Party’s control relating thereto as is reasonably requested by the Indemnifying Party and shall have the right to participate at its own cost in the defense of such Third Party Claim. Except with the written consent of the Indemnified Party (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), the Indemnifying Party will not, in the defense of a Third Party Claim, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement (i) which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving to the Indemnified Party by the third party of a release from all liability with respect to such Action; or (ii) unless there is no finding or admission of (A) any violation of Law by the Indemnified Party (or any affiliate thereof), (B) any liability on the part of the Indemnified Party (or any affiliate thereof) or (C) any violation of the rights of any Person and no effect on any other claims of a similar nature that may be made by the same third party against the Indemnified Party (or any affiliate thereof), provided, that the Indemnified Party shall have no obligation of any kind to consent to the entry of any judgment of settlement unless such judgment or settlement is only for money damages, the full amount of which will be paid by the Indemnifying Party.
24 |
(iii) In the event that the Indemnifying Party fails or elects not to assume the defense of an Indemnified Party against such Third Party Claim which the Indemnifying Party had the right to assume, the Indemnified Party shall have the right, at the expense of the Indemnifying Party, to defend or prosecute such claim in any manner as it may reasonably deem appropriate and may settle such claim after giving written notice thereof to the Indemnifying Party, on such terms as such Indemnified Party may deem appropriate, and the Indemnified Party may seek prompt reimbursement for any Losses incurred in connection with such settlement. If no settlement of such Third Party Claim is made, the Indemnified Party may seek prompt reimbursement for any Losses arising out of any judgment rendered with respect to such claim. Any Losses for which an Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification hereunder shall be promptly paid as suffered or incurred. If the Indemnifying Party does not elect to assume the defense of a Third Party Claim which it has the right to assume hereunder, the Indemnified Party shall have no obligation to do so.
(iv) In the event that the Indemnifying Party is not entitled to assume the defense of the Indemnified Party against such Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall have the right, at the expense of the Indemnifying Party, to defend or prosecute such claim and consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement with respect to the Third Party Claim in any manner it may reasonably deem appropriate after giving written notice thereof to the Indemnifying Party, and the Indemnified Party may seek prompt reimbursement for any Losses incurred in connection with such judgment or settlement. In such case, the Indemnified Party shall conduct the defense of the Third Party Claim actively and diligently, and the Indemnifying Party shall cooperate with the Indemnified Party in such defense and make available to the Indemnified Party, at the Indemnifying Party’s expense, all such witnesses, records, materials and information in the Indemnifying Party’s possession or under the Indemnifying Party’s control relating thereto as is reasonably requested by the Indemnified Party. If no settlement of such Third Party Claim is made, the Indemnified Party may seek prompt reimbursement for any Losses arising out of any judgment rendered with respect to such claim. Any Losses for which an Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification hereunder shall be promptly paid as suffered or incurred.
25 |
6.5 Manner of Payment. At the Closing, funds deposited into escrow and the Note shall be released to Seller as directed by the Seller.
ARTICLE VII
DEFINITIONS
As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth or referenced below:
7.1 “Accounts Payable” shall mean all accounts and notes payable by Seller to third parties solely to the extent generated by the Business as conducted by Seller prior to the Closing Date. “Accounts Receivable” shall mean all accounts and notes receivable payable to Seller solely to the extent generated by the Business as conducted by Seller prior to the Closing Date, and other rights to payment and the full benefit of any security therefor, whether billed or unbilled.
7.2 “Affiliate” shall mean a Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries is controlled by, or is under common control with, another Person.
7.3 “Assumed Contracts” shall mean the agreements and contracts assumed by Purchaser as identified by Section 1.2 and Schedule 1.2(b) herein. .
7.4 “Business Records” shall mean copies of Seller’s books and records, original files, drawings, documentation, data or information that have been or now are used in or with respect to, in connection with or otherwise relating to the Business, the Assets and the Assumed Liabilities; provided that Business Records exclude any items specifically included among the Excluded Assets.
7.5 “COBRA” shall mean Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, Section 4980B of the Code, and any similar state Law.
7.6 “COBRA Liability” shall mean all Liabilities arising under COBRA (i) in respect of any Business Employee (or any beneficiary or dependent thereof) who does not become a Transitioned Employee, and (ii) arising on or prior to the Closing Date, with respect to any Transitioned Employee (or any beneficiary or dependent thereof).
26 |
7.7 “Confidential Information” means all information (whether or not specifically identified as confidential), in any form or medium, that is disclosed to or by, or developed or learned by, Seller that relates to the Business, Assets or Assumed Liabilities, including: (a) information relating to strategic plans and practices, business, accounting, financial or marketing plans, practices or programs, training practices and programs, salaries, bonuses, incentive plans and other compensation and benefits information and accounting and business methods, in each case, of the Business, Assets or Assumed Liabilities; (b) identities of, individual requirements of, specific contractual arrangements with, and information about, the Business, its customers and their respective confidential information; (c) any confidential or proprietary information of any third party that Seller or subsidiary of Seller has a duty to maintain confidentiality of, or use only for certain limited purposes, in each case, related to the Business, Assets or Assumed Liabilities; (d) industry research related to the Business, Assets or Assumed Liabilities compiled by, or on behalf of Seller, including identities of potential target companies, management teams, and transaction sources identified by, or on behalf of, Seller; (e) compilations of data and analyses, processes, methods, track and performance records, data and data bases, in each case, related to the Business, Assets or Assumed Liabilities; and (f) information related to the Intellectual Property of the Business and updates of any of the foregoing, provided that “Confidential Information” shall not include any information that Seller can demonstrate has become generally known to and widely available for use within the industry other than as a result of the acts or omissions of Seller or a Person that Seller has direct control over to the extent such acts or omissions are not authorized by Seller in the performance of such Person’s assigned duties for Seller.
7.8 “Employee Benefit Plan” shall mean any “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA (whether or not subject to ERISA) and each other plan, policy, program practice, agreement, understanding or arrangement (whether written or oral) providing compensation or other benefits to any current or former director, officer, employee or consultant (or to any spouse, dependent or beneficiary thereof) of Seller or any Affiliate of Seller, maintained, sponsored or contributed to by Seller or any Affiliate of Seller, or under which Seller or any Affiliate of Seller has or may have any obligation or liability, whether actual or contingent, including, without limitation, all personnel policy, collective bargaining, bonus (including transaction bonus), incentive compensation, stock option, restricted stock, phantom stock, stock unit, stock appreciation right, deferred stock, performance share, performance share unit, employee stock ownership, stock purchase, equity or equity-based, phantom equity, deferred compensation, change in control, employment, consulting, retention, noncompetition, nondisclosure, vacation, holiday, sick leave, severance, retirement, supplemental retirement, defined benefit, defined contribution, pension, money purchase, target benefit, cash balance, pension equity, 401(k), savings, profit sharing, supplemental or executive retirement, excess benefit, medical, dental, vision, life insurance, cafeteria (Code Section 125), adoption assistance, dependent care assistance, health savings, health reimbursement, flexible spending, voluntary employees beneficiary, multiple employer welfare, accident, disability, long-term care, employee assistance, scholarship, fringe benefit, expense reimbursement, welfare benefit, paid time off, employee loan, salary continuation and other benefit or similar plan, policy, program, practice, agreement, understanding or arrangement, including any trust, escrow, funding, insurance or other agreement related thereto.
7.9 “Encumbrances” shall mean any and all restrictions on or conditions to transfer or assignment, claims, liabilities, licenses, liens, pledges, mortgages, options, restrictions, rights of first refusal, security interests and encumbrances of any kind, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether voluntarily or involuntarily incurred or arising by operation of Law.
27 |
7.11 “Environmental Laws” means any and all Laws which (i) regulate or relate to the protection or clean up of the environment; the use, treatment, storage, transportation, handling, disposal or release of Hazardous Substances, the preservation or protection of waterways, groundwater, drinking water, air, wildlife, plants or other natural resources; or the health and safety of persons or property, including without limitation protection of the health and safety of employees; or (ii) impose liability or responsibility with respect to any of the foregoing, including without limitation the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq.), or any other Law of similar effect.
7.12 “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
7.13 “ERISA Affiliate” shall mean any entity (whether or not incorporated) other than Seller that, together with Seller, is required to be treated as a single employer under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.
7.14 [Intentionally omitted.]
7.15 [Intentionally omitted.]
7.16 “GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.
7.17 “Governmental Authority” shall mean any court, or any federal, state, municipal, provincial or other governmental authority, department, commission, board, service, agency, political subdivision or other instrumentality.
7.18 “Hazardous Substances” means: (i) any pollutant, chemical, substance and any toxic, infectious, carcinogenic, reactive, corrosive, ignitable or flammable chemical, or chemical compound, or hazardous substance, material or waste, whether solid, liquid or gas, that is subject to regulation, control or remediation under any Environmental Laws; (ii) petroleum and petroleum products, including crude oil and any fractions thereof; (iii) natural gas, synthetic gas, and any mixtures thereof; (iv) polychlorinated biphenyls, toxic mold, asbestos and radon; (v) any other contaminant; and (vi) any substance, material or waste regulated by any Governmental Authority pursuant to any Environmental Law.
7.19 “Indebtedness” shall mean, with respect to any Person at any date, without duplication: (i) all short-term and long-term indebtedness outstanding at any one time as determined in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, (ii) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money; (iii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments (including any seller notes, deferred purchase price obligations or earn-out obligations issued or entered into in connection with any acquisition undertaken by such Person) including outstanding checks; (iv) all obligations in respect of letters of credit, to the extent drawn, and bankers’ acceptances issued for the account of such Person; (v) all liabilities of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements, including capital leases; (vi) all obligations of such Person with respect to vendor advances or any other advances made to such Person; (vii) all liabilities of such Person arising out of interest rate and currency swap arrangements and any other arrangements designed to provide protection against fluctuations in interest or currency rates; (viii) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of any properties, goods or services (other than those trade payables in the ordinary course of business); (ix) any liability or obligation of others guaranteed by, or secured by any Encumbrance on the assets of, such Person; (x) all liabilities or obligations to pay any bonuses or other compensation in connection with or relating to the Transaction; and (xi) any and all principal, accrued interest, prepayment premiums or penalties, related expenses, commitment and other fees, sale or liquidity participation amounts, reimbursements, indemnities and other amounts related to any of the foregoing.
28 |
7.20 “Intellectual Property” means intellectual property, regardless of form, together with all rights in, arising out of, or associated with intellectual property in any jurisdiction (including the right to sue for infringement or misappropriation and collect damages, and to apply for and obtain any registrations or other forms of legal protection), including: (a) published and unpublished works of authorship, including audiovisual works, collective works, Software, web sites, web site content, compilations, databases, derivative works, literary works, and sound recordings, rights in databases and rights granted under the Copyright Act or similar Laws of foreign jurisdictions (“Works of Authorship”); (b) inventions and discoveries, whether or not patentable, including articles of manufacture, business methods, compositions of matter, improvements, machines, methods, and processes and new uses for any of the preceding items, including rights granted under the Patent Act or similar Laws of foreign jurisdictions (“Inventions”); (c) words, names, symbols, devices, designs, and other designations, and combinations of the preceding items, used to identify or distinguish a business, good, group, product, or service or to indicate a form of certification, including logos, product designs and product features together with the goodwill of the business associated therewith, including common law rights, applications, or registrations for the Trademarks, as well as any other proprietary rights in the Trademarks together with the goodwill of the business associated therewith anywhere in the world, including but not limited to, rights in the “look and feel” of objects and rights granted under the Lanham Act or similar Laws of foreign jurisdictions (“Trademarks”); (d) Confidential Information, including information that is not generally known or readily ascertainable through proper means, whether tangible or intangible, or patentable or unpatentable, including algorithms, customer lists, ideas, designs, formulas, know-how, show-how, methods, processes, programs, prototypes, systems, and techniques, including trade secrets and rights granted under the Uniform Trade Secrets Act or similar Laws of foreign jurisdictions; (e) Internet domain names, including but not limited to those set forth in the Seller Disclosure Schedule together with the goodwill of the business associated therewith (“Domain Names”); (f) rights in, arising out of, or associated with a person’s name, voice, signature, photograph, or likeness, including rights of personality, privacy, and publicity; and (g) rights of attribution and integrity and other moral rights of an author.
7.21 “Key Employees” shall mean those identified and listed separately, as mutually agreed by both Purchaser and Seller.
7.22 “Knowledge” or “Know” or “Known” shall mean, with respect to Seller, the current actual knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, of the following officers of Seller: Derek Peterson and Michael Nahass; provided, however, that any such reasonable inquiry shall not include any inquiry, investigation or review of any third party docket search, including patent or trademark records or any other similar third party source of information.
29 |
7.23 “Law” shall mean all applicable federal, state, provincial and local laws, ordinances, rules, statutes, regulations, and all orders, writs, injunctions, awards, judgments or decrees.
7.24 “Liability” or “Liabilities” shall mean any direct or indirect liability, Indebtedness, obligation, guarantee or endorsement, whether known or unknown, whether accrued or unaccrued, whether absolute or contingent, whether due or to become due, or whether liquidated or unliquidated.
7.25 “Material Adverse Effect” shall mean any effect that would be materially adverse to the Business, the Assets or the Assumed Liabilities, taken as a whole, whether or not occurring in the ordinary course of business.
7.26 [Intentionally Omitted]
7.27 “Multiemployer Plan” shall mean any “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Sections 3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
7.28 [Intentionally Omitted]
7.29 [Intentionally Omitted]
7.30 “Pension Plan” shall mean any Employee Benefit Plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 or Title IV of ERISA.
7.31 “Permits” shall mean any and all licenses, permits, authorizations, certificates, franchises, variances, waivers, consents, and other approvals from any Governmental Authority relating to the Assets or the Assumed Liabilities or the Business.
7.32 “Permitted Encumbrances” means statutory liens for Taxes that are not yet due and payable or liens for Taxes being contested in good faith by any appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves have been established, non-exclusive licenses of Software or licenses granted by Seller in the ordinary course of its business consistent with past practice under its Terms and Conditions (copies of which have been made available to Purchaser’s counsel).
7.33 “Person” shall mean an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization or a Governmental Authority.
7.34 “Post-Closing Tax Period” means any Tax period beginning after the Closing Date and that portion of a Straddle Period beginning after the Closing Date.
7.35 “Pre-Closing Tax Period” means any Tax period ending on or before the Closing Date and that portion of any Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date.
30 |
7.36 “Premises” means the facilities located at 1085 S. Virginia St., Reno, Nevada otherwise known as assessor Parcel Number 014-064-26.
7.37 “Privacy Statements” means, collectively, any and all of Seller’s privacy policies published on the Seller Websites or otherwise made available by Seller to third parties regarding the collection, retention, use and distribution of the personal information of individuals, including from visitors of any of the Seller Websites.
7.38 “Property Taxes” means all real property Taxes, personal property Taxes and similar ad valorem Taxes.
7.39 “Registered Intellectual Property Rights” means all Intellectual Property that is the subject of an application, certificate, filing, registration, or other document issued by, filed with, or recorded by, any Governmental Authority at any time in any jurisdiction, including all issued patents and applications, reissues, divisions, re-examinations, renewals, extensions, provisionals, continuations, and continuations-in-part.
7.40 [Intentionally omitted].
7.41 [Intentionally omitted].
7.42 “Software” means computer programs of any type or form (including source code and object code), including code, scripts, applets, engines, generators, and macros, and related programmers’ comments, data files and structures, header and include files, macros, object libraries, programming tools not commercially available, technical specifications, flowcharts, and logic diagrams, schematics, annotations, and documentation.
7.43 “Straddle Period” means any Tax period beginning before or on and ending after the Closing Date.
7.44 “Tangible Personal Property” means the tangible personal property identified on Schedule 7.44.
7.45 [Intentionally Omitted]
7.46 [Intentionally Omitted]
7.47 [Intentionally Omitted]
7.48 “Tax” or “Taxes” shall mean any federal, state, provincial, territorial, local, or foreign income, profits, gross receipts, capital gains taxes, license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, environmental, customs duties, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding, social security (or similar), unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, business license, occupation, value added, goods and service, alternative or add- on minimum, estimated, or other tax or governmental charge of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty, or addition thereto, whether disputed or not.
31 |
7.49 “Tax Return” shall mean a declaration, statement, report, return or other document or information with respect to Taxes.
7.50 “Terms and Conditions” means any and all of the visitor terms and conditions published on Seller Websites governing visitors’ use of and access to any of the Seller Websites.
7.51 “Transfer Taxes” means any transfer, stamp, documentary, sales, use, registration, value-added and other similar taxes imposed by any state or political subdivision thereof on the sale of the Assets under this Agreement, or the use of the Assets immediately following the sale under this Agreement, regardless of whether the legal obligation to pay, collect or remit such taxes falls on Seller or Purchaser.
7.52 [Intentionally omitted].
7.53 “WARN Act” shall mean the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988 and analogous state and local Law.
7.54 “Withdrawal Liability” shall mean Liability to a Multiemployer Plan under Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.
ARTICLE VIII
GENERAL
8.1 Law Governing. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the Laws of the State of Nevada without regard to choice or conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any Laws other than the Laws of the State of Nevada. All Actions arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be heard and determined exclusively in the Courts of the State of Nevada and any state appellate court therefrom within the State of Nevada. The parties hereto hereby (a) submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of the State of Nevada and any state appellate court therefrom within the State of Nevada for the purpose of any Action arising out of or relating to this Agreement brought by any party hereto, and (b) irrevocably waive, and agree not to assert by way of motion, defense, or otherwise, in any such Action, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the Action is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the Action is improper, or that this Agreement or the Transaction may not be enforced in or by any of the above-named courts.
8.2 Assignment; Binding upon Successors and Assigns. None of the parties hereto may assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Purchaser may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any Affiliate without obtaining Seller’s consent. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns.
32 |
8.3 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, shall for any reason and to any extent be held to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall be interpreted so as best to reasonably effect the intent of the parties hereto. The parties further agree to replace such invalid or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision which will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of the invalid or unenforceable provision.
8.4 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the exhibits and schedules hereto, the certificates referenced herein, the exhibits thereto, constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements or understandings, inducements or conditions, express or implied, written or oral, between the parties with respect hereto and thereto. This Agreement (including the documents and the instruments referred to herein and therein) is not intended to confer upon any Person other than the parties hereto and thereto any rights or remedies hereunder or thereunder.
8.5 Counterparts; Facsimile. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Execution and delivery of this Agreement by .pdf or facsimile transmission shall be deemed for all purposes to be due execution and delivery by the signing Persons.
8.6 Other Remedies. Except as otherwise provided herein, any and all remedies herein expressly conferred upon a party hereto shall be deemed cumulative with and not exclusive of any other remedy conferred hereby or by Law on such party, and the exercise of any one remedy shall not preclude the exercise of any other.
8.7 Amendment and Waivers. Any term or provision of this Agreement may be amended, and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by a writing signed by the party to be bound thereby. The waiver by a party of any breach hereof for default in payment of any amount due hereunder or default in the performance hereof shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of any other default or any succeeding breach or default.
8.8 Waiver. Each party hereto may, by written notice to the others: (a) waive any of the conditions to its obligations hereunder or extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or actions of the others, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations of the others contained in this Agreement or in any documents delivered pursuant to this Agreement, (c) waive compliance with any of the covenants of the others contained in this Agreement or (d) waive or modify performance of any of the obligations of the others. No action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including any investigation by or on behalf of any party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any representation, warranty, condition or agreement contained herein. Waiver of the breach of any one or more provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of other breaches or subsequent breaches of the same provisions.
33 |
8.9 Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed given (a) upon receipt if delivered personally (or if mailed by registered or certified mail), (b) the day after dispatch if sent by overnight courier, (c) upon dispatch if transmitted by telecopier, email or other means of facsimile transmission (and confirmed by a copy delivered in accordance with clause (a) or (b)), properly addressed to the parties at the following addresses:
If to Purchaser:
Picksy Reno LLC
ATTN: Stacie Jackson
1901 Camino Carlos Rey
North Las Vegas, NV 89031
If to Seller:
MEDIFARM I LLC
ATTN: CEO
2040 Main Street, Suite 225
Irvine, CA 92614
Any party may change its address for such communications by giving notice thereof to the other party in conformity with this Section.
8.10 Construction and Interpretation of Agreement.
(a) The parties hereto and their respective attorneys have negotiated this Agreement, and the language hereof shall not be construed for or against any party by reason of its having drafted such language.
(b) The titles and headings herein are for reference purposes only and shall not in any manner limit the construction of this Agreement, which shall be considered as a whole.
(c) As used in this Agreement, any reference to any state of facts, event, change or effect being “material” with respect to any entity means a state of facts that is material to the current condition (financial or otherwise), properties, assets, liabilities, business or operations of such entity.
(d) Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, (a) each definition in this Agreement includes the singular and the plural; (b) each reference in this Agreement to any gender includes the masculine, feminine and neuter where appropriate; (c) the words “include” and “including” and variations thereof shall not be deemed terms of limitation, but rather shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; (d) the words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereto,” “hereby,” “hereunder” and derivative or similar words refer to this Agreement as an entirety and not solely to any particular provision of this Agreement; and (e) each reference in this Agreement to a particular Article, Section, Exhibit or Schedule means an Article or Section of, or an Exhibit or Schedule to, this Agreement, unless another agreement is specified.
34 |
(e) Capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this Agreement.
8.11 No Joint Venture. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed as creating a joint venture or partnership between any of the parties hereto. No party hereto is by virtue of this Agreement authorized as an agent, employee or legal representative of any other party hereto. No party hereto shall have the power to control the activities and operations of any other and their status is, and at all times, will continue to be, that of independent contractors with respect to each other. No party hereto shall have any power or authority to bind or commit any other. No party hereto shall hold itself out as having any authority or relationship in contravention of this Section.
8.12 Absence of Third Party Beneficiary Rights. No provisions of this Agreement are intended, nor shall be interpreted, to provide or create any third party beneficiary rights or any other rights of any kind in any client, customer, affiliate, shareholder, partner, or employee of any party hereto or any other Person or entity unless specifically provided otherwise herein, and, except as so provided, all provisions hereof shall be personal solely between the parties to this Agreement.
8.13 Waiver of Jury Trial. Each of the parties hereto hereby waives to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law any right it may have to a trial by jury with respect to any litigation directly or indirectly arising out of, under or in connection with this Agreement or the Transaction. Each of the parties hereto (a) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce that foregoing waiver and (b) acknowledges that it and the other hereto have been induced to enter into this Agreement and the Transaction, as applicable, by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 8.13.
8.14 Attorneys’ Fees. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, in any suit, action or appeal (including arbitration) to enforce this Agreement or any term or provision of this Agreement, or to interpret this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its costs incurred, including reasonable attorneys’ fees at trial or on appeal.
8.15 Fees and Expenses. Except as set forth in Section 8.14, all fees and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be paid by the party incurring such expenses, whether or not the transaction is consummated.
8.16 Confidentiality and Publicity. Unless otherwise permitted by this Agreement or as required by applicable law, rule or regulation, Seller and Purchaser shall consult with each other before issuing any press release or otherwise making any public statement or making any other public (non-confidential) disclosure (whether or not in response to an inquiry) regarding the terms of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and neither shall issue any such press release or make any such statement or disclosure without the prior approval of the other (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld); provided, however, that Purchaser and Seller have the right to disclose the Transaction to third parties as may be necessary in order to obtain any necessary third party consents or permissions to take any other actions necessary to consummate the Transaction.
8.17 Bulk Transfer Laws. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Purchaser acknowledges that Seller will not comply with any bulk transfer Laws of any jurisdiction in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder.
[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]
35 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of August 19, 2019.
MEDIFARM I LLC | ||
By: | /s/ Derek Peterson | |
Name: | Derek Peterson | |
Its: | Manager | |
PICKSY RENO LLC | ||
By: | /s/ Stacie Jackson | |
Name: | Stacie Jackson | |
Its: | Manager |
36 |
AMMENDED COMMERCIAL LEASE AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
QUALCAN, LLC, A NEVADA LIMITED
LIABILITY COMPANY,
AS TENANT
AND
GREEN WAGON, LLC, A NEVADA LIMITED
LIABLITY COMPANY,
AS LANDLORD
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. | BASIC PROVISIONS. | 3 |
2. | PREMISES, TERM AND COMMENCEMENT DATE. | 5 |
3. | MINIMUM RENT AND OTHER SUMS TO BE PAID BY TENANT. | 5 |
4. | PAYMENT OF RENT AND PRORATIONS. | 8 |
5. | CONDITION OF PREMISES. | 8 |
6. | TRADE FIXTURES, ALTERATIONS AND LIENS. | 8 |
7. | USE. | 10 |
8. | UTILITIES AND SERVICES. | 11 |
9. | MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF PREMISES. | 11 |
10. | INSURANCE, SUBROGATION, AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS. | 13 |
11. | CASUALTY DAMAGE. | 15 |
12. | CONDEMNATION. | 15 |
13. | RETURN OF POSSESSION. | 16 |
14. | HOLDING OVER. | 17 |
15. | SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT. | 17 |
16. | ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE. | 17 |
17. | ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING. | 18 |
18. | ACCESS BY LANDLORD. | 18 |
19. | LANDLORD’S REMEDIES. | 18 |
20. | INDEMNIFICATION. | 19 |
21. | HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. | 19 |
22. | CAPTIONS AND SEVERABILITY. | 20 |
23. | DEFINITIONS. | 20 |
24. | NO WAIVER. | 20 |
25. | CONVEYANCE BY LANDLORD AND LIABILITY. | 21 |
26. | NOTICES. | 21 |
27. | MISCELLANEOUS. | 21 |
28. | ENTIRE AGREEMENT. | 22 |
Exhibit A: Premises Description
2 |
1. BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS.
This lease substitutes in its entirety the lease executed between Qualcan, LLC and Barracco Realty, LLC on April 18, 2014 for the premises located at 4145 Wagon Trail Ave. Las Vegas, NV 89118.
(a) | Execution Date: June 30, 2016 | |
(b) | Landlord: Green Wagon, LLC | |
(c) | Tenant: Qualcan LLC, a Nevada limited liability company | |
(d) | Premises: The Premises shall consist of approximately 24,000 sq. ft. of floor space and an office in the back of the building (the “Building”) located on that certain real property with an address of 4145 Wagon Trail Ave. Las Vegas, NV 89118 (the “Property”), as such Premises is more particularly depicted on Exhibit “A” attached hereto and made a part hereof. | |
(e) | Commencement Date: June 30, 2016 | |
(f) | Expiration Date: Fifteen year lease expires on June 30, 2031 | |
(g) | Permitted Use: Tenant shall be permitted to use the Premises to conduct the cultivation and production of state licensed marijuana and marijuana related products, and any other lawful purpose. | |
(h) | Minimum Rent: $24,000.00 per month with adjustments upon renewal, if applicable, as set forth in Section 2.3. |
Year 1 | 24,000/ per month |
Year 2 | 26,000/ per month |
Year 3 | 28,000/ per month |
Year 4 | 30,000/ per month |
Year 5 | 33,000/ per month |
Year 6 | 36,000/ per month |
Year 7 | 39,000/ per month |
Year 8 | 42,000/ per month |
3% increase per year after year 8
3 |
(i) | Security Deposit: $50,000.00. | |
(j) | Notice Address: As follows, or such other address or addresses as to which Landlord or Tenant shall provide advance notice: |
If to Landlord: | Green Wagon, LLC | |
5101 Mountain Foliage | ||
Las Vegas, NV 89148 | ||
Attn: Lorenzo Barracco | ||
If to Tenant: | Qualcan, LLC | |
4145 Wagon Trail Ave. | ||
Las Vegas, NV 89118 | ||
Attn: Heather Cranny, CEO |
(k) | Significance of Basic Lease Provisions. Each reference in this Lease to any of the Basic Lease Provisions contained in this Section 1 shall be deemed and construed to incorporate all the terms provided under each such Basic Lease Provision; provided, that the Basic Lease Provisions shall be controlled by the specific terms and provisions of this Lease relating to the subject matter of those Basic Lease Provisions. |
4 |
2. PREMISES, TERM AND COMMENCEMENT DATE.
2.1 Initial Term. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Premises for a term commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on the Expiration Date set forth in Section 1 (the “Initial Term” and at times collectively with the extended term set forth in Section 2.2 below, the “Term”), unless sooner terminated as provided herein, subject to the provisions herein contained.
2.2 Extended Term. In the event (i) the APA Closing Date has not yet occurred prior to the expiration of the Initial Term, (ii) the APA has not been terminated, and (iii) the parties under the APA are continuing to obtain the requisite government approvals to satisfy the closing conditions thereunder (the “Extension Conditions”), then Tenant shall have the option (the “Option”) to extend the Term for an additional period of time equivalent to the earlier of the closing of the APA or the termination of the APA (the “Extended Term”), beginning on the expiration of the Initial Term, on all of the same terms and conditions as set forth in this Lease, but at an adjusted Minimum Rent as set forth in Section 3.1 below. The Option may be exercised by Tenant by delivery of written notice to Landlord, which notice must be received by Landlord prior to the expiration of the Initial Term. If Tenant fails to timely deliver such written notice, or if this Lease is terminated pursuant to any other terms or provisions of this Lease prior to the expiration of the Initial Term, the Option shall lapse, and Tenant shall have no right to extend the Initial Term. The Option shall be exercisable by Tenant on the express conditions that (i) at the time of delivery of Tenant’s notice of its election to exercise the Option, and at all times prior to the commencement of the Extended Term, no Events of Default have occurred and remain uncured, (ii) no previous Events of Default (whether or not the same have been timely cured) shall have occurred on more than two (2) occasions during the Initial Term, (iii) the Extension Conditions have been satisfied, and (iv) Tenant has not assigned this Lease nor sublet all or any part of the Premises, it being understood that the Option is personal to the original named Tenant under this Lease. In the event of any such assignment or sublease, the Option shall lapse and shall be null and void and of no further force or effect.
2.3 Terms of Renewal. The Extended Term shall be upon the same covenants, agreements, provisions, terms and conditions as the Initial Term, except that Tenant shall have no further option to renew or extend the Term beyond the Extended Term, and that Minimum Rent during the Extended Term shall be in an amount equal to the sum of the Minimum Rent, plus, three percent (3.0%).
3. MINIMUM RENT AND OTHER SUMS TO BE PAID BY TENANT.
3.1 Minimum Rent. Tenant shall pay Landlord the monthly Minimum Rent set forth in Section 1 in advance on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Term. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Minimum Rent is based on the parties’ determination of the value of the Premises and not on a square foot calculation. Thus, if it is ever determined that the square footage of the Premises is either more or less than 24,000 square feet, such determination will have no effect of the Minimum Rent.
5 |
3.2 Additional Rent Based upon Real Estate Taxes. As additional rent, Tenant shall pay Landlord Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the annual real estate taxes and assessments assessed and levied against the Property. During the Term, Tenant shall pay, together with the Minimum Rent on the first (1st) day of each month, in advance, a sum equal to 1/12th of “Tenant’s Pro Rata Share” (as defined below) of annual real estate taxes and assessments due and payable for the then calendar year. If at a time a payment is required the amount of the real estate taxes and assessments for the then calendar year shall not be known, Tenant shall pay Landlord, as additional rent, 1/12th of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the real estate taxes and assessments for the preceding calendar year; and upon ascertaining the real estate taxes and assessments for the current calendar year, Tenant shall pay Landlord any difference upon demand, or if Tenant shall be entitled to a credit, Landlord shall credit the excess against the next monthly installment(s) of additional rent falling due. The term “Tenant’s Pro Rata Share” shall mean for purposes of this Lease, the total number of leasable square feet of floor space in the Premises divided by the total number of leasable square feet in the Building, which figures Tenant acknowledges and agrees are 24,000 square feet.
3.3 Additional Rent Based Upon Other Sums. Tenant shall pay Landlord, as additional rent, all other sums of money on Tenant’s part to be paid pursuant to the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease.
3.4 Additional Rent Based Upon Reimbursement to Landlord. If Tenant shall fail to comply with or to perform any of the terms, conditions and covenants of this Lease, Landlord may (but with no obligation to do so) carry out and perform such terms, conditions and covenants, at the expense of Tenant, which expense shall be payable by Tenant, as additional rent, upon the demand of Landlord, together with interest at the Default Rate, which interest shall accrue from the date of Landlord’s demand.
3.5 Additional Rent Based Upon Late Payment. If Tenant fails to pay within five (5) days of when due any monthly installment of Minimum Rent, additional rent or any of the sums required of Tenant under the Lease, or if Tenant, within twenty (20) days after demand from Landlord, fails to reimburse Landlord for any expenses incurred by Landlord pursuant to the Lease, together with interest, then Tenant shall pay Landlord, as additional rent, a late charge of five (5%) percent of the rent or expense.
3.6 Additional Rent Based Upon Landlord’s Legal Expenses in Enforcing Lease. As additional rent, Tenant shall pay Landlord, all reasonable attorneys’ fees that may be incurred by Landlord in enforcing Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that in the event Landlord commences a suit against Tenant to enforce Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and such suit is tried to conclusion and judgment is entered in favor of Tenant, then in that event Tenant shall not be under any obligation to pay Landlord the attorneys’ fees that Landlord may have incurred.
6 |
3.7 Net Lease, No Setoff and Application.
(a) Net Lease/No Setoff. It is the intention of the parties that this Lease is a “triple net lease” and that Tenant shall pay Landlord all fixed Minimum Rent, additional rent and other sums required of Tenant under the Lease, without abatement, deduction or setoff, and irrespective of any claim Tenant may have against Landlord; and this covenant shall be deemed independent of any other terms, conditions or covenants of this Lease. Without limiting (i) the intent of the parties that this is a “triple net” lease, (ii) the obligations of Tenant under this Lease, and (iii) the rights and remedies of Landlord under this Lease, including, without limitation, Section 19.4, Landlord acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall not be responsible for services for which Landlord contracts directly concerning the Property, without tenant’s knowledge and reasonable consent, such as property management services or other services relating to the Property that Landlord desires to unilaterally engage, unless such services are engaged as a result of Tenant’s breach of its obligations under this Lease and pursuant to Landlord’s rights under Section 19.4.
(b) Application. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of an amount less than the full fixed Minimum Rent, additional rent, or other sums required of Tenant under the Lease, shall be deemed anything other than a payment on account of the earliest fixed Minimum Rent, additional rent, or other sum due from Tenant under the Lease. No endorsements or statements on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment of fixed Minimum Rent, additional rent, or other sum due from Tenant under the Lease, shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction of Landlord. Landlord may accept any check for payment from Tenant without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of fixed Minimum Rent, additional rent, or other sum due from Tenant under the Lease, or to pursue any other right or remedy provided under this Lease or by Law.
3.8. Security Deposit. Tenant, concurrently with the execution of this Lease, has deposited with Landlord the sum of $50,000.00, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged by Landlord. Said deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease by Tenant to be kept and performed during the term hereof, provided that Tenant shall not be excused from the payment of any rent herein reserved or any other charge herein provided. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, use or retain all or any part of such security deposit for the payment of any rent, to repair damages to the Premises, to clean the Premises or to compensate Landlord for any other damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. If any portion of said deposit is so used or applied, Tenant shall, within five (5) days after written demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the security deposit to its original amount and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease. Landlord shall not be required to keep such security deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on such deposit. Should Tenant comply with all said terms, covenants and conditions and promptly pay all the rental herein provided for as it falls due, and all other sums payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, then the said deposit shall be returned in full to Tenant thirty (30) days after the end of the Term of this Lease or after the last payment due from Tenant to Landlord, whichever last occurs. In the event of sale or transfer of the Building or of any portion thereof containing the Premises, if Landlord transfers the security to the vendee or transferee for the benefit of Tenant, or if such vendee or transferee assumes all liability with respect to such security, Landlord shall be considered released by Tenant from all liability for the return of such security, and Tenant agrees to look solely to the new Landlord for the return of the security, and it is agreed that this Section 3.8 shall apply to every transfer or assignment to a new Landlord. Said deposit shall not be assigned, transferred or encumbered by Tenant, and any attempt to do so by Tenant shall not be binding upon Landlord.
7 |
4. PAYMENT OF RENT AND PRORATIONS.
4.1 Rent. Minimum Rent and any other amounts that Tenant is or becomes obligated to pay Landlord under this Lease, including without limitation pursuant to Sections 3.2 through 3.6 (“Additional Rent”) are sometimes herein referred to collectively as “Rent.”
4.2 Prorations. In the event the Commencement Date occurs on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, Tenant shall pay such prorated amount on the first day of the following month in addition to (i) other Rent due for such following month and (ii) Tenant’s tax contribution obligations pursuant to Section 3.2 for the previous month. In the event of an Expiration Date occurring on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, Tenant shall pay such prorated amount on the first day of the month of expiration in addition to Tenant’s tax contribution obligations pursuant to Section 3.2 for such month.
5. CONDITION OF PREMISES.
Tenant agrees to accept the Premises in “AS-IS, WHERE IS” condition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as of the date the Premises are delivered to Tenant, all equipment (including HVAC, electric, evaporative coolers and plumbing) shall be in good working order and the Premises shall be in compliance in all material respects with applicable Laws.
6. TRADE FIXTURES, ALTERATIONS AND LIENS.
6.1 Approval. Tenant shall have the right, upon the prior written consent of Landlord not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, to make alterations, additions or improvements (“Tenant’s Work”) to the building and improvements on the Premises, including any air conditioning system, heating system, plumbing system, electrical system, antennas or fixtures; provided, however, Tenant shall have the right to make non-structural alterations to the Premises which do not exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) in costs per project without Landlord’s prior written approval. All alterations, additions or improvements and systems installed in or attached to the Premises by Tenant (exclusive of equipment installed by Tenant specifically related to Tenant’s Permitted Use of the Premises as a marijuana dispensary) shall, at the option of Landlord, upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, belong to and become the property of Landlord without any payment from Landlord and if such option is exercised, shall be surrendered by Tenant in good order and condition as part of the Premises upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not use or penetrate the roof of the building on the Premises for any purpose whatsoever without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be granted or withheld by Landlord, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.
6.2 Performance of Work. All of Tenant’s Work shall be performed: (i) in a thoroughly first class, professional and workmanlike manner, (ii) strictly in accordance with plans and specifications approved by Landlord in advance in writing, (iii) not to adversely affect the structure of the Premises, and (iv) in compliance with all Laws and other provisions of this Lease. If Tenant fails to perform Tenant’s Work as required herein or with the specifications approved by Landlord, and Tenant fails to cure such failure within 48 hours after notice by Landlord (except that notice shall not be required in emergencies), Landlord shall have the right to stop Tenant’s Work until such failure is cured (which shall not be in limitation of Landlord’s other remedies and shall not serve to abate the Rent or Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease).
8 |
6.3 Liens. Tenant shall keep the Premises and this Lease free from any’ mechanic’s, materialman’s or similar liens or encumbrances, and any claims therefor, in connection with any of Tenant’s Work. Tenant shall give Landlord notice at least ten (10) days prior to the commencement of any of Tenant’s Work or such additional time as may be necessary under applicable Laws), to afford Landlord the opportunity of posting and recording appropriate notices of nonresponsibility. Tenant shall remove any such claim, lien or encumbrance by bond or otherwise within twenty (20) days after notice by Landlord. If Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may pay the amount or take such other action as Landlord deems necessary to remove such claim, lien or encumbrance, without being responsible for investigating the validity thereof. The amount so paid and costs incurred by Landlord shall be deemed Additional Rent under this Lease payable upon demand, without limitation as to other remedies available to Landlord. Nothing contained in this Lease shall authorize Tenant to do any act which shall subject Landlord’s title to the Premises to any such notices, liens or encumbrances whether claimed by operation of statute or other Law or express or implied contract. Any claim to a lien or encumbrance upon the Premises arising in connection with any of Tenant’s Work shall be null and void, or at Landlord’s option shall attach only against Tenant’s interest in the Premises and shall in all respects be subordinate to Landlord’s title to the Premises. Pursuant to NRS 108.234, Landlord hereby informs Tenant that Tenant must comply with the requirements of NRS 108.2403 with respect to any work or alteration Tenant performs or causes to be performed on or about the Premises. Tenant acknowledges the requirements thereunder with respect to Tenant’s recording of a notice of posted security in the Official Records of Washoe County, Nevada, in accordance with NRS 108.2403, and either (i) establishing a construction disbursement account pursuant thereto or (ii) furnishing and recording, in accordance therewith, a surety bond for the prime contract for Tenant’s work that meets the requirements of NRS 108.2415. The parties acknowledge that Landlord is intended to be a “disinterested owner” as defined in NRS 108.234(7) with respect to all of Tenant’s Work or any other work of construction, alteration, or repair of any improvement on the Premises. Accordingly, Tenant shall comply with all requirements set forth in NRS 108.2403 and 108.2407. Without limiting the generality of the forgoing, prior to commencing any of Tenant’s Work or any other work of construction, alteration, or repair of any improvement on the Premises, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord (i) a conformed copy of the recorded notice of posted security recorded pursuant to NRS 108.2403(1)(a), containing the information required by NRS 108.2403(2) and showing the County Recorder’s applicable recording information; (ii) written evidence confirming that Tenant has either established such construction disbursement account or obtained and recorded such surety bond pursuant to NRS 108.2403(1)(b); and (iii) the name, address, and telephone number of Tenant’s prime contractor for such work, which shall be delivered within five (5) days of Tenant and such prime contractor entering into a contract for such work. Tenant may not enter the Premises to begin initial construction on any of Tenant’s Work until Tenant has delivered evidence satisfactory to Landlord that Tenant has complied with the terms of this paragraph.
9 |
6.4 Landlord’s Fees and Costs. Tenant shall pay Landlord a reasonable fee to cover Landlord’s overhead and out-of-pocket costs, including the cost of any outside engineer, architect or consultant, in reviewing Tenant’s plans and specifications and performing any supervision of Tenant’s Work, and such fees as Landlord may reasonably impose for utilities, trash removal, temporary barricades and other matters in connection with Tenant’s Work.
7. USE.
7.1 Premises. Tenant’s use of the Premises shall be for the purposes specified in Section 1 and for any other lawful use subject to and in compliance with all other provisions of this Lease. Landlord makes no representations that the Premises are suitable for Tenant’s purposes. Tenant shall comply with all Laws relating to its particular use of the Premises. Tenant shall not do, or permit or suffer anything to be done or kept in, on or about the Premises which will obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants, Landlord or any of their agents, employees, servants, contractors, subtenants, licensees, customers or business invitees, or which will annoy any of them by unreasonable noise or otherwise, nor will Tenant commit or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises.
7.2 Parking and Common Areas. Tenant, its employees and business invitees shall have the nonexclusive right, in common with Landlord and all others to whom Landlord has granted or may hereafter grant rights, to use such common areas in or adjoining the Building (including but not limited to, the parking lot, walkways and sidewalks) as are designated from time to time by Landlord, subject to such rules and regulations as Landlord may from time to time impose, including the designation of specific areas in which cars operated by Tenant, its employees and business invitees must be parked. Landlord may at any time close any common area to make repairs or changes, to prevent the acquisition of public rights in such areas, or to discourage noncustomer parking. Tenant shall upon request furnish to Landlord the license number of cars operated by Tenant and its employees. Tenant shall not at any time interfere with the right of Landlord, other tenants, its and their agents, employees, servants, contractors, subtenants, licensees, customers and business invitees to use any part of the parking lot or other common areas. Landlord assumes no responsibility to police the use of said parking areas and Landlord shall not be liable for the use thereof by Landlord, Landlord’s other tenants, its or their agents, employees, servants, contractors, subtenants, licensees, customers and/or business invitees or by any other person or persons, entity or entities whomsoever. At no time may Tenant overburden the parking facilities available to the building (as shown on Exhibit A hereto) by Tenant’s use for itself, its customers, invitees or guests, over 50% of the parking spaces in such parking facilities. The bulletin board or directory of the Building, if any, shall be provided exclusively for the display of the names and locations of tenants only, and Landlord reserves the right to exclude any other names therefrom and otherwise limit the number of listings thereon. Tenant shall not at any time interfere with the rights of Landlord, other tenants, its and their agents, employees, servants, contractors, subtenants, licensees, customers and business invitees to use any part of the parking lot or other common areas. All parking areas and common areas which Tenant maybe permitted to use are to be used under a revocable license, and if any such license is revoked, or if the amount of such area is diminished, including by Landlord reserving certain parking spaces to itself or another tenant so long as such reservation does not exceed 50% of the parking spaces providing in the parking facilities, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or diminution or abatement of rent, nor shall revocation or diminution of such areas be deemed constructive or actual eviction.
10 |
7.3 Rules and Regulations. Tenant hereby covenants that it, its agents, employees, servants, contractors, subtenants, customers, licensees and business invitees shall abide by all reasonable rules and regulations Landlord may promulgate, including those set forth on Exhibit “B” and such additional rules and regulations, including amendments and modifications thereof, as Landlord may, from time to time, adopt for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises or of the Building or the adjoining grounds or for the preservation of good order thereon. Landlord shall not be liable for the failure of any tenant or occupant of the Building to comply with such rules and regulations or with the terms of any lease of space in the Building.
7.4 Landlord and Tenant, jointly and severally, waive any defense based on federal law or that the use of the Premises are void against public policy based on illegality under federal law.
8. UTILITIES AND SERVICES.
8.1 Tenant To Obtain Utilities and Services. Tenant shall obtain in Tenant’s own name, and pay the utility company or other provider directly for, all utilities furnished to or for the Premises, including without limitation, electricity, gas, water, sewer, telephone and other communication services. Tenant shall also pay for maintenance of heating, ventilating and air-conditioning (“HVAC”), alarm and other security services, pest and rodent control, janitorial, cleaning and trash collection and shall be responsible for all utility connection charges and non-recurring utility charges including without limitation impact fees and contributions in aid of construction. If any utilities are not separately metered, Tenant will pay, as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the cost of such utilities within ten (10) days after receipt of Landlord’s invoice therefore, showing the total amount of such utilities and Landlord’s calculation of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a utility is not separately metered to the Premises, Tenant will be responsible for any materially disproportionate usage of any such utility. Tenant agrees to comply with energy conservation programs implemented by Landlord by reason of enacted laws or ordinances.
8.2 Interruptions. Landlord shall not be liable in damages or otherwise for any failure, variation, shortage or interruption of any utilities or services unless the same result from Landlord’s gross negligence or intentional misconduct, and Tenant shall not be entitled to terminate this Lease or abate any portion of the Rent due under the Lease as a result of such failure, variation, shortage or interruption.
9. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF PREMISES.
9.1 Condition of the Premises. Tenant acknowledges examining the Premises prior to the commencement of the Initial Term, that Tenant is fully familiar with the condition of the Premises and that Tenant accepts the Premises “As-Is.” Tenant enters into the Lease without any representations or warranties on the part of Landlord, express or implied, as to the condition of the Premises, including, but not limited to, the cost of operations and the condition of its fixtures, improvements and systems.
11 |
9.2 Tenant’s Obligations.
(a) Tenant’s Maintenance. Except as provided for elsewhere in this Lease, Tenant shall maintain, at Tenant’s own expense, the Premises in good condition and repair, and make replacements, foreseen and unforeseen, ordinary and extraordinary, structural and non-structural, to the Premises, including, but without limitation, the exterior and interior portion of all doors, windows, plate glass, all plumbing and sewage facilities within the Premises including free flow up to the main sewer line, fixtures, sprinkler system, walls, floors and ceilings, the heating system, the air conditioning system, if any, the electric system, and any other system of the building on the Premises and any work performed by or on behalf of Tenant hereunder, and at the expiration or other sooner termination of the Term, deliver them up in good order and condition.
(b) Damage Caused by Tenant. Notwithstanding any contrary provisions set forth in this Lease, any damage to the Premises, including, but not limited to, the building or its systems, or the improvements, caused by Tenant or a “Tenant Representative” (as defined below), shall be promptly repaired or replaced to its former condition by Tenant, as required by Landlord, at Tenant’s own expense. The term “Tenant Representative” shall mean any officer, member, manager, employee, agent, licensee, assignee, sublessee or invitee of Tenant, or any third party other than Landlord.
(c) Tenant’s Negative Covenants. Tenant shall not injure, deface, permit waste nor otherwise harm any part of the Premises, permit any nuisance at the Premises, permit the emission of any objectionable noise or odor from the Premises, place a load on the floor on the Premises exceeding the floor load per square foot the floor was designed to carry, or install, operate or maintain any electrical equipment in the Premises that shall not bear an underwriters approval.
9.3 Landlord’s Obligations.
(a) Landlord’s Maintenance. Landlord agrees to keep in good order, condition and repair the foundations, exterior walls and roof of the Building (but excluding the exterior and interior of all windows, doors, and plate glass of the Premises) and, subject to the provisions of this Section 9.3 hereof, the common areas, except for reasonable wear and tear and except for any damage thereto, caused by any act or negligence of Tenant or its agents, employees, servants, contractors, subtenants, licensees, customers or business invitees. Landlord shall not be obligated to repair or maintain any structure or facility except as provided in this Section. Landlord shall not be responsible for light bulb or ballast replacement. Landlord shall not be obligated to provide any maintenance or to make any repairs when such maintenance or repair is made necessary because of the negligence or misuse of Tenant, Tenant’s agents, employees, servants, contractors, subtenants, licensees, customers or business invitees. Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply any maintenance or to make any repairs when prevented from doing so by any cause beyond Landlord’s control. Landlord shall not be obligated to inspect the Premises and shall not be obligated to make any repairs or perform any maintenance hereunder other than as specifically required hereby and unless first notified of the need thereof in writing by Tenant. If Landlord fails to commence such repairs or maintenance within twenty (20) days after said notice, Tenant’s sole right and remedy for such failure shall be, after further notice to Landlord, to make such repairs or perform such maintenance at Landlord’s expense; provided, however, that the amount of such costs not exceed the reasonable value of such repairs or maintenance; and provided further, that if the Premises is uninhabitable as a result of Landlord’s failure to commence required repairs or maintenance, rent will be abated until the Premises is once again habitable (whether due to Landlord’s repairs or Tenant’s). Tenant hereby waives all rights to make repairs at the expense of Landlord as provided by any law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect. Landlord shall not be liable for any loss or damage to persons or property sustained by Tenant or other persons, which may be caused by the Building or the Premises, or any appurtenances thereto, being out of repair or by bursting or leakage of any water, gas, sewer or steam pipe, whether or not it is the obligation of Landlord to repair the same, by theft, by fire, oil or electricity, by any actor neglect of any tenant or occupant of the Building, or of any other person, or by any other cause of whatsoever nature, unless caused by the gross negligence of Landlord.
12 |
(b) Additional Rent. Tenant hereby agrees to pay as Additional Rent fifty (50%) of the cost of routine landscaping and snow removal incurred by Landlord with respect to the Building, but not any capital upgrades. The Additional Rent provided to be paid in this Section shall be estimated by Landlord and one-twelfth (1/12) of such estimate shall be paid in advance by Tenant on the first day of each month after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s estimate without further demand or any deduction or set-off, except as provided in this Lease. When Landlord ascertains the actual costs for a calendar year, Landlord shall so notify Tenant and Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the amount, if any, equal to the difference between the amount due for such year pursuant to this Section and the amount previously paid hereunder. Should the estimated payments have exceeded the actual amount due, said excess shall be held by Landlord and applied to the next monthly payment of Additional Rent provided to be paid under this Section, and, if necessary, each monthly payment thereafter until fully exhausted. Tenant shall not be entitled to receive interest on any Additional Rent paid hereunder. No delay by Landlord in submitting any statement shall constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to submit such statement and/or receive any Additional Rent pursuant hereto.
10. INSURANCE, SUBROGATION, AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS.
10.1 Insurance Coverage. Tenant shall, at all times during the Term hereof, at its sole cost and expense, procure and maintain in full force and effect, the following insurance:
(a) Casualty Insurance. All-risk fire insurance covering Landlord’s and Tenant’s personal property and the personal property of others in Tenant’s possession in, up on or about the Premises. Such insurance shall be in an amount equal to the current replacement value of the property required to be insured. Tenant and Landlord, as their interests may appear, shall be the named insureds (and at Landlord’s option, any other persons, firms or corporations designated by Landlord shall be additionally named insureds) under each such policy of insurance. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is not required to maintain any personal property insurance for Tenant’s property.
13 |
(b) Liability Insurance. Comprehensive general liability insurance coverage (either primary and/or umbrella policies), which shall include personal injury, bodily injury, broad form property damage, operations hazard, owner’s protective coverage, contractual liability and products and completed operations liability, in limits not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence and Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) in the aggregate. This insurance shall insure Landlord and “Landlord’s Indemnitees” (as defined below) and Tenant, and such other parties as Landlord may designate, naming each as the insured. Notwithstanding any contrary provisions contained in this paragraph, if any liability insurance policy excludes coverage of any claim made by one insured against another, or any action or suit filed by one insured against another, then Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a separate liability insurance policy, which insures only Landlord and Landlord’s Indemnitees and such other parties as Landlord may designate, in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph, and a certificate of insurance evidencing a separate liability insurance policy insuring Tenant in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph. The term “Landlord’s Indemnitees” shall mean Landlord’s affiliates, mortgagees, if any, and their respective officers, members, managers, employees, agents and representatives, as well as the officers, members, managers, shareholders, directors, employees, agents and representatives of Landlord.
(c) Worker’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurance. Worker’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability insurance, in a form and in an amount as required to comply with Nevada law and which shall contain a waiver of subrogation against Landlord.
(d) Additional Insurance. Any other form or forms of insurance as Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagees may reasonably require from time to time, in form and amounts, and for insurance risks against which a prudent tenant of a comparable size and in a comparable business would protect itself.
10.2 Insurance Requirements Generally. All policies shall be taken out with insurers that are acceptable to Landlord and in form satisfactory to Landlord. Tenant agrees that certificates of insurance, or, if required by Landlord or the mortgagees of Landlord, certified copies of each such insurance policy, will be delivered to Landlord as soon as practicable after the placing of the required insurance. Tenant shall, contemporaneously with the execution of this Lease, provide Landlord with a certificate of insurance as written evidence of the insurance in force, and renewals thereof shall be delivered to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the respective policy terms. All policies shall contain an undertaking by the insurers to notify Landlord and the mortgagees of Landlord in writing not less than thirty (30) days before any material change, reduction in coverage, cancellation, or other termination thereof.
10.3 Waiver of Subrogation. To the extent that the parties may legally so agree, neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be liable by way of subrogation or otherwise to the other party, or to any insurance company insuring the other party for any loss or damage to any of the property of Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, which loss or damage is covered by any insurance policies carried by the parties and in force at the time of any such damage, even though such loss or damage might have been occasioned by the negligence of Landlord or Tenant, and the party hereto sustaining such loss or damage so protected by insurance waives its rights, if any, of recovery against the other party hereto to the extent and amount that such loss is covered by such insurance. This release shall be in effect only so long as the applicable insurance policies shall contain a clause or endorsement to the effect that the aforementioned waiver shall not affect the right of the insured to recover under such policies. In the event Tenant’s insurance carrier declines to include in such carrier’s policy the standard waiver of subrogation clause, Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord in writing.
14 |
11. CASUALTY DAMAGE.
11.1 Restoration by Landlord. If the Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall use available insurance proceeds to repair the Premises to the condition as exists on the Commencement Date, except that Landlord shall not be required to repair or replace any of Tenant’s furniture, furnishings, fixtures or equipment, or any alterations or improvements by Tenant after the Commencement Date unless insurance proceeds are payable on account of same. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant’s business resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof.
11.2 Abatement of Rent. All Rent shall abate from the date of the casualty through the date that is 30 days after Landlord notifies Tenant that Landlord has substantially completed Landlord’s repair obligations hereunder, provided such abatement shall apply only to the extent the Premises are untenantable for the purposes permitted under this Lease and not used by Tenant as a result thereof, based proportionately on the square footage of the Premises so affected and not used.
11.3 Termination of Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease if the Premises is damaged by fire or other casualty or cause such that: (a) more than 50% of the Premises is affected by the damage (b) the damage occurs less than one year prior to the end of the Term, or (c) in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, the cost of the repairs, alterations, restoration or improvement work would exceed 50% of the replacement value of the Premises. In any such case, Landlord may terminate this Lease by notice to Tenant within 60 days after the date of damage (such termination notice to include a termination date providing at least thirty (30) days for Tenant to vacate the Premises).
12. CONDEMNATION.
12.1 Permanent Condemnation.
(a) Lease Termination. If all or any portion of the Premises is taken under the power of eminent domain, or sold under the threat of the exercise of the power (both called “Condemnation”), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken as of the first date the condemning authority takes either title or possession. If more than twenty-five (25%) percent of the leasable area of the Premises is taken or the balance of the Premises is unfit for Tenant’s use, Tenant has the option to terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes possession. The option shall be exercised in writing as follows:
(i) Notice of Taking. Within thirty (30) days after Landlord or the condemning authority has given Tenant written notice of the taking; or
15 |
(ii) Possession. Absent notice, within ten (10) days after the condemning authority has taken possession.
If Tenant does not terminate, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining. The Rent shall be reduced in the same proportion as the area of the Premises taken bears to the entire area leased hereunder.
(b) Award. Any award for Condemnation is Landlord’s, whether the award is made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold or for the taking of the fee, or as severance damages. If this Lease is not terminated, Landlord shall diligently repair any damage to the Premises caused by such Condemnation, subject to delays which are out of Landlord’s control.
(c) Tenant Responsibility. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED HEREIN, IN THE EVENT THAT THE CONDEMNATION IS A RESULT OF TENANT’S USE OF THE PREMISES AND THIS LEASE IS TERMINATED AS A RESULT, THEN TENANT SHALL PAY LANDLORD UPON DEMAND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES AS A RESULT OF SUCH CONDEMNATION IN AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE MINIMUM RENT FOR THE REMAINING TERM OF THE LEASE, LESS ANY AMOUNTS OF MINIMUM RENT LANDLORD MAY RECEIVE OVER THE REMAINDER OF THE TERM FROM A REPLACEMENT LEASE, NET ALL COSTS AND EXPENSES OF RE-LETTING THAT LANDLORD MAY INCUR IN ORDER TO ENTER INTO SAID REPLACEMENT LEASE, INCLUSIVE OF ANY TENANT IMPROVEMENTS.
12.2 Temporary Condemnation. Upon condemnation of all or any portion of the Premises for temporary use, this Lease shall continue without change or abatement in Tenant’s obligations, as between Landlord and Tenant. Tenant is entitled to the award made for the use. If the Condemnation extends beyond the Term of the Lease, the award shall be prorated between Landlord and Tenant as of the expiration date of the Term. Tenant is responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for performing any restoration work required to place the Premises in the condition it was in prior to Condemnation, unless the release of the Premises occurs after termination. In such case, Tenant shall assign to Landlord any claim it may have against the condemning authority for the cost of restoration, and if Tenant has received restoration funds, it shall give the funds to Landlord within ten (10) days after demand.
13. RETURN OF POSSESSION.
At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right of possession, Tenant shall surrender possession of the Premises in good condition and repair, free of debris (normal wear and tear, and casualty damage excepted), and shall ensure that all signs and movable trade fixtures and personal property have been removed therefrom and that any damage caused thereby has been repaired. All leasehold improvements and other non-trade fixtures, such as HVAC equipment, plumbing fixtures, hot water heaters, fire suppression and sprinkler systems, in or serving the Premises, whether installed by Tenant or Landlord, shall be Landlord’s property and shall remain, all without compensation, allowance or credit to Tenant. If Tenant shall fail to perform any repairs or restoration required by this Lease, or fail to remove any of its personal property from the Premises as required hereunder, Landlord may do so, and Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost thereof upon demand.
16 |
14. HOLDING OVER.
Tenant shall pay Landlord 125% of the amount of Minimum Rent then applicable prorated on a per diem basis for each day Tenant shall retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof after expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. The foregoing provision shall not serve as permission for Tenant to hold-over, nor serve to extend the Term (although Tenant shall remain a month-to-month tenant, bound to comply with all provisions of this Lease until Tenant vacates the Premises).
15. SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT.
15.1 Upon written request of Landlord, or any mortgagee or beneficiary of Landlord, Tenant will in writing, subordinate its right hereunder to the interest of any ground lessor of the land (the “Land”) upon which the Premises is situated and to the lien of any mortgage or deed of trust, now or hereafter in force, against the Land and/or Building of which the Premises is a part and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security thereof; provided, however, that the ground lessor, or the mortgagee or trustee, as applicable, named in said mortgage or trust deed shall agree that Tenant’s peaceable possession of the Premises and its rights under this Lease will not be diminished on account thereof.
15.2 In the event (i) any proceedings are brought for foreclosure, or (ii) of the exercise of the power of sale under any mortgage or deeds of trust, then, upon any such foreclosure or sale, Tenant agrees to recognize such beneficiary or purchaser as Landlord under this Lease, provided that Tenant’s right to possession continues unabated and Tenant’s rights under this Lease continue undiminished.
16. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE.
Tenant shall from time to time, within fifteen (15) days after written request from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver a statement: (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease as so modified, is in full force and effect (or if this Lease is claimed not to be in force and effect, specifying the ground therefor) and the dates to which the Minimum Rent and other charges hereunder have been paid, and the amount of any Security Deposit and (ii) acknowledging that there are not, to Tenant’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed. If Tenant shall fail to execute and return such statement within the time required herein, Tenant shall be in default of this Lease. Landlord will provide Tenant with similar estoppel information within 15 days of Tenant’s request therefor.
17 |
17. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.
17.1 Transfers. Tenant shall not: (i) assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this Lease or any interest hereunder, by operation of law or otherwise, (ii) sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or extend, renew or modify any sublease, or (iii) permit the use of the Premises by any parties other than Tenant and its employees, whether as licensee, concessionaire, franchisee or otherwise (all of the foregoing are hereinafter referred to collectively as a “Transfer”). Any Transfer made shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect (which shall not be in limitation of Landlord’s other remedies).
18. ACCESS BY LANDLORD.
Landlord and its authorized representatives may: (i) inspect the Premises in connection with Landlord’s required maintenance and repairs or exhibit the Premises to lenders, insurers, governmental authorities, or others, and (ii) enter or permit entry to the Premises in emergencies or for any other reasonable purpose, or for the purpose of exercising any other rights or remedies expressly granted or reserved to Landlord under this Lease or Nevada Law, or to make any repairs, maintenance, improvements or alterations, or other work in or about the Premises. Landlord’s entry in the Premises shall, except in the case of emergency, be accompanied by Tenant’s representative. All entries by Landlord will be done in such a manner so as to create the least possible disturbance to Tenant. Landlord agrees that it shall provide Tenant with reasonable notice of any entry by Landlord except for emergency situations.
19. LANDLORD’S REMEDIES.
19.1 Default. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a “Default” by Tenant and shall give rise to Landlord’s remedies set forth in Section 19.2 below: (i) failure to make any payment of Rent within five (5) days of when due, (ii) failure to observe or perform any term or condition of this Lease other than the payment of Rent, unless such failure is cured within thirty (30) days following notice, or (iii) (a) making by Tenant of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (b) filing by or against Tenant of a petition to have Tenant adjudged a bankrupt or a petition for reorganization or arrangement under any Law relating to bankruptcy or insolvency (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days), (c) appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located in the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant within sixty (60) days, (d) attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located on the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, (e) Tenant’s convening of a meeting of its creditors or any class thereof for the purpose of effecting a moratorium upon or composition of its debt, (f) Tenant’s insolvency or admission of an inability to pay any of its debts as they mature.
19.2 Remedies. If a Default occurs, Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right of possession, reenter and repossess the Premises by detainer suit, summary proceedings or other lawful means, with or without terminating this Lease (and if applicable Law permits, and Landlord shall not have expressly terminated this Lease in writing, any such action shall be deemed a termination of Tenant’s right to possession only). Alternatively, Landlord may terminate this Lease in which case Landlord may recover from Tenant: (i) any unpaid Rent as of the termination date and (ii) the amount by which any unpaid Rent that would have accrued after the termination date during the balance of the Term.
18 |
19.3 Mitigation of Damages. If Landlord terminates this Lease, Landlord shall have no obligation to mitigate Landlord’s damages except to the extent required by applicable Law. However, if Landlord elects not to terminate this Lease but does terminate Tenant’s possession of the Premises, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages.
19.4 Landlord’s Cure of Tenant Defaults. If Tenant fails to perform any obligation under this Lease within the applicable notice and cure period, Landlord shall have the right (but not the duty), to perform such obligation on behalf and for the account of Tenant. In such event, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand, as Additional Rent, for all reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in performing such obligation, and interest thereon at the Default Rate from the date such expenses were incurred. Landlord’s performance of Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall not be deemed a waiver or release of Tenant therefrom.
20. INDEMNIFICATION.
Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all third party claims, actions, damages, liability and expenses of third party claims arising inside or on the Premises. No indemnity by Tenant shall extend to claims arising by virtue of grossly negligent or intentional acts or omissions of Landlord or Landlord’s employees, agents, contractors. Further, Tenant’s indemnity obligations shall only be applicable to claims, actions, damages, liability and expenses of third party claims asserted against Landlord. In the event of any third party claim asserted against Tenant and Landlord based on acts or omissions in the Premises, Tenant shall provide and pay for the cost of Landlord’s defense (using counsel selected by Landlord). Without limiting the foregoing indemnification obligations, Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims, actions, damages, liability and expenses arising as a result of Tenant’s intended use of the Premises for the dispensary of marijuana as set forth under Section 1, including without limitation, any federal fines, sanctions, liens or actions levied or taken by any governmental authority against Landlord in connection with such use of the Premises.
21. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.
Tenant shall not transport, use, store, maintain, generate, manufacture, handle, dispose, release, discharge or spill any “Hazardous Material” (as defined below), or permit any of the same to occur, or permit any Hazardous Materials to leak or migrate, on or about the Premises, in violation of any Environmental Laws. The term “Hazardous Material” for purposes hereof shall mean any flammable, explosive, toxic, radioactive, biological, corrosive or otherwise hazardous chemical, substance, liquid, gas, device, form of energy, material or waste or component thereof, including, without limitation, petroleum-based products, diesel fuel, paints, solvents, lead, radioactive materials, cyanide, DDT, printing inks, acids, pesticides, ammonia compounds and other chemical products, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB’s) and similar compounds, and any other items that now or subsequently are found to have an adverse effect on the environment or the health and safety of persons or animals or the presence of which requires investigation or remediation under any Law or governmental policy. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, “Hazardous Material” includes any item defined as a “hazardous substance,” “hazardous material,” “hazardous waste,” “regulated substance” or “toxic substance” under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Sections 9601 et seq., Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. Sections 1801 et seq., Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, 42 U.S.C. Sections 6901 et seq., Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. Sections 1251 et seq., Safe Drinking Water Act, 14 U.S.C. Sections 300f et seq., Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. Sections 2601 et seq., Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, 7 U.S.C. Sections 136 et seq., Atomic Energy Act of 1954, 42 U.S.C. Sections 2014 et seq., and any similar federal, state or local Laws, and all regulations, guidelines, directives and other requirements thereunder, all as may be amended or supplemented from time to time (collectively, “Environmental Laws”).
19 |
22. CAPTIONS AND SEVERABILITY.
The captions of the sections and subsections of this Lease are for convenience of reference only and shall not be considered or referred to in resolving questions of interpretation. If any term or provision of this Lease or portion thereof shall be found invalid, void, illegal, or unenforceable generally or with respect to any particular party, by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall not affect, impair or invalidate any other terms or provisions or the remaining portion thereof, or its enforceability with respect to any other party.
23. DEFINITIONS.
23.1 “Default Rate” shall mean eighteen percent (18%) per annum, or the highest rate permitted by applicable law, whichever shall be less.
23.2 “Law” or “Laws” shall mean all federal, state, county and local governmental and municipal laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, codes, decrees, orders and other such requirements, applicable equitable remedies and decisions by courts in cases where such decisions are binding precedents in the state in which the Premises is located, and decisions of federal courts applying the Laws of such states, at the time in question.
24. NO WAIVER.
No provision of this Lease will be deemed waived by either party unless expressly waived in writing signed by the waiving party. No waiver shall be implied by delay or any other act or omission of either party. No waiver by either party of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed a waiver of such provision with respect to any subsequent matter relating to such provision, and Landlord’s consent respecting any action by Tenant shall not constitute a waiver of the requirement for obtaining Landlord’s consent respecting any subsequent action. Acceptance of Rent by Landlord shall not constitute a waiver of any breach by Tenant of any term or provision of this Lease. No acceptance of a lesser amount than the Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to receive the full amount due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or payment or any letter accompanying such check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the full amount due. The acceptance of Rent or of the performance of any other term or provision from any party other than Tenant shall not constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to approve any Transfer.
20 |
25. CONVEYANCE BY LANDLORD AND LIABILITY.
Tenant agrees to look solely to Landlord’s interest in the Premises and its rents for the enforcement of any judgment, order or other remedy under or in connection with this Lease or any related agreement, instrument or document of for any other matter whatsoever relating thereto or to the Premises (collectively, the “Landlord Obligations”) and Landlord shall not be personally liable for any such judgment, order or other remedy or deficiency after execution thereon. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, under no circumstances shall any present or future, direct or indirect, principals or investors, general or limited partners, officers, directors, shareholders, trustees, beneficiaries, participants, advisors, managers, members, employees, agent or affiliates of Landlord, or of any of the other foregoing parties, have any liability for any Landlord Obligations. In case Landlord (or any successor owner of the Premises) shall convey or transfer the Premises or any portion thereof in which the Premises are contained to another party, such other party shall thereupon be and become landlord hereunder and shall be deemed to have fully assumed all Landlord Obligations, including the return of any Security Deposit. Tenant shall attorn to such other party, and Landlord (or such successor owner) shall, from and after the date of conveyance or transfer, be free of all Landlord Obligations.
26. NOTICES.
Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Lease, every notice, demand or other communication given by either party to the other with respect hereto or to the Premises, shall be in writing and shall not be effective for any purpose unless the same shall be served personally or by national air courier service, or United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed, if to Tenant or Landlord, at their notice addresses set forth in Section 1, or such other address or addresses as Tenant or Landlord may from time to time designate by notice given as above provided.
Every notice or other communication hereunder shall be deemed to have been given as of the second business day following the date of such mailing or dispatch by national air courier service (or as of any earlier date evidenced by a receipt from such national air carrier service or the United States Postal Service) or immediately if personally delivered. Notices not sent in accordance with the foregoing shall be of no force and effect until received by the foregoing parties at such addresses required herein.
27. MISCELLANEOUS.
27.1 Each of the terms and provisions of this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective heirs, executors, administrators, guardians, custodians, successors and assigns, subject to the provisions of this Lease respecting Transfers.
27.2 Neither this Lease nor any memorandum of lease or short form lease shall be recorded by Tenant.
21 |
27.3 This Lease shall be construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of Nevada and in the event of a dispute hereunder exclusive venue shall be Clark County, Nevada.
27.4 All obligations (including indemnity obligations) or rights of either party arising during or attributable to the period prior to expiration or earlier termination of this Lease shall survive such expiration or earlier termination.
27.5 Landlord agrees that if Tenant timely pays the Rent and performs the terms and provisions hereunder, Tenant shall hold and enjoy the Premises during the Term, free of lawful claims by any party acting by or through Landlord, subject to all other terms and provisions of this Lease.
27.6 The parties agree that they intend hereby to create only the relationship of landlord and tenant. No provision hereof, or act of either party hereunder, shall be construed as creating the relationship of principal and agent, or as creating a partnership, joint venture or other enterprise, or render either party liable for any of the debts or obligations of the other party, except under any indemnity provisions of this Lease.
27.7 This Lease, and the Exhibits hereto, have been mutually negotiated by Landlord and Tenant, and any ambiguities shall not be interpreted in favor of either party.
27.8 This Lease may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile and electronic signatures (portable document format and otherwise) shall be effective as originals.
28. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.
This Lease, together with Exhibits, contains all the terms and provisions between Landlord and Tenant relating to the matters set forth herein and no prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding pertaining to the same shall be of any force or effect. Neither this Lease, nor any Exhibits referred to above may be modified, except in writing signed by both parties.
[Signature page follows.]
22 |
The parties have caused this Lease to be signed as of the day and year first above written.
LANDLORD: | ||
GREEN WAGON, LLC, | ||
a Nevada limited liability company | ||
By: | /s/ Lorenzo Barracco | |
Its: | Manager | |
Print Name: | Lorenzo Barracco | |
TENANT: | ||
QUALCAN, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company | ||
By: | /s/ Heather Cranny | |
Its: | President | |
Print Name: | Heather Cranny |
23 |
EXHIBIT “A”
Depiction of Premises
24 |
EXHIBIT “B”
Rules and Regulations
1. Without Landlord’s written consent therefor first had and obtained, no sign or other object or thing visible to public view outside of the Premises shall be placed or allowed on the exterior of the Premises or in the interior of the Premises in such a manner as shall be visible from outside the Premises, except that Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, place one name sign of such size and design as is designated by Landlord on an exterior door or such other exterior surface of the Premises as is designated by Landlord. Tenant shall not put any curtains, draperies or other hangings on or beside the windows of the Premises without first obtaining Landlord’s written consent therefor. Any such curtains, draperies or hangings shall have such a background that all such hangings in the Building shall have a uniform appearance from the exterior of the Building.
2. The sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators, stairways and other common areas shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used for any purpose other than for ingress and egress to the Premises. The halls, passages, exits, entrances, stairways and roof are not for the use of the general public, and Landlord shall, in all cases, retain the right to control and prevent access thereto by all persons whose presence in the judgment of the Landlord shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Building and its lessees. No tenant and no employees or invitees of any tenant shall go upon the roof of the Building.
3. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of the rules or regulations of the Building.
4. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, or canvass any occupant of the Building and shall not solicit business from, buy from or otherwise do business with any person soliciting or canvassing occupants of the Building.
5. Without the written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not use the name, picture, or representation of the Building in connection with or in promoting or advertising the business of Tenant except as Tenant’s address. Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by Tenant which, in Landlord’s opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Building or its desirability as a location for offices, and upon written notice from Landlord Tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.
6. The toilet rooms, urinals, washbowls and other plumbing apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein and the expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose employees or invitees, shall have caused it.
7. Tenant
shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises exceeding the floor load per square foot which said floor was designed to
carry or which is allowed by law, whichever is less.
8. No furniture, freight or equipment of any kind shall be brought into the Building without the consent of Landlord and all moving of the same into or out of the Building shall be done at such time and in such manner as Landlord shall reasonably designate. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy equipment brought into the Building and also the times and manner of moving the same in and out of the Building. Safes or other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on webbing of such thickness and size as is necessary to properly distribute their weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property from any cause and all damage done to the Building by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.
25 |
9. No vending machines of any description shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises without the written consent of Landlord.
10. Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises or the Building any kerosene, gasoline or inflammable or combustible fluid or material, or use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord other than with the written consent of Landlord, given or withheld in Landlord’s discretion and in any event in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.
11. Tenant, upon termination of the Lease, shall deliver to Landlord the keys of offices, rooms and toilet rooms which shall have been furnished Tenant or which Tenant shall have made, and in the event of loss of any keys so furnished, shall pay Landlord therefor. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional locks or any bolts on any doors of the Premises.
12. Furniture, packages, supplies, equipment or merchandise will be received in the Building or carried up or down in the elevators between such hours and in such elevators as shall be designated by Landlord. Any merchandise not capable of being carried by hand shall utilize a hand truck equipped with rubber tires and rubber side guards.
13. Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building during hours Landlord may deem advisable for the adequate protection of the property. Use of the Building and Premises before 5:00 A.M. or after 10:00 P.M. shall be subject to such rules and regulations as Landlord may from time to time prescribe. Tenant, its employees, agents or associates, or other persons entering or leaving the Building at any time when so locked, may be required to sign the Building register, and the watchman, if any, or Landlord’s agent in charge shall have the right to refuse admittance to any person into the Building without a pass or other satisfactory identification showing right of access at such time. Landlord assumes no responsibility and shall not be liable for any damage resulting from the admission or refusal to admit any authorized or unauthorized person to the Building. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building during the continuance of the same by closing the doors, or otherwise.
14. Tenant shall see that the doors of the Premises are closed at all times when not in use for ingress or egress and securely locked before leaving the Building, and that all electricity, gas, heating or air conditioning shall likewise be carefully shut off, so as to prevent waste or damage, and for any default or carelessness Tenant shall make good all injuries sustained by other tenants or occupants of the Building or by Landlord.
15. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord, and none of Landlord’s employees will admit any person to any office without specific instructions from Landlord.
26 |
16. If the Premises is leased for use as professional offices, all professional practice conducted on the Premises shall be in compliance with the Code of Ethics of such profession. All advertising, if any, by Tenant, its agents, employees, servants, contractors, subtenants and licensees in connection with the Premises shall be in compliance with said Code of Ethics.
17. Tenant shall not without the written consent of Landlord operate any computer, data processing machine, or any machine using current in excess of 110 volts or which will in any way increase the amount of electricity or water used over that ordinarily furnished or supplied for use of the Premises as general office space, nor connect with electric current or water except through existing electrical outlets or water pipes in the Premises any apparatus or device for the purposes of using electric current or water. If, in Landlord’s judgment, Tenant shall require water or electric current in excessive amounts or shall use the same in an unreasonable manner, Tenant shall first procure Landlord’s written consent, which Landlord may refuse, to the use thereof and/or Landlord may cause a water meter or electric current meter to be installed in the Premises to measure the water and electric current consumed for any such other use. The cost of any such meter(s) and of installation, maintenance and repair thereof shall be paid by Tenant, and Tenant shall pay on demand for all such water and electric current consumed as shown by said meters at the rates charged for such services by the local public utility furnishing the same, plus any additional expense incurred by Landlord in keeping accounts of the water and electric current so consumed. Tenant shall not overload the electric system.
18. Tenant shall not obstruct, alter or in any way impair the efficient operation of Landlord’s heating, ventilating and air conditioning system.
19. Tenant shall not use the Premises for storage or warehouse purposes.
20. No cooking shall be done or permitted by any tenant on the Premises without Landlord’s consent given or withheld in its sole discretion and in any event in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.
21. Landlord shall in no wise be responsible to any Tenant for any loss of property on the premises, however occurring, or for any damage done to the effects of any tenant by the janitor or any other employee or any other person. Janitor service shall include ordinary dusting and cleaning and shall not include cleaning of carpets or rugs, except normal vacuuming, or moving of furniture or other special services.
22. Tenant shall not suffer or permit any animals to be kept in, about or upon the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent.
27 |
COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AND WORKING CAPITAL LOAN AGREEMENT
THIS COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AND WORKING CAPITAL LOAN AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of October 19, 2017, between Mystic Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), and Ketores Holdings, LLC, a Nevada Limited Liability Company, or its assignee entity (“Ketores”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings given to them in Section 1 below.
WHEREAS, Ketores or a related entity intends to provide financing to the Company via a working capital loan (“WCL”) and purchase of Common Stock of the Company. (The term Ketores used herein may also include a separate related entity of Ketores utilized for the WCL described herein;
WHEREAS, the parties wish to provide for the sale of Common Stock and the issuance of the Note in return for the Consideration paid to the Company by Ketores; and
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. Definitions.
(a) “Cash Available for Distribution” shall mean the amount of cash available for distribution to shareholders of the Company including repayment of certain debt owed to shareholders, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors subject to the terms herein; provided, however, that the Board of Directors shall not declare any Cash Available for Distribution if, after giving a distribution effect:
(i) The Company would not be able to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business; or
(ii) Except as otherwise specifically allowed by the articles of incorporation, the Company’s total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus the amount that would be needed, if the Company were to be dissolved at the time of distribution, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of stockholders whose preferential rights are superior to those receiving the distribution (See NRS 78.288).
Cash Available for Distribution shall be calculated without regard to and before repayment of debt owed by the Company pursuant to the Note and/or repayment of any debt owing by the Company to Dal Toro Holdings II, LLC and Danny Perla & Associates. Said Cash Available for Distribution shall then be distributed to Convenient Labor, LLC and/or shareholders of the Company including repayment of certain debt owed to Convenient Labor LLC and/or shareholders as shown on Schedule “2.2(c)-1”. See also Schedule 2.2 (c) -2.
(b) “Common Stock” means common stock of the Company.
(c) “Consideration” shall mean the amount of money advanced by Ketores pursuant to this Agreement which includes payment for the purchase of Common Stock as well as the provision of funds pursuant to the Working Capital Loan.
(d) “Laws” means, as to any person, collectively, all federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any governmental authority, in each case binding on such person or to which such person or any of its property or assets is subject.
(e) “Material Adverse Effect” shall mean (a) a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or financial condition of the Company or Qualcan, (b) a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform the payment and other obligations under the Note, or (c) a deficiency in the rights and remedies of Ketores under the Note which is materially adverse to the Ketores.
(f) “Nevada Governmental Authorities” shall mean those state, local and other governmental, regulatory and administrative authorities, agencies, boards and officials responsible for licensing or regulating medical and recreational marijuana activities and businesses within the State of Nevada
(g) “Note” shall mean the WCL Note dated as of the WCL Closing in the original principal amount of One Million Five Hundred Thousand and 00/100 ($1,500,000.00) Dollars PLUS an amount equal to the Loan Origination Fee as defined in Section 2.4 hereof made by the Company in favor of Ketores, as the same may be amended, restated and modified from time to time, upon the consent of Ketores, the form of which is attached hereto as Schedule 1-G.
2 |
(h) “Qualcan” shall mean Qualcan L.L.C., a Nevada limited liability company, the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, which has been issued certain cultivation, production and conditional distribution licenses by Nevada Governmental Authorities to operate a medical and recreational marijuana facility in Clark County, Nevada and to distribute marijuana to retail licensees for retail sale.
(i) “Transaction Documents” shall mean this Agreement, the Note and all other documents executed and delivered by the Company and/or Ketores in connection therewith or herewith, together with any amendments and modifications thereto, which shall include but not be limited to;
1. Amended By Laws of Mystic Holdings, Inc. with Unanimous Written Consent of Directors
2. Voting Rights Agreement of certain shareholders of Mystic Holdings Inc.
4. Unanimous Consent of Directors of Mystic Holdings Inc. to enter into transaction and issue Note and Common Stock
5. The Note and all WCL Security Documents as defined herein.
2. WOrking capital loan Amount and Terms of the Note.
2.1 Purchase and Sale of Note.
At the WCL Closing (as defined below), the Company hereby agrees to borrow and issue to Ketores, and Ketores hereby agrees to loan and receive from the Company, the Note having an initial principal balance equal to One Million Five Hundred Thousand and 00/100 ($1,500,000.00) Dollars ( The Note and WCL collectively sometimes referred to as “WCL”) . The terms of the Note are listed herein below.
2.2 Interest Rate; Maturity Date: Repayment Terms.
(a) Interest Rate. Subject to the terms of Section 3.4 herein, he Note and Working Capital Loan is interest free as Ketores is receiving a Loan Origination Fee in lieu of interest.
(b) Maturity Date. The note shall mature in 18 months from the date of the WCL Closing. Repayment of the principal amount shall be paid from all Cash Available for Distribution as set forth below. Additionally, the Note or relative loan agreement shall state that if during the time that the WCL is outstanding, the Manager or Directors of the Company seek to raise additional capital through the issuance of then authorized but unissued shares, Ketores may exercise its preemptive rights as set forth in Article IX of the Bylaws and acquire its pro rata share of additional Common Stock via reduction of the principal balance due on the WCL as of that date.
3 |
(c) Repayment Terms of WCL. For so long as debt is owing to Dal Toro Holdings II, LLC, Convenient Labor, LLC and Danny Perla & Associates as shown on Schedule 2.2(c)-1 , Fifty percent (50%) of all Cash Available for Distribution shall be used to repay the amount due under the Note while Fifty percent (50%) of all Cash Available for Distribution shall be used to repay the amount due to Dal Toro Holdings II, LLC, Convenient Labor, LLC and Danny Perla & Associates . Attached hereto as Schedule 2.2(c)-1 is a complete list of all debt carried by the Company as of the date of this Agreement. All debt and other obligations set forth therein except for debt owed to Dal Toro Holdings II, LLC, Convenient Labor, LLC and/or Danny Perla & Associates shall be paid from the Consideration and/or monthly cash flow prior to determining Cash Available for Distribution. The Parties agree that only ongoing and day to day expenses of the Company and repayment of expenses of the Company incurred in the normal course of business (excluding debt/loans owing to Dal Toro Holdings II, LLC, Convenient Labor, LLC and Danny Perla & Associates) shall be paid prior to the ongoing servicing of the Note. Upon repayment of all debt owed to Dal Toro Holdings II, LLC, Convenient Labor and Danny Perla & Associates, Thirty seven percent (37%) of all Cash Available for Distribution shall be used to repay the amount due under the Note and the balance of Cash Available for Distributions shall be paid, pro rata, to all of the shareholders, including Ketores, based upon their percentage of ownership interest in the issued and outstanding shares of the Company in conformity with Chapter 78 of the Nevada Revised Statutes. In the event the Note has not been repaid in full by the Maturity Date, one hundred percent (100%) of Cash Available for Distribution shall be paid to Ketores until the Note is paid in full. After the Note is repaid in full , distributions of Cash Available for Distribution shall be made entirely based upon the percentage of ownership interest in the issued and outstanding shares of the Company in conformity with Chapter 78 of the Nevada Revised Statutes. For so long as a principal balance on the Note remains unpaid, Cash Available for Distribution shall be distributed as per the terms herein by the Board of Directors. Thereafter, Cash Available for Distribution shall be determined in the Board of Directors’ discretion in conformity with Chapter 78 of the Nevada Revised Statutes, the Articles of Organization of the Company and/or its bylaws. It is expressly understood and agreed by the Parties that any and all payments due to Rauch Organics of Las Vegas, LLC (“Rauch”) and/or any Rauch affiliated entity which arise out of settlement of that certain litigation between Rauch Organics, LLC and the Company shall be considered “ongoing and day to day expenses of the Company and repayment of debt and loans of the Company incurred in the normal course of business” and shall be paid by the Company prior to calculating the amount of Cash Available for Distribution. Schedule 2.2(c)-2 is attached hereto to provide an example of how this section is intended to be construed.
4 |
(d) The WCL and obligations to Ketores shall be secured by (1) the Note and (2) the issuance and filing of UCC-1 financing statements on all accounts receivable, chattels and equipment used by the company and Qualcan in its operations and business. All such documents of collateral security as listed in the herein paragraph are herein referred to as WCL Security Documents.
2.3 Closing Of Working Capital Loan Agreement.
The closing of the $1,500,000.00 Working Capital Loan (the “WCL Closing”) regarding the delivery of the Note shall take place on or before October 20, 2017. At the Closing, Ketores shall deliver the sum of NINE HUNDRED TWENTY FIVE THOUSAND AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($925,000.00) to the Company and the Company shall deliver to Ketores the Note and other Transaction Documents. The parties mutually acknowledge the prior receipt by the Company of the sum of FIVE HUNDRED AND SEVENTY FIVE THOUSAND AND 00/100 ($575,000.00) DOLLARS from Ketores which sum shall be considered prepayment of that portion of the Working Capital Loan.
2.4 Loan Origination Fee. A Loan Origination Fee shall be due and payable to Ketores. The Loan Origination Fee shall equal to twenty percent (20%) of the total amount of a settlement, if any, negotiated between the Company and Rauch Organics, LLC and/or any affiliated person or entity thereof in the pending litigation identified as Case No. A-16-747841-Bin the Eighth Judicial District Court in and for Clark County, Nevada. For example purposes only, if the amount of a settlement with Rauch Organics, LLC is in the amount of seven hundred fifty thousand dollars ($750,000.00), the amount of the Loan Origination Fee shall be one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000.00). When the Loan Origination Fee is subject to ascertainment, the Note shall be amended and the amount of the Loan Origination Fee shall be added to principal owing under the Note.
5 |
3. COMMON STOCK PURCHASE
3.1 Purchase and Sale of Common Stock
At the Final Stock Closing (as defined below), the Company hereby agrees to sell and issue to Ketores, and Ketores hereby agrees to purchase and receive from the Company, twenty percent (20%) of the issued and outstanding common shares of the Company following the completion of the Reorganization Exchanges set forth in Section 3.3 herein and in accordance with Schedule 3.1 hereof. The purchase price for twenty percent (20%) of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company shall be TWO MILLION SEVEN HUNDRED THOUSAND AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($2,700,000.00).
3.2 Closing of the Common Stock Purchase and Sale
The interim closing regarding the purchase and sale of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Interim Stock Closing”) shall take place on or before November 20, 2017. At the Interim Stock Closing, Ketores shall deliver the sum of TWO MILLION SEVEN HUNDRED THOUSAND AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($2,700,000.00) to an escrow or trust account established at the law firm of Silberberg & Kirschner, LLP and the Company shall deliver to Ketores proof of submission to Nevada Governmental Authorities of a request to approve Ketores as well as other principals owners of Ketores as an equity owner of the Common Stock of the Company and other required Transaction Documents, if any. Additionally, by no later than the Interim Closing, the Company shall provide Ketores with transactional documents related to the anticipated repurchase of Common Shares by the Company from ICS Services and an anticipated Consultation Agreement with Chagrinovation referenced in Sections 3.3 and 4 hereof; provided however, the closing of the stock purchase transaction set forth in this Agreement is not conditioned upon the repurchase of ICS Services’ Common Stock nor the entry into a Consultation Agreement with Chagrinovation. The final closing regarding the purchase and sale of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Final Stock Closing”) shall take place within five (5) business days of the Company’s receipt of notice of approval of Ketores as an equity owner of the Company by Nevada Governmental Authorities. Upon Final Stock Closing, the Company shall issue Ketores twenty percent (20%) of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock in conformity with Section 3.1 hereof, as well as all applicable Transaction Documents and the TWO MILLION SEVEN HUNDRED THOUSAND AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($2,700,000.00) shall be released from escrow or trust to the Company. In the event the Nevada Governmental Authorities approve Ketores as an equity owner of the Common Stock of the Company prior to November 20, 2017, the Interim Stock Closing and the Final Stock Closing shall merge and the Final Stock Closing shall occur within 5 business days of the Company providing notice thereof to Ketores as provided for herein.
6 |
3.3 The Reorganization Exchanges and Company Document Modification.
The current ownership structure of the Company is as shown on Schedule 3.1 attached hereto. ICS Services, LLC is currently the owner of 20% of the Common Shares of the Company and maintains certain rights to the issuance of additional shares pursuant to agreements with the Company. ICS Services, LLC and the Company are engaged in negotiations to repurchase the shares and rights owned by ICS Services, LLC.. A portion of the Consideration received by the Company from Ketores is earmarked for this repurchase. The Parties intend that the purchase and sale transaction with ICS Services, LLC shall occur simultaneously with the Final Stock Closing.
Rauch Organics of Las Vegas, LLC entered into an agreement to purchase five percent (5%) of the shares in the Company, subject to the approval of Nevada Governmental Authorities. No shares have been issued to Rauch Organics of Las Vegas, LLC. The Company is involved in litigation with persons and entities affiliated with Rauch Organics of Las Vegas, LLC. The parties in that litigation are negotiating a settlement and release of all claims that will include the Company’s repurchase of any rights of Rauch Organics of Las Vegas, LLC to the issuance of any Common Stock in the Company. The number of shares purchased and sold pursuant to this Agreement shall be initially calculated based upon the assumption that no shares will ever be issued to Rauch Organics of Las Vegas, LLC pursuant to any existing agreements and as assumed in Schedule 3.1 hereof. In the event that the Company ultimately must issue any shares to Rauch Organics of Las Vegas, LLC pursuant to existing agreements, the number of Common Shares purchased pursuant to this Agreement shall be adjusted upwards to represent twenty percent (20%) of (i) the actual number of shares issued and outstanding in the Company as of the Final Stock Closing increased by (ii) the number of shares ultimately issued to Rauch Organics of Las Vegas, LLC.
7 |
The Company has entered into other agreements with persons and entities to acquire Common Stock in the Company, subject to the approval of Nevada Governmental Authorities. These other agreements with persons and entities are listed on Schedule 3.3 herein. The Company has not yet sought approval from the Nevada Governmental Authorities to issue Common Stock to such persons or entities. The Company shall request such approval prior to or in conjunction with seeking approval of Ketores as an equity owner of the Company. While the approval of these persons and entities may occur after both the WCL Closing and the Stock Closing, the number of shares purchased and sold pursuant to this Agreement shall be initially calculated based upon the assumption that each of the proposed shareholders has already received the approval of Nevada Governmental Authorities and had their shares issued to them as of those closing dates as reflected in Schedule 3.1 hereof. In the event Nevada Governmental Authorities reject any proposed shareholder as an equity owner in the Company, the number of Common Shares purchased pursuant to this Agreement shall be adjusted downward to represent twenty percent (20%) of the assumed number of shares issued and outstanding in the Company as reflected in Schedule 3.1 less any shares attributable to proposed shareholders who were rejected as shareholders of the Company by Nevada Governmental Authorities.
Simultaneous with the Final Stock Closing, the Amended Bylaws (Exhibit 1 hereto) and the Voting Rights Agreement (Exhibit 2 hereto) shall be executed and become effective.
3.4 Contingency for Failure of Ketores to Receive Approval of Nevada Governmental Authorities. The Company shall be responsible to timely submit the complete and accurate application for license approval of Ketores to the Nevada Governmental Authorities. The Company shall copy Ketores on all of its communications, correspondence and submissions to the Nevada Governmental Authorities, and shall deliver copies of any related document, communication, letter or submission as requested by Ketores. In the event Ketores fails to obtain approval of Nevada Governmental Authorities to be an equity owner in the Company by on or before December 31, 2017,(this date shall be extended to February 28, 2018 provided approval has not been obtained for reasons other than the delay of Ketores in promptly supplying information and supporting documentation requested by the Company or the Nevada Governmental Authorities) the portion of this Agreement related to the purchase and sale of Common Stock in the Company shall be rescinded and the TWO MILLION SEVEN HUNDRED THOUSAND AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($2,700,000.00) held in escrow or trust shall be returned to Ketores. The portion of this Agreement related to the Working Capital Loan Agreement shall be modified as follows: the Note issued in favor of Ketores shall be converted into a Promissory Note in the amount of ONE MILLION THREE HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($1,350,000.00) due in one lump sum one year from the date of issuance bearing simple interest at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum (the “Promissory Note”). The Promissory Note shall be secured by the Company’s accounts receivable and all assets of the Company and the issuance and filing of UCC-1 financing statements on all chattels and equipment used by the Company and Qualcan in its operations and business. The Company shall be entitled to retain $150,000.00 of the prepayment identified in Section 2.3 herein as liquidated damages for Scharf’s failure to obtain approval of the Nevada Governmental Authorities and to compensate the Company for costs and expenses associated with this transaction and lost opportunity costs for foregoing other potential funding transactions to proceed with this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the aforementioned liquidated damages will only be assessed , in the event the failure of Ketores to obtain approval of Nevada Governmental Authorities is the result of Ketores’ failure to timely and adequately respond to requests for information or documents to the satisfaction of Nevada Governmental Authorities and/or any felony conviction related to criminal, drug and/or organized crime related activities, money laundering and/or similar criminal conduct of Ketores or its principals, its affiliates, its principals’ or affiliates’ family members or its business or personal relationships. . If the failure of Ketores to obtain approval of Nevada Governmental Authorities is the result of any other reason or is caused by the failure of the Company to respond timely to requests for information of the Nevada Governmental Authorities or the negligence of the Company, no liquidated damages will be assessed against Ketores and the principal balance of the Promissory Note shall be adjusted accordingly
8 |
4. USE OF PROCEEDS
This Section contains forward looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These statements are based on plans and expectations of management of the Company and are subject to uncertainties and risks that could affect the Company’s plans and expectations, as well as results of operations and financial condition. The actual use of proceeds received pursuant to this Agreement could vary from that disclosed herein.
The principal purposes of the Company in entering into this transaction are to increase the Company’s capitalization and financial flexibility and to potentially enable the Company to enter into other transactions. The Company intends to use the proceeds for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses, debt repayment, as permitted hereunder, stock repurchases, consulting fees and capital expenditures. Additionally, the Company may use a portion of the proceeds for acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies, or other assets. However, the Company has no firm written commitments to use the proceeds from this offering for any such acquisitions or investments at this time.
Among currently identified possible uses, the Company may use (a) up to $1.7 million to repurchase Common Stock and rights to acquire the Common Stock of the Company from ICS Services, LLC (See Section 3.3 hereof and Schedule 4-1 hereto) ; (b) up to $1 million to pay Chagrinovation, LLC pursuant to the proposed consultation agreement that is connected to the repurchase of Common Stock from ICS Services, LLC (See Schedule 4-2 hereto); (c) to pay off debt owed to Valuad Realty Group LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company, in connection with a Note Purchase Agreement dated February 1, 2017 (See Schedule 4-3 hereto); and (e) $250,000 to be made in the form of a loan to a to-be-formed Nevada, LLC owned by the shareholders of the Company which loan shall be used to acquire 100% of the ownership interests of Green Wagon, LLC which owns the facility being leased to the Company for its cultivation and production operations (See Exhibit 4 hereto). Notwithstanding the above and foregoing, the Company cannot specify with certainty the particular uses of the proceeds that it will receive from this transaction. Accordingly, the Company will have broad discretion in using these proceeds. Pending the use of proceeds from this transaction, the Company plans to invest the proceeds that it receives in short-term and long-term interest-bearing obligations, including government and investment-grade debt securities and money market funds.
9 |
The Company agrees that it shall not use any portion of the Consideration to pay down the debt owed to Dal Toro Holdings II, LLC, Danny Perla & Associates and/or Convenient Labor which is set forth on Schedule 2.2(c)-1. Further, the Company agrees that it will not use any portion of the Consideration to pay amounts due to Rauch Organics, LLC as a result of a settlement of the pending litigation, if any, discussed in Section 3.3 hereof.
5. Representations and Warranties of the Company.
In connection with the transactions provided for herein, the Company hereby represents and warrants to Ketores that:
5.1 Organization, Good Standing and Qualification. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada and has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted pursuant to the laws of the State of Nevada. The Company is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its business or properties.
5.2 Authorization. All corporate action has been taken on the part of the Company and its officers, directors and stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Note and the other Transaction Documents. This Agreement constitutes the Company’s valid and legally binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and (ii) laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies. All terms and conditions contained in this agreement are binding upon the Company and are intended to survive the WCL Closing, the Interim Stock Closing and the Final Stock Closing.
10 |
5.3 Compliance with Other Instruments. Except as otherwise set forth under federal law (See Section 6.7 hereof) or as set forth in a Note Purchase Agreement dated February 1, 2017 with Valuad Realty Group LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (See Schedule 4-3 hereto), neither the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the issuance and delivery of the Note, will constitute or result in a material default or violation of any law or regulation applicable to the Company or any material term or provision of the Company’s current Articles of Incorporation or bylaws or any agreement or instrument by which it is bound or to which its properties or assets are subject.
5.4 Valid Issuance of Stock. The Common Stock to be issued, sold and delivered will, upon payment therefore, be duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.
5.5 Disclosure. To the best of the Company’s knowledge, no report, financial statement, certificate or other written information furnished to Ketores in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or any other Transaction Document (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading.
6. Representations and Warranties of Ketores.
In connection with the transactions provided for herein, Ketores hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:
6.1 Authorization. This Agreement constitutes Ketores’s valid and legally binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and (ii) laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies. Ketores represents that it has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement.
6.2 Purchase Entirely for Own Account. Ketores acknowledges that the Note and Common Stock will be acquired for investment purposes only and for Ketores’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof.
11 |
6.3 Restricted Securities. The securities being offered and sold pursuant to this Agreement have not been registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 or under the blue sky laws of any state securities agency. They are being offered and sold pursuant to exemptions from any such registration requirements. Ketores understands that the Common Stock upon issuance may be characterized as “restricted securities” under the federal securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such laws and applicable regulations such securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act of 1933 only in certain limited circumstances. Ketores acknowledges that its financial condition and future financial expectations are such that he can bear the loss of its entire investment in the Company and can hold an illiquid investment for an indefinite period of time.
6.4 Knowledge and Experience. Ketores and/or all of its members is/are an accredited and sophisticated investor as such terms are defined in the Securities Act of 1933 and/or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. By reason of Ketores’s and/or its members’ business or financial experience or the business or financial experience of the Ketores’s professional advisers who are unaffiliated with the Company and who are not compensated by the Company, Ketores has the capacity to protect Ketores’s own interests in connection with the purchase and sale of the Common Stock of the Company and the Note. Ketores is capable of evaluating the potential risks and benefits of the transactions set forth herein.
6.5 Access to Information. Ketores has received all of the information that Ketores considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to engage in the transactions hereunder and perform the transactions contemplated hereby. Ketores further represents that Ketores has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company and has requested and received documents regarding the business, properties, prospects and financial condition of the Company and to seek from the Company such additional information as Ketores has deemed necessary to verify the accuracy of any such information furnished or otherwise made available to Ketores by or on behalf of the Company. Without limitation, the information and documents requested by Ketores and provided by the Company include, but are not limited to (a) all relevant organizational and ownership documents, including, without limitation, articles of organization and operating agreements or Bylaws for Qualcan and Mystic; (b) copies of all state and local registrations, licenses and permits, and any denials or renewals thereof; (c) copies of any documents transferring ownership of the licensee or its owners, including without limitation, any documentation submitted to state or local jurisdictions in connection with such transfers; (d) all material agreements, leases, contracts or commitments relating to Qualcan and Mystic; (e) a list of any threatened or pending litigation, regulatory or enforcement actions or proceedings; and (f) copies of filed tax returns for the last 2 years in operation.
12 |
6.6 Qualification to be Equity Holder. The ownership and operation of medical and recreational marijuana related businesses is highly regulated by Nevada Governmental Authorities. The Nevada Governmental Authorities must investigate and approve owners of such facilities. Ketores represents and warrants that he knows of no facts or circumstances regarding his business and personal affairs which would disqualify him from such ownership and cause him to be rejected as an equity owner in the Company by Nevada Governmental Authorities.
6.7 Federal Law. While the ownership and operation of medical and recreational marijuana facilities is legal under the state laws of Nevada, such business is unlawful pursuant to federal law. Ketores is aware of federal law respecting the ownership and operation of marijuana related businesses and knowingly assumes any and all risks associated with potential actions by federal governmental agencies to enforce federal law against Qualcan, the Company and/or any owners or shareholders of the Company. The Company hereby represents that it has not received any such notice of enforcement from any form or branch of the Federal Government.
7. company covenants.
So long as any obligation under the Note shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, the Company shall, and shall cause Qualcan to:
(a) Preservation of Existence, Etc. (i) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and (ii) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges (including its good standing, where such concept exists), permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business.
13 |
(b) Compliance with Laws. Except for any federal prohibitions regarding the ownership and operation of medical and recreational marijuana businesses (See Section 6.7 hereof), comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except to the extent the failure to comply therewith could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
8. Miscellaneous.
8.1 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties; provided, however, that the Company may not assign its obligations under this Agreement without the written consent of Ketores. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.
8.2 Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and any and all matters arising directly or indirectly herefrom will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada, without giving effect to that body of laws pertaining to conflict of laws. Each party irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the sole and exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Nevada and of the federal courts sitting in Las Vegas, Nevada in all actions arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Each party further irrevocably waives any right to a trial by jury in any action or proceeding directly or indirectly arising out of or relating to this Agreement.
8.3 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
8.4 Facsimile Signatures. This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile and via email with PDF attachments, and upon such delivery the facsimile and or PDF signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to each other party. The original signature copy shall be delivered to each other party by express overnight delivery. The failure to deliver the original signature copy and/or the non-receipt of the original signature copy shall have no effect upon the binding and enforceable nature of this Agreement,
14 |
8.5 Titles and Headings. The titles, captions and headings of this Agreement and the Note are included for ease of reference only and will be disregarded in interpreting or construing this Agreement and the Note. Unless otherwise specifically stated, all references herein to “sections” and “schedules” will mean “sections” and “schedules” to this Agreement.
8.6 Notices. Any and all notices are required or permitted to be given to a party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement or the Note will be in writing and will be effective and deemed to provide such party sufficient notice under this Agreement or the Note on the earliest of the following: (a) at the time of personal delivery, if delivery is in person; (b) one business day after deposit with an express overnight courier for United States deliveries, or two business days after such deposit for deliveries outside of the United States; or (c) three business days after deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (return receipt requested) for United States deliveries. All notices for delivery outside the United States will be sent by express courier. All notices not delivered personally will be sent with postage and/or other charges prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other addresses as shall be specified by notice given in accordance with this Section 7.6):
If to the Company:
Mystic Holdings, Inc.
410 S. Rampart Blvd.
Suite 420
Las Vegas, Nevada 89145
Attn: President
If to the Ketores:
Silberberg & Kirschner, LLP
360 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Att; Uri Kirschner, Esq.
15 |
8.7 Entire Agreement; Amendments and Waivers. This Agreement, the Note and the other Transaction Documents constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties to this Agreement with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof. Nonetheless, any term of this Agreement or the Note may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement or the Note may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) with the written consent of the Company and Ketores. Any waiver or amendment effected in accordance with this Section 8.7 shall be binding upon each party to this Agreement.
8.8 Severability. If any clause or provision of this Agreement or any Note is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such clause or provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto. If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such clause or provision shall be stricken from this Agreement or such Note and the remainder of this Agreement or such Note, as applicable, shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the value of this Agreement or any Note based upon the substantial benefit of the bargain for any party is materially impaired, which determination as made by the presiding court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction shall be binding, then both parties agree to substitute such clause or provision through good faith negotiations.
8.9 Further Assurances. The Company and Ketores agree to execute such further documents and instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement and the Note.
(Signature Page Follows)
16 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
MYSTIC HOLDING CORP., | ||
a Nevada corporation | ||
By: | /s/ Heather Cranny | |
Name: | Heather Cranny | |
Title: | President | |
By: | /s/ Lorenzo Barracco | |
Name: | Lorenzo Barracco | |
Title: | Director | |
By: | /s/ Michael V. Cristalli | |
Name: | Michael V. Cristalli | |
Title: | Director | |
By: | /s/ Anthony DeCarlo | |
Name: | Anthony DeCarlo | |
Title: | Director | |
Ketores Holdings, LLC | ||
By: | /s/ Alexander Scharf | |
Name: | Alexander Scharf | |
Title: | Manager |
17 |
SCHEDULE 1-G
Form of Working Capital Promissory Note and all additional WCL Security Documents
(See Attached)
SCHEDULE 2.2(c)-1
List of all debt carried by the Company as of the date of this Agreement.
SCHEDULE 2.2(C)-2
Example for Distributions
SCHEDULE 3.1
Assumed Ownership of Common Shares After Reorganization Exchanges and Approvals of Nevada Governmental Authorities
SCHEDULE 3.3
Identification of Agreements to Issue Shares Upon Approval of Nevada Governmental Authorities
SCHEDULE 3.4
Excluded Matters from $150,000 Liquidated Damages
SCHEDULE 4-1
ICS Services, LLC Repurchase Agreement (Proposed and Subject to Negotiation)
(Final Agreement to be supplied at Interim Stock Closing)
SCHEDULE 4-2
Consultation Agreement with Chagrinovation LLC
(To be supplied at Interim Stock Closing)
18 |
SCHEDULE 4-3
Valuad Realty Group LLC, Note Purchase Agreement dated February 1, 2017
(See Attached)
EXHIBIT 1
Amended Bylaws
EXHIBIT 2
Voting Rights Agreement
EXHIBIT 3
Unaninous Consent of Directors to enter into transaction and issue Note and Common Shares.
EXHIBIT 4
Green Wagon, LLC Agreement
19 |
PROMISSORY NOTE
$1,500,000.00 | October 19, 2017 |
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Mystic Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (“Borrower”), promises to pay to the order of Ketores Holdings, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company (“Lender”), at its office at c/o Alexander Scharf, 305 West End Avenue, New York, New York 10023, or at such other address as the holder hereof may from time to time designate in writing to Borrower, in lawful money of the United States of America, in immediately available funds, the principal sum of ONE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($1,500,000.00) pursuant to the terms herein and pursuant to that certain Common Stock Purchase And Working Capital Loan Agreement of even date herewith between Borrower and Lender (the “Loan Agreement”), to be adjusted by the amount of the Loan Origination Fee defined in the Loan Agreement, which may become due in accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement from time to time outstanding until paid in full at the rates described in this Promissory Note (this “Note”), such payment to be on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Loan Agreement.
1. Loan Agreement; Defined Terms. This Note is executed and delivered pursuant to, and is subject to and governed by, the terms and provisions herein and of the Loan Agreement. Capitalized terms used in this Note and not otherwise defined in this Note shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the Loan Agreement. Reference also is made to the Loan Agreement for a statement of terms and provisions relevant to this Note but not contained herein, including but not limited to an increase in the amount due hereunder upon ascertainment of the amount of the Loan Origination Fee. The Note, the Loan Agreement and any other documents executed in connection with the herein debt is defined as the Loan Documents.
2. Interest and Payment Terms. The principal balance of this Note shall be due and payable at the times as set forth in the Loan Agreement.
3. Maturity Date. The entire principal balance and accrued interest shall be due and payable on the date which is eighteen (18) months from the date hereof.
4. Security. The security for this Note includes but is not limited to that certain UCC Financing Statement of even date herewith between Borrower and Lender (as may be amended from time to time, the “UCC”), as well as other items as cited in the Loan Agreement.
5. Waiver. Except as expressly provided otherwise in the Loan Documents and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Borrower waives presentment, demand for payment, notice of intent to accelerate maturity, notice of acceleration of maturity, notice of nonpayment or dishonor, protest, notice of protest, demand, all other notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default or enforcement of this Note, and bringing of suit and diligence in taking any action to collect any sums owing hereunder or in enforcing any rights or privileges with regard hereto. Lender shall not be deemed, by any act or omission, to have waived any of its rights or remedies hereunder unless such waiver is in writing and signed by Lender and then only to the extent specifically set forth in writing. A waiver with reference to one event shall not be construed as continuing or as bar to or waiver of any right or remedy as to a subsequent event. No delay or omission of Lender in exercising any right, whether before or after a default hereunder, shall impair any such right or shall be construed to be a waiver of any right or default. The acceptance at any time by Lender of any past due amounts shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the right to require prompt payment when due of any other amounts then or thereafter becoming due and payable.
1 |
6. Costs of Enforcement. Borrower promises to pay all costs of collection, including without limitation, all foreclosure fees and attorneys’ fees, whether or not suit is filed or other legal action is instituted, incurred by Lender in enforcing the performance of Borrower’s obligations under this Note or any other Loan Document. Notwithstanding the above and foregoing, in any suit or proceeding regarding enforcement of the Note or Loan Agreement, the prevailing party only shall be entitled to an award of attorneys’ fees and costs.
7. Event of Default. The occurrence of any of the following, whatever the reason therefor, shall constitute an Event of Default: (a) Borrower fails to pay any amount owing to Lender under the Loan Agreement, whether by acceleration or otherwise, and such failure continues for five (5) days after such payment was due (b) Borrower fails to perform or observe any non-monetary Obligation under any Loan Document; (c) Any representation, warranty or statement made in the Loan Agreement or in any other document delivered by Borrower in connection with the Loan Agreement proves to have been incorrect in any material respect when made; (d) Borrower is dissolved, liquidated or terminated, or all or substantially all of the assets of Borrower are sold or otherwise transferred without Lender’s prior written consent in its sole discretion; (e) Borrower shall (i) be adjudicated as bankrupt or insolvent; (ii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; (iii) file a petition, answer or consent seeking, or have entered against it (or fail reasonably to contest the material allegations of any petition for) an order for relief (or any similar remedy) under any provision of Title 11 of the United States Code or any other federal, state or foreign Law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy, rehabilitation, liquidation or reorganization, or consent to the institution of any proceedings thereunder; (iv) convene a meeting of its creditors, or any class thereof, for the purpose of effecting a moratorium upon or extension or composition of its or his debts; (v) fail to pay its debts as they mature; (vi) admit in writing that it is generally not able to pay its debts as they mature or generally not pay its debts as they mature; (vii) apply for a consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, liquidator or other similar official of all or a portion of its assets; or (viii) become insolvent; and/or (f) A transfer, encumbrance, lien, change of ownership or other action or occurrence prohibited by the Loan Agreement shall occur.
If any Event of Default shall occur and remain uncured under this Note or the Loan Agreement, then Lender may, at its sole option, without further notice or demand except as provided in the Loan Agreement, declare the unpaid principal balance on this Note at once due and payable, foreclose all liens and/or security interests securing payment hereof, and pursue any and all other rights, remedies and recourses it may have. Lender’s rights and remedies under this Note, the Loan Agreement and at law or in equity, or any one or more of them, shall be cumulative and concurrent, and maybe pursued singly, successively, or together at the sole discretion of Lender, and may be exercised as often as occasion therefore shall arise; and the failure to exercise any such right or remedy shall in no event be construed as a waiver or release thereof or of any other right or remedy. Failure to exercise any of the foregoing options shall not constitute a waiver of the right to exercise the same or any other option at any subsequent time in respect to any other event. The acceptance by Lender of any payment hereunder that is less than payment in full of all amounts due and payable at the time of such payment shall not constitute a waiver of the right to exercise any of the foregoing options at that time or at any subsequent time or nullify any prior exercise of any such option without the express written consent of Lender.
8. Governing Law. The laws of the State of Nevada shall govern the validity, construction, performance, and effect of this Note.
2 |
9. Notices. All notices, demands, and other correspondence required or desired to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in accordance with Section 8.6 of the Loan Agreement.
10. The Borrower waives the right, in any litigation in which it and the Lender are adverse parties (whether or nor arising out of or in connection with this Note) to trial by jury.
The word “Borrower” shall include the Borrower’s representatives, successors and assigns and the word “Lender” shall include Lender’s representatives, successors and assigns.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
3 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has executed this Note as of the day and year first above written.
BORROWER: | ||
Mystic Holdings, Inc.., | ||
a Nevada corporation | ||
By: | /s/ Heather Cranny | |
Name: | Heather Cranny | |
Its: | President |
PROMISSORY
NOTE
SIGNATURE PAGE
Assignment and Assumption of Valuead Realty Group Promissory Notes and Rights
WHEREAS, Mystic Holdings, Inc. entered a secured convertible promissory note on February 1, 2017 with Valuad Realty Group, LLC for a loan of $350,000.00.
WHEREAS, a Mystic Holdings, Inc. and Valuead Realty Group, LLC modified the February 1, 2017 on October 23, 2017, be executing a note modification agreement.
WHEREAS, Mystic Holdings, Inc. and Olga Cortese agree that Olga Cortese shall pay in full all mystic outstanding balance due to Value Realty Group and assume all of Valuead Realty Group rights under Valuead Realty Group, LLC agreements with Mystic Holdings, Inc.
WHEREAS, in addition to paying off in Full Valuead Realty Group, LLC, Olga Cortese will loan an additional $165,000.00 to Mystic in multiple installments at the same interest rate and with the same right given under the Valuead Realty Group, LLC agreements,
For Value received, Mystic Holdings, Inc. a Nevada corporation (“the Company”) promises to pay to the order of Olga Cortese, an Individual Residing in Florida, or its assigns (the “Lender”), the principle sum of Four hundred fifteen thousand dollars ($415,000), with interest on the outstanding principal amount at the rate of ten percent (10% per annum; provided that, upon an Event of Default or if the Company does not repay this Secured Convertible Promissory Note in full on or prior to the Maturity Date, then the interest rate shall increase to twenty percent (20%) per annum. Interest shall commence with the date hereof and shall continue on the outstanding principal of the Note until paid on converted in accordance with the provisions hereof. Principal and Interest Shall be due on December 31, 2019.
This agreement shall incorporate all of Valued Realty Mystic Agreement provisions compatible with the above.
/s/ Heather Cranny | /s/ Olga Cortese | |
Mystic Holdings, Inc. | Olga Cortese | |
Heather Cranny |
Incentive Stock Option Agreement
This Incentive Stock Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of September 30, 2019 by and between Mystic Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”) and _____________________ the “Participant”).
Grant Date: September 30, 2019
Exercise Price per Share: $.80
Number of Option Shares: ______________
Expiration Date: September 30, 2024
1. Grant of Option.
1.1 Grant; Type of Option. The Company hereby grants to the Participant an option (the “Option”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock of Mystic Holdings, Inc equal to the number of Option Shares set forth above, at the Exercise Price set forth above. The Option is being granted pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Mystic Holdings, Inc. Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”). The Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, although the Company makes no representation or guarantee that the Option will qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined on the Grant Date) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company, subsidiaries, and its affiliates) exceeds $100,000, the Options or portions thereof which exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options.
1.2 Consideration; Subject to Plan. The grant of the Option is made in consideration of the services to be rendered by the Participant to the Company and is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan. Capitalized terms used but not herein will have the meaning ascribed to them in the Plan.
2. Exercise Period; Vesting.
2.1 Vesting Schedule. The Option will become vested and exercisable with on the following Vesting Schedule until the Option is 100% vested. The unvested portion of the Option will not be exercisable on or after the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service for any reason or whether the termination is initiated by the Company or by the Participation.
Number of Shares | Vesting Date | |
September 30, 2021 |
1 |
2.2 Expiration. The Option will expire on the Expiration Date set forth above, or earlier as provided in this Agreement or the Plan.
3. Termination of Continuous Service.
3.1 Termination for Reasons Other Than Cause, Death, Disability. If the Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for any reason other than Cause, death or Disability, the Participant may exercise the vested portion of the Option, but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of: (a) the date three months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service or (b) the Expiration Date.
3.2 Termination for Cause. If the Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option (whether vested or unvested) is forfeited and will immediately terminate and cease to be exercisable.
3.3 Termination due to Disability. If the Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise the vested portion of the Option, but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of: (a) the date 12 months following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service or (b) the Expiration Date.
3.4 Termination due to Death. If the Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, the vested portion of the Option may be exercised by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by the person designated to exercise the Option upon the Participant’s death, but only within the time period ending on the earlier of: (a) the date 12 months following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service or (b) the Expiration Date.
4. Manner of Exercise.
4.1 Election to Exercise. To exercise the Option, the Participant (or in the case of exercise after the Participant’s death or incapacity, the Participant’s executor, administrator, heir or legatee, as the case may be) must deliver to the Company notice of intent to exercise in the manner designated by the Plan Committee.
4.2 Payment of Exercise Price. The entire Exercise Price of the Option shall be payable in full at the time of exercise [in the manner designated by the Plan Committee, either:
(a) in cash or by certified or bank check at the time the Option is exercised;
(b) by delivery to the Company of other shares of Common Stock, duly endorsed for transfer to the Company, with a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the Exercise Price (or portion thereof) due for the number of shares being acquired, or by means of attestation whereby the Participant identifies for delivery specific shares that have a Fair Market Value on the date of attestation equal to the Exercise Price (or portion thereof) and receives a number of shares equal to the difference between the number of shares thereby purchased and the number of identified attestation shares (a “Stock for Stock Exchange”);
(c) through a “cashless exercise program” established with a broker;
2 |
(d) by reduction in the number of shares otherwise deliverable upon exercise of such Option with a Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate Exercise Price at the time of exercise;
(e) by any combination of the foregoing methods; or
(f) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Plan Committee.
4.3 Withholding. If the Company, in its discretion, determines that it is obligated to withhold any tax in connection with the exercise of the Option, the Participant must make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to pay or provide for any applicable federal, state and local withholding obligations of the Company. The Participant may satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to the exercise of the Option by any of the following means:
(a) tendering a cash payment;
(b) authorizing the Company to withhold shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant as a result of the exercise of the Option; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law; or
(c) delivering to the Company previously owned and unencumbered shares of Common Stock.
The Company has the right to withhold from any compensation paid to a Participant.
4.4 Issuance of Shares. Provided that the exercise notice and payment are in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall issue the shares of Common Stock registered in the name of the Participant, the Participant’s authorized assignee, or the Participant’s legal representative which shall be evidenced by stock certificates representing the shares with the appropriate legends affixed thereto, appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent, or other appropriate means as determined by the Company.
5. No Right to Continued Employment; No Rights as Shareholder. Neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to be retained in any position, as an Employee, Consultant or Director of the Company. Further, nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall be construed to limit the discretion of the Company to terminate the Participant’s Continuous Service at any time, with or without Cause. The Participant shall not have any rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock subject to the Option unless and until certificates representing the shares have been issued by the Company to the holder of such shares, or the shares have otherwise been recorded on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent as owned by such holder.
6. Transferability. The Option is not transferable by the Participant other than to a designated beneficiary upon the Participant’s death or by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by him or her. No assignment or transfer of the Option, or the rights represented thereby, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise (except to a designated beneficiary, upon death, by will or the laws of descent or distribution) will vest in the assignee or transferee any interest or right herein whatsoever, but immediately upon such assignment or transfer the Option will terminate and become of no further effect.
3 |
7. Change in Control.
7.1 Acceleration of Vesting. If a Change in Control occurs and the Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated by the Company without Cause or by the Participant for Good Reason within twelve (12) months following the Change in Control, 100% of the shares subject to the Option shall become immediately vested and exercisable.
7.2 Cash-out. In the event of a Change in Control, the Plan Committee may, in its discretion and upon at least ten (10) days’ advance notice to the Participant, cancel the Option and pay to the Participant the value of the Option based upon the price per share of Common Stock received or to be received by other shareholders of the Company in the event. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at the time of a Change in Control the Exercise Price of the Option equals or exceeds the price paid for a share of Common Stock in connection with the Change in Control, the Committee may cancel the Option without the payment of consideration therefor.
8. Adjustments. The shares of Common Stock subject to the Option may be adjusted or terminated in any manner as contemplated by the Plan.
9. Tax Liability and Withholding. Notwithstanding any action the Company takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, or other tax-related withholding (“Tax-Related Items”), the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items is and remains the Participant’s responsibility and the Company (a) makes no representation or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with the grant, vesting, or exercise of the Option or the subsequent sale of any shares acquired on exercise; and (b) does not commit to structure the Option to reduce or eliminate the Participant’s liability for Tax-Related Items.
10. Qualification as an Incentive Stock Option. It is understood that this Option is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Code to the extent permitted under Applicable Law. Accordingly, the Participant understands that in order to obtain the benefits of an incentive stock option, no sale or other disposition may be made of shares for which incentive stock option treatment is desired within one (1) year following the date of exercise of the Option or within two (2) years from the Grant Date. The Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall not be liable or responsible for any additional tax liability the Participant incurs in the event that the Internal Revenue Service for any reason determines that this Option does not qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of the Code.
11. Disqualifying Disposition. If the Participant disposes of the shares of Common Stock prior to the expiration of either two (2) years from the Grant Date or one (1) year from the date the shares are transferred to the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option (a “Disqualifying Disposition”), the Participant shall notify the Company in writing within thirty (30) days after such disposition of the date and terms of such disposition. The Participant also agrees to provide the Company with any information concerning any such dispositions as the Company requires for tax purposes.
4 |
12. Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation.
12.1 Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Restrictions. In consideration of the Option, the Participant agrees and covenants not to:
(a) contribute his or her knowledge, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, as an employee, officer, owner, manager, advisor, consultant, agent, partner, director, shareholder, volunteer, intern or in any other similar capacity to an entity engaged in the same or similar business as the Company and its Affiliates, including those engaged in the business of a state regulated licensed marijuana establishment including but not limited to cultivation, production, distribution and retail dispensary, for a period of one (1) year following the later of Participant’s termination of Continuous Service for any reason with the Company’s, subsidiary’s, or affiliate’s payment of compensation to Participant.
(b) directly or indirectly, solicit, hire, recruit, attempt to hire or recruit, or induce the termination of employment of any employee of the Company, a subsidiary, or an affiliates for a period of one (1) year following the later of Participant’s termination of Continuous Service or the Company’s, subsidiary’s, or affiliate’s payment of compensation to Participant.
12.2 Enforcement of Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Restrictions. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Participant of any of the covenants contained in Section 12.1:
(a) any unvested portion of the Option shall be forfeited effective as of the date of such breach, unless sooner terminated by operation of another term or condition of this Agreement or the Plan; and
(b) the Participant hereby consents and agrees that the Company shall be entitled to seek, in addition to other available remedies, a temporary or permanent injunction or other equitable relief against such breach or threatened breach from any court of competent jurisdiction, without the necessity of showing any actual damages or that money damages would not afford an adequate remedy, and without the necessity of posting any bond or other security. The aforementioned equitable relief shall be in addition to, not in lieu of, legal remedies, monetary damages or other available forms of relief.
13. Compliance with Law. The exercise of the Option and the issuance and transfer of shares of Common Stock are subject to compliance by the Company and the Participant with all applicable requirements of federal and state securities laws and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange on which the Company’s shares of Common Stock may be listed. No shares of Common Stock shall be issued pursuant to this Option unless and until any then applicable requirements of state or federal laws and regulatory agencies have been fully complied with to the satisfaction of the Company and its counsel. The Participant understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the shares with the Securities and Exchange Commission, any state securities commission or any stock exchange to effect such compliance.
14. Notices. Any notice required to be delivered to the Company under this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be delivered to the Participant under this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Participant at the Participant’s address as shown in the records of the Company. Either party may designate another address in writing (or by such other method approved by the Company) from time to time.
5 |
15. Governing Law. This Agreement will be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada without regard to conflict of law principles.
16. Interpretation. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by the Participant or the Company to the Plan Committee for review. The resolution of such dispute by the Committee shall be final and binding on the Participant and the Company.
17. Options Subject to Plan. This Agreement is subject to the Plan as approved by the Company’s shareholders. The terms and provisions of the Plan as it may be amended from time to time are hereby incorporated herein by reference. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein and a term or provision of the Plan, the applicable terms and provisions of the Plan will govern and prevail.
18. Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Agreement will be binding upon the Participant and the Participant’s beneficiaries, executors, administrators and the person(s) to whom this Agreement may be transferred by will or the laws of descent or distribution.
19. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of the Plan or this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, and each provision of the Plan and this Agreement shall be severable and enforceable to the extent permitted by law.
20. Discretionary Nature of Plan. The Plan is discretionary and may be amended, cancelled or terminated by the Company at any time, in its discretion. The grant of the Option in this Agreement does not create any contractual right or other right to receive any Options or other Awards in the future. Future Awards, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company. Any amendment, modification, or termination of the Plan shall not constitute a change or impairment of the terms and conditions of the Participant’s employment with the Company.
21. Amendment. The Plan Committee has the right to amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or cancel the Option, prospectively or retroactively; provided, that, no such amendment shall adversely affect the Participant’s material rights under this Agreement without the Participant’s consent.
22. No Impact on Other Benefits. The value of the Participant’s Option is not part of his or her normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, retirement, welfare, insurance or similar employee benefit.
23. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Counterpart signature pages to this Agreement transmitted by facsimile transmission, by electronic mail in portable document format (.pdf), or by any other electronic means intended to preserve the original graphic and pictorial appearance of a document, will have the same effect as physical delivery of the paper document bearing an original signature.
6 |
24. Acceptance. The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and this Agreement. The Participant has read and understands the terms and provisions thereof, and accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. The Participant acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon exercise of the Option or disposition of the underlying shares and that the Participant should consult a tax advisor prior to such exercise or disposition.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
Mystic Holdings Inc.
By_____________________
[Employee Name]
By_____________________
7 |
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the use in this Offering Statement on Form 1-A of our reports dated September 5, 2019, and September 30, 2019, relating to the financial statements of Mystic Holdings, Inc., appearing in the Offering Circular, which is a part of such Offering Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Offering Circular.
/s/ Ellsworth and Stout, LLC
www.lvcpas.com
Las Vegas, Nevada
October 3, 2019